Springfield City Zoning Code

CHAPTER DC3

Land Use Districts

3.1.105 Official Zoning Maps-Description.

Land use district boundaries are shown on the Official Zoning Maps of the City. The Official Zoning Maps are a part of this code, but are published separately. Maps that delineate areas subject to additional zoning regulations may be included in this code, attached to an adopting ordinance, or adopted by reference. The Development Services Department shall maintain the Official Zoning Maps.

(6443)

3.1.110 Zoning Map Amendments.

A proposed change to the Official Zoning Maps is subject to the amendment process described in SDC 5.22.100.

3.1.115 Determination of Land Use District Boundaries.

Where uncertainty exists relating to any land use district boundaries shown on the Official Zoning Maps, the Director shall determine the boundaries as specified in the following criteria:

(A)

Lot/Parcel Lines. Where land use district boundaries are indicated as approximately following lot/parcel lines, the lot/parcel lines are considered to be the boundaries.

(B)

Multi-Zoned Lot/Parcels. Where a land use district’s boundary line divides a lot/parcel and the boundary line location is not otherwise designated by ordinance or other action, the location of the boundary line is determined by use of the scale appearing on the Official Zoning Maps.

(C)

Street Lines.

(1)

Where land use district boundaries are indicated as approximately following the centerline of a public right-of-way, these lines are considered to be the district boundaries.

(2)

When a public right-of-way is lawfully vacated, the land use district boundary is the centerline of the vacated right-of-way, unless indicated otherwise.

(3)

The lands formerly within the public right-of-way are subject to the same zoning regulations that are applicable to the underlying property, unless the zoning is changed by separate action.

(D)

Water Courses. Land use district boundary lines shall follow the centerlines of water courses, unless the boundary lines are fixed by dimensions shown on the Official Zoning Maps.

(E)

Geographic Areas. Land use district boundary lines may follow ridgelines, the toe of a hill and/or specific elevation contours.

(6443)

3.1.120 Zoning Verification.

A property owner may obtain a written verification of the zoning of a lot/parcel by applying for a Land Use and Zoning Compatibility Statement.

3.2.105 Base Land Use Districts Established.

The Base Land Use Districts implement policies of the Metro Plan, Springfield Comprehensive Plan and any applicable refinement plan or plan district; regulate the use of land, structures and buildings; and protect the public health, safety and welfare. The following Base Land Use Districts are established consistent with applicable Springfield Comprehensive Plan designations:

Section	Base Land Use District Name	Springfield Comprehensive Plan Designation
3.2.200	Residential Land Use Districts
	R-1	Low Density Residential
	R-2	Medium Density Residential
	R-3	High Density Residential
3.2.300	Commercial Land Use Districts
	NC Neighborhood Commercial	Neighborhood Commercial Facilities(1)
	CC Community Commercial	Community Commercial Centers
	MRC Major Retail Commercial	Major Retail Center
	GO General Office	Community Commercial Center, Major Retail Commercial Center, General Office
3.2.400	Industrial Land Use Districts
	CI Campus Industrial	Campus Industrial
	LMI Light-Medium Industrial	Light Medium Industrial
	HI Heavy Industrial	Heavy Industrial
	SHI Special Heavy Industrial	Special Heavy Industrial
3.2.500	MS Medical Services District	(2)
3.2.600	Mixed Use Districts (3)
	MUC Mixed Use Commercial
	MUE Mixed Use Employment	Mixed Used Plan Designations (4)
	MUR Mixed Use Residential
3.2.700	PLO Public Land and Open Space	Public Land and Open Space
3.2.800	QMO Quarry and Mining Operations	Sand and Gravel
3.2.900	Agriculture—Urban Holding Area (AG)	Urban Holding Area-Employment (UHA-E), Natural Resource (NR)

(1)	Low, Medium, and High Density Residential designations.
(2)	Medium and High Density Residential, Community Commercial Center, Major Retail Center, and various Mixed Use designations identified in refinement plans.
(3)	See also SDC 3.4.245 for additional Mixed-Use Districts specific to Glenwood. See SDC 3.4.300 for Booth-Kelly Mixed Use Plan District specific to Downtown.
(4)	The multiple variations of Mixed Use plan designation names are not captured in this table but are shown on the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map and described in the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Land Use Element and applicable refinement plans. Variations of Mixed Use plan designations may align with other land use districts as noted in applicable refinement plans.

(6443; 6463)

3.2.205 Purpose, Applicability, and Location.

(A)

Purpose. The purposes of the residential land use districts are to:

(1)

Accommodate a full range of housing types.

(2)

Implement the policies of the Springfield Comprehensive Plan and Metro Plan.

(3)

Make efficient use of land and public services.

(4)

Reduce reliance on the automobile for neighborhood travel and provide options for walking and bicycling.

(5)

Provide convenient access to neighborhood activity centers.

(B)

Applicability. The standards in this section apply to development in the R-1, R-2, and R-3 land use districts. These districts are identified on the City’s official Zoning Map. These districts are intended to implement the following plan designations, unless otherwise specified in an applicable refinement plan or plan district:

(1)

The R-1 district is intended to implement the low density residential plan designation.

(2)

The R-2 district is intended to implement the medium density residential plan designation.

(3)

The R-3 district is intended to implement the high density residential plan designation.

(C)

Conflicts. Where there is a conflict between SDC 4.7.300—4.7.400 and the development standards in this SDC 3.3.200, SDC 4.7.300—4.7.400 prevails.

(6443)

3.2.210 Permitted Land Uses.

(A)

Permitted Uses. The land uses listed in Table 3.2.210 are permitted in the residential districts, subject to the provisions of this chapter. Only land uses that are specifically listed in Table 3.2.210, land uses that are incidental and subordinate to a permitted use, and land uses that are approved as "similar" to those in Table 3.2.210 are permitted.

(B)

Determination of Similar Land Use. Similar use determinations must be made in conformance with the procedures in SDC 5.11.100, Interpretations.

(C)

Exceptions. Existing uses and buildings lawfully established under previously effective land use regulations can continue subject to SDC 5.8.100, Non-Conforming Uses—Determination, Continuance, Expansion and Modification, except as otherwise specified in this section.

Table 3.2.210 Permitted Uses
Uses	Districts			Applicable code standards
Uses	R-1	R-2	R-3	Applicable code standards
Residential
Single-Unit Dwelling, detached (SD-D)	P	N	N
Duplex	P*	P*	N	SDC 3.2.245
Triplex/Fourplex	P*	P*	P*	SDC 3.2.250 and 3.2.255
Townhouse (Single-Unit Dwelling, attached, e.g., row houses, etc.)	P*	P*	P*	SDC 3.2.250 and 3.2.265
Cottage Cluster Housing	P*	P*	P*	SDC 3.2.250 and 3.2.260
Courtyard Housing	P*	P*	P*	SDC 3.2.270
Emergency Medical Hardship	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.400
Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs)	P*	P*	P*	SDC 3.2.275
Single Room Occupancy (SROs)	P	P	P
Short-Term Rental
Type 1	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.355
Type 2	D*	D*	D*	SDC 4.7.355
Manufactured Dwelling Park	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.7.345
Multiple Unit Housing	N	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.375. 4.7.380, and 4.7.385
Family Child Care Home	P	P	P
Child Care Center	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.340
Residential Care Facility	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.350
Conversion from Commercial to Residential Use	S*	S*	S*	SDC 4.7.215
Public and Institutional* (SDC 4.7.375)
Automobile Parking, Public Off-Street Parking	N	D	D
Club (see definition SDC 6.1.110)	N	N	N
Community Service; includes Governmental Offices	N	D	D
Community Garden	D	D	D
Educational Facilities: Elementary and Middle Schools	D*	D*	D*	SDC 4.7.195 and 5.9.110
Emergency Services; Police, Fire, Ambulance	D, S	D, S	D, S
Parks and Open Space, including Playgrounds, Trails, Nature Preserves, Athletic Fields, Courts, Swim Pools, and similar uses	P/D*	P/D*	P/D*	SDC 4.7.330
Place of Worship	D, S*	D, S*	D, S*	SDC 6.1.110
Commercial* (SDC 4.7.375)
Home Business	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.365
Professional Office	S*	S*	S*	SDC 4.7.335
Mixed-Use Buildings	S*	S*	S*	SDC 4.7.180(C) and 4.7.375
Public Utility Facilities
High Impact Public Utility Facility	S/D*	S/D*	S/D*	SDC 4.7.160
Low Impact Public Utility Facility	P	P	P	SDC 4.7.160
Certain Wireless Telecommunications Systems Facilities	SDC 4.3.145

P = Permitted Use;

S = Site Plan Required;

D = Discretionary Use Permit Required;

N = Not Allowed

* = Permitted in conformance with cited code standards.

(6443; Ord. No. 6465, 11/20/2023; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.215 Lot Area and Dimensions.

(A)

In addition to applicable provisions contained elsewhere in this code, the development standards listed in this section apply to all development in residential districts. In cases of conflicts, standards specifically applicable in the residential land use district apply. In cases of conflicts in this section between the general standards and the area-specific standards, the area-specific standards apply.

Lot area and lot dimension standards for residential uses are listed in Table 3.2.215. For other residential uses listed in Table 3.2.210, the lot area and dimensions are subject to the type of residential structure being occupied. Lot development must be in conformance with SDC 3.2.235, Density.

The following Table 3.2.215 sets forth residential land use district development standards, subject to SDC 4.7.300—4.7.400. Lots created by a middle housing land division are not subject to the minimum and maximum lot sizes specified in this section, except as applicable to the parent lot or parcel.

Table 3.2.215 Residential District Density Standards and Minimum Lot Size
Density (see SDC 3.2.235 below)	R-1	R-2	R-3
Single unit dwelling, detached	6 units per net acre minimum 14 units per net acre maximum 3,000 sq ft minimum lot size	N/A
Single room occupancy	Up to 6 SRO units per lot or parcel 3,000 sq ft minimum lot size	79 SRO units per net acre minimum 168 SRO units per net acre maximum	163 SRO units per net acre minimum 252 SRO units per net acre maximum
Duplex	6 units per net acre minimum No maximum density 3,000 sq ft minimum lot size	14 units per net acre minimum 28 units per net acre maximum 3,000 sq ft minimum lot size	N/A
Triplex and fourplex	6 units per net acre minimum No maximum density Triplex: 5,000 sq ft minimum lot size Fourplex: 7,000 sq ft minimum lot size	14 units per net acre minimum 28 units per net acre maximum	28 units per net acre minimum 42 units per net acre maximum
Townhome	6 units per net acre minimum 25 units per net acre maximum 1,000 sq ft minimum lot size	14 units per net acre minimum 28 units per net acre maximum 1,000 sq ft minimum lot size	28 units per net acre minimum 42 units per net acre maximum 1,000 sq ft minimum lot size
Cottage cluster	4 units per net acre minimum No maximum density 5,000 sq ft minimum lot size	14 units per net acre minimum 28 units per net acre maximum 5,000 sq ft minimum lot size	28 units per net acre minimum 42 units per net acre maximum 5,000 sq ft minimum lot size
Multiple unit housing	N/A	14 units per net acre minimum 28 units per net acre maximum	28 units per net acre minimum 42 units per net acre maximum
Manufactured dwelling park	6 units per net acre minimum 14 units per net acre maximum 1 acre minimum lot size	14 units per net acre minimum 28 units per net acre maximum 1 acre minimum lot size	N/A
Density fractions will be rounded as provided in SDC 3.2.235(A).

Notes:
Where a minimum lot size listed in this table conflicts with the maximum net density, by resulting in development that exceeds the applicable maximum net density, the maximum net density standard will prevail. This may result in an increase in the minimum lot size provided in this table. Where no minimum lot size is listed, the minimum lot size is determined solely based on the applicable maximum net density.
Minimum lot sizes listed in this table for middle housing types apply to the parent lot and not to any lots resulting from a middle housing land division approved under SDC 5.12.200.
Density standards and minimum lot sizes within the Hillside Overlay District are provided in SDC 3.3.520.

(6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.220 Setbacks.

(A)

Setback Standards. The following table summarized the minimum setback standards. The setback standards of this section apply to all structures, except as otherwise provided by this section. Required setbacks are measured from the special street setback in SDC 4.2.105(M), where applicable.

Table 3.2.220 Setbacks	R-1	R-2
Front	10 feet, except for a garage or carport
Garage or carport	18 feet from any property line or back of sidewalk, whichever is closer
Side	5 feet	10 feet when abutting an R-1 district 5 feet when not abutting an R-1 district
Rear	10 feet for the primary structure 5 feet for an accessory dwelling unit

Notes: Setbacks for certain housing types or uses are reduced as specified in SDC 3.2.250—3.2.270. (Ex. Zero-foot side setback for property line where townhouse units attach.)

(B)

Front Setbacks.

(1)

R-1, R-2, and R-3 Districts. The front setback requirement is a minimum of 10 feet from the property line abutting the street used for address purposes or the back of sidewalk, whichever is closer, or for a panhandle lot, from the property line forming the pan portion of the lot.

(2)

Garage or Carport. The front of a garage or carport must be set back a minimum of 18 feet from any property line or the back of sidewalk, whichever is closer.

(3)

Special Setbacks. The Special Street Setbacks apply in conformance with SDC 4.2.105(M).

(C)

Side Setbacks.

(1)

R-1 District. The side setback requirement is a minimum of 5 feet.

(2)

R-2 and R-3 Districts.

(a)

The side setback requirement is a minimum of 10 feet from any property line abutting the R-1 district.

(b)

The side setback requirement is a minimum of 5 feet from any property line not abutting the R-1 district, or the edge of sidewalk for a corner lot or parcel, whichever is closer.

(3)

For courtyard housing, side setbacks must be in conformance with SDC 3.2.270.

(D)

Rear Setbacks.

(1)

Primary Structures. In the R-1, R-2, and R-3 districts, the rear setback requirement for the primary structure is a minimum of 10 feet from any property line.

(2)

Accessory Dwelling Units. In the R-1, R-2, and R-3 districts, the rear setback requirement for an accessory dwelling unit is a minimum of 5 feet from any property line.

(E)

Special Setback Requirements.

(1)

Townhouses. Common wall setbacks where units are attached is zero feet from the property line abutting the next attached unit, in conformance with SDC 3.2.265.

(2)

Vision Clearance Areas. All structures must comply with SDC 4.2.130, Vision Clearance, notwithstanding any other setback requirement.

(3)

Bridges. Bridges that form a driveway or pedestrian access from the abutting street or alley are permitted within the setbacks.

(4)

Setback Encroachments. An encroachment into a setback that meets the following standards is permitted in the R-1, R-2, and R-3 Districts. No portion of the structures and architectural features listed in this section can encroach closer than 6 feet to the front property line or edge of sidewalk, whichever is closer. No other encroachments into a setback are permitted unless approved through a variance.

(a)

Architectural Features. Eaves, chimneys including fireplace enclosures and chimney chases, bay windows up to 8 feet in width, and window wells are allowed to encroach into the front, side, and rear setbacks by no more than 2 feet, provided there is a minimum setback of 3 feet from the property line.

(b)

Front Porches. An unenclosed covered or uncovered porch, patio, deck, or stoop with a maximum floor height not exceeding 18 inches is allowed to be set back a minimum of 6 feet from the front property line, as long as it does not encroach into a public utility easement.

(c)

An uncovered and unenclosed porch, patio, deck, or stoop located above finished grade with a maximum floor height not exceeding 18 inches must be set back a minimum of 18 inches from the side and rear property lines. Additionally, it must not encroach into a public utility easement.

(d)

Uncovered patios at finished grade are exempt from setbacks as long as it does not encroach into a public utility easement.

(e)

Stairs, ramps, and landings that are uncovered may be in the front setback.

(5)

Garage and Carport Setback.

(a)

The 18-foot setback requirement for the front of a garage or carport is measured along the centerline of the driveway from the property line or back of sidewalk, whichever is closer, to either the garage door or to the support post at the vehicle entry of a carport closest to the property line.

(b)

For a garage on a corner lot or parcel that is accessed from an alley, or a garage where the side or rear wall of the garage faces the street, the setback for the garage side or rear wall is a minimum of 5 feet from the property line. In this case, the garage must have at least 1 window in the side or rear wall facing the street that is a minimum of 6 square feet. A side entry garage must have a driveway with a minimum length of 18 feet from the front property lines as measured along the centerline of the driveway to the face of the garage.

(6)

Accessory Structures. Accessory structures must not be located within any front or side street setback of a primary dwelling unit and must be set back at least 3 feet from any interior or rear property line.

(F)

Prohibited in Setbacks. In addition to structures, the following are prohibited within the following setbacks:

(1)

Front Setbacks. Satellite dishes greater than 18 inches in diameter, and other similar above ground objects except heat pumps which are allowed.

(2)

Side and Rear Setbacks. Satellite dishes greater than 18 inches in diameter, and other similar objects, unless screened for visual and noise abatement by a solid enclosure 2 feet higher than the object/use being screened, except heat pumps which are allowed.

(3)

All Setbacks. Balconies.

(6443)

3.2.225 Lot Coverage and Impervious Surface Standards.

(A)

Lot Coverage and Impervious Surface may not exceed the standards listed in SDC 3.2.225. Stormwater treatment facilities required under SDC 4.3.110 or other development standards may result in less impervious surface area than these maximums.

(B)

The following Lot Coverage and Impervious Surface standards apply to all development in Residential Districts. However, Cottage Cluster Housing is not subject to this standard.

(1)

On lots or parcels with more than average 15 percent slope or above 670 feet in elevation, as determined in SDC 3.3.500, the impervious surface area must not exceed 35 percent.

(2)

On lots or parcels of less than 4,500 square feet in size, the impervious surface area must not exceed 60 percent of the lot or parcel area.

(3)

On lots or parcels of 4,500 square feet or larger in size, the lot coverage must not exceed 45 percent of the lot or parcel area.

Table 3.2.225 Lot Coverage and Impervious Surface Standards	R-1	R-2	R-3
Lots or parcels with more than 15% slope or above 670 feet in elevation	35% maximum impervious surface
Lots or parcels of less than 4,500 square feet in size	60% maximum impervious surface
Lots or parcels of 4,500 square feet or larger in size	45% maximum lot coverage

(6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.230 Height.

(A)

The following building height maximums are intended to facilitate allowed residential densities while promoting land use compatibility.

Table 3.2.230 Height	R-1	R-2	R-3
All Lots, except where specifically addressed below	35 feet	50 feet	none

(B)

Incidental equipment, as defined in SDC 6.1.110 may exceed the height standard.

(C)

Within the Hillside Development Overlay District, the maximum building height, as defined and calculated in SDC 6.1.110, is 45 feet.

(D)

Income-qualified housing in residential districts allowed pursuant to SDC 4.7.405 may meet the height standards of SDC 4.7.405(H).

(6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.235 Density.

(A)

The following net density standards apply to all new development in the R-1, R-2, and R-3 districts, except as specified in subsection (B) of this section. The net density standards shown in Table 3.2.215 are intended to ensure efficient use of buildable lands and provide for a range of needed housing, in conformance with the Springfield Comprehensive Plan. Where the density standards apply, the net density must be within the density range for the respective district, except that density fractions 0.5 units per net acre or greater will be rounded up to the next whole number, and less than 0.5 unit per net acre will be rounded down to the preceding whole number.

The density standards may be averaged over more than 1 development phase (i.e., as in a subdivision or within the area subject to an adopted Master Plan). Within the Hillside Development Overlay District, the net density standards may be met through a density transfer bonus as provided in SDC 3.3.520(D).

(B)

The net density requirements specified in Table 3.2.215 do not apply as follows:

(1)

Residential care homes/facilities.

(2)

Accessory dwelling units (ADUs).

(3)

Bed and breakfast inns.

(4)

Nonresidential uses, including neighborhood commercial uses, public and institutional uses, and miscellaneous uses that do not include a dwelling unit.

(5)

Buildings that are listed in the Inventory of Historic Sites within the Springfield Area Comprehensive Plan Exhibit “A” or buildings designated on the Historic National Landmarks Register.

(6)

Residential infill, as defined in SDC 6.1.100, is exempt from minimum density standards, except within the HD Overlay District as provided in SDC 3.3.505 to 3.3.540.

(7)

Partitions on properties that are large enough to be divided into 5 or more lots are exempt from minimum density standards as long as the size of the resulting parcels and siting of dwellings allow future development on these parcels at minimum densities.

(8)

Income-qualified housing allowed pursuant to SDC 4.7.405 that complies with SDC 4.7.405(H).

(C)

Net density is defined in SDC 6.1.100 as the number of dwelling units for each acre of land in residential use, excluding: dedicated streets; dedicated parks; dedicated sidewalks; and other public facilities.

For the purposes of calculating residential net density, 6 single room occupancy (SRO) units equal 1 dwelling unit. Fractional dwellings will be rounded to the next higher number, e.g., 7 SRO rooms equal 2 dwellings. In the R-2 and R-3 districts, the number of SRO units must be consistent with the R-2 and R-3 density standards.

(D)

For the purpose of calculating residential net density:

(1)

Where a property is within multiple zoning districts, the minimum and maximum number of units is calculated based on the acreage in each residential district that is subject to the density standard as specified above multiplied by the applicable minimum and maximum density standards. Areas with nonresidential districts are excluded from the density calculation.

(2)

Except as provided in subsection (D)(3) of this section, the following areas are subtracted from the gross area of the property:

(a)

Area not in residential use as provided in subsection (D)(4) of this section;

(b)

Area for dedicated streets;

(c)

Area for dedicated sidewalks;

(d)

Area for dedicated parks;

(e)

Area for other public facilities.

After subtracting these areas from the gross area, then the remaining area is the net area used to calculate the net density.

(3)

The following areas are not subtracted from the gross area to calculate net density:

(a)

Area within a public easement less than 10 feet in width;

(b)

Area within a private street;

(c)

Area within a private park; and

(d)

Area for other private facilities.

(4)

Residential use. Any area not in residential use is subtracted from the gross area. The term “residential use” is considered to mean “of, relating to, or connected with a residence or residences.” Examples of residential use include the following: off street parking and vehicle circulation areas, maintenance or storage areas, and residential leasing offices, if these uses are related to or connected with a residence or residences.

Examples of uses that would not be considered to be in residential use include the following: any commercial uses, accessory uses that are not related to or connected with a residence or residences, and unbuildable areas as described below.

(a)

Unbuildable. This category includes land that is undevelopable. It includes tax lots or areas within tax lots with 1 or more of the following attributes:

(i)

Slopes greater than 25 percent as calculated in SDC 3.3.520(A);

(ii)

Within the floodway, as designated by the FP Overlay District;

(iii)

In areas with severe landslide potential as shown on an adopted City of Springfield inventory or map;

(iv)

Within locally significant wetlands and locally significant riparian areas and their setbacks as specified in SDC 4.3.117;

(v)

Within the riparian area boundary of a Water Quality Limited Watercourse as specified in SDC 4.3.115;

(vi)

Within the easement area of a 230 kV or greater transmission line;

(vii)

Small irregularly shaped lots[1]; and

[1]

Only lots that were counted as unbuildable in an adopted Housing Needs Analysis, can be subtracted from the gross density as “small irregularly shaped lots.”

(viii)

Publicly-owned land as described in (D)(5), (6), (7), and (8) below.

(5)

Streets. Any street or roadway dedicated as public right-of-way is subtracted from the gross area to calculate net density. The area does not take into account to what degree the street or roadway area is improved. This does not include private streets or driveways. The area for any private street would remain in the net area considered to be in residential use.

(6)

Sidewalks. Any sidewalk dedicated as public right-of-way is subtracted from the gross area to calculate net density. A public sidewalk located in an easement is not subtracted from the gross area. Private sidewalks (e.g. for multifamily housing developments, etc.) are not subtracted from the gross area.

(7)

Parks. Any public park area including a publicly-owned regional park, community park, neighborhood park, or linear park is subtracted from the gross area to calculate the net density. Any private park, or private open space, if not dedicated would remain in the net area.

(8)

Other Public Facilities. Any area for a public facility dedicated to the City of Springfield or other public agency is subtracted from the gross area to calculate net density. This includes storm water tracts dedicated to the City; however, it does not include private storm water facilities.

Additionally, any area, including easement areas, for a public facility that is adopted into the Eugene-Springfield Metropolitan Area Public Facilities and Services Plan (PFSP) is subtracted from the gross area. Any other public utility easement (PUE) that contains public utilities that are not adopted into the PFSP are not subtracted from the gross area (except as provided above under unbuildable land for 230 kV transmission lines).

“Public facility projects” adopted in the PFSP include:

(a)

Water. Source, reservoirs, pump stations, and primary distribution systems. Primary distribution systems are transmission lines 12 inches or larger for Springfield Utility Board (SUB) and 24 inches or larger for Eugene Water and Electric Board (EWEB).

(b)

Wastewater. Pump stations and wastewater lines 24 inches or larger.

(c)

Stormwater. Drainage/channel improvements and/or piping systems 36 inches or larger; stormwater detention and/or treatment facilities; outfalls; water quality projects; and waterways and open systems.

(d)

Specific projects adopted as part of the Metro Plan are described in the project lists and their general location is identified in the planned facilities maps in Chapter II of the Eugene-Springfield Metropolitan Public Facilities and Services Plan (Public Facilities and Services Plan).

(6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.240 Panhandle Lot or Parcel Development Standards.

(A)

Special provisions for lots/parcels with panhandle driveways:

(1)

Panhandle driveways are permitted where dedication of public right-of-way is not required to meet the Street Network Standards contained in SDC 4.2.105(D) or (E) or to comply with the density standards in the applicable zoning district. Panhandle driveways are not permitted in lieu of a public street required to meet the Street Network Standards contained in SDC 4.2.105(D) or (E).

(2)

The area of the pan portion does not include the area in the “panhandle” driveway.

(3)

The minimum paving standards for panhandle driveways are:

(a)

Twelve feet wide for a single panhandle driveway from the front property line to a distance of 18 feet, where there is an unimproved street; and from the front property line to the pan of the rear lot or parcel, where there is an improved street; and

(b)

Eighteen feet wide for a multiple panhandle driveway from the front property line to the pan of the last lot or parcel. This latter standard takes precedence over the driveway width standard for multiple unit dwelling driveways specified in Table 4.2.2.

(4)

Panhandle lots must meet fire code access requirements based on the number of units.

(B)

Buildable lots/parcels do not need to have frontage on a public street when access has been guaranteed via a private street or driveway with an irrevocable joint use/access easement as specified in SDC 4.2.120(A). In the residential districts, when a proposed land division includes single or multiple panhandle lots/parcels and the front lot or parcel contains an existing primary or secondary structure, an irrevocable joint use/access easement is allowed in lieu of the panhandles when the required areas to meet both the applicable panhandle street frontage standard and the required 5 foot wide side yard setback standard for the existing structure is available. In this case, the irrevocable access easement width standard is as follows:

(1)

Fourteen feet wide for a single panhandle lot or parcel in the R-1 District; or

(2)

Twenty feet wide for a single panhandle in the R-2 and R-3 District, or where multiple panhandles are proposed in any residential district.

(6443)

3.2.245 Single-Unit Dwellings, Detached, and Duplexes.

(A)

Review Procedures. Detached single-unit dwellings and duplexes on lawfully created lots or parcels within city limits, or in the City’s urbanizable area that are less than 5 acres, may be approved under a Type 1 procedure concurrently with a building permit. The criteria for the Type 1 approval of a detached single-unit dwelling or duplex is consistency with the applicable standards for a detached single-unit dwelling in the underlying land use district.

(B)

Duplex or ADU Election. In instances where a development can meet the definition of a duplex and also meets the definition of a primary single unit dwelling with an accessory dwelling unit (ADU), the applicant must specify at the time of application whether the development is a duplex or a primary single unit dwelling with an ADU. The application will be reviewed according to the standards and criteria applicable to the applicant’s election.

(C)

Duplex Conversion. Additions to or conversion of an existing single unit detached dwelling to a duplex is allowed provided that the conversion does not increase nonconformance with applicable clear and objective standards.

(D)

Standards Applicable to Duplexes. Clear and objective exceptions to public works standards granted to detached single-unit dwellings must also be granted to duplexes.

(6443)

3.2.250 Middle Housing.

(A)

Review Procedures. Middle housing on lawfully created lots or parcels within the city limits may be approved under a Type 1 procedure concurrently with a building permit. The criteria for the Type 1 approval is consistent with the applicable standards for middle housing in the underlying land use district.

(B)

Relationship to Other Code Standards/Conflicts. In the event of a conflict between middle housing code provisions in this section and other code standards applicable to middle housing, the standards in this section prevail.

(C)

Sufficient Infrastructure. For all middle housing types (except duplexes) in the R-1 district, applicants must demonstrate that sufficient infrastructure is provided or will be provided. The applicant must provide the information to demonstrate that sufficient infrastructure will be provided with the submittal of the development application for the proposed middle housing. The sufficient infrastructure must be provided prior to occupancy of the proposed middle housing. Sufficient infrastructure must meet the established service levels as specified below.

(1)

Sanitary Sewer. The subject property and any existing and proposed dwellings must be connected to sanitary sewer. The sanitary sewer must be designed and constructed in conformance with SDC 4.3.105, and Chapter 2 of the Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual (EDSPM).

(2)

Stormwater. The subject property and any existing and proposed dwellings must have a stormwater management system that is sufficient to detain, on the lot or parcel of origin, any increase in on-site surface water drainage, including roof drainage or other impervious surface drainage, to not increase flows from the lot or parcel above the flow levels that existed from the lot or parcel prior to the development of new middle housing.

(3)

Water. The subject property as well as any existing and proposed dwellings must be connected to a public water system. The public water system must be capable of meeting established service levels as determined by the Springfield Utility Board (SUB). Documentation must be submitted from SUB with the development application demonstrating that the water system meets the established service levels or what improvements must be completed by the applicant prior to occupancy of the proposed middle housing to ensure established service levels are met.

(4)

Streets. The subject property must have access that meets the standards in SDC 4.2.120(A) and the fire apparatus access road standards as required by and in compliance with the Oregon Fire Code.

(5)

Master Planned Areas. All middle housing types must be allowed in Master Plan areas subject to the applicable standards and criteria in this code.

(D)

Examples of Duplex, Triplex, and Fourplex Configurations. The following figures illustrate examples of possible configurations for duplexes, triplexes, and fourplexes. Other configurations are also possible and acceptable, provided the development meets the definitions and development standards for middle housing.

Stacked duplex

Side-by-side duplex

Duplex attached by breezeway

Detached duplex units side-by-side

Duplex attached by garage wall

Detached duplex units front and back

Attached triplex front and back

Stacked fourplex

Attached triplex side-by-side

Detached fourplex

(6443)

3.2.255 Triplex and Fourplex.

New triplexes and fourplexes, including those created by adding building square footage on a site occupied by an existing dwelling, must comply with the standards listed below. These standards do not apply to creation of a triplex or fourplex through conversion of a detached single-unit dwelling.

(A)

Entry Orientation. At least 1 main entrance for each triplex or fourplex structure must meet the standards in subsections (A)(1) and (2) below. Any detached structure for which more than 50 percent of its street-facing façade is separated from the street property line by a dwelling is exempt from meeting these standards.

(1)

The main entrance must be within 8 feet of the longest street-facing wall of the dwelling unit; and

(2)

The main entrance must either:

(a)

Face the street. See Figure 3.2-A;

(b)

Be at an angle of up to 45 degrees from the street. See Figure 3.2-B;

(c)

Face a common open space that is adjacent to the street and is abutted by dwellings on at least 2 sides. See Figure 3.2-C; or

(d)

Open onto a porch (see Figure 3.2-D). The porch must:

(i)

Be at least 25 square feet in area; and

(ii)

Have at least 1 entrance facing the street or have a roof.

Figure 3.2-A. Main Entrance Facing the Street

Figure 3.2-B. Main Entrance at 45 Degree Angle from the Street

Figure 3.2-C. Main Entrance Facing Common Open Space

Figure 3.2-D. Main Entrance Opening onto a Porch

(B)

Window and Door Coverage. A minimum of 15 percent of the area of all street-facing elevations must include windows or entrance door. Elevations separated from the street property line by a dwelling are exempt from meeting this standard. See Figure 3.2-E.

Figure 3.2-E. Window and Door Coverage

(C)

Garages and Off-Street Parking Areas. Garages and off-street parking areas must not be located between a building and a public street (other than an alley), except in compliance with the standards in subsections (C)(1) and (2) below.

(1)

The garage or other off-street parking area is separated from the street property line by a dwelling; or

(2)

The combined width of all garages and outdoor on-site parking and maneuvering areas does not exceed a total of 50 percent of the street frontage.

(D)

Driveway Approach. Driveway approaches must comply with the applicable standards in SDC 4.2.120.

(E)

Conversions to Triplex and Fourplex. Internal conversion of an existing detached single unit structure or duplex to a triplex or fourplex is allowed provided that the conversion does not increase nonconformance with applicable clear and objective standards, unless increasing nonconformance is otherwise permitted according to SDC 5.8.125.

(6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.260 Cottage Cluster Housing.

(A)

Purpose and Title. Cottage Cluster Housing is a type of flexible site development or subdivision that allows 4 or more small-scale dwelling units, either attached or detached, grouped together around shared open space.

(B)

Density and Lot Size. The net density and minimum lot size must be as provided in Table 3.2.215. There are no minimum dimensions for individual cottage lots if divided as specified in SDC 5.12.100 or 5.12.200.

(C)

Number of Dwelling Units.

(1)

A Cottage Cluster development must include a minimum of 4 dwelling units.

(D)

Dwelling Unit Size.

(1)

The maximum building footprint size for each dwelling unit is 900 square feet. For each dwelling unit, 200 square feet for an attached garage or carport is exempt from the 900 square foot maximum.

(2)

Detached garages, carports, or other accessory structures are exempt from the 900 square foot maximum footprint.

(E)

Accessory Structures. Accessory structures must not exceed 400 square feet in floor area.

(F)

Setbacks. The following perimeter setbacks apply to the perimeter of a Cottage Cluster development area.

(1)

Front setbacks: Ten feet.

(2)

Side setbacks: Five feet.

(3)

Rear setbacks: Five feet.

(G)

Building Separation. The minimum distance between structures must be in accordance with the building code requirements.

(H)

Building Height. The maximum height of structures in a cottage cluster project is 35 feet.

(I)

Orientation. Cottages must be clustered around a common courtyard, meaning they abut the associated common courtyard or are directly connected to it by a pedestrian path, and must meet the following standards. See Figure 3.2-J.

(1)

Each cottage within a cluster must either abut the common courtyard or must be directly connected to it by a pedestrian path.

(2)

A minimum of 50 percent of cottages within a cluster must be oriented to the common courtyard by meeting the following:

(a)

Have a main entrance facing the common courtyard;

(b)

Be within 10 feet from the common courtyard, measured from the elevation of the cottage nearest the courtyard to the nearest edge of the common courtyard; and

(c)

Be connected to the common courtyard by a pedestrian path.

(3)

Cottages within 20 feet of a street property line may have their entrances facing the street.

(4)

Cottages not facing the common courtyard, or the street must have their main entrances facing a pedestrian path that is directly connected to the common courtyard.

(J)

Common Courtyard Design Standards. Each cottage cluster must share a common courtyard to provide a sense of openness and community of residents. Common courtyards must meet the following standards. See Figure 3.2-J.

(1)

The common courtyard must be a single, contiguous piece.

(2)

Cottages must abut the common courtyard on at least 2 sides of the courtyard.

(3)

The common courtyard must contain a minimum of 150 square feet per cottage within the associated cluster.

(4)

The common courtyard must be a minimum of 15 feet wide at its narrowest dimension.

(5)

The common courtyard must be developed with a mix of landscaping, lawn area, pedestrian paths, and/or paved courtyard area, and may also include recreational amenities. Impervious elements of the common courtyard must not exceed 75 percent of the total common courtyard area.

(6)

Pedestrian paths must be included in a common courtyard. Paths that are contiguous to a courtyard count toward the courtyard’s minimum dimension and area. Parking areas, and driveways do not qualify as part of a common courtyard.

(K)

Community Buildings. Cottage cluster projects may include community buildings for the shared use of residents that provide space for accessory uses such as community meeting rooms, guest housing, exercise rooms, day cares, or community eating areas. If community buildings are provided, they must meet the following standards.

(1)

Each cottage cluster is permitted 1 community building.

(2)

A community building that meets the development code’s definition of a dwelling unit must meet the maximum 900 square foot footprint limitation that applies to cottages, unless a covenant is recorded against the property stating that the structure is not a legal dwelling unit and will not be used as a dwelling.

(L)

Pedestrian Access.

(1)

An ADA accessible pedestrian path must be provided that connects the main entrance of each cottage to the following:

(a)

The common courtyard;

(b)

Parking areas (if provided);

(c)

Community buildings; and

(d)

Sidewalks in public rights-of-way abutting the site or rights-of-way if there are not sidewalks.

(2)

The pedestrian path must be hard-surfaced and a minimum of 4 feet wide.

(M)

Windows. Cottages within 20 feet of a street property line must meet any window coverage requirement that applies to detached single-unit dwellings in the same residential land use district.

(N)

Parking Design. Any proposed off-street parking spaces and parking lots must meet the following criteria;

(1)

Parking Location and Access.

(a)

Off-street parking spaces and vehicle maneuvering areas must not be located:

(i)

Within 5 feet from any street property line, except alley property lines; or

(ii)

Between a street property line and the front façade of cottages located closest to the street property line. This standard does not apply to alleys.

(b)

Off-street parking spaces must not be located within 5 feet of any other property line, except alley property lines. Driveways and drive aisles are permitted within 10 feet of other property lines.

(c)

Off-street parking spaces may be provided in a garage or carport provided that the garage or carport complies with the parking location and access criteria in this subsection.

(2)

Clustered Parking. Off-street parking may be arranged in clusters, subject to the following standards.

(a)

A cottage cluster project with fewer than 16 cottages is permitted to have parking clusters of not more than 5 contiguous spaces in each parking cluster.

(b)

A cottage cluster project with 16 cottages or more is permitted to have parking clusters of not more than 8 contiguous spaces in each parking cluster.

(c)

Parking clusters must be separated from other spaces and other parking clusters by at least 4 feet of landscaping.

(d)

Clustered parking areas may be covered.

(3)

Driveway Approach. Driveway approaches must comply with the applicable standards in SDC 4.2.120.

(4)

Screening. Landscaping, fencing, or walls at least 3 feet tall must separate clustered parking areas and parking structures from common courtyards and public streets.

(5)

Garages and Carports.

(a)

Garages and carports (whether shared or individual) must not abut common courtyards.

(b)

Individual attached garages up to 200 square feet in size are exempt from the calculation of maximum building footprint for cottages.

(c)

Individual detached garages must not exceed 400 square feet in floor area.

(d)

Garage doors for attached and detached individual garages must not exceed 20 feet in width.

(O)

Existing Structures. On a lot or parcel to be used for a cottage cluster project, an existing detached single unit dwelling on the same lot or parcel at the time of proposed development of the cottage cluster may remain within the cottage cluster project area under the following conditions:

(1)

The existing dwelling may be non-conforming with respect to the requirements of this code.

(2)

The existing dwelling may be expanded up to the maximum height in (H) above or the maximum building footprint in (D) above; however, existing dwellings that exceed the maximum height and/or footprint of this code cannot be expanded.

(3)

The floor area of the existing dwelling does not count towards the maximum average floor area of a cottage cluster.

(4)

The existing dwelling is excluded from the calculation of orientation toward the common courtyard.

(P)

Accessory Structures. Accessory structures must not exceed 400 square feet in floor area.

(Q)

Home Types.

(1)

Detached or attached dwelling unit types containing 1 to 4 dwelling units are allowed.

(2)

Accessory dwelling units (ADUs) (either within, attached, or detached) are allowed for any detached or attached dwelling in a cluster housing development.

(6443; Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023)

3.2.265 Townhouses.

(A)

New townhouse units must comply with the requirements in subsections (A)(1) through (4) of this section.

For purpose of this section, a “townhouse” means (as defined in SDC 6.1.100) a dwelling unit that is part of a row of 2 or more attached dwelling units, where each unit is located on an individual lot or parcel and shares at least 1 common wall with an adjacent dwelling unit. Single unit attached homes may have detached garages or ADUs that share a common wall between the 2 lots or parcels.

(1)

Areas Owned in Common. Common areas must be maintained by a homeowner’s association or other legal entity. A homeowner’s association may also be responsible for exterior building maintenance. A copy of any applicable covenants, restrictions, and conditions must be recorded and provided to the City prior to issuance of building permits.

(2)

Entry Orientation. The main entrance of each townhouse must:

(a)

Be within 8 feet of the longest street-facing wall of the dwelling unit, if the lot has public street frontage; and

(b)

Either:

(i)

Face the street. See Figure 3.2-A;

(ii)

Be at an angle of up to 45 degrees from the street. See Figure 3.2-B;

(iii)

Face a common open space (See Figure 3.2-C) or private access or driveway that is abutted by dwellings on at least 2 sides; or

(iv)

Open onto a porch. See Figure 3.2-D. The porch must:

Be at least 25 square feet in area; and

Have at least 1 entrance facing the street or have a roof.

(3)

Windows. A minimum of 15 percent of the area of all street-facing elevations on each individual unit must include windows or entrance doors. Half of the window area in the door of an attached garage may count toward meeting this standard. See Figure 3.2-E.

(4)

Driveway Access and Parking. Townhouses with frontage on a public street must meet the following standards if providing off-street parking:

(a)

Garage on the front façade of a townhouse, off-street parking areas in the front yard, and driveways in front of a townhouse are allowed if they meet the following standards. See Figure 3.2-M.

(i)

Each townhouse lot has a street frontage of at least 15 feet on a local street.

(ii)

The garage width must not exceed 12 feet, as measured from the inside of the garage door frame.

(iii)

The driveway or driveways comply with the standards in SDC 4.2.120.

(b)

The following standards apply to driveways and parking areas for townhouse projects that do not meet all the standards in subsection (A)(4)(a) above.

(i)

Off-street parking areas must be accessed on the back façade or located in the rear yard. No off-street parking is allowed in the front yard or side yard of a townhouse.

(ii)

A townhouse project that includes a corner lot must take access from a single driveway approach, that complies with the standards in SDC 4.2.120 for single-unit dwellings, located on the side of the corner lot. See Figure 3.2-N.

Figure 3.2-M. Townhouses with Parking in Front Yard

Figure 3.2-N. Townhouses on Corner Lot with Shared Access

(iii)

Townhouse projects that do not include a corner lot must consolidate access for all lots into a single driveway that complies with the standards in SDC 4.2.120 for single-unit dwellings. The driveway and approach are not allowed in the area directly between the front façade and front lot line of any of the townhouses. See Figure 3.2-O.

Figure 3.2-O. Townhouses with Consolidated Access

(iv)

A townhouse project that includes consolidated access or shared driveways must grant access easements to allow normal vehicular access and emergency access.

(c)

Townhouse projects in which all units take exclusive access from a rear alley are exempt from compliance with subsection (A)(4)(b) above.

(6443; Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023)

3.2.270 Courtyard Housing.

(A)

Detached courtyard houses on individual lots are subject to the same standards as single unit detached housing, except that a 3-foot minimum side yard setback is allowed on 1 side of a typical lot and a 7-foot setback is required on the other side of the lot. As shown in Figure 3.2-P, this type of housing is permitted to allow development on narrow lots and still provide usable outdoor living area in side-oriented courtyards. The following standards are intended to promote compatibility and privacy between adjacent buildings and allow for building maintenance.

(1)

Setbacks Adjacent to Non-Courtyard Housing Development. When a courtyard house shares a side property line with a non-courtyard development (including vacant lots), the courtyard building must be set back from the common property line by a minimum of 7 feet.

(2)

Construction and Maintenance Easement. Prior to building permit approval, the applicant must submit a copy of a recorded easement for every courtyard house that guarantees rights for the purpose of construction and maintenance of structures and yards. The easement must stipulate that no fence or other obstruction can be placed in a manner that would prevent maintenance of structures on the subject lot.

(3)

Buffering. The building placement and design of windows must provide a buffer for the occupants of abutting courtyard lots. This standard is met by:

(a)

Placing ground-floor windows along the courtyard side of the house where views are directed into the yard(s) for the subject house;

(b)

By directing views away from neighboring lots yards (e.g., bay window); or

(c)

By using frosted glass or other permanent window covering that obscures any view to the exterior but allows light into the interior.

These standards do not apply to adjoining non-zero lot line lots.

Figure 3.2-P – Courtyard Housing

(6443)

3.2.275 Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU).

(A)

Purpose. An accessory dwelling unit is intended to:

(1)

Provide the opportunity to add accessible and affordable units to existing neighborhoods and new residential areas;

(2)

Provide flexibility to accommodate changes in household size or composition over the course of time, allowing for intergenerational living and on-site caretakers or assistants;

(3)

Make efficient use of residential land; and

(4)

Fit into the neighborhood while maintaining stability, property values.

(B)

An accessory dwelling unit may be established by:

(1)

Converting an attic, basement, or garage or any other portion of the primary dwelling;

(2)

Adding floor area to the primary dwelling, including a second story;

(3)

Constructing a detached accessory dwelling unit on a lot or parcel with a primary single unit dwelling; or

(4)

Converting an existing dwelling unit to the accessory dwelling unit (if it is less than 800 square feet) and building a primary dwelling unit.

(C)

Applicability.

(1)

Accessory dwelling units are permitted on R-1 properties with a primary dwelling.

(a)

In instances where a development can meet the definition of a duplex and also meets the definition of a primary single unit dwelling with an accessory dwelling unit (ADU), the applicant must specify at the time of application whether the development is a duplex or a primary single unit dwelling with an ADU.

(2)

Accessory dwelling units are permitted on R-2 properties with a primary dwelling, according to the following standards.

(a)

On a lot or parcel with area 6,650 square feet or less, 1 or 2 accessory dwelling units are permitted.

(b)

On a lot or parcel with area greater than 6,650 square feet but not greater than 10,000 square feet, a minimum of 2 accessory dwelling units must be constructed.

(c)

An accessory dwelling unit is not permitted on a lot or parcel with area greater than 10,000 square feet.

(d)

If 2 accessory dwellings are constructed, at least 1 must be detached from the primary dwelling.

(3)

Accessory dwelling units are permitted on R-3 properties with a primary dwelling, according to the following standards.

(a)

On a lot or parcel with area 3,200 square feet or less, 1 or 2 accessory dwelling units are permitted.

(b)

On a lot or parcel with area greater than 3,200 square feet but not greater than 4,800 square feet, a minimum of 2 accessory dwelling units are permitted.

(c)

An accessory dwelling unit is not permitted on a lot or parcel with area greater than 4,800 square feet.

(d)

If 2 accessory dwellings units are constructed, at least 1 must be detached from the primary dwelling.

(4)

Accessory dwelling units are permitted within the Historic Overlay District subject to the provisions of SDC 3.3.910 through SDC 3.3.945.

(D)

Review. An accessory dwelling unit is reviewed under Type 1 procedure except in some cases in the Historic Overlay District or except as provided in SDC 3.2.275(G)(3) when the accessory dwelling unit is reviewed under a Type 2 procedure.

(E)

Submittal Requirements.

(1)

A plan drawn to scale and dimensioned showing:

(a)

The proposed accessory dwelling unit and its relation to the property lines;

(b)

The primary dwelling and other structures on the lot or parcel including fences, walls, and existing parking spaces and driveways;

(c)

Existing and proposed trees and landscaping;

(d)

Lot or parcel area and dimensions, percent of lot or parcel coverage, building height, entrance locations; location of utilities and meters, curb cuts, sidewalks (public and private) and any proposed off-street parking spaces or driveway;

(e)

Stormwater destination and/or facility;

(f)

A detailed floor plan of the accessory dwelling unit, drawn to scale with labels on rooms indicating uses or proposed uses; and

(g)

A separate written response demonstrating how the required development and design standards listed in SDC 3.2.275(F) and (G) can be met.

(F)

Development Standards. An accessory dwelling unit must meet the following standards:

(1)

The accessory dwelling unit must meet all applicable clear and objective standards in this code that apply to the primary dwelling, including, but not limited to, setbacks, height, lot or parcel coverage.

(2)

The accessory dwelling unit must contain a kitchen, bathroom, and sleeping area that are completely independent from the primary dwelling.

(3)

The accessory dwelling unit must not exceed 800 square feet or the square footage of the primary dwelling (exclusive of the garage for the primary dwelling), whichever is less.

(4)

The accessory dwelling unit must have an entrance that is separate from the entrance to the primary dwelling.

(5)

A hard surface walkway, a minimum of 3 feet wide, must be provided from the primary entrance of the accessory dwelling unit to the street or walkway serving the primary dwelling.

(6)

Each dwelling unit must have its own address.

(7)

Outdoor storage and garbage areas must be screened from view from adjacent properties and those across the street or alley with a minimum 42-inch tall 100-percent sight obscuring fence or enclosure on at least 3 sides.

(8)

If a manufactured home or a towable structure (that is permitted, inspected, and approved by the local authority having jurisdiction) is brought to the site as an accessory dwelling unit, it must have its tongue and towing apparatus removed.

(G)

Design Standards. An accessory dwelling unit within or attached to the main dwelling must either match the primary dwelling or meet the alternative standards. A newly constructed detached accessory dwelling unit must match the primary dwelling, meet clear and objective standards, or meet the alternative standards. Conversion of a structure to an accessory dwelling unit is not required to meet the design standards and may be approved under a Type 1 procedure; however, exterior alterations such as those necessary to meet building codes must meet relevant design standards below (match primary dwelling or meet clear and objective standards).

(1)

Match Primary Dwelling. An accessory dwelling unit may be approved under Type 1 procedure if it meets the following design standards except that these standards may be altered when necessary to meet current fire or building codes:

(a)

Exterior finish materials must be the same as or visually match those of the primary dwelling in terms of type, size, and placement.

(b)

Roof pitch must be the same as the predominant roof pitch of the primary dwelling.

(c)

The trim around the doors and windows must be the same type and finish as the primary dwelling.

(d)

Windows must match those of the primary dwelling in terms of proportion (height and width ratio) and orientation (vertical vs. horizontal).

(e)

Eaves must project from the accessory dwelling unit addition the same distance as the eaves on the primary dwelling.

(2)

Meet Clear and Objective Standards. A detached accessory dwelling unit may be approved under Type 1 procedure if it meets the following design standards:

(a)

Only non-reflective siding and roofing materials are allowed.

(b)

Minimum roof pitch is 3 in 12.

(c)

Eaves must project from the accessory dwelling unit at least 1 foot on all elevations.

(d)

The primary entry must have a covered or roofed entrance with a minimum depth and width of 3 feet.

(3)

Meet Alternative Standards. An accessory dwelling may be approved under Type 2 procedure if it meets the following design standards:

(a)

Siding, roofing materials, and windows must be similar to those used on residential dwellings in the surrounding neighborhood.

(b)

Entrances, windows, and balconies must be designed and located with consideration of the privacy of residential neighbors.

(H)

Non-Conforming Lot or Parcel Sizes. Accessory dwelling units are not permitted on lots/parcels that do not meet the applicable minimum lot or parcel size stated in SDC 3.2.215.

(I)

Prohibited Use. Mobile homes, recreational vehicles, motor vehicles, and travel trailers cannot be used as an accessory dwelling unit. Manufactured homes and towable structures that are permitted, inspected, and approved by the local authority having jurisdiction are allowed.

(6443; Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.305 Purpose and Applicability.

(A)

Purpose. The purpose of the commercial districts is to:

(1)

Broaden, improve, and diversify the Springfield economy while maintaining or enhancing environmental quality and Springfield’s natural heritage.

(2)

Strengthen and maintain strong, connected employment centers and economic corridors to support small, medium, and large businesses.

(3)

Establish, strengthen, and maintain viable commercial centers to improve the community’s access to goods and services.

(4)

Make development decisions predictable and cost effective.

(B)

Applicability. The provisions in this section apply to development in the Neighborhood Commercial (NC), Community Commercial (CC), Major Retail Commercial (MRC), and the General Office (GO) Districts. These districts are identified on the City’s official Zoning Map. Properties designated within each district that contain additional standards must comply with the provisions of the applicable district, except as may be modified by this section. The districts serve different uses as described below.

Land Use District	Location and Characteristics
Neighborhood Commercial (NC)	This district is intended to provide opportunities for sites to provide day to day commercial needs.
Community Commercial (CC)	This district is intended to provide opportunities for sites to provide for a wide range of retail sales, retail service, and professional office uses. This district is intended to include all existing strip commercial areas.
Major Retail Commercial (MRC)	This district is intended to provide opportunities for sites suitable for shopping centers.
General Office (GO)	This district is intended to provide opportunities for office uses as a transition, providing a buffer between residential districts and more intensive commercial development at the boundaries of a Community Commercial or Major Retail Commercial district.

(6443)

3.2.310 Use Category Determination.

(A)

For the purpose of this SDC 3.2.300, uses and activities are classified into use categories on the basis of common functional, product, or physical characteristics, as described below.

(1)

Determination. Uses are assigned to the category whose description most closely describes the nature of the primary use. Developments may have more than 1 primary use. Developments may also have 1 or more accessory uses.

When a use’s category is not clearly identifiable, the Director determines the applicable use category through a Type 2 approval process. The Director will consider the following factors to determine what use category the use is in, and whether the activities constitute primary uses or accessory uses:

(a)

The description of the activity in relationship to the characteristics of each use category;

(b)

The relative amount of site or floor space and equipment devoted to the activity;

(c)

Relative amounts of sales from each activity;

(d)

The customer type for each activity;

(e)

The relative number of employees in each activity;

(f)

Hours of operation;

(g)

Building and site arrangement;

(h)

Vehicles used with the activities;

(i)

The relative number of vehicle trips generated by the activities;

(j)

The signage for the proposed use(s) and activities;

(k)

How the use advertises itself; and

(l)

Whether the activities function independently of other activities on the site.

(2)

Multiple Uses. When all of the primary uses of a development fall within 1 use category, then the development is assigned to that use category. When the primary uses of a development fall within different use categories, each primary use is classified in the applicable category and is subject to the regulations for that category.

(3)

Determination of Similar Land Use. Subject to prior submittal and approval of an application pursuant to Type 2 procedures, uses and development similar to uses and development in Table 3.3.320 may be allowed if found by the Director to be “clearly similar” to the uses and development allowed by Table 3.3.320. The applicant has the burden to provide sufficient information to allow the Director to make findings on the following criteria.

The Director must make findings that the proposed use is “clearly similar” based on the following criteria:

(a)

The use and development are consistent with the purpose of this section.

(b)

When compared with the uses and development permitted by Table 3.2.420, the use and development are similar to 1 or more of these uses and development based on an analysis of the:

(i)

Goods or services traded from the site;

(ii)

Bulk, size, and operating characteristics of the proposed use and development; and

(iii)

Parking demand, customer types and traffic generation.

(c)

The use and development comply with the other applicable provisions of this section.

Similar use determinations that are not “clearly similar” because they do not meet the standards above, must be made in conformance with the procedures in SDC 5.11.100, Interpretations.

(6443)

3.2.315 Commercial Use Categories.

(A)

Retail Sales and Service. The code provides for 3 types of retail sales and service uses. The 3 types include automobile dependent uses; automobile oriented uses; and non-automobile dependent or oriented uses. The distinctions are specified below.

(1)

Automobile-Dependent Use. Uses where automobiles and/or other motor vehicles are served by the use and the use would not exist without them, such as vehicle repair, gas station, car wash, or auto and truck sales.

(2)

Automobile-Oriented Use. Uses where automobiles and/or other motor vehicles are an integral part of the use, such as drive-up, drive-in, and drive-through facilities.

(3)

Non-Automobile Dependent or Oriented Use. Retail sales and service uses that do not qualify as automobile dependent or automobile oriented.

(B)

Eating and Drinking Establishment. Eating and drinking establishment uses include but are not limited to: restaurants, cafes, and similar types of land uses that prepare and serve edible goods for consumption by the customer including beverage service.

(C)

Offices and Clinics. Office and clinic uses include, but are not limited to: a wide range of business and professional offices; and medical clinics and offices. Examples of these uses include doctor, dentist, chiropractor, optometrist, research, processing, and laboratory facilities.

(D)

Warehouse and Wholesale Sales.

(1)

Warehouse and wholesale sales uses include the wholesale storage or movement of goods by a company for themselves or other firms. Goods are generally delivered to other firms or the final consumer, except for some will-call pickups. There is little on-site sales activity with the customer present. Wholesale sales refers to the sale, lease, or rent of products primarily intended for industrial, institutional, or commercial businesses. The uses emphasize on-site sales or order taking and often include display areas. Businesses may or may not be open to the general public, but sales to the general public are limited as a result of the way in which the firm operates. Products may be picked up on site or delivered to the customer.

(2)

Examples of warehouse and wholesale sales uses include, but are not limited to: regional distribution headquarters including storage, wholesale warehouses used by retail stores such as furniture and appliance stores; household moving and general freight storage; cold storage plants, including frozen food lockers; wholesale distribution centers; truck/freight terminals; bus barns; parcel delivery services; major post offices; grain terminals; and the stockpiling of sand, gravel, or other aggregate materials. Additionally, wholesale sales includes sale or rental of machinery, equipment, heavy trucks, building materials, special trade tools, welding supplies, machine parts, electrical supplies, janitorial supplies, restaurant equipment, and store fixtures; mail order houses; and wholesalers of food, clothing, auto parts, building hardware, and office supplies.

(3)

Exceptions.

(a)

Uses that involve the transfer or storage of solid or liquid wastes are classified as waste-related uses.

(b)

Uses that engage primarily in sales to the general public are classified as retail sales and service.

(c)

Uses that engage in sales on a membership basis are classified as retail sales and service.

(E)

Secondary Use. Secondary use means a use that is integrated with the primary use, is not stand alone, and is not permitted in the absence of a primary use.

(F)

Accessory Use. Accessory use means a use that is subordinate to the primary use.

(6443)

3.2.320 Permitted Uses.

(A)

The land uses listed in Table 3.2.320 are permitted in each of the applicable districts, subject to Site Plan Review approval and the provisions of this section.

Table 3.2.320 Permitted Uses
Land Use	Commercial District				Applicable code standards
Land Use	NC**	CC	MRC	GO	Applicable code standards
Commercial
Retail Sales and Service (non-automobile dependent/oriented)	P*	P	P	P*	SDC 3.2.330
Retail Sales and Service (automobile dependent)	N	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.7.115
Retail Sales and Service (automobile oriented)	N	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.7.115
Marijuana Business: marijuana retail outlet (recreational or medical)	N	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.7.177
Recreation Facilities	P*	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.7.205
Eating and Drinking Establishments (with drive-through)	P	P	P	N
Eating and Drinking Establishments (without drive-through)	P	P	P	P*	SDC 3.2.330
Offices and Clinics	P	P	P	P
Animal Hospital, Animal Clinic, or Kennel	N	P*	N	N	SDC 4.7.110
Garden Supply or Feed Store	N	P	P*	N	SDC 3.2.330
Manufactured unit as a temporary construction office, security quarters, or general office	P*	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.185, 4.8.110, and 4.8.120
Manufactured home as a manufactured home sales office	P*	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.8.115
Lodging
Hotels and Motels	N	P	P	N
Short Term Rentals (Type 1 and 2)	P*	P*	N	N	SDC 4.7.355
Hostel	P	P	N	N
Emergency Housing	N	P	N	N
RV Park	N	P*	N	N	SDC 4.7.220
Industrial
Manufacture or assembly of goods or products to be sold on premises	N	P*	N	N	SDC 3.2.330
Warehouse and Wholesale Sales	N	P*	N	N	SDC 3.2.330
Residential
Residential uses in areas designated mixed use in: the Springfield Comprehensive Plan; a Refinement plan; or in mixed use district in this code	P*	P*	P*	N	SDC 3.2.330
Conversion from commercial to residential use	P*	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.215
One single-unit dwelling, attached or detached, as a secondary use	P	P	N	N	SDC 3.2.220 thru 3.2.225
Income-qualified housing	P*	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.370 and 4.7.405
Family Child Care Home	P	P	P	P
Child Care Center	P*	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.340
Transportation Facilities
Dock, Boat Ramp, and Marinas	N	D	N	N
Heliport or Helistop	N	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.7.240
Transit Station	N	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.7.240
Linear Park	P	P	P	P
Bicycle Paths and Pedestrian Trails	P	P	P	P
Other
Secondary Use (as defined)	P	D	D	P*	SDC 3.2.330
Accessory Use (as defined)	P*	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.360
Agricultural cultivation of vacant land	N	P	P	N
Public and Institutional
Private/Public Elementary and Middle Schools	D*	D*	N	N	SDC 4.7.195 and 5.9.110
Branch Educational Facilities	P	P	P	N
Place of Worship	P*	P*	P*	P*	SDC 6.1.110
Club (see definition SDC 6.1.110)	P	P	P	N
Hospital	P	P	P	N
Community Service; includes Governmental Offices	P	P	P	P
High impact public utility facilities	P*/D	P*/D	P*/D	P*/D	SDC 4.7.160
Low impact public utility facilities	P	P	P	P
Communication towers, including antennas and relay equipment	N	D	D	N
Wireless Telecommunications System (WTS) Facilities	See SDC 4.3.145	See SDC 4.3.145	See SDC 4.3.145	See SDC 4.3.145	SDC 4.3.145

P = Permitted Use; D = Discretionary Use permit required; N = Not Allowed;
*	Permitted subject to cited code standards.
**	Subject to SDC 4.7.375, where applicable.

(6443; Ord. No. 6466, 11/20/2023; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.325 Development Standards.

In addition to applicable provisions contained elsewhere in this code, the development standards listed in this section apply to all development in commercial districts. In cases of conflicts in this section between the general standards and the area-specific standards, the area-specific standards apply.

(A)

Lot Area, Dimensions, and Coverage. The following Table 3.2.325(A) sets forth the commercial district lot area, lot dimension, and coverage standards.

Table 3.2.325(A) Commercial District Lot Area, Dimension, and Coverage Standards
Development Standard	NC	CC	MRC	GO
Minimum lot/parcel size	6,000 square feet	6,000 square feet	6,000 square feet	6,000 square feet
Individual lease space size	15,000 square feet maximum	N/A	N/A	N/A
Minimum frontage, see (A)(1) below	50 feet	50 feet	50 feet	50 feet
Panhandle lot/parcel minimum frontage, both single and double panhandles	Not permitted	40 feet	Not permitted	Not permitted
Maximum lot/parcel coverage	35%	Limited only by requirements of other sections of this code
Minimum landscaping	Perimeter and interior landscaping area combined coverage must not be less than 20% of the total development area.	Minimum landscaping area established by standards in other sections of this code.
Maximum parking, loading, and vehicular circulation area coverage	45%	Lot/parcel coverage established by standards in other sections of this code.

(1)

The frontage standard does not apply when the following are met:

(a)

The lots/parcels have been approved as part of a Master Plan, Site Plan, Subdivision, or Partition application; and

(b)

Access has been guaranteed via a private street or driveway by an irrevocable joint use/access agreement as specified in SDC 4.2.120(A).

(B)

Setbacks.

(1)

Setbacks provide separation between commercial and non-commercial uses for fire protection/security, building maintenance, sunlight and air circulation, noise buffering, and visual separation. All developments must meet applicable fire and building code standards, which may require greater setbacks than those listed in this section (e.g., for combustible materials, etc.).

(2)

Required setbacks are measured from the special street setback in SDC 4.2.105(M), where applicable.

(3)

The following setback standards apply to all structures, except as otherwise provided by this section.

(a)

Front, Street Side Yard, and Through Lot Rear Building Setback.

(i)

All commercial districts (NC, CC, MRC, and GO).

The minimum building setback is 10 feet.

(b)

Interior Side, Rear Yard Building Setback.

(i)

All commercial districts (NC, CC, MRC, and GO).

The building setback is zero, except when abutting residential or CI district, the building setback is 10 feet.

(c)

Parking, Driveway, or Outdoor Storage Setback.

(i)

Neighborhood Commercial. The minimum yard setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage is 7 feet from any property line.

(ii)

Other commercial districts (CC, MRC, and GO). The minimum yard setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage is 5 feet from any property line.

(d)

Setback Exceptions.

(i)

There are no setbacks required for buildings in the Downtown Exception Area.

(ii)

Architectural extensions may extend into any 5-foot or larger setback by no more than 2 feet.

Table 3.2.325(B) summarizes the above setback standards.

Table 3.2.325(B) Setback Standards
Development Standard	NC	CC	MRC	GO
Front, Street Side Yard, and Through Lot Rear
Building Setback	10 feet	10 feet	10 feet	10 feet
Setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage	7 feet	5 feet	5 feet	5 feet
Interior Side, Rear Year Setbacks
Building setback	0 feet	0 feet	0 feet	0 feet
Setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage	7 feet	5 feet	5 feet	5 feet
Interior Side, Rear Year Setbacks when abutting residential or CI district
Building setback	10 feet	10 feet	10 feet	10 feet

(C)

Height.

(1)

The following building height standards are intended to promote land use compatibility and flexibility for commercial development at an appropriate community scale.

(a)

Buildings and structures in the Neighborhood Commercial District are limited to the maximum height of 20 feet.

(b)

Buildings and structures in the Community Commercial, Major Retail Commercial, and General Office Districts have no maximum height, except when abutting a residential district. When abutting a residential district the following height standards apply:

The height of a structure must not exceed the height permitted in the adjacent R-1 or R-2 residential land use district for a distance of 50 feet. For the adjacent R-1 zone the applicable height limit is 35 feet and R-2 zone the applicable height limit is 50 feet.

(2)

Incidental equipment, as defined in SDC 6.1.110 may exceed the height standard.

Table 3.2.325(C) summarizes the above height standards.

Table 3.2.325(C) Height Standards
Development Standard	NC	CC	MRC	GO
Maximum height	20 feet	No maximum height, except when abutting residential districts. When directly abutting an R-1 or R-2 district, the height of a structure must not exceed the height permitted in the adjacent R-1 or R-2 residential land use district for a distance of 50 feet from the property line.

(6443; Ord. No. 6466, 11/20/2023; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.330 Development Standards-Specific.

(A)

NC Development Standards.

(1)

Small-scale repair and maintenance services must take place entirely indoors, and buildings must be utilized to ensure that noise or odor do not disturb the normal operation and tranquility of neighboring residential and business areas.

(B)

CC Development Standards.

(1)

In the CC District, the manufacturing or assembly of goods or products must occur indoors, must not generate more noise, odor or other physical attributes than the permitted uses, must occupy less than 50 percent of the floor area of the building, and the goods or products must be sold on premises.

(2)

In the CC District, buildings used for the overnight accommodation of animals, and structures that enclose animals outside of buildings, must be constructed to ensure that noise or odor do not disturb the normal operation or tranquility of neighboring residential, business, campus industrial or public land uses.

(C)

MRC Development Standards.

(1)

Garden supply and feed and seed stores must be permitted only as secondary uses in the MRC District. The bulk storage or sales of fertilizer, feed or plant materials that require heavy equipment for loading is prohibited.

(D)

GO Development Standards.

(1)

The cumulative total area of sit-down restaurants and delicatessens, secondary retail uses and exercise studios in the GO District must be limited to no more than 10 percent of the gross floor area of the office building in which they are sited.

(E)

Commercial Districts in Areas Designated Mixed-Use on the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map. In commercial districts in areas designated mixed-use on the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map or a Refinement Plan diagram, Plan District map, or Conceptual Development Plan, multiple unit housing developments must meet the standards as specified in the applicable regulation. R-2 and R-3 District standards contained in this code must be followed where the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map, a Refinement Plan diagram, Plan District map, or Conceptual Development Plan does not specify development standards, or in areas where no applicable regulation has been prepared.

(Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.405 Purpose and Applicability.

(A)

Purpose. The purpose of the industrial districts is to:

(1)

Broaden, improve, and diversify the Springfield economy while maintaining or enhancing environmental quality and Springfield’s natural heritage.

(2)

Provide certainty, predictability, and flexibility in the development of industrial development.

(3)

Make development decisions predictable and cost effective.

(B)

Applicability. This section applies to development in the Campus Industrial (CI), Light Medium Industrial (LMI), Heavy Industrial (HI), and the Special Heavy Industrial (SHI) Districts. These districts are identified on the City’s official Zoning Map. Properties designated within each district that contain additional standards must comply with the provisions of the applicable district, except as may be modified by this section. The districts serve different uses as described below.

District	Location and Characteristics
Campus Industrial (CI)	This district is intended to provide opportunities for diversification of the local economy by offering prime sites in a campus environment for large-scale light manufacturing firms and research and development complexes emphasizing modern technology and employing skilled workers in family wage jobs. The term “campus” includes innovative building designs, enhanced landscapes, large open spaces, and substantial pedestrian amenities.
Light-Medium Industrial (LMI)	This district is intended to provide opportunities for the secondary processing of materials into components, the assembly of components into finished products, transportation, communication and utilities, wholesaling, and warehousing. The external impact from these uses is generally less than heavy industrial, and transportation needs are often met by truck. Activities are generally located indoors, although there may be some outdoor storage. This designation also can accommodate supporting offices and campus industrial uses.
Heavy Industrial (HI)	This district is intended to provide opportunities for the processing of large volumes of raw materials into refined materials and/or that have significant external impacts. Heavy industrial transportation needs often include rail and truck. Less intensive industrial uses that are permitted in the LMI District are also permitted in this district.
Special Heavy Industrial (SHI)	This district is intended to provide opportunities to accommodate industrial developments that need large parcels, particularly those with rail access. Although the primary purpose of this district is to provide sites for heavy industries other industry is allowed.

(6443)

3.2.410 Use Category Determination.

(A)

For the purpose of SDC 3.2.400, uses and activities are classified into use categories on the basis of common functional, product, or physical characteristics, as described below.

(1)

Determination of Use Category. Uses are assigned to the category whose description most closely describes the nature of the primary use. Developments may have more than 1 primary use. Developments may also have 1 or more accessory uses.

When a use’s category is not clearly identifiable, the Director, through an administrative action, determines the applicable use category. The Director will consider the following factors to determine what use category the use is in, and whether the activities constitute primary uses or accessory uses:

(a)

The description of the activity in relationship to the characteristics of each use category;

(b)

The relative amount of site or floor space and equipment devoted to the activity;

(c)

Relative amounts of sales from each activity;

(d)

The customer type for each activity;

(e)

The relative number of employees in each activity;

(f)

Hours of operation;

(g)

Building and site arrangement;

(h)

Vehicles used with the activities;

(i)

The relative number of vehicle trips generated by the activities;

(j)

The signage for the proposed use(s) and activities;

(k)

How the use advertises itself; and

(l)

Whether the activities function independently of other activities on the site.

(2)

(3)

Determination of Similar Use Category. Subject to prior submittal and approval of an application pursuant to Type 2 procedures, uses and development similar to those found in Table 3.2.420 may be allowed if found by the Director to be “clearly similar” to the uses and development allowed by Table 3.2.420. The applicant has the burden to provide sufficient information to allow the Director to make findings on the following criteria.

The Director must make findings that the proposed use is “clearly similar” based on the following criteria:

(a)

The use and development are consistent with the purpose of this section.

(b)

When compared with the uses and development permitted by Table 3.2.420, the use and development are similar to 1 or more of these uses and development based on an analysis of the:

(i)

Goods or services traded from the site;

(ii)

Bulk, size, and operating characteristics of the proposed use and development; and

(iii)

Parking demand, customer types, and traffic generation.

(c)

The use and development comply with the other applicable provisions of this section.

Uses that are not “clearly similar” because they do not meet the standards above, may be allowed as a new use, according to the procedures and standards in SDC 5.11.100, Interpretations.

(6443)

3.2.415 Industrial Use Categories.

(A)

Industrial Use. Employment activities, including, but not limited to, the use of land primarily for the manufacture, assembly, fabrication, processing, storage, logistics, warehousing, importation, distribution and transshipment, and research and development, that generate income from the production, processing, handling or distribution of goods and services, including goods and services in the traded sector as defined by ORS 285A.010.

(B)

Heavy Manufacturing and Production.

(1)

“Heavy manufacturing and production” refers to the manufacturing from raw materials, processing from raw materials, or assembly of goods. Natural, human-made, raw, secondary, or partially completed materials may be used. Products may be finished or semi-finished and are generally made for the wholesale market, for transfer to other plants, or to order for firms or consumers. Goods are generally not displayed or sold on site, but if so, they are a subordinate part of sales. Relatively few customers come to the manufacturing site.

(2)

Examples of heavy manufacturing and production uses include, but are not limited to: lumber mills, pulp and paper mills, and other wood products manufacturing; manufacturing and processing of metals or metal products including enameling and galvanizing; biotechnology; manufacturing or processing of chemical, rubber, leather, clay, bone, plastic, stone, concrete, glass materials, or related products; manufacturing or production of food and beverage or related products; manufacturing of textiles or apparel; woodworking, including cabinet makers; the production of energy; and paper products or other similar materials manufacturing or processing.

(3)

Exceptions.

(a)

Manufacturing of goods to be sold primarily on site and to the general public is classified as retail sales and service as found in SDC 3.2.300.

(b)

Manufacture and production of goods from composting organic material is classified as waste-related uses.

(C)

Light Manufacturing, Fabrication, and Repair.

(1)

“Light manufacturing, fabrication, and repair” refers to the manufacturing, processing, fabrication, packaging, or assembly of goods. Natural, human-made, raw, secondary, or partially completed materials may be used. Products may be finished or semi-finished and are generally made for the wholesale market, for transfer to other plants, or to order for firms or consumers. Goods are generally not displayed or sold on site, but if so, they are a subordinate part of sales. Relatively few customers come to the manufacturing site.

(2)

Examples of light manufacturing, fabrication, and repair uses include, but are not limited to: manufacturing, fabrication, or repair of appliances, electronic equipment, furniture, signs, and similar goods; fabrication of metal or metal products; manufacturing, assembly, or repair of machinery, equipment, instruments, biotechnology; manufacturing of apparel or other finished goods made from canvas, cloth, fabrics, feathers, felt, leather, textiles, wool, yarn, or similar materials; finished woodworking and assembly, including cabinet makers; preparation of food and related products including catering establishments; breweries, distilleries, and wineries; media production facilities; and manufacturing of prefabricated or modular structures including manufactured homes and related components.

(D)

Industrial Service.

(1)

“Industrial service” refers to the repair or servicing of business or consumer machinery, equipment, products or by-products. Firms that service consumer goods do so by mainly providing centralized services for separate retail outlets. Contractors and building maintenance services and similar uses perform services off site. Few customers, especially the general public, come to the site.

(2)

Examples of industrial service uses include, but are not limited to: welding shops; machine shops; tool repair; electric motor repair; repair of scientific or professional instruments; storage of building materials; heavy truck servicing and repair; tire retreading or recapping; contractors including building, heating, plumbing, electrical, or similar; health, safety, first aid, and EMS service; printing, publishing and lithography; recycling operations; janitorial and building maintenance services including exterminators; fuel oil distributors; solid fuel yards; research, development, and testing laboratories or facilities; technology development and support centers; industrial laundry, dry-cleaning, and carpet cleaning plants; and photofinishing laboratories.

(3)

Exceptions.

(a)

Contractors and others who perform industrial services off site are included in the office category, if equipment and materials are not stored at the site, and fabrication or similar work is not carried on at the site.

(b)

Hotels, restaurants, and other services that are part of a truck stop are considered accessory to the truck stop.

(E)

Warehouse and Wholesale Sales.

(1)

Warehouse and wholesale sales includes the wholesale storage or movement of goods by a company for themselves or other firms. Goods are generally delivered to other firms or the final consumer, except for some will-call pickups. There is little on-site sales activity with the customer present. “Warehouse” refers to the storage of finished and unfinished products and materials within an entirely enclosed building. This use may include facilities for regional wholesale distribution, if permitted by the applicable land use district. “Wholesale sales” refers to the sale, lease, or rental of products primarily intended for industrial, institutional, or commercial businesses. The uses emphasize on-site sales or order taking and often include display areas. Businesses may or may not be open to the general public, but sales to the general public are limited as a result of the way in which the firm operates. Products may be picked up on site or delivered to the customer.

(2)

(3)

Exceptions.

(a)

Uses that involve the transfer or storage of solid or liquid wastes are classified as waste-related uses.

(b)

Uses that engage primarily in sales to the general public are classified as retail sales and service as found in SDC 3.2.300.

(c)

Uses that engage in sales on a membership basis are classified as retail sales and service as found in SDC 3.2.300.

(F)

Waste-Related.

(1)

“Waste-related” includes uses that receive solid or liquid wastes from others for disposal on the site or for transfer to another location, uses that collect sanitary wastes, or uses that manufacture or produce goods or energy from the biological decomposition of organic material. Waste-related uses also include uses that receive hazardous wastes from others and are subject to the regulations of OAR 340-100, Hazardous Waste Management.

(2)

Examples of waste-related uses include, but are not limited to: sanitary landfills, limited use landfills, waste composting, energy recovery plants, sewer treatment plants, portable sanitary collection equipment storage and pumping, processing of waste, and hazardous-waste-collection sites.

(3)

Exceptions.

(a)

Disposal of clean fill, consisting of soil, rock, concrete, brick, building block, tile, or asphalt paving, which does not contain contaminants that could adversely impact public health and which does not contain putrescible waste, construction and demolition waste, or industrial solid waste, is not a waste-related use.

(b)

Sewer pipes that serve a development are considered a basic utility.

(c)

Recycling operations are not considered a waste-related use. They are classified as an industrial service use.

(G)

“Corporate or regional headquarters” means a building or portion of a building in which people are employed in the management or direction of a business consisting of 1 or more companies, or divisions or groups of companies. This use must be directly associated with and subordinate to a permitted use or a use allowed with a Discretionary Use Permit on the same site.

Corporate or regional headquarters may be permitted as part of a large-scale light-manufacturing use or located within a business park. Corporate or regional headquarters also may be a stand-alone use. The acreage comprising standalone corporate or regional headquarters site must be applied to the 40 percent gross acre standard for business parks. Corporate or regional headquarters must have at least 20 or more employees at the time of occupancy.

(H)

Secondary Use.

(1)

“Secondary use” means a use that is integrated with the primary use, is not stand alone, and is not permitted in the absence of a primary use.

(2)

Examples of secondary uses include, but are not limited to: eating and drinking establishments; personal services such as hair stylists, beauty, fitness, spa, shoe repair, dry cleaning, and tailors; child care facilities primarily serving employees; building maintenance services; industrial and professional equipment and supply stores; financial institutions including ATMs.

(3)

Retail, wholesale and service uses, either alone or in combination, cannot exceed 20 percent of the gross floor area of a building. These uses exclude any drive-through facility and must not primarily serve the general public. Except for ATMs, each use is limited to 2,500 square feet of gross floor area.

(4)

Child care facilities may exceed the 2,500 square foot standard in order to comply with size requirements.

(I)

Accessory Use.

(1)

“Accessory use” means a use that is subordinate to the primary use.

(2)

Examples include, but are not limited to: accessory structures; administrative professional or business offices; copying and photo developing; cafeteria serving employees; developed recreation area or pedestrian amenities serving the development area; storage yards or warehouses; parking lots and parking structures; truck fleet parking; repair and maintenance areas; docks; rail spur or rail lead line; heliports and helistops; and 1 dwelling unit per site.

(6443)

3.2.420 Permitted Uses.

(A)

The land uses listed in Table 3.2.420 are permitted in each of the applicable districts, subject to the provisions of this section.

Table 3.2.420 Permitted Uses
Land Use	Industrial District				Applicable code standards
Land Use	**CI	LMI	HI	*SHI	Applicable code standards
Industrial
Heavy Manufacturing and Production	N	D	P	P
Light Manufacturing, Fabrication, and Repair	D	P	P	P
Industrial Service	P	P	P	P
*Warehouse and Wholesale Sales	P	P	P	P	SDC 3.2.428
Waste-Related	N	N	D	D
Explosives or Fireworks, Manufacturing, Warehouse, or Distribution	N	D	D	N
Corporate Office/Headquarters	P	P	P	P
Outdoor Storage Directly Related to an Approved Use	N	P	P	P
Automobile Wrecking, or Towing Service Operations	N	N	D	N
Industrial Park	N	P	P	P
Business Park	P	N	N	N
Slaughterhouse	N	N	D	N
Other
*Secondary Use (as defined)	P	D	D	D	SDC 3.2.415
*Accessory Use (as defined)	P	P	P	P	SDC 3.2.415
*Marijuana Production Facility	N	N	P	P	SDC 4.7.177
*Marijuana Processing Facility	N	P	P	N	SDC 4.7.177
*Marijuana Wholesale Facility	N	P	P	N	SDC 4.7.177
*Marijuana Retail Outlet or Sales, as Primary or Secondary Use	N	N	N	N	SDC 4.7.177
*Recreational Facilities	N	P	P	P	SDC 4.7.205
Child Care Centers	P	P	N	N	SDC 4.7.340
Bicycle Paths and Pedestrian Trails	P	P	P	P
Linear Parks	P	P	P	P
Agricultural Cultivation of Vacant Land	P	P	P	P
Income-Qualified Housing	P*	P*	N	N	SDC 4.7.405
Public and Institutional
*Education Facilities (schools)	N	D*	N	N	SDC 4.7.195
*High Impact Public Utility Facilities	D	P	P	P	SDC 4.7.160
Low Impact Public Utility Facilities	P	P	P	P
*Wireless Telecommunications System (WTS) Facilities	N	See SDC 4.3.145	See SDC 4.3.145	See SDC 4.3.145	SDC 4.3.145

P = Permitted Use; D = Discretionary Use permit required; N = Not Allowed;
*	Permitted subject to cited code standards; In the SH District, the standard is found in SDC 3.2.425(A)(1).
**	Uses in the CI District must meet the operational performance standards specified in SDC 3.2.430.

(6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.425 Development Standards.

In addition to applicable provisions contained elsewhere in this code, the development standards listed in this section apply to all development in industrial districts. In cases of conflicts, standards specifically applicable in the industrial district apply. In cases of conflicts in this section between the general standards and the area-specific standards, the area-specific standards apply.

(A)

Lot Area, Dimensions, and Coverage. The following Table 3.3.425 sets forth the industrial district lot area, lot dimension, and coverage standards.

Table 3.2.425(A) Industrial District Lot Area, Dimension, and Coverage Standards
Development Standard	CI	LMI	HI	SHI
Minimum lot/parcel size	10,000 square feet	10,000 square feet	10,000 square feet	10,000 square feet see (A)(1) below
Minimum frontage, see (A)(2) below	75 feet	75 feet	75 feet	75 feet
Panhandle lot/parcel minimum frontage, both single and double panhandles	N/A	40 feet	40 feet	40 feet
Maximum lot/parcel coverage	Limited only by requirements of other sections of this code

(1)

Until annexed to the City, the minimum lot/parcel size in the SHI District must be 40 acres and the minimum development area must be 10 acres.

(2)

The frontage standard does not apply when the following are met:

(a)

The lots/parcels have been approved as part of a Master Plan, Site Plan, Subdivision, or Partition; and

(b)

Access has been guaranteed via a private street or driveway by an irrevocable joint use/access agreement as specified in SDC 4.2.120(A).

(B)

Setbacks. Setbacks provide separation between industrial and non-industrial uses for fire protection/security, building maintenance, sunlight and air circulation, noise buffering, and visual separation. All developments must meet applicable fire and building code standards, which may require greater setbacks than those listed in this section (e.g., for combustible materials, etc.).

Required setbacks are measured from the special street setback in SDC 4.2.105(N), where applicable.

The following setback standards apply to all structures, except as otherwise provided by this section.

(1)

Front Yard Building Setback.

(a)

Campus Industrial District.

(i)

The minimum front yard building setback is 20 feet if abutting a local street.

(ii)

The minimum front yard building setback is 30 feet if abutting a collector or arterial street.

(b)

Light Medium Industrial District. The minimum front yard building setback is 10 feet.

(c)

Heavy Industrial District. The minimum front yard building setback is 10 feet.

(d)

Special Heavy Industrial District. The minimum front yard building setback is 10 feet.

(2)

Parking, Driveway, or Outdoor Storage Setback.

(a)

Campus Industrial District. The minimum yard setback for parking, or driveway is 5 feet from any property line. In the CI district no outdoor storage is allowed.

(b)

Light Medium Industrial District. The minimum yard setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage is 5 feet from any property line.

(c)

Heavy Industrial District. The minimum yard setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage is 5 feet from any property line.

(d)

Special Heavy Industrial District. The minimum yard setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage is 5 feet from any property line.

(3)

Other Setbacks.

(a)

Building Setback From a R-1, R-2, or R-3 Residential District.

(i)

Campus Industrial District. The minimum setback for a building from a residential district boundary is 50 feet.

(ii)

Light Medium Industrial District. The minimum setback for a building from a residential district boundary is 10 feet.

(iii)

Heavy Industrial District. The minimum setback for a building from a residential district boundary is 10 feet.

(iv)

Special Heavy Industrial District. The minimum setback for a building from a residential district boundary is 10 feet.

(b)

Building Setback From a CI District.

(i)

Campus Industrial District. NA.

(ii)

Light Medium Industrial District. The minimum setback for a building from a CI district boundary is 10 feet.

(iii)

Heavy Industrial District. The minimum setback for a building from a CI district boundary is 10 feet.

(iv)

Special Heavy Industrial District. The minimum setback for a building from a CI district boundary is 10 feet.

(c)

Building Setback Within the CI District From Other Districts. The minimum setback for a building within the CI district from another nonresidential district boundary is 10 feet.

(d)

Building separation From Other Buildings Within the CI District. The minimum building separation between buildings in the CI district is 20 feet.

(4)

Setback Exceptions and Special Circumstances.

(a)

Where a public utility easement (PUE) is larger than the required setback standard, no building or above grade structure, except a fence, can be built upon or over that easement.

(b)

CI District Setback Exceptions. Required building setbacks and separations may be reduced through the Site Plan Approval process without a variance when:

(i)

The building design incorporates landscaped stormwater quality facilities within the setback area that also enhances pedestrian amenities and the campus environment;

(ii)

Necessary to protect natural assets identified in the Gateway Refinement Plan or elsewhere in this code;

(iii)

Necessary to preserve existing healthy mature trees;

(iv)

Necessary to accommodate handicapped access requirements; or

(v)

Legally created lots/parcels do not meet the minimum lot/parcel size.

Table 3.2.425(B) summarizes the above setback standards.

Table 3.2.425(B) Setback Standards
Development Standard	CI	LMI	HI	SHI
Front setback for building	20/30 feet	10 feet	10 feet	10 feet
Setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage	5 feet	5 feet	5 feet	5 feet
Building setback from residential district	50 feet	10 feet	10 feet	10 feet
Building setback from CI district	N/A	10 feet	10 feet	10 feet
Building setback within the CI district from other district	20 feet	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building separation from other buildings within CI district	20 feet	N/A	N/A	N/A

(C)

Height.

(1)

The following building height standards are intended to promote land use compatibility and flexibility for industrial development at an appropriate community scale.

(a)

Buildings and structures in the Campus Industrial District are limited to the maximum height of 45 feet.

(b)

Buildings and structures in the Light Medium Industrial, Heavy Industrial, and Special Heavy Industrial Districts have no maximum height, except when abutting a residential district. When abutting a residential district, the following height standards apply:

(i)

The height of a structure must not exceed the height permitted in the adjacent residential land use district for a distance of 50 feet. For the adjacent R-1 zone the applicable height limit would be 35 feet and R-2 zone the applicable height limit would be 50 feet.

(2)

Incidental equipment, as defined in SDC 6.1.110 may exceed the height standard.

Table 3.2.425(C) summarizes the above height standards.

Table 3.2.425(C) Height Standards
Development Standard	CI	LMI	HI	SHI
Maximum Height	45 feet	No maximum height, except when abutting residential districts (see below)
Industrial District abuts an R-1 or R-2 District	N/A	The height of a structure must not exceed the height permitted in the adjacent residential land use district for a distance of 50 feet from the property line.

(6443)

3.2.428 Development Standards-Specific.

(A)

Manufactured Dwelling as a Permanent Office Use. A manufactured dwelling, provided it meets City and state construction and safety standards for the proposed use, may be used as a permanent office building in the Light-Medium Industrial and Heavy Industrial Districts, provided the following conditions are met prior to occupancy:

(1)

A permanent foundation is provided for the manufactured dwelling.

(2)

Siding must be compatible with adjacent structures; the roof must have a minimum 16 percent pitch.

(3)

Foundation covers, skirting, landscaping and backfill are required.

(4)

Compliance with these regulations is a condition of continued use of the manufactured dwelling on the property.

(B)

Warehouse Commercial Retail and Wholesale.

(1)

Buildings must be located in the front of lots/parcels, where possible, to minimize the visibility of outdoor storage yards or areas.

(2)

Any outdoor storage yard or area must be surrounded by a sight-obscuring fence.

Exception: Sales of heavy equipment and trucks does not require fencing.

(3)

In the Downtown Exception Area, the storage and display of rental equipment must be confined within a building.

(4)

For mini-storage facilities, an on-site manager's living quarters must be permitted when the living quarters are constructed as part of and attached to a new or existing mini-storage facility.

(5)

Light-Medium Industrial and Warehousing. For warehouse-commercial use, at least 50 percent of the structure must be used for storage of materials and 50 percent or less may be used for combined retail and office floor space.

(Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.430 CI District-Operational Performance Standards.

The operational performance standards listed below apply to all uses permitted within the CI District. For permitted light industrial manufacturing uses, compliance with these operational performance standards shall be the determining factor. In all other cases, the use lists in SDC 3.2.420 are the determining factor.

(A)

All manufacturing operations shall be entirely enclosed within a building.

EXCEPTION: The Director may allow an outdoor utility yard to store tanks containing gases and/or fluids that are essential to the operation of the permitted use that cannot otherwise be contained in an enclosed building for fire and life safety reasons, as determined by the Fire Marshall. The utility yard shall be screened from public view by a masonry or decorative concrete wall at least 8 feet in height that is an extension of the building, complements the façade of the building and meets the setback requirements specified in SDC 3.2.425.

(B)

All applicable on-site design standards specified in SDC 3.2.450 shall be met.

(C)

The storage of raw materials and/or finished products shall occur entirely within enclosed buildings. The parking of trucks necessary for the operation of the facility shall also occur within enclosed buildings, unless permitted as specified in SDC 4.6.125 and SDC 3.2.450(C).

(D)

Office and commercial uses shall not primarily serve the public.

(E)

The movement of heavy equipment on or off the site shall not be permitted.

EXCEPTION: Truck deliveries and shipments are permitted;

(F)

Proposed uses not listed as permitted uses in SDC 3.4.420 are not be permitted.

(G)

Proposed uses shall also comply with the additional operational performance standards listed below. The intent is not to specifically deny a use, but ensure compliance with applicable local, State, and Federal regulations. Compliance with these operational performance standards are the continuing obligation of the property owner. Failure to comply with these operational performance standards shall be a violation of this Code and/or Chapter 5 of the Springfield Municipal Code, 1997.

(1)

Air pollution. Air pollution includes, but is not limited to, emission of smoke, dust, fumes, vapors, odors, and gases. Air pollution shall not be discernable at the property line by a human observer relying on a person's senses without the aid of a device. The applicant shall obtain and maintain all applicable licenses and permits from the appropriate local, State, and Federal agencies.

EXCEPTION: Water vapor or other benign plumes from processes or pollution control equipment shall not be considered air pollution.

(2)

Fire and explosive hazards. All activities involving the use, storage and/or disposal of flammable or explosive materials shall comply with the Uniform Fire Code as most recently adopted by the City.

(3)

Glare.

(a)

Glare resulting from exterior lighting, excluding low-intensity pedestrian-level lighting, shall be controlled by deflecting light away from abutting uses and from public rights-of-way as specified in SDC 4.5.100.

(b)

Glare resulting from an industrial operation including welding or laser cutting shall not be visible from the outside of the building.

(4)

Groundwater Protection. Proposed development utilizing hazardous materials that may impact groundwater quality shall be as specified in SDC 3.3.200.

(5)

(6)

Noise. These standards apply to noise generated by any machinery or equipment on the development site. The maximum permitted noise levels in decibels across lot/parcel lines and district boundaries shall be as specified in OAR 340-035-0035, Noise Control Standards for Industry and Commerce.

EXCEPTION: Excluded from these noise standards are background traffic on State highways and public streets and occasional sounds generated by temporary construction activities, truck deliveries, warning devices, or other similar temporary situations.

(7)

Radiation. There are various sources of radiation, including, but not limited to ionizing radiation, electromagnetic radiation, and radiation from sonic, ultrasonic, or infrasonic waves. Uses that involve radiation shall comply with the regulations in OAR 333-100-0001 through 333-100-0080 and any applicable Federal regulation.

(8)

Vibration. No use, other than a temporary construction operation, shall be operated in a manner that causes ground vibration that can be measured at the property line. Ground-transmitted vibration shall be measured with a seismograph or a complement of instruments capable of recording vibration displacement, particle velocity, or acceleration and frequency simultaneously in 3 mutually perpendicular directions.

(H)

Warehousing is permitted only as a secondary use in the following circumstances:

(1)

For the storage and regional wholesale distribution of products manufactured in the CI District;

(2)

For products used in testing, design, technical training or experimental product research and development in the CI District; and/or

(3)

In conjunction with permitted office-commercial uses in the CI District.

(4)

The secondary use status of warehousing is typically determined by a square footage standard which is less than 50 percent of the gross floor area of the primary use. In the CI District, the number of employees at the time of occupancy may also be used to determine secondary use standards status. In this case, the primary use must have 20 or more employees and the warehousing use must have fewer employees than the primary use. If the employee standard is met, the warehousing use may have more square footage than the primary use.

(6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.435 CI District-Monitoring Uses.

(A)

CI District uses shall be monitored by implementing a Pre-certification process. The purpose of Pre-certification is to determine whether a proposed use us, in fact, a permitted use within the CI District. Pre-certification applies to all new uses and any change of use in the CI District.

(B)

The Director shall review the proposed use prior to the submittal of a development application or in some cases, a building permit. The Director shall consider both the permitted uses and the operational performance standards specified in SDC 3.2.415 and SDC 3.2.425. If the Director does not approve the Pre-certification, the applicant may submit a request in writing to the Director to make a determination that the proposed use is similar to a permitted use. If the Director cannot make a determination that the proposed use is similar to a permitted use, the applicant may apply for an Interpretation as specified in SDC 5.11.100. After Pre-certification by the Director, the form will be kept on file in the Development and Public Works Department to be used for continued compliance with SDC 3.2.420.

(6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.440 CI District-Status of Existing Uses.

Unless existing uses are on the prohibited use list specified in SDC 3.2.420 after July 6, 2004, existing uses have status as specified below. The intent is that the existing uses do not become non-conforming uses.

(A)

Corporate headquarters that are located outside of a business park including, Pacific Source, Symantec, and Holt International are permitted primary uses. If these uses own or have options on adjacent property for future expansion, they may expand without the need to be located within a business park.

(B)

Large-scale light industrial manufacturing buildings may be reused for permitted office/commercial uses as long as these uses do not exceed 50 percent of the gross floor area of the building. In addition, warehousing may occur as specified in SDC 3.2.420.

EXCEPTION: For SONY, reuse may include any permitted use in the CI District. If no large- or medium-scale light industrial manufacturing use is proposed, conversion to a business park is permitted. The SONY site may also use the excess facility capacity as a private utility to serve other properties in the vicinity.

(C)

Stand-alone day care centers that primarily serve CI District businesses are a permitted secondary use.

(D)

Permitted stand alone office/commercial uses outside of business parks are a permitted primary use.

(E)

Significant Goal 5 historic resources, including the Brabham farm, the Koppe farm, and the Rice farm, may continue as a residential use or as any permitted commercial use. Any external modifications to these structures shall be as specified in SDC 3.3.900.

(6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.445 CI District-Conceptual Development Plans and Master Plans.

A Conceptual Development Plan is required for all new CI Districts over 50 acres in size approved after July 6, 2004, unless a Site Plan or Master Plan is proposed for the entire CI District. A Master Plan may be submitted when phased developments exceeding 3 years in duration are proposed. A Master Plan shall comply with any applicable approved Conceptual Development Plan or upon approval of a Master Plan or Site Plan for the entire CI District, the Master Plan or Site Plan may supplant and take precedence over an approved Conceptual Development Plan. Master Plan approval for a CI District site shall be as specified in SDC 5.13.100.

(6238; 6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.450 CI District-Design Standards.

In the CI District, new buildings; expansions of, or additions to existing buildings; or improvements to existing façades that require a building permit shall provide architectural designs that encourage flexibility and innovation in site planning by complying with the following on-site design standards:

(A)

Building Exteriors. In order to break up vast expansions of single element building elevations applicable to both length and height, building design shall include a combination of architectural elements and features, including, but not limited to: offsets, windows, entrances, and roof treatments.

(1)

Offsets. Offsets shall occur at a minimum of every 100 feet of lineal building wall by providing recesses or extensions with a minimum depth of 4 feet.

EXCEPTION: Variations in building wall materials, including, but not limited to: wood siding, brick, stucco, textured concrete block, tile, glass, stone, or other suitable materials may be used instead of offsets.

The Director, in consultation with the Building Official, may approve other suitable materials without the need for a Variance. Smooth-faced concrete panels or prefabricated steel panels may also be used as accents, but shall not dominate the building exterior. Exterior colors for buildings and fences shall be subdued or earth tones.

(2)

Windows. Ground floor windows are required for all office and commercial uses, including those office and commercial uses that are contained within light industrial manufacturing uses. Ground floor windows for the remainder of a light industrial building are optional. All elevations of office and commercial buildings abutting any street shall provide at least 50 percent of their length (e.g., a 100-foot-wide building façade shall have a total of at least 50 linear feet of windows) and at least 25 percent of the ground floor wall area as windows and/or doors that allow views into lobbies, merchandise displays, or work areas. On corner lots/parcels this provision applies to both elevations. Where upper story windows are proposed, either awnings, canopies, or other similar treatments shall be required for ground floor windows or variations in window materials, trim, paint or ornamentation may be used.

EXCEPTIONS:

(a)

A mural, that does not include any advertising, may be used to meet 50 percent of the ground floor window standard specified in subsection (A)(2), above. Murals are regulated under Section 8.234 of the Springfield Municipal Code, 1997.

(b)

Building elevations adjacent to alleys or vehicle accessways used primarily for servicing and deliveries are exempt from this standard.

(3)

Entrances. To the greatest extent practicable, all new buildings in the CI District shall be oriented toward both exterior and internal streets.

(a)

The primary entrance to all buildings in the CI District shall be visible from the street; and

(b)

A weather-protected area, including, but not limited to: awnings or canopies, at least 6 feet wide, shall be provided at all public entrances.

(4)

Roof Treatments. The following roof treatments are required.

(a)

Sloped roofs and multiple roof elements shall be the primary methods for roof treatment. Variations within one architectural style; visible roof lines and roofs that project over the exterior wall of a building enough to cast a shadow on the ground and architectural methods used to conceal flat roof tops may also be used. Mansard style roofs shall not be permitted. If building wall offsets are used, offsets or breaks in roof elevation with a minimum of 3 feet or more in height may be used for every 100 feet of lineal building wall.

(b)

The architectural design of the building roof shall also incorporate features which screen all heating, ventilation and air conditioning units from adjacent R-1 and R-2 properties and the street. Mechanical equipment shall also be buffered so that noise emissions do not exceed the standards specified in SDC 3.2.425(G)(6). The City may require a noise study certified by a licensed acoustical engineer for compliance verification.

(B)

Landscaping. The following landscaping standards are in addition to standards specified in SDC 4.4.105:

(1)

A minimum of 35 percent of each development area shall be landscaped open space.

(2)

Plants shall be sized to attain 90 percent coverage of required landscape areas (excluding tree canopies), within 3 years of installation. Plantings of native species and plant communities shall achieve 90 percent coverage within 5 years of installation.

(3)

At least 10 percent of the interior of a parking lot having 20 or more parking spaces shall be landscaped. This standard is in addition to any landscaping setbacks required in SDC 3.2.420.

(4)

Natural assets identified in the Gateway Refinement Plan, any other applicable refinement plan or elsewhere in this code shall be included in the site design and protected. Where protection of these natural assets prevents the development of the site consistent with this code, the functional equivalent of the natural assets may be substituted as may be allowed by the City.

(5)

Vegetation within a structural stormwater control that complies with SDC 4.3.110 may be counted toward the minimum landscaping requirements of this section.

(C)

Screening. Screening shall be as specified in SDC 4.4.110. In addition, truck parking for vehicles necessary for the operation of the facility shall be screened by a masonry or concrete wall that is an extension of the building and complements the façade of the building.

The wall shall have a minimum height of 8 feet. The wall shall totally conceal trucks from public view and shall meet the setback requirement specified in SDC 3.2.420.

EXCEPTION: The Director may consider proposed truck parking that is enclosed by buildings and complies with SDC 4.6.125.

(D)

Pedestrian Walkways and River Access.

(1)

Walkways From a Sidewalk to Building Entrances. A continuous pedestrian walkway shall be provided from the primary frontage sidewalk for pedestrians to access building entrances.

(2)

Walkways From Parking Lots to Building Entrances. Internal pedestrian walkways shall be developed for persons who need access to the buildings from the parking lots. The walkways shall be located within the parking lots and designed to provide access from the parking lots to the entrances of the buildings. The walkways shall be distinguished from the parking and driving areas by use of any of the following material: special pavers, brick, raised elevation, scored concrete or other materials as approved by the Director.

(3)

In the Gateway CI District, access to the McKenzie River, both for pedestrians and bicycles, shall be addressed in the site design, where specified in the applicable refinement plan or TransPlan.

(E)

Transit Stations and Stops. When required, transit stations and stops shall conform to the standards of the Lane Transit District.

(6443; Ord. 6464, 11/20/2023; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.455 Business/Industrial Parks.

(A)

Development plans submitted as part of a Business/Industrial Park Site Plan Review application shall be prepared by a design team comprised of a project architect, engineer, and landscape architect, 1 of whom shall serve as the project coordinator. The design team shall certify that building, elevation, site, and landscape plans submitted in connection with the Site Plan Review application comply with the on-site design standards specified in SDC 3.2.450 and any other applicable CI District provisions.

(B)

Subdivisions in the LMI District shall conform to Industrial Park standards.

(1)

Development plans submitted as part of an Industrial Park Site Plan Review application shall be prepared by a design team comprised of a project architect, engineer, and landscape architect, 1 of whom shall serve as coordinator. The design team shall certify that building, site, and landscape plans submitted in connection with the Site Plan Review and Building Permit applications comply with applicable SDC provisions and conditions of approval.

(2)

Buildings and uses within an Industrial Park shall be approved as specified in the criteria specified below:

(a)

The proposed development is of general design character, (including, but not limited to: anticipated building design, type, location, setback, bulk, height, signage, and distribution of landscaped area, parking, streets and access) which will not create problems for the appropriate development of neighboring properties.

(b)

The proposed development will create an attractive, safe, efficient, and stable internal environment.

(C)

Proposed buildings, streets and other uses will be designed and sited to ensure preservation of significant on-site vegetation, topographic features, and other unique or worthwhile natural features, and to prevent soil erosion or flood hazard.

(6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.505 Establishment of the Medical Services (MS) District.

(A)

The MS District is established to provide for hospital expansion and health services development and for suitable, geographically dispersed areas for the development of hospitals, health services, and medical offices and associated medical residential facilities. These facilities shall be developed comprehensively and designed to ensure compatibility with the surrounding neighborhood.

(B)

The MS District may be applied in the vicinity of McKenzie-Willamette Hospital, as delineated in SDC 3.3.1110 and to land designated Community Commercial, Major Retail Commercial, Mixed Use, Medium Density Residential or High Density Residential under the Metro Plan, provided that all or portions of these designated property abut and have direct access to a collector or an arterial street.

(C)

The MS District shall be applied to contiguous sites of 3 or more acres.

(D)

Unless the use is limited to the conversion of a single-unit dwelling, detached, to a medically related use, the minimum development area shall be at least 1 acre. This means that phasing of developments shall occur in increments of not less than 1 acre.

(E)

A Traffic Impact Study prepared by a Traffic Engineer as specified in SDC 4.2.105(A)(4) shall be required prior to the application of the MS District and prior to Site Plan approval.

(6443)

3.2.510 Schedule of Use Categories.

The following buildings and uses are permitted in this district as indicated subject to the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in this code. Secondary retail uses must be limited to 20 percent of the total gross floor area of all buildings on the site.

Uses/Use Categories	MS District
*Primary Uses*
Hospital services	P
Medical clinics	P
Physicians services	P
Medical laboratory services	P
Dental services	P
Dental laboratories	P
Housing for the elderly and handicapped, independent of care facilities	P
Residential care facilities	P
Conversion from commercial to residential use (SDC 4.7.215)	P
Income-qualified housing (SDC 4.7.370 and 4.7.405)	P
Child care center (SDC 4.7.340)	P
Adult day care facilities subject to any applicable state regulations	P
Certain wireless telecommunications systems facilities (SDC 4.3.145)	P
Health services	P
Medical office buildings	P
*Secondary Uses*
Dispensing pharmacies	P
Prosthesis, hearing and speech aids sales and service	P
Home medical equipment rental and sales	P
Cafeterias, medical related recreational facilities, low impact public utility facilities, and heliports and helistops serving and constructed in conjunction with on-site development.	P

(6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.515 Base Zone Development Standards.

The following base zone development standards are established. The base zone development standards of this section and any other additional provisions, restrictions or exceptions specified in this code shall apply.

Development Standard	MS Zoning District Requirement
Minimum Area Landscaped Setbacks (2), (3)	3 or more contiguous acres (1)
Front Yard, Street Side Yard, and Through Lot/parcel Rear Yard
Building Setback	10 feet
Parking, Driveway, and Outdoor Storage	5 feet
Interior Side Yard and Rear Yard Setback, When Abutting Residential or CI District
Building Setback	10 feet
Parking, Driveway, and Outdoor Storage	5 feet
Maximum Lot/Parcel Coverage	Lot/parcel coverage standards are limited only by standards specified in other sections of this code.
Maximum Height (4)	None, unless abutting an R-1 or R-2 District (See below)
MS District abuts an R-1 or R-2 District to the east, west, south, or north	Building height limitation must be no greater than that permitted in the residential districts for a distance of 50 feet

(1)	Unless the use is limited to the conversion of a single-unit dwelling, detached, to a medically related use, the minimum development area shall be at least 1 acre. This means that phasing of developments shall occur in increments of not less than 1 acre.
(2)	Where an easement is larger than the required setback standard, no building or above grade structure, except a fence, shall be built upon or over that easement.
(3)	Required setbacks are measured from the special street setback in SDC 4.2.105(N), where applicable.
(4)	Incidental equipment may exceed the height standards.

(6412; 6443)

3.2.605 Establishment of Mixed-Use Land Use Districts.

The following mixed-use land use districts are established to implement areas designated Mixed-Use by the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map, on adopted refinement plans, specific area plans and specific development plan diagrams and along transportation corridors designated for commercial development:

(A)

Mixed-Use Commercial District (MUC). The MUC District is established where a mix of commercial with residential uses is compatible with existing nearby uses. Development within the MUC District shall have a commercial dominance, with residential and public uses also allowed. The primary development objectives of the MUC District are to expand housing opportunities; allow businesses to locate in a variety of settings; provide options for living, working, and shopping environments; facilitate more intensive use of land while minimizing potentially adverse impacts; and to provide options for pedestrian-oriented lifestyles. Development areas 1 acre or more in size in the MUC District shall have frontage on either an arterial or collector street. Access to any MUC development area may be from a local street, if there is no negative impact on adjacent residential uses.

(B)

Mixed-Use Employment District (MUE). The MUE District is established where a mix of light-medium industrial or special light industrial uses with commercial or medium-high density residential uses is intended. Development within the MUE District shall have an employment (industrial) emphasis, but may include commercial, public, and multiple unit housing uses. The primary development objectives of the MUE District are to expand employment opportunities by allowing businesses to locate in a variety of locations, provide services for employees in close proximity to their work place, to provide options for living, working, and shopping environments; facilitate more intensive use of land while minimizing potentially adverse impacts; and to provide options for pedestrian-oriented lifestyles. Development areas 1 acre or more in size in the MUE District shall have frontage on either an arterial or collector street. Access to any MUE development area may be from a local street, if there is no negative impact on adjacent residential uses.

(C)

Mixed-Use Residential District (MUR). The MUR District is established where a mix of medium and high density residential with commercial uses is intended. The MUR District shall only be applied to properties that are contiguous with property designated Community Commercial, Mixed-Use Employment or Mixed-Use Commercial on the Springfield Zoning Map. Development within the MUR District emphasizes development of multiple unit housing, but may include small-scale retail, office and service uses when they are developed as part of a mixed-use development in order to increase housing opportunities in close proximity to designated commercial zones; support the retail, office and service uses of the adjacent commercial zone; and to provide options for pedestrian-oriented lifestyles. Development areas 1 acre or more in size in the MUR District shall have frontage on either an arterial or collector street. Access to any MUR development area may be from a local street, if a Traffic Impact Study determines there is no negative impact on adjacent residential uses.

(D)

The Residential Mixed-Use (RMU), Commercial Mixed-Use (CMU) and Employment Mixed-Use (EMU) Districts are applicable to certain portions of the Glenwood Riverfront as specified in the Glenwood Refinement Plan. See SDC 3.4.245 for a description of these districts and SDC 3.4.250 for the schedule of permitted uses.

(6286; 6443; 6463)

3.2.610 Schedule of Use Categories.

The following uses are permitted in the districts as indicated, subject to the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in this code. Uses not specifically listed may be approved as specified in SDC 5.11.100.

“P” = PERMITTED USE subject to the standards of this code.

“S” = SPECIAL STANDARDS subject to cited standards.

“D” = DISCRETIONARY APPROVAL subject to review and analysis under Type 3 procedure (as a discretionary use under SDC 5.9.100 except where other criteria are indicated in the applicable special standards).

“N” = NOT PERMITTED

SITE PLAN REVIEW IS REQUIRED for all development proposals within all mixed use districts unless exempted elsewhere in this code.

Use Categories/Uses	Districts
Use Categories/Uses	MUC	MUE	MUR
Accessory Use Structures
Accessory structures (SDC 4.7.360)	N	P	S
Agricultural and Animal Sales and Services
Agricultural cultivation of undeveloped land	N	P	P
Garden supplies	P	N	N
Automotive Repair and Service
Garage, repair	N	P	N
Parking lots and parking structures (SDC 4.7.180)	S	P	S
Tires, batteries and accessories	N	P	N
Operation, maintenance, repair, expansion and replacement of automobile, light truck sales, new and used, including accessory repair garages, parts and accessory sales on land where such uses lawfully existed as of June 3, 2002, owned, leased and controlled by a single entity	P* *Only in Downtown Mixed-use area	N	N
Business and Professional Offices and Personal Services
Accountants, bookkeepers and auditors	P	P	P
Advertising/marketing agencies	P	P	P
Architects, landscape architects and designers	P	P	P
Art studios, fine	P	N	P
Art restoration	P	N	P
Attorneys	P	P	P
Audio/video production studio	P	P	N
Authors/composers	P	N	P
Banks, credit unions and savings and loans	P	P	P
Barber and beauty shops	P	P	P
Blue printing, photostating, and photo developing	P	P	N
Business schools	P	N	N
Business, labor, scientific and professional organizations and headquarters	P	P	P
Catering services	P	P	N
Clinics and research/processing laboratories	P	P	P
Collection agencies	P	N	P
Commodity contract brokers and dealers	P	P	P
Computer and information services	P	P	P
Dentists	P	P	P
Detective and protective agencies	P	N	P
Doctors	P	P	P
Drafting, graphic and copy services	P	P	P
Employment agencies and services	P	P	P
Engineers and surveyors	P	P	P
Financial planning, investment services	P	P	P
Graphic art services	P	P	P
Gymnastics instruction	P	P	N
House cleaning services	P	N	N
Insurance carriers, agents, brokers and services	P	P	P
Interior decorator and designers	P	N	P
Laundry, dry cleaners, including self-service, and ironing services	P	P	N
Loan companies, other than banks	P	P	P
Locksmiths	P	P	P
Lumber brokers	P	P	P
Mailing services/mail order sales	P	P	P
Management and planning consultants	P	P	P
Manufactured unit as a temporary construction office, night watchperson’s quarters or general office (SDC 4.8.110, 4.7.185, and 3.2.428)	P/S	P/S	N
Motion picture studio/distribution	P	P	N
Non-profit organizations	P	N	P
Opticians	P	P	P
Performing arts instruction	P	N	P
Photocopying	P	P	P
Photography studios	P	P	P
Planners, land use	P	P	P
Printing/publishing	P	P	N
Psychologists and counselors	P	P	P
Real estate sales and management	P	N	P
Scientific and educational research	P	P	P
Security systems services	P	P	N
Self-defense studio	P	P	N
Shoe repair	P	P	P
Stenographers and secretarial services	P	P	P
Stockbrokers	P	P	P
Swimming pool cleaning	P	N	N
Tailors	P	N	P
Tanning salons	P	N	P
Title companies	P	N	P
Telephone answering services	P	P	P
Travel agencies	P	P	P
TV and radio broadcasting studios (does not include antennae)	P	P	N
Typing services	P	P	P
Window cleaning	P	N	N
Communications Facilities
Communications towers, including antennas and relay equipment. Certain Wireless Telecommunications Systems Facilities (See SDC 4.3.145)	N	D	N
Child Care Facilities
Child care center (See standards in SDC 4.7.340 for MUR)	P	P	S
Eating and Drinking Establishments
Cafeteria (serving employees only)	P	P	N
Cocktail lounges	P	P	N
Delicatessens and sit down restaurants including espresso shops	P	P	P
Drive up restaurants and espresso shops (SDC 4.7.180)	S	P	N
Taverns and brew pubs	P	P	N
Educational Facilities - Public and Private Elementary and Middle Schools
1 to 5 students in a private home (in a 24-hour period)	N	N	P
6 or more students in a private home	N	D	D
Private/public elementary and middle schools (SDC 4.7.195)	N	D	D
Secondary schools and colleges	N	D	N
Residential Care Facilities
Residential care facility	N	N	D
Home Business
Home business (SDC 4.7.365)	S	S	S
Manufacture and/or Assembly of:
Appliances	N	P	N
Apparel and other finished products made from canvas, cloth, fabrics, feathers, felt, leather, textiles, wool, yarn and similar materials	P	P	N
Communication equipment, including radio and television equipment	N	P	N
Costume jewelry, novelties, buttons and misc. notions	N	P	N
Cutlery, hand tools and hardware	N	P	N
Electronic components and accessories	N	P	N
Electronic transmission and distribution equipment	N	P	N
Engineering, laboratory, scientific, and research instruments	N	P	N
Finished wood manufacturing and assembly including cabinets and door frames	N	P	N
Furniture, including restoration	N	P	N
Greeting cards, business forms and other business related printing	N	P	N
Measuring, analyzing, and controlling instruments	N	P	N
Medical, dental, and surgical equipment and supplies	N	P	N
Medicinal chemicals and pharmaceutical products	N	P	N
Metal fabrication and machine shops	N	P	N
Musical instruments	N	P	N
Prosthetic and orthopedic devices	N	P	N
Office computing and accounting equipment	N	P	N
Optical instruments, including lenses	N	P	N
Perfumes and toiletries	N	P	N
Photographic equipment and supplies	N	P	N
Signs and advertising display	N	P	N
Toys, sporting and athletic goods	N	P	N
Watches, clocks, and related components	N	P	N
Other Industrial Uses
Industrial/business parks (SDC 3.2.450)	N	S	N
Media productions, including TV and radio broadcasting, motion picture production and newspaper/book/periodical publishing	P	P	N
Regional distribution headquarters, including indoor storage	N	P	N
Research development and testing laboratories and facilities	N	P	N
Accessory structures	N	P	N
Administrative professional or business offices	N	P	N
Public Utility Facilities
High impact facilities (SDC 4.7.160)	N	S	N
Low impact facilities	P	P	N
Recreational Facilities (SDC 4.7.205)
Arcades	P	P	N
Art studios, performing	P	P	N
Auditoriums	N	P	N
Bingo parlors	N	P	N
Bowling alleys	P	P	N
Dance halls	N	P	N
Exercise studios	P	P	P
Gyms and athletic clubs	P	P	N
Hot tub establishments	P	P	P
Miniature auto race track (e.g., slot car track)	P	N	P
Miniature golf	P	N	N
Movie theaters, indoor, single screen	P	P	N
Non-alcoholic night club	S	P	N
Off-track betting facility	P	P	N
Parks, private and public	P	P	P
Playground	P	P	P
Play/tot lot	P	P	P
Pool halls	P	P	N
Recreation center	P	P	N
Skating rinks	N	P	N
Tennis, racquetball and handball courts	P	P	P
Theater, legitimate (live stage)	P	P	N
Religious, Social and Civic Institutions
Branch educational facilities	P	P	D
Charitable services	P	N	D
Place of worship (SDC 6.1.110)	D	N	D
Community and senior centers	P	N	P
Fraternal and civic organizations	P	N	N
Hospitals	P	P	N
Public offices, including, but not limited to: administrative offices, libraries, museums, courts, and detention facilities.	P	N	D
Private/public elementary and middle schools (SDC 4.7.195)	N	D	D
Residential Uses
Accessory structures (SDC 4.7.105)	S	P	S
Single-unit dwellings	P	N	P
Duplexes (SDC 3.2.245)	P	N	P
Single room occupancy (SDC 3.2.235(C))	P	N	P
Middle housing (SDC 3.2.250)	S	N	S
Multiple unit housing (SDC 4.7.375, 4.7.380, and 4.7.385)	S	S	S
Short-term rental
Type 1 (SDC 4.7.355)	S	N	S
Type 2 (SDC 4.7.355)	S	N	S
Income-qualified housing **(income-qualified housing is permitted subject to either: (1) the approval standards in the district for residential uses; or (2) the approval standards in SDC 4.7.370 and 4.7.405)	S**	S**	S**
Conversion from commercial to residential use (SDC 4.7.215)	S	N	S
Retail Sales
Antiques	P	N	P
Apparel	P	N	P
Art galleries and museums	P	N	P
Art supplies	P	N	P
Bakeries	P	P	P
Bicycles	P	N	P
Books	P	N	P
Cameras and photographic supplies	P	N	P
Candies, nuts and confectioneries	P	N	P
China, glassware and metalware	P	N	P
Cigars and cigarettes	P	N	N
Computers, calculators and other office machines	P	P	N
Convenience stores	P	P	P
Dairy products	P	P	P
Department stores	P	N	N
Drapery, curtains and upholstery	P	N	P
Dry goods and general merchandise	P	N	P
Electrical supplies	P	N	N
Fabrics and accessories	P	N	P
Film drop off and pick up (not a drive-through)	P	N	P
Fish	P	N	N
Floor coverings	P	N	P
Florists	P	N	P
Fruits and vegetables	P	N	P
Furniture	P	N	N
Furriers	P	N	N
Groceries	P	N	P
Hardware	P	N	N
Hobby supplies	P	N	N
Household appliances	P	N	N
Jewelry	P	N	N
Liquor outlets (State)	P	N	N
Luggage and leather	P	N	N
Magazines and newspapers	P	N	N
Mail order houses	P	N	N
Marijuana business: production, processing, wholesaling, retail	N	N	N
Meats	P	N	N
Medical and dental supplies	P	N	N
Musical instruments and supplies	P	N	N
Novelties and gifts	P	N	N
Office equipment	P	P	N
Paint, glass and wallpaper	P	N	N
Pharmacies	P	P	P
Pottery	P	N	N
Radios, televisions and stereos	P	N	N
Second hand and pawn shops	P	N	N
Sewing machines	P	N	N
Shoes	P	N	P
Small electrical appliances	P	N	N
Sporting goods	P	N	P
Stationary	P	P	P
Supermarkets	P	N	N
Toys	P	N	P
Small Scale Repair and Maintenance Services (SDC 4.7.180)
Business machine repair	S	P	P
Electrical appliance repair	S	P	N
Furniture repair	S	P	N
Janitorial services	N	P	N
Small engine repair	S	N	N
Watch repair	P	P	P
Transient Accommodations
Emergency shelter facilities	N	N	P
Hotels	S	N	N
Youth hostels	P	N	N
Transportation Facilities (SDC 4.7.240)
Heliports	N	P	N
Helistops	N	P	N
Linear park	P	P	P
Public transit station, without park and ride lot	P	P	P
Transportation Related, Non-Manufacturing
Key/card lock fuel facilities	N	P	N
Warehouse Commercial Retail and Wholesale Sales and Distribution
Cold storage lockers	N	P	N
Electrical supplies and contractors	N	P	N
Floor covering sales	N	P	N
Indoor storage, other than mini-warehouses, and outdoor storage areas/yards	N	P	N
Large electrical appliance sales	N	P	N
Merchandise vending machine operators	N	P	N
Plumbing and heating supplies and contractors	N	P	N
Unfinished furniture	N	P	N
Uses listed under automotive and retail which are wholesale uses	N	N	N
Regional distribution headquarters, including indoor storage	N	P	N
Warehouse/commercial uses engaged primarily in the wholesaling of materials to the construction industry	N	N	N
Wholesale trade, warehousing, distribution and storage (to include mini-storage)	N	N	N
Secondary Uses Serving or Related to On-Site Commercial or Industrial Uses
Manufacture or assembly of goods or products to be sold on-premises	P	P	N
Accessory structures	N	P	N
Administrative professional or business offices	P	P	P
Blueprinting, photostating, and photo developing	P	P	N
Cafeteria (serving employees only)	N	P	N
Child care facilities (primarily serving employees on site)	P	P	P
Developed recreation area (serving the development area)	N	P	P
Heliports and helistops	N	P	N
Financial institutions	P	P	P
Manufactured home used as a night watch person’s quarters (SDC 4.7.185)	N	S	N
Outdoor storage of materials directly related to a permitted use (SDC 3.2.630(B)(3))	N	P	N

(6228; 6238; 6352; 6412; 6443; Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.615 Base Zone Mixed-Use Development Standards.

The following base zone mixed-use development standards are established.

Development Standard	MUC	MUE	MUR
Minimum Area	6,000 square feet	10,000 square feet	See SDC 3.2.215
Minimum Street Frontage(1)	40 feet	75 feet	See SDC 3.2.215
Maximum Lot/Parcel Coverage	Lot/parcel coverage standards in the MUC and MUE Districts are limited only by standards (including, but not limited to: parking, landscaping) specified in SDC 4.4.105 and 4.6.100. Generally, there is no maximum lot/parcel coverage standard.		45%
Minimum Landscaping	Minimum requirements defined by standards in other sections of this code.
Landscaped Setbacks(2), (3), (4) and (5)
Front, Street Side Yard, and Through Lot/Parcel Rear Yard
Building Setback	None	10 feet	See SDC 3.2.220
Parking, Driveway, and Outdoor Storage Setback	5 feet	5 feet	See SDC 3.2.220
Interior Side, Rear Yard Setbacks when Abutting Residential or CI Districts
Building Setback	10 feet	10 feet	See SDC 3.2.220
Parking, Driveway, Outdoor Storage Setback	5 feet	5 feet	See SDC 3.2.220
Maximum Building Height(6)
Maximum Unless Abutting Residential Districts (See below)	90 feet	60 feet	60 feet
When Abutting a Residential District	No greater than that permitted in the R-1 or R-2 Districts for a distance of 50 feet from the abutting R-1, R-2, or MUR District		No greater than that permitted in the R-1 or R-2 Districts for a distance of 50 feet from the abutting R-1, R-2 District

(1)	The Director may waive the requirement that buildable City lots/parcels have frontage on a public street when all of the following apply:
	(a)	The lots/parcels have been approved as part of a Development Area Plan, Site Plan, Subdivision or Partition application, and
	(b)	Access has been guaranteed via a private street or driveway by an irrevocable joint use/access agreement as specified in SDC 4.2.120(A).
(2)	There are no setback requirements for buildings in the Downtown Exception Area.
(3)	Where an easement is larger than the required setback standard, no building or above grade structure, except a fence, shall be built on or over that easement.
(4)	Required setbacks are measured from the special street setback in SDC 4.2.105(N), where applicable.
(5)	Architectural extensions may protrude into any 5-foot or larger setback area by not more than 2 feet.
(6)	Incidental equipment may exceed these height standards. In the MUE District, incidental equipment exceeding the height standards cannot occupy additional floor space.

(6412; 6443; Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.620 Mixed-Use District Development Standards-Conflicts and Exemptions.

(A)

Conflicts.

(1)

In cases where the development standards of this section conflict with standards found in other sections of this code, the standards of this section shall prevail.

EXCEPTION: Standards in this code pertaining to environmental protection, water quality protection and or public health and safety matters shall prevail over the standards in this section.

(2)

Development standards found in adopted refinement plans, specific area plans and specific development plans shall prevail over those in this section.

(3)

The intent of this section is not to create non-conforming uses due to necessary zoning map amendments to mixed-use. However, if a non-conforming situation is created; existing buildings, structures, and uses may continue, expand, or be modified as permitted in SDC 5.8.120 and 5.8.125 until they are abandoned and are transferable to a future purchaser.

(B)

Exemption Process.

(1)

SDC 3.2.625 and 3.2.630 detail a series of design standards that seek to achieve attractive, pedestrian oriented development where mixed-use is applied. Developers may choose to meet these standards as prescribed, or they may propose other design ideas which are equal to or superior in meeting the objective of a particular standard. When a developer requests an exemption from a required standard, it is their responsibility to propose an alternative that fulfills the intent of the standard to the Director’s satisfaction. The Director has the authority to authorize the exceptions and to determine the acceptability of the alternative the developer proposes.

(2)

When developers propose alternatives to development standards in SDC 3.2.625 and 3.2.630 that is not acceptable, the Director shall deny the exemption. The Director shall issue findings which state the intent of the standard and describe how the alternative fails to meet that intent. The developer may appeal the decision of the Director to the Planning Commission as specified in SDC 5.3.115.

3.2.625 Mixed-Use District Development Standards-General.

Mixed-use zoning districts require special attention to building design because of the intermixing of land uses and higher intensity of development that can occur in these areas. The standards below implement commonly accepted design principles with the goal to achieve more attractive, functional and pedestrian oriented design. Not every case and circumstance is anticipated by these standards, nor is it the goal of this section to prescribe every design detail of development. It is expected that the Springfield development community will apply their own design creativity to build on these principles and create attractive, livable, and viable projects. The standards below provide an objective framework for achieving the desired goal of attractive, pedestrian oriented development. Developers may choose to meet these standards as prescribed, or they may propose other design ideas which are equal or superior to a particular standard in meeting the design objectives in subsections (A) through (G), below. Where developers request an exemption from a stated standard, it is their responsibility to propose an alternative design and to demonstrate to the Director that it is equal or superior to the stated standard. The Director has the authority to authorize an exception to these standards and determine the acceptability of an alternative design the developer proposes. When developers propose alternative designs that are not acceptable to the Director, they may appeal the decision as specified in SDC 5.3.115.

(A)

Building Design Standards. Intent: New structures and improvements to façades requiring building permits shall provide architectural relief and interest, with emphasis at building entrances and along sidewalks, to promote and enhance a comfortable pedestrian scale and orientation. Blank walls shall be avoided to the maximum extent practicable by complying with the following minimum requirements. The following standards are intended to be specific and quantifiable while allowing for flexibility in design.

(1)

Ground floor windows shall be required for all civic and commercial uses. All elevations of buildings abutting any street shall provide at least 50 percent of their length (e.g., a 100-foot wide building façade shall have a total of at least 50 linear feet of windows) and at least 25 percent of the ground floor wall area as windows and/or doors that allow views into lobbies, merchandise displays, or working areas. On corner lots/parcels this provision applies to both elevations.

EXCEPTION: Elevations of buildings adjacent to alleys or vehicle accessways used primarily for service and delivery access is exempt from this requirement.

(2)

Ground floor windows are required as part of the primary entrance elevation for all industrial uses. Windows are required for at least 30 percent of the primary entrance and ground level offices that are part of the entrance elevation. The windows shall be measured in linear fashion (e.g., a 100-foot wide building entrance and office façade shall have a total of at least 30 linear feet of windows and/or doors on the ground floor that allow views into lobbies, merchandise displays, or working areas).

(3)

Along the vertical face of a structure, offsets shall occur at a minimum of every 50 feet by providing at least one of the following:

(a)

Recesses, including, but not limited to: entrances and floor area with of a minimum depth of 4 feet.

(b)

Extensions, including, but not limited to: entrances and floor area with a minimum clearance of 4 feet, a minimum depth of 4 feet, and a maximum length of an overhang shall be 25 feet.

(c)

Offsets or breaks in roof elevation with a minimum of 3 feet or more in height.

(4)

In order to break up vast expanses of single element building elevations, building design shall include a combination of architectural elements and features, including, but not limited to: offsets, windows, entry treatments, wood siding, brick, stucco, textured concrete block.

(5)

In order to provide differentiation between the ground floor and upper stories, building design shall include bays or balconies for upper levels, and awnings, canopies, or other similar treatments for lower levels. Variation in building materials, trim, paint, ornamentation, windows, or other features including public art, may also be used.

(6)

External modifications proposed for structures listed on the Springfield Historic Landmark Inventory shall comply with the applicable standards specified in SDC 3.3.900.

(7)

The proposal contains an equally good or superior way to achieve the intent of subsections (A)(1) through (6), above.

(B)

Building Orientation and Maximum Setbacks. Intent: To the greatest extent practicable, all new buildings in a mixed-use development shall be oriented toward both exterior and internal streets in a manner that accommodates pedestrian comfort, convenience and safety.

(1)

In the Downtown Mixed-Use Area, buildings shall be oriented towards fronting streets in a manner that frames and defines both streets and pedestrian areas along those streets. The maximum building setback in the Downtown Mixed-Use Area is 10 feet. Buildings in this area shall not be separated from fronting streets by off-street parking, vehicle circulation aisles or drive-thru lanes.

EXCEPTIONS: Street setbacks in the Downtown Mixed-Use Area may be approved by the Director when:

(a)

The building design incorporates public seating, plazas, or other usable public space as specified in subsection (G) below;

(b)

The building design incorporates landscaped stormwater quality facilities within the setback area that also enhance the pedestrian scale, orientation and interest;

(c)

Necessary to preserve existing healthy mature trees; or

(d)

Necessary to accommodate handicapped access requirements.

(2)

Parking in the Downtown Mixed-Use Area shall be located beside or behind buildings, internal to development on a site. For existing development sites, outparcel buildings between a large parking lot and the street shall be used to help define the streetscape, and lessen the visual impact of the parking lot from the street.

(3)

Public entrances to all new buildings in the Downtown Mixed-Use Area shall be visible from the street and oriented so that pedestrians have a direct and convenient route from the street sidewalk to building entrances.

(4)

In MUC Districts outside of the Downtown Mixed-Use Area, buildings may be set back from fronting public or private streets, but shall be connected to those by a continuous internal sidewalk (and as needed, sidewalk crossings). This internal sidewalk network shall connect customer entrances of buildings on a development site with one another and with fronting public sidewalks or rights-of-way. The internal sidewalks shall be at least 5 feet wide. The internal sidewalk network shall connect transit stops or station to buildings on the development site to form a direct and convenient pedestrian connection with these transit facilities.

(5)

The proposal contains an equally good or superior way to achieve the intent of subsections (B)(1) through (4), above.

(C)

Weather Protection. Intent: Awnings and canopies are intended to protect pedestrians from the weather and add to the architectural interest of buildings. New commercial or mixed-use residential development shall provide a weather-protected area adjacent to sidewalks and plazas.

(1)

Awnings or canopies shall be at least 6 feet wide, and shall follow building offsets to eliminate long expanses of awnings and or canopies.

(2)

Awnings and canopies shall not obscure architectural features (e.g., transom area) of the building and shall not extend into the second story of the building.

(3)

Awnings and canopies shall be in proportion to the overall building and shall match the width of the storefront or window opening.

(4)

Backlit awnings and canopies are not permitted.

(5)

Awnings and canopies shall be suspended from the building and not supported by posts.

(6)

The proposal contains an equally good or superior way to achieve the intent of subsections (C)(1) through (5), above.

(D)

Landscaping and Screening.

(1)

Intent. Landscaping is intended to compliment built forms within a development area, softening and providing visual relief and contrast to buildings, sidewalks, parking lots, and provide opportunities for stormwater controls including Low Impact Development. Trees, as part of a landscaping plan, must provide shade for pedestrian comfort as well. The installation of landscaping must be accomplished in a manner that assures that planted stock receives adequate irrigation. Screening is intended to compliment a development area by shielding trash receptacles, storage areas and other unsightly facilities from public view within the development area.

(a)

Mixed-use developments must provide landscaping and screening in accordance with SDC 4.4.105 and 4.4.110 and the following standards:

(b)

Street trees must be required consistent with SDC 4.2.140. Species must be compatible with the design features specified in subsection (G), below and must provide continuity with nearby landscaping. The Director may grant a 1-for-1 reduction in the number of street trees required when a development preserves healthy, mature trees located within 10 feet of the sidewalk. Required street trees must be placed in planter strips between sidewalks and curbs as specified in SDC 4.2.135 and 4.2.140, or in individual tree pits. If individual tree pits are utilized, each pit must be a minimum of 64 square feet per tree, with a minimum width of 4.5 feet.

(2)

Screening of parking areas, drives, mechanical equipment and trash receptacles must meet SDC 4.4.110. In addition:

(a)

No trash receptacles are allowed within the front setback areas abutting residential districts.

(b)

All ground-mounted utility equipment not installed underground must be placed to reduce visual impact or screened with walls or landscaping.

(c)

Notwithstanding the timelines specified in SDC 4.4.105, plants must be sized to attain 50 percent coverage in 2 years and 100 percent coverage in 4 years.

(3)

Irrigation systems are required to support landscaping. Drought-resistant plants are encouraged. See SDC 5.17.120(D)(3) and 4.4.105.

(4)

Parking areas, drives, and mechanical equipment shall be screened as specified in SDC 4.4.110. Trash receptacles shall be screened from on and offsite view by placement of a solid fenced or walled enclosure, from 5 to 6 feet in height. No receptacles are allowed within front setback areas abutting residential districts. All ground-mounted utilities equipment not placed underground shall be placed to reduce visual impact or screened with walls or landscaping. Plants shall be sized to attain 50 percent coverage in 2 years and 100 percent coverage in 4 years.

(5)

The proposal contains an equally good or superior way to achieve the intent of subsections (D)(1) through (4), above.

(E)

Street Connectivity and Internal Circulation. Intent: To make mixed-use developments part of a connected street system that serves vehicles, pedestrians and bicycles. Public or private streets connect the development to adjacent neighborhoods and zoning districts. When street connections are not practicable, pedestrian connections are made to and through the development in lieu of planned street connections. Pedestrian connections shall equal what would be available if they were on a street.

(1)

Streets and accessways of any 1 development or site shall interconnect with those of adjacent developments or sites. Internal street or circulation patterns that isolate a development from all adjacent developments, and only allow access to fronting arterial or collector streets, shall be prohibited.

EXCEPTION: The Director may determine that topography and/or existence of natural features of the development site would be better accommodated with an alternative circulation pattern.

(2)

Streets and accessways shall align and connect to each other to create a direct and convenient pattern of circulation that is consistent with the City’s existing street and block pattern in the area. The maximum block perimeter shall be 1,400 feet.

(3)

A mixed use development’s street network (both public and private on-site streets) shall connect directly to neighborhood streets in the surrounding area, providing multiple paths for pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicular movement to and through the development area. In this way, trips made from the surrounding residential neighborhood to the mixed use development will be possible without requiring travel along a major thoroughfare or arterial.

(4)

Outparcel buildings shall be connected to and served from the internal streets of the primary development area of which they are a part.

(5)

Pedestrian paths and sidewalks shall connect all building entrances with each other and with public rights-of-way in a manner that is direct and convenient for the pedestrian.

(6)

The proposal contains an equally good or superior way to achieve the intent of subsections (E)(1) through (5), above.

(F)

Neighborhood Compatibility. Intent: To achieve a compatible transition between mixed-use and other zones of differing height, bulk and scale requirements, consideration shall be given to the scale and design of surrounding buildings to promote compatibility and complement or enhance the character of existing residential neighborhoods. Development in mixed-use districts must be appropriate and related to the setting and established character of the surrounding area or neighborhood. Minimum standards adjacent to the R-1 Districts are:

(1)

Architectural compatibility between new development and adjacent R-1 development, including, but not limited to: similar roof forms, windows, trim, and materials, shall be required to the maximum extent practicable.

(2)

Lighting shall be arranged and constructed not to produce direct glare on adjacent LDR development as specified in SDC 4.5.100.

(3)

Site obscuring landscaping shall be required, including, but not limited to: the retention of existing vegetation; installation of a 6-foot minimum height, site-obscuring fence with shade trees planted a maximum of 30 feet on center (2-inch caliper at planting); and/or other landscaping to provide visual buffering.

(4)

Mechanical equipment shall be screened from view from adjacent R-1 properties and the street as specified in subsection (D) above. Mechanical equipment shall be buffered so that noise does not typically exceed 50 decibels as measured at the LDR property line. The City may require a noise study certified by a licensed acoustical engineer.

(5)

The proposal contains an equally good or superior way to achieve the intent of subsections (F)(1) through (4) above.

(G)

Pedestrian Amenities. Intent: To provide appropriate pedestrian amenities in mixed-use developments, pedestrian amenities, including, but not limited to: benches, ornamental paving and public art shall be provided and durably designed and integrated into an overall design scheme or pattern.

(1)

All new structures and substantial improvements to existing buildings shall provide pedestrian amenities, as specified in this subsection. The number of pedestrian amenities provided shall comply with the following sliding scale.

Size of Structure or Substantial Improvement	Number of Amenities
<5,000 sq. ft.	1
5,000—10,000 sq. ft.	2
10,000—50,000 sq. ft.	3
>50,000 sq. ft.	4

(2)

Acceptable pedestrian amenities include:

(a)

Sidewalks incorporating ornamental paving treatments, including, but not limited to: concrete masonry unit pavers, brick, or stone, which are 50 percent wider than required by this code.

(b)

A public outdoor seating plaza adjacent to, or visible and accessible from, the street (minimum useable area of 300 square feet).

(c)

Sidewalk planters between the sidewalk and building including stormwater swales.

(d)

Street tree density more extensive than required by this section.

(e)

Streetscape scale container planters.

(f)

Installation of 3-inch caliper size or larger to fulfill the street tree requirement.

(g)

Public art, including, but not limited to: sculptures, fountains, clocks, or murals with a value equal to or greater than 1 percent of construction value of the structure.

(h)

Pocket parks with a minimum usable area of 300 square feet.

(3)

Guidelines for the siting, construction and character of pedestrian amenities:

(a)

Amenities shall be visible and accessible to the general public from a fully improved street. Access to pocket parks, plazas, and sidewalks shall be provided via a public right-of-way or a public access easement.

(b)

The size or capacity of pedestrian amenities shall be roughly proportional to their expected use, including use by employees, customers, residents, and other visitors. The Director may alter minimum area standards for pocket parks and plazas based on this guideline.

(c)

Amenities shall be consistent with the character and scale of surrounding developments. For example, similarity in awning height, bench style, planter materials, street trees, and pavers is recommended to foster continuity in the design of pedestrian areas. Materials shall be suitable for outdoor use, easily maintained, and have at least a 10-year expected service life.

(d)

Bus stops, as a pedestrian amenity, shall conform to standards of the Lane Transit District.

(4)

The proposal contains an equally good or superior way to achieve the intent of subsections (G)(1) through (3), above.

(6443; Ord. 6464, 11/20/2023)

3.2.630 Mixed-Use Development Standards-Specific.

(A)

MUC Development Standards.

(1)

Preservation of the Commercial Land Supply.

(a)

One hundred percent of a new mixed-use building footprint may be developed for commercial uses.

(b)

A minimum of 60 percent of the ground floor area within a new building in the MUC District must be dedicated to commercial uses to ensure that commercial land is preserved for primarily commercial purposes. Up to 100 percent of any building may be developed for residential uses so long as 60 percent of the total ground floor area within the development area is devoted to commercial uses.

EXCEPTION: This provision does not apply when commercial uses are proposed for an existing residential building within a commercial district that was within a commercial district prior to June 3, 2002, nor is it applicable to income-qualified housing allowed under SDC 4.7.370 or 4.7.405.

(c)

The commercial uses on an MUC site must be developed prior to or concurrently with other proposed uses. Concurrency may be established by approval of a Master Plan that provides a mix of uses that includes commercial and other proposed uses.

EXCEPTION: This provision does not apply to residential and/or limited manufacturing uses that are in existence as of June 3, 2002.

(2)

Maximum Footprint for Retail Uses. The maximum building footprint for a grocery store is 70,000 square feet. The maximum building footprint for other single tenant wholesale or retail uses must be 50,000 square feet. The maximum footprint for all other uses must be based upon lot or parcel coverage and building setbacks.

(3)

Minimum Floor Area Ratio. A minimum floor area ratio (FAR) of 0.40 is required for all new development or redevelopment in the MUC portion of the Downtown Mixed-Use Area. A FAR of 0.30 is required for new development on lots or parcels greater than 1 acre in the MUC District outside of the Downtown Mixed-Use Area. FAR is defined for this purpose as the amount of gross floor area of all buildings and structures on the building lot or parcel divided by the total lot or parcel area.

EXCEPTION: Existing auto and truck dealerships in the Downtown Mixed-Use Area as specified in SDC 3.2.610 under the automotive and truck sales, storage, repair and service category are exempt from the minimum floor area ratio requirement.

(B)

MUE Development Standards.

(1)

Preservation of the Industrial Land Supply.

(a)

A minimum of 60 percent of the gross floor area within a MUE District must be dedicated to industrial uses to ensure that industrial land is preserved for primarily industrial purposes.

EXCEPTION: Pre-existing structures and uses are covered under the provisions of SDC 5.8.100 that addresses continuing non-conforming uses. This provision does not apply to income-qualified housing allowed under SDC 4.7.370 or 4.7.405

(b)

“Businesses and Professional Offices and Personal Services” listed in SDC 3.2.610 may not have a ground floor area of more than 5,000 square feet for any single use.

(c)

The industrial uses on an MUE site must be developed prior to or concurrently with any other commercial or residential uses. Concurrency may be established by approval of a Master Plan that provides a mix of uses that includes commercial and other proposed uses.

EXCEPTION: Commercial and/or residential uses that are in existence as of June 3, 2002.

(2)

Minimum Floor Area Ratio. A minimum floor area ratio of 0.25 is required for all new development or redevelopment in the MUE District.

(3)

On-Site Design Standards specified in SDC 3.2.445 apply to development in the MUE District with the following exemptions:

(a)

Outdoor storage is allowed, but storage areas are not permitted in front or street-side yards.

(b)

Outdoor storage must be screened from the view of adjacent properties and from public rights-of-way as specified in SDC 4.4.110. Painted structural screens must match the building color scheme of the development area.

(c)

The minimum landscaped open space and the maximum impermeable surface standards specified in SDC 3.2.445 shall be reduced to 25 percent and 75 percent respectively.

(C)

MUR Development Standards.

(1)

Preservation of the Residential Land Supply.

(a)

A minimum of 80 percent of the gross floor area within a MUR District must be dedicated to multiple unit housing to ensure that medium and high density land is preserved for primarily residential purposes.

EXCEPTION: Pre-existing structures and uses are covered under the provisions of SDC 5.8.100 that addresses continuing non-conforming uses.

(b)

The residential uses on an MUR site must be developed prior to or concurrently with any other commercial or industrial uses. Concurrency may be established by approval of a Master Plan that provides a mix of uses that includes commercial and other proposed uses.

EXCEPTION: Commercial and/or industrial uses that are in existence as of the adoption of this MUR District.

(2)

Minimum/Maximum Residential Densities.

(a)

Minimum residential densities for strictly residential development within the MUR District must be 20 units per gross acre.

(b)

Minimum residential densities for developments that include mixed uses within the MUR District must be 12 units per gross acre.

EXCEPTION: If less than 20 units per gross acre are provided, the development must include a minimum of 10 percent of the total gross floor area in nonresidential uses.

(c)

There is no maximum residential density established for the MUR District other than that imposed directly through compliance with the maximum building height.

(3)

Nonresidential Uses.

(a)

Nonresidential uses in the MUR District must not exceed 5,000 square feet of ground floor area for each separate use and must be limited to a maximum of 20 percent of the total gross floor area in the development area.

(b)

Nonresidential uses developed as part of a mixed use building that includes housing must be developed to maintain a minimum density of 12 dwelling units per acre. When a development site is composed of 2 or more phases, each phase must also meet this standard.

EXCEPTION: Civic uses are not a permitted use in the MUR District.

(4)

All development in the MUR District complies with the architectural design standards in SDC 4.7.375.

(6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.635 Phased Development.

(A)

If development is planned to occur in phases, a phased development plan shall be submitted concurrently with the Site Plan application specified in SDC 5.17.100. In addition to the phasing requirements specified in SDC 5.17.115, the phasing plan shall include the following information:

(1)

Existing buildings and dimensions with distances from property lines and other buildings.

(2)

The location of future right-of-way dedications based on the Springfield Transportation System Plan, including the Conceptual Street Map, and the block length and size standards specified in SDC 3.2.625(E).

(3)

A re-division plan at the minimum density required by this subsection, for any lot/parcel that is large enough to further divide or a plot plan showing building footprints for MUC minimum densities.

(4)

The location of natural resources, regulated wetlands, natural drainage/stormwater management areas and wooded areas showing how future development will address preservation, protection or removal.

(5)

Adopted public facilities plans.

(6)

The intended use, residential, commercial, and/or industrial and size in square feet of each building.

(7)

The ratio of the square footage of each intended use, residential, commercial, and/or industrial to the total square footage of the buildings in each phase of the development.

(B)

Site Plan Review shall include the monitoring of the ratio of uses to ensure that the proposed development maintains the ratio of:

(1)

Commercial and non-commercial uses as specified in SDC 3.2.630(A)(1); or

(2)

Industrial and non-industrial uses as specified in SDC 3.2.630(B)(1); or

(3)

Residential and non-residential as specified in SDC 3.2.630(C)(1).

(6412; 6443)

3.2.705 Establishment of the Public Land and Open Space (PLO) District.

(A)

Establishment of the PLO District includes the following categories:

(1)

Government uses, including public offices and facilities;

(2)

Educational uses, including high schools and colleges; and

(3)

Parks and open space uses including, publicly owned metropolitan and regional scale parks and publicly and privately owned golf courses and cemeteries.

(B)

The PLO District must also be permitted on properties designated other than Public Land and Open Space as specified in the Springfield Comprehensive Plan, a refinement plan, or plan district.

(6463)

3.2.710 Schedule of Use Categories.

The following buildings and uses are permitted in this district as indicated subject to the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in this code.

P = Permitted Use;

D = Discretionary Use Permit Required;

N = Not Allowed;

* Permitted subject to cited code standards.

The land uses listed in Table 3.2.710 are permitted subject to Site Plan Review approval and the provisions of this section.

Table 3.2.710 Permitted Uses	PLO District	Applicable Code Standards
Land Use
Education
Colleges	P*	SDC 3.2.720
High schools	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Private/public elementary and middle schools	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Government
Administrative offices	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Courts	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Fire stations	D	SDC 3.2.720
Justice center, a building, including, but not limited to: a police station, courts, administrative offices and a jail	D	SDC 3.2.720
Libraries	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Museums	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Neighborhood and community centers	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Performing arts centers	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Plazas and other sites of public interest	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Police satellite facilities	D	SDC 3.2.720
Post offices	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Public transit facilities	D	SDC 3.2.720
Senior/adult activity centers	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Sports complexes/stadiums	D	SDC 3.2.720
Wellness center	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Parks and Open Spaces
Community parks	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Linear park	P
Neighborhood parks	P
Private areas of greater than 1 acre reserved for open space as part of a cluster or hillside development	P
Publicly and privately owned golf courses and cemeteries	D
Regional parks	P*	SDC 3.2.720
R.V. parks and campgrounds outside of a regional park and without sanitary sewer service as a temporary use subject to termination when within 1,000 feet of sanitary sewer	D
R.V. parks and campgrounds within a regional park	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Residential
Conversion from commercial to residential	(SDC 4.7.215)
Income-qualified housing	(SDC 4.7.370 and 4.7.405)
Other
Agricultural cultivation of vacant land	P
Child care centers	P*	SDC 4.7.340
Eating and drinking establishments as a secondary use primarily serving the development area	P
Heliports and helistops	D
High impact public facilities	P*	SDC 4.7.160
Low impact public facilities	P
Maintenance and security residences, excluding manufactured dwellings	D
Mortuaries and chapels associated with cemeteries	D
Outdoor storage yards as a secondary use	P*	SDC 4.4.110
Parking structures as a secondary use	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Wireless telecommunications system (WTS) Facilities	(SDC 4.3.145)

(6412; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.715 Base Zone Development Standards.

Development Standard	PLO Zoning District Requirement
Minimum Lot/parcel Size	None
Lot/parcel Coverage and Planting Standard	Parking, driveways and structures shall not exceed 65 percent of the development area. At least 25% of the development area shall be landscaped. EXCEPTION: In the Downtown Exception Area, there shall be no minimum lot coverage standards and no minimum planted area, except for parking lots (6).
Landscaped Setbacks (1), (2), (3) and (4)
Street Setback	15 feet (6)
Residential Property Line	20 feet (6)
Parking and Driveway	5 feet
Maximum Building Height(5)	None, unless abutting a residential district
PLO District abuts Residential District	When a PLO District abuts a residential district, the maximum building height shall be defined as the height standard of the applicable residential district for a distance of 50 feet measured from the boundary of the adjacent residential zoning district. Beyond the 50-foot measurement, there is no building height limitation.

(1)	Where an easement is larger than the required setback standard, no building or above grade structure, except a fence, shall be built upon or over that easement.
(2)	Required setbacks are measured from the special street setback in SDC 4.2.105(N), where applicable.
(3)	Structural extensions may extend into any 5-foot or larger setback area by not more than 2 feet.
(4)	In the Downtown Exception Area, there are no minimum setbacks for administrative offices and other public uses listed under SDC 3.2.710.
(5)	Incidental equipment may exceed the height standards.
(6)	In the Downtown Exception Area, there shall be no minimum planted area except for parking lots as specified elsewhere in this code.

(6238; 6412)

3.2.720 Development Standards-Specific.

(A)

Primary access must be on arterial or collector streets except as provided or exempted elsewhere in SDC 3.2.700.

(B)

Stadiums, swimming pools and other major noise generators must be located at least 30 feet from residential property lines and must be screened by a noise attenuating barrier.

(C)

Community and regional parks must comply with the standards specified below:

(1)

Primary access must be on arterial or collector streets unless specified or exempted elsewhere in this section.

(2)

Stadiums, swimming pools and other major noise generators within parks must be located at least 30 feet from residential property lines and screened by a noise attenuating barrier.

(3)

Community and regional parks must be designated on a Park Facilities Plan adopted by the City, or be approved in accordance with Type 3 review procedure (Discretionary Use).

(4)

A Traffic Impact Study must be prepared by a Traffic Engineer and approved by the City Engineer.

(D)

For all special uses, a Traffic Impact Study must be prepared as specified in SDC 4.2.105(B).

(E)

R.V. parks and campgrounds within regional parks must comply with the standards specified in SDC 4.7.220(B).

(F)

Private/public elementary and middle schools must meet the standards specified in SDC 4.7.195.

(G)

Wellness centers must comply with the standards specified below:

(1)

The building is owned by a public agency.

(2)

The center is secondary to a primary public community recreation center on the same development site. The square footage that is dedicated to non-public, wellness-related uses may not exceed 50 percent of the combined total area (within the center and within the primary recreation facility) that is dedicated to public, recreation-related uses.

(H)

Pedestrian amenities for public buildings in mixed use designations must comply with the standards in SDC 3.2.625(G).

(Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.805 Establishment of the Quarry and Mine Operations (QMO) District.

(A)

The QMO District is established to:

(1)

Recognize that minerals and materials within the Springfield Urban Growth Boundary are a non-renewable resource, and that extraction and processing are beneficial to the local economy.

(2)

Protect major deposits of minerals, rock and related material resources with appropriate zoning.

(3)

Institute procedures for the protection of public health and safety on and adjacent to land where quarry and mining blasting operations are occurring.

(4)

Institute standards to be used in reviewing referrals from State and Federal agencies of Operation and Reclamation Plans, pollution control and similar permits.

(5)

Provide for cooperation between private and governmental entities in carrying out the purposes of this section.

(B)

The QMO District is applied to areas with a Sand and Gravel designation on the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map.

(6463)

3.2.810 Schedule of Use Categories.

The following buildings and uses are permitted in this district as indicated, subject to the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in this code and the provisions of the Reclamation Permit required by ORS 517.790, issued by the Oregon Department of Geology and Mineral Industries.

“P” = PERMITTED USE subject to the standards of this code.

“S” = SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS subject to special locational and siting standards to be met prior to being deemed a permitted use.

“D” = DISCRETIONARY USE subject to review and analysis under Type 3 procedure (SDC 5.9.100) at the Planning Commission or Hearings Officer level.

SITE PLAN REVIEW SHALL BE REQUIRED, unless exempted elsewhere in this code.

Use Categories/Uses	QMO District
Extracting and storing of rocks and minerals, including equipment and materials necessary to carry out these functions	P
Plants for the processing of minerals from quarry and mining extraction operations	P
Sale of products generated from the quarrying and mining operation	P
Activities permitted as part of the reclamation process	P
Structures and buildings used in conjunction with the extracting and storing of mineral	P
Parking facilities for employees and customers	P
Tree felling necessary to prepare a site for mining or as a quarry activity as specified in SDC 5.19.100	P
Low impact public facilities	P
High impact public facilities	P
Certain wireless telecommunications systems facilities (SDC 4.3.145)	P
Night watchperson’s quarters	P
Linear park	P

(6412; 6443)

3.2.815 Review.

(A)

To establish a new quarry or mining operation within the Springfield Urban Growth Boundary, the following are required:

(1)

A Springfield Comprehensive Plan amendment (Type 4 review).

(2)

A Concurrent Zone Change to QMO District (Type 4 Review). The ordinance rezoning properties to the QMO District shall specify the precise location of any scenic areas listed on Metro Plan inventories that require protection under subsection (A)(1), above.

(3)

Site Plan Review (Type 2 Review). For the purpose of this section, all permitted uses are considered industrial uses requiring Site Plan Review as specified in SDC 5.17.100.

(4)

A copy of the application for a Reclamation Permit as specified in SDC 3.2.820 shall be referred to the Director for review.

(B)

To expand an existing quarry or mining operation, which is zoned QMO District, within the Springfield Urban Growth Boundary, the following are required:

(1)

Discretionary Use (Type 3 Review) shall be used to determine whether, where and under what conditions quarry and mining operations may occur in identified scenic areas within the QMO District.

(2)

Site Plan Review (Type 2 Review). For the purpose of this section, all permitted uses are considered industrial uses requiring Site Plan Review as specified in SDC 5.17.100.

(3)

A copy of the application for a Reclamation Permit as specified in SDC 3.2.820 shall be referred to the Director for review.

(6463)

3.2.820 Permits for Quarry and Mine Extraction.

No quarry or mining extraction or related operations may be initiated in the QMO District until a Reclamation Permit required by ORS 517.790 has been issued by the Oregon Department of Geology and Mineral Industries. Standards established under ORS 517 for quarry and mine extraction are considered minimum standards to be observed during extraction, processing and reclamation activities to assure that the operation takes into consideration the health, safety and welfare of people on and off the site who may be affected by the operation, and that the site shall be clean, orderly and left in a condition conducive to appropriate uses after extraction has been completed and that conflicts between other identified environmental resources are resolved consistent with the Policies of the Metro Plan.

3.2.825 Operation and Reclamation Standards.

(A)

Information submitted as part of the Reclamation Permit process required in SDC 3.2.820 shall be evaluated against the following standards by the Director:

(1)

In lieu of uniform setbacks for all quarry and mine extraction operations:

(a)

Setbacks from adjacent properties shall be sufficient to protect the normal activities of residences, businesses, industries recreation and other uses permitted under this code.

(b)

Setbacks from adjacent properties shall be a distance sufficient to minimize hazards to persons and property resulting from blasting, slides, slippage, subsidence, ground and surface water contamination and depletion and other hazards.

(2)

Any night lighting shall be arranged and controlled so as not to illuminate adjacent properties and uses permitted under this code.

(3)

The hours of operation shall be determined by what is necessary to protect the surrounding activities from disturbance caused by quarry and mining extraction operations.

(4)

Fencing around the quarry and mining operation shall be required when it has been determined that the location, type and nature of the operation poses hazards to the safety of the surrounding residents and public and private property.

(5)

When expansion of an existing operation is in close proximity to existing or planned uses potentially incompatible with QMO District uses, or where there is a conflict with any other resource that appears on an adopted environmental resource inventory, the application of the QMO District or the expansion of an existing operation may be limited to a specific portion of a property in order to encourage the compatibility and proper management of land uses.

(6)

All mining spoils shall be disposed of so they will not create a geological hazard or contribute to water pollution through leaking, leaching or erosion. Management of mining spoils shall be in a manner which is consistent with the standards of the local soil and water conservation district.

(7)

Overburden and topsoil not removed from the property shall be placed and stabilized in a manner that does not create safety hazards or nuisances for adjacent properties.

(8)

Screening shall be required where it is determined necessary to minimize the visual impact of the quarry and mining extraction operation on neighboring properties, residences, commercial, industrial, park and recreational or other land use activities.

(9)

Wherever possible, existing trees, shrubs, and other types of vegetation along street frontages shall be preserved, maintained and supplemented.

(10)

When the quarry and mine operation includes the use of open shafts or tunnels, the entrance to all shafts and tunnels shall be covered, closed off or otherwise protected against entry during non-working hours.

(B)

Reclamation of land subjected to quarry and mining extraction operations is an ongoing process, which shall occur as phases of the quarry and mine extraction operation are completed. The application for the Reclamation Permit required in SDC 3.2.820 shall comply with the following standards:

(1)

General Provisions and Timing.

(a)

A schedule for reclamation shall define areas covered by each phase and the probable timing.

(b)

Reclamation operations shall be consistent with the Metro Plan.

(c)

All structures and buildings used in conjunction with the extraction and storing of minerals shall be removed following completion of the operation, unless the structures or buildings are suitable for other permitted uses or as determined by the Director.

(2)

Topsoil and Fill Material.

(a)

Material used in refilling holes, pits and excavations shall be of a quality that will not decompose, contaminate or pollute the groundwater or surface, or cause subsidence either during the operation of the excavation or upon termination of the quarry and mine operations.

(b)

All graded or back-filled areas, or banks shall be covered with topsoil to a depth sufficient to support vegetation and/or other approved cover adequate to control soil erosion.

(3)

Slopes and Grading. Excavations made to any setback lines shall meet the following requirements:

(a)

Where excavations have not been made to water-producing depth;

(i)

Slopes that are steeper than that of the immediately surrounding area shall be acceptable if they are designed by an engineer with expertise in the field of rock and soils mechanics and acceptable to the State Department of Geology and Mineral Industries. If the slopes are steeper than 1 vertical to 1-1/2 horizontal, provisions shall be made so that people and wildlife can find safe egress from the excavation area.

(ii)

The bottom of any excavation shall be graded so that drainage flows into one low area of the excavation. If drainage from this site is practical, the site shall be graded to discharge water to existing natural channels.

(b)

Where excavations have been made to water-bearing strata;

(i)

Excavations made to a water-producing depth creating lakes and ponds shall be deep enough to prevent stagnation and development of an insect-breeding area or back-filled with material that will not impair the groundwater quality.

(ii)

All banks shall be sloped at a ratio no steeper than 1 vertical to 2 horizontal to a water depth of 3 feet, measured from the low water mark, and to 3 feet above the high water mark.

(iii)

All grading shall be done to establish safe access to and egress from water for persons and wildlife.

(c)

Unless specified above, upon completion of operations, the condition of the land shall allow sufficient drainage to prevent water pockets or significant erosion. Natural drainage shall be maintained to prevent harmful effects on neighboring property. The rate of drainage shall not be increased over what it would have been if the site had remained in its original use.

(d)

All quarry faces, which exceed 45 degrees, shall be benched. The bench face ratio shall not exceed 1-1/2 vertical to 1 horizontal. Benches shall be at least 10 feet wide.

3.2.830 Blasting Standards.

Operators using explosives for quarry and mine extraction shall follow explosive regulations and use engineering standards acceptable to the Director, based on atmospheric conditions and physical conditions of the site to prevent injury to persons and damage to public and private property.

(A)

When blasting is proposed within 500 feet of an occupied building, the operator, or an authorized agent, shall notify all occupants that a blast is to be initiated. Notice shall be given not more than 6 hours nor less than 30 minutes prior to detonation and shall include the approximate time of the blast.

(B)

Each operator shall maintain a record of each blast for at least 2 years. These records shall be available upon request to the City, the State Department of Geology and Mineral Industries and other governmental agencies with appropriate jurisdiction. The records shall show the following for each blast:

(1)

Name of quarry or mine.

(2)

Date, time and location of blast.

(3)

Description of type of explosives and accessories used.

(4)

Time interval of delay in milliseconds.

(5)

Number of different delays.

(6)

Number of holes per delay.

(7)

Nominal explosive weight per hole.

(8)

Total explosive weight per delay.

(9)

Total weight of explosives per blast.

(10)

Blast hole diameter, depth, spacing and stemming height.

(6443)

3.2.905 Establishment of the Agriculture-Urban Holding Area (AG) Land Use District.

The City’s Agriculture—Urban Holding Area (AG) District is established to protect urbanizable lands designated Urban Holding Area-Employment (UHA-E) and Natural Resource (NR) in the comprehensive plan from land division and incompatible interim development. The AG regulatory measures guide and support orderly and efficient transition from rural to urban land use to accommodate population and urban employment inside the UGB. AG standards regulate development to maintain the land’s potential for planned future urban development until appropriate urban facilities and services are planned or available and annexation to Springfield can occur, as described in the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Urbanization Element. Land designated Urban Holding Area—Employment will be annexed to the City and rezoned from AG to an appropriate industrial or commercial zone at which time urban industrial and other employment uses will supersede the interim rural uses permitted in the AG District.

(A)

The AG District implements the Urban Holding Area-Employment (UHA-E) plan designation and Springfield Comprehensive Plan Urbanization Element policies by preserving an inventory of suitable employment sites—including sites 20 acres and larger—to provide opportunities for economic growth and diversification.

(B)

The AG District is applied concurrently with the UHA-E designation at the time of a Springfield Urban Growth Boundary (UGB) expansion and remains in effect until the land is designated and zoned for urban employment uses through a City or owner-initiated plan or zoning amendment process, as described in SDC 3.2.930 Planning Requirements Applicable to Zoning Map Amendments, and as further described in the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Urbanization Element.

(C)

The AG District implements the Natural Resource (NR) plan designation on private and publicly owned lands within the urbanizable areas to allow continuation of existing agricultural uses while supporting transition to use and management of land for the primary benefit of values such as fish and wildlife habitat, soil conservation, watershed conservation, scenic resources, passive recreational opportunities, vegetative cover, and open space.

(D)

The AG District is applied concurrently with the Natural Resource (NR) plan designation at the time of a Springfield Urban Growth Boundary (UGB) expansion, and remains in effect until the land is designated, zoned and master-planned as described in SDC 3.2.930 Planning Requirements Applicable to Zoning Map Amendments, and as further described in the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Urbanization Element.

(6361; 6443)

3.2.910 Applicability.

The provisions of the AG District apply to urbanizable lands designated UHA-E or Natural Resource (NR) in the comprehensive plan.

(6361)

3.2.915 Schedule of Use Categories.

The AG District implements Springfield Comprehensive Plan Urbanization Element policies by limiting interim uses on urbanizable land designated Urban Holding Area—Employment to only those rural uses that will not impede future annexation, zoning and development of the land to accommodate urban employment uses and densities to meet Springfield’s long range employment land needs. The following uses are permitted in the AG District on an interim basis when developed under the applicable provisions, restrictions and exceptions specified in this code.

“P” = PERMITTED USE subject to the standards of this code.

“S” = SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS subject to special locational and/or siting standards as specified in SDC 4.7.100. Note: Some uses in this category may require Site Plan Review and/or Discretionary Use approval.

“D” = DISCRETIONARY USE subject to review and analysis under Type 3 procedure as required in SDC 5.9.100 at the Planning Commission or Hearings Officer level.

Use Categories/Uses	AG
A. Allowed Interim Uses for Lands Designated Urban Holding Area—Employment
Agricultural uses including the cultivation of tree crops, plants, orchards, pasture, flower, berry and bush crops or the keeping, boarding, raising or breeding of livestock or poultry	P
On-site constructing and maintaining of equipment, structures and facilities used for the activities described as farm uses (1), (3), (4)	P
Preparation, storage, and marketing of the products or by-products raised on such land for human and animal use, or distributing food by donation to a local food bank or school or otherwise (1)	P
Sales/display of produce as specified in SDC 4.8.125 (1), (4)	S
Signs (5)	P
Accessory Uses
Community gardens	P
Replacement of a lawfully existing dwelling or structure as specified in SDC 5.8.115 (2), (3)	P
Emergency medical hardship as specified in SDC 5.10.100 (2)	P
Other Commercial Services
Home business within a lawfully existing dwelling and as specified in SDC 4.7.365	S
Utilities and Communication
High impact public utility facility as specified in SDC 4.7.160	S/D
Low impact public utility facility	P
B. Allowed Interim Uses for Lands Designated Natural Resource (6), (7)
Continuation of normal farm practices such as grazing, plowing, planting, cultivating and harvesting (6)	P
Wetland and/or riparian restoration and rehabilitation activities	P
Vegetation management necessary to control invasive vegetation or to reduce a hazard to life or property	P
Removal of non-native vegetation, if replaced with native plant species at a density that prevents soil erosion and encourages the future dominance of the native vegetation	P
Maintenance of existing drainage ways, ditches, or other structures to maintain flows at original design capacity and mitigate upstream flooding, provided that management practices avoid sedimentation and impact to native vegetation and any spoils are be placed in uplands	P
Waterway restoration and rehabilitation activities such as channel widening, realignment to add meanders, bank grading, terracing, reconstruction of street crossings, or water flow improvements	P
Emergency stream bank stabilization to remedy immediate threats to life or property (7)	P
Bioswales or similar water quality improvement projects	P
Public multi-use paths, access ways, trails, picnic areas, or interpretive and educational displays and overlooks, including benches and outdoor furniture	P
Utilities and Communication
High impact public utility facility as specified in SDC 4.7.160	S/D
Low impact public utility facility	D

(1)	Where farm stands are designed and used for sale of farm crops and livestock grown on the farm operation and does not include structures for banquets, public gatherings or public entertainment. “Farm crops and livestock” includes both fresh or processed farm crops and livestock grown on the farm operation.
(2)	On parcels larger than 20 acres, replacement of a lawfully existing farm dwelling as specified in SDC 5.8.115 shall be placed at the existing dwelling location; or at least 100 feet from the adjoining lines of property zoned EFU to minimize adverse effects on nearby farm lands outside the UGB; and in a location that does not impede future development of urban employment use or extension of urban infrastructure as shown in transportation plans, public facilities plans or master plans.
(3)	Placement of new structures is subject to Water Quality Protection setbacks as specified in SDC 4.3.115 and the Natural Resource Protection standards as specified in SDC 4.3.117 where applicable.
(4)	Proposed new uses or expansions of existing uses must demonstrate that the use will not generate vehicle trips exceeding pre-development levels.
(5)	Signs shall not extend over a public right-of-way or project beyond the property line; shall not be illuminated or capable of movement; and shall be limited to 200 square feet in area.
(6)	Consistent with applicable wetland or land use permits issued by Federal, State or local approving authority with jurisdiction over wetland or riparian resources, including the Water Quality Protection provisions in SDC 4.3.115 and SDC 3.3.400 Floodplain Overlay District.
(7)	Federal, State or local emergency authorization may be needed for in-stream work.

(6361; 6443)

3.2.920 Pre-Existing and Non-Conforming Uses.

(A)

Continuance, expansion, modification or replacement of lawful uses existing on a property at the time of the effective date of this zone are determined and permitted as otherwise specified in SDC 5.8.100 of this code; and

(B)

The Applicant shall submit evidence to demonstrate that the expansion or modification:

(1)

Will not generate vehicle trips exceeding pre-development levels;

(2)

Will not force a significant change in accepted farm practices on surrounding lands devoted to farm or forest use; and

(3)

Will not significantly increase the cost of accepted farm or forest practices on surrounding lands devoted to farm or forest use.

(6361)

3.2.925 Standards for Interim Development.

These regulations apply to the development of interim uses as specified in SDC 3.2.915 and 3.2.920 in the AG District.

(A)

Receive certification from the Lane County Sanitarian that any proposed wastewater disposal system meets Oregon Department of Environmental Quality (D.E.Q.) standards prior to Development Approval.

(B)

Interim uses may not be placed on a site in a manner that would impede future development of land designated Urban Holding Area-Employment with urban employment uses.

(C)

Interim uses may not be placed on a site in a manner that would impede extension of infrastructure to serve land designated Urban Holding Area-Employment from developing with urban employment uses.

(D)

To demonstrate compliance with this provision, and in addition to the special provisions listed in Table A, the Applicant shall submit a Future Development Plan that:

(1)

Includes a brief narrative explaining the existing and proposed use of the property;

(2)

Indicates the proposed development footprint on a scaled plot plan of the property;

(3)

Limits the proposed new development footprint to 1/2 acre or less of the site;

(4)

Addresses future street connectivity as shown in the Springfield Transportation System Plan (including the Conceptual Street Map), Regional Transportation System Plan, Springfield Comprehensive Plan, applicable Refinement Plans; and this code;

(5)

Addresses the number and type of vehicle trips to be generated by the proposed use;

(6)

Addresses the applicable Natural Resources protection, Water Quality Limited Watercourses protection, Floodplain Overlay Development Standards, and Drinking Water Protection Overlay Development Standards of this code.

(E)

Development shall utilize the following base zone development standards:

Minimum Lot/Parcel Sizes	A 50-acre minimum lot/parcel size is applied to lots/parcels 50 acres or larger. A 20-acre minimum lot/parcel size is applied to lots/parcels less than 50 acres in size. Lots/parcels less than 20 acres in size may not be further divided. (1)
Main Building Height	35 feet
Accessory Building Height	35 feet (2)
Building/Structure Setbacks: UHA-E designated parcels 20 acres and larger	20 feet from State, County, City roads, streets and local access roads. At least 100 feet from the adjoining lines of property zoned EFU; and in a location that does not impede future development of urban employment use or extension of urban infrastructure as shown in transportation plans, public facilities plans or master plans.
Building/Structure Setbacks: UHA-E designated parcels smaller than 20 acres	20 feet from State, County, City roads, streets and local access roads. 10 feet from other property lines.
Minimum Lot/Parcel Frontage	None
Minimum Lot/Parcel Depth	None

(1)	Exemption: Land divisions that create lots/parcels for the purpose of establishing a Natural Resource or Public Land and Open Space designation within the floodway, wetland or riparian resource portions of the site may create lots/parcels less than 20 acres within the Natural Resource or Public Land and Open Space designation portion of the parent lot/parcel.
(2)	Water tanks, silos, granaries, barns and similar accessory structures or necessary mechanical appurtenances may exceed the minimum height standard.

(6361; 6412; 6463)

3.2.930 Planning Requirements Applicable to Zoning Map Amendments.

In addition to the standards, procedures and review criteria in SDC 5.22.100 applicable to Zoning Map Amendments, Table 1 provides an overview of the planning procedures required prior to rezoning land from Agriculture—Urban Holding Area (AG) to urban employment land use districts (e.g., Employment, Employment Mixed Use, Campus Industrial, or Industrial). Table 1 shows both city- and owner-initiated planning processes.

Table 1. Pre-Development Approval Process Steps—Urban Holding Areas
City-Initiated Planning Process	Owner-Initiated Planning Process
1. City prepares Plan Amendment to address all applicable Statewide Planning Goals (e.g., amended or new refinement plan or district plan), Metro Plan and Springfield Comprehensive Plan policies and Springfield Development Code standards.	1. Applicant submits request to City to initiate amendments to the Transportation System Plan and Public Facilities and Services Plan, and other city actions that may be required prior to plan amendment approval.
2. City and Lane County approve Comprehensive Plan Amendment to amend Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map. UHA-E designation is replaced with employment plan designations (e.g., Employment, Employment Mixed Use, Campus Industrial, or Industrial). AG land use district remains in effect until Master Plan and new land use districts are approved.	2. Applicant prepares and submits Plan Amendment application to address all applicable Statewide Planning Goals, Metro Plan and Springfield Comprehensive Plan policies, and Springfield Development Code standards. Applicant proposes employment plan designations (e.g., Employment, Employment Mixed Use, Campus Industrial, or Industrial).
3. City prepares and approves Zoning Map Amendment to apply new land use districts (e.g., Industrial, Campus Industrial, Employment Mixed Use, or Employment). Land is planned and zoned and eligible for annexation.	3. City and Lane County approve Plan Amendment to amend Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map. UHA-E designation is replaced with employment plan designations (e.g., Employment, Employment Mixed Use, Campus Industrial, or Industrial). AG land use district remains in effect until Master Plan and new land use districts are approved.
4. Applicant prepares and submits Preliminary Master Plan and annexation applications with demonstration of key urban service provision.	4. Applicant prepares and submits Preliminary Master Plan, proposed land use district and demonstration of key urban services provision. Applicant submits annexation application.
5. City approves Master Plan and annexation.	5. City approves Master Plan and Zoning Map Amendment and annexation.
6. Applicant submits Site Plan, Subdivision, and other applicable development applications.	6. Applicant submits Site Plan, Subdivision etc., development applications.

(6361; 6443; 6463)

3.3.105 Overlay Districts Established.

The regulations of the overlay district shall supplement the regulations of the underlying land use district. In cases where the regulations conflict, the overlay district regulations shall supersede the underlying land use district regulations. The following overlay districts are established:

Section	Overlay District Name	Comprehensive Plan Reference
3.3.200	Drinking Water Protection	Metro Plan - Environmental Resources Element
3.3.300	Willamette Greenway	Metro Plan - Willamette River Greenway, River Corridors, and Waterway Element
3.3.400	Floodplain	Metro Plan - Environmental Resources Element
3.3.500	Hillside Development	Metro Plan - Environmental Resources Element
3.3.600	Reserved for Future Use
3.3.700	Reserved for Future Use
3.3.800	Urbanizable Fringe	Springfield Comprehensive Plan - Urbanization Element
3.3.900	Historic	Metro Plan - Historic Preservation Element
3.3.1000	Nodal Development	Metro Plan - Nodal Development Area Designation
3.3.1100	Hospital Support	Springfield Comprehensive Plan - Economic Element

(6443)

3.3.205 Purpose.

(A)

The Drinking Water Protection (DWP) Overlay District is established to protect aquifers used as potable water supply sources by the City from contamination. This section establishes procedures and standards for the physical use of hazardous or other materials harmful to groundwater within TOTZ by new and existing land uses requiring development approval. The provisions of this section are designed to:

(1)

Protect the City’s drinking water supply which is obtained from groundwater resources from impacts by facilities that store, handle, treat, use, produce, or otherwise have on premises substances that pose a hazard to groundwater quality; and

(2)

Provide standards for hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater within the TOTZ.

(B)

In order to accomplish this purpose, the DWP Overlay District includes methods and provisions to:

(1)

Restrict or prohibit the use of hazardous or other materials which are potential groundwater contaminants;

(2)

Set standards for the storage, use, handling, treatment, and production of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater within TOTZ; and

(3)

Review new or expanded uses of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater.

(6238)

3.3.210 Applicability.

As of May 15, 2000, all areas within specified wellhead TOTZ automatically are rezoned to add the DWP Overlay District to the underlying zoning district. The areas to which the DWP Overlay District is applied are shown on the Drinking Water Protection Area Maps on file in the Development Services Department and incorporated in this section by reference.

3.3.215 Warning and Waiver of Liability.

The degree of aquifer protection required by this section in the areas designated in SDC 3.3.220 is based on scientific and engineering considerations. The nature of these considerations is that the exact boundaries of Time of Travel Zones (TOTZ) have an associated uncertainty that renders conclusions based on them to be estimates. Under no conditions should this section be construed to guarantee the purity of the ambient ground water or guarantee the prevention of ground water contamination. Therefore, this section shall not create liability on the part of the City, or any City personnel, for any contamination that may result from reliance on this section or any administrative decision made under this section.

3.3.220 Time of Travel Zones.

(A)

The DWP Overlay District includes 4 TOTZ: 0-1 year; 1-5 years; 5-10 years; and 10-20 years. The locations of the TOTZ for each wellhead are shown on Drinking Water Protection Area Maps on file with the City’s Development Services, Public Works, and Fire and Life Safety Departments; and Springfield Utility Board (SUB) and Rainbow Water District (RWD).

(B)

The areas within specified wellhead TOTZ are those drinking water protection areas certified by the Oregon Health Authority, under the Oregon Administrative Rules that apply to Oregon’s EPA-approved Drinking Water Protection Program, in Oregon Health Division Delineation Certification #0002R, Version 2.

(C)

In determining the location of a property within a TOTZ, the following criteria apply:

(1)

The Lane County Department of Assessment and Taxation maps shall be used as a base map with the addition of TOTZ boundaries.

(2)

That portion of a tax lot that lies within a TOTZ is governed by the restrictions applicable to that TOTZ.

(3)

Tax lots having parts lying within more than one TOTZ are governed by the standards of the more restrictive TOTZ.

EXCEPTION: The Director may waive the requirement that the more restrictive standards apply when all of the following apply:

(a)

Storage, use, handling, treatment, and/or production of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater will not take place within the portion of the tax lot having the more restrictive TOTZ standards; and

(b)

Storage, use, handling, treatment, and/or production of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater will not take place within 50 feet of the portion of the tax lot having more restrictive TOTZ standards; and

(c)

The tax lot is 20,000 square feet or larger.

(4)

A property owner may request the TOTZ be modified by submitting a Zone Change application to the City. Any request for modification of the TOTZ shall be accompanied by certification of the TOTZ as proposed to be modified by the Oregon Health Authority, under the Administrative Rules that apply to Oregon’s EPA-approved Drinking Water Protection Program.

(6238; Ord. 6464, 11/20/2023 )

3.3.225 Review.

(A)

A DWP Overlay District Development Application is required when the criteria of both subsections (A)(1) and (2), below are met:

(1)

A site is affected by one of the following:

(a)

There is a change of land use, occupancy or tenancy of a property, including, but not limited to: a change from vacant to occupied; or

(b)

During the Building Permit process; or

(c)

In conjunction with any development application, including, but not limited to: Site Plan review and Minimum Development Standards.

(2)

The action in subsection (A)(1), above will:

(a)

Affect the storage, use, and/or production of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater; or

(b)

Increase the quantity of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater that are stored, used and/or produced.

(B)

Prior to the submittal of a DWP Overlay District Development Application, an exemption request may be submitted to the Director as specified in SDC 3.3.230(B)(1).

(C)

DWP Overlay District applications shall be reviewed under Type I procedures.

(D)

Prior to undertaking an activity covered by SDC 3.3.225(A), the owner or tenant shall submit a DWP Overlay District Application to the City for review and approval. Applications shall include the following information:

(1)

A Hazardous Material Inventory Statement and a Safety Data Sheet for any or all materials entered in the Statement unless exempted under SDC 3.3.230. Hazardous material weights shall be converted to volume measurement for purposes of determining amounts; 10 pounds shall be considered equal to 1 gallon as specified in Springfield Fire Code 5003.1.2;

(2)

A list of the chemicals to be monitored through the analysis of groundwater samples and a monitoring schedule if ground water monitoring is anticipated to be required;

(3)

A detailed description of the activities conducted at the facility that involve the storage, handling, treatment, use or production of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater in quantities greater than the maximum allowable amounts as stated in SDC 3.3.235(A);

(4)

A description of the primary and any secondary containment devices proposed, and, if applicable, clearly identified as to whether the devices will drain to the storm or sanitary sewer;

(5)

A proposed Hazardous Material Management Plan for the facility that indicates procedures to be followed to prevent, control, collect and dispose of any unauthorized release of a hazardous material;

(6)

A description of the procedures for inspection and maintenance of containment devices and emergency equipment;

(7)

A description of the plan for disposition of unused hazardous materials or hazardous material waste products including the type of transportation, and proposed routes.

(E)

For those development proposals requiring Site Plan Review (SDC 5.17.100) or Minimum Development Standards review (SDC 5.15.100), applications may be submitted concurrently.

(F)

The Director shall review the application and make a decision based on the standards contained in SDC 3.3.235, after consulting with the Building Official, Fire Marshal, and the managers of SUB and RWD, as appropriate.

(6238; 6443; Ord. 6464, 11/20/2023)

3.3.230 Exemptions.

This section does not exempt any material or use from Fire Code regulations adopted by the City.

(A)

Exemptions are as specified in this section unless the Director, in consultation with SUB and Fire/Life Safety, determines that a hazardous material, activity, and/or facility that is exempt pursuant to this section has a significant or substantial potential to degrade groundwater quality. Then the Director may require compliance with the requirements of this section related to that hazardous material, activity or facility. This determination will be based upon site and/or chemical-specific data and is eligible for appeal to the Hearings Officer as specified in SDC 3.3.245.

(B)

Unless otherwise provided herein, the following materials are exempt from regulation hereunder:

(1)

Use, storage and handling of specific hazardous materials that do not present a risk to the aquifer, as determined and listed by the Director in consultation with SUB, are exempt from all regulation under this section with the exception of the potential requirement to list these hazardous materials on the Hazardous Material Inventory Statement as found in the most recent Fire Code regulations adopted by the City. A Drinking Water Protection Exemption Request may be submitted to the Director for Hazardous Materials that can be demonstrated to pose no threat to the aquifer. These materials may be exempted from regulation. The demonstration of no threat is the responsibility of the applicant seeking the exemption and will be subject to review by technical experts.

(2)

Hazardous materials offered for sale in their original sealed containers of 5 gallons or less are exempt from the 500-gallon storage limit specified in SDC 3.3.235(A)(1).

(3)

Hazardous materials in fuel tanks and fluid reservoirs including, but not limited to, fuel, engine oil, and coolant, which are attached to a private or commercial motor vehicle and used directly in the motoring operation of that vehicle, or machinery.

EXCEPTION: Portable generators are not exempt.

(4)

Fuel oil used in existing heating systems.

(5)

Emergency use, storage, and handling of hazardous materials by governmental organizations in the public interest.

(6)

Hazardous materials used and stored specifically for water treatment processes of public water systems and private systems for the same purposes when approved by the Director.

(7)

Hazardous materials contained in properly operating sealed units (including, but not limited to: transformers, refrigeration units) that are not opened as part of routine use.

(8)

Local natural gas distribution lines.

(9)

Fuel for emergency generators located at facilities that provide essential community services (including, but not limited to: hospitals, fire/life safety, police, public shelters, wireless telecommunications system (WTS) facilities, and telephone systems).

(10)

Any commonly used office supply—including, but not limited to: correcting fluid for typewriters, toner for computer printers or cleaners for windows and bathrooms—where the supplies are purchased off site for use on site.

(11)

Aggregate quantities equal to or less than 20 gallons of hazardous materials that do not contain DNAPLs.

(Ord. 6464, 11/20/2023)

3.3.235 Standards for Hazardous Materials within Time of Travel Zones.

Applications required under SDC 3.3.225(A) must comply with the following standards. Notwithstanding SDC 3.3225(A), development that conflicts with the standards of this section is prohibited. Where the following standards are more restrictive than the standards of the Springfield Fire Code, the following standards will prevail.

(A)

Zero to One Year TOTZ Standards.

(1)

Within the zero to one year TOTZ, hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater may be stored in aggregate quantities of no more than 500 gallons if in original containers not exceeding 5 gallons* in size. Within that aggregated 500-gallon inventory, no more than 150 gallons of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater may be on the premises in opened containers for handling, treatment, use production, or dispensing on site. Hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater are allowed only upon compliance with containment and safety standards specified by the most recent Fire Code adopted by the City.

* A waiver of the 5-gallon maximum size may be given by the Director if the applicant can demonstrate that a larger size container would pose less risk to the aquifer.

(2)

Unless exempted, all hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater shall be stored in areas with approved secondary containment in place (Springfield Fire Code 5002.1 and 5004.2.2).

(3)

All new uses of Dense Non-Aqueous Phase Liquids (DNAPLs) are prohibited.

(4)

Any change in type of use or an increase in maximum daily inventory quantity of any DNAPL shall be considered a new use and prohibited.

(5)

The following certain types of new facilities or changes in use and/or storage of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater are prohibited:

(a)

Underground hazardous material storage facilities;

(b)

Hazardous material product pipelines used to transport the hazardous material off of the tax lot where it is produced or used;

(c)

Injection wells;

EXCEPTION: Dry wells for residential roof drainage;

(d)

Solid waste landfills and transfer stations;

(e)

Fill materials containing hazardous materials;

(f)

Land uses and new facilities that will use, store, treat, handle, and/or produce DNAPLs; and

(g)

Permeable pavements.

(6)

Requirements found in Springfield Fire Code 5004.2.2.5 for a monitoring program and monitoring methods to detect hazardous materials in the secondary containment system shall be met for all amounts of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater unless exempted.

(7)

The following requirements for inspection and record-keeping procedures for monthly in-house inspection and maintenance of containment and emergency equipment for all amounts of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater shall be met unless exempted: Schedules and procedures for inspecting safety and monitoring and emergency equipment. The applicant shall develop and follow a written inspection procedure acceptable to the Director for inspecting the facility for events or practices which could lead to unauthorized discharges of hazardous materials. An inspection check sheet shall be developed to be used in conjunction with routine inspections. The check sheet shall provide for the date, time, and location of inspection; note problems and dates and times of corrective actions taken; and include the name of the inspector and the countersignature of the designated safety manager for the facility.

(8)

Application of fertilizers containing nitrates are restricted to no more than the amount recommended by the Lane County, Oregon State University Extension Service for turf grass and are prohibited within 100 feet of a wellhead. In no event shall a single application exceed 1/2 pound per 1,000 square feet of area per single application or a total yearly application of 5 pounds nitrogen fertilizer per 1,000 square feet.

(9)

Stormwater infiltration facilities are prohibited within 100 feet of a wellhead.

(B)

One to Five Year TOTZ Standards.

(1)

The storage, handling, treatment, use, application, or production or otherwise keeping on premises of more than 20 gallons of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater in aggregate quantities not containing DNAPLs is allowed only upon compliance with containment and safety standards specified by the most recent Fire Code adopted by the City.

(2)

Unless exempted, all hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater shall be stored in areas with approved secondary containment in place (Springfield Fire Code 5002.1 and 5004.2.2).

(3)

All new uses of DNAPLs are prohibited.

(4)

Any change in the type of use or an increase in maximum daily inventory quantity of any DNAPL is considered a new use and is prohibited.

(5)

The following certain types of facilities or changes in chemical use and/or storage of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater are prohibited:

(a)

Hazardous material product pipelines used to transport the hazardous material off of the tax lot where it is produced or used;

(b)

Injection wells;

EXCEPTION: Dry wells for residential roof drainage;

(c)

Solid waste landfills and transfer stations;

(d)

Fill materials containing hazardous materials;

(e)

Land uses and new facilities that will use, store, treat, handle, and/or produce DNAPLs.

(6)

(7)

The following requirements for inspection and record keeping procedures for monthly in-house inspection and maintenance of containment and emergency equipment for all amounts of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater shall be met unless exempted: Schedules and procedures for inspecting safety and monitoring and emergency equipment. The applicant shall develop and follow a written inspection procedure acceptable to the Director for inspecting the facility for events or practices which could lead to unauthorized discharges of hazardous materials. An inspection check sheet shall be developed to be used in conjunction with routine inspections. The check sheet shall provide for the date, time, and location of inspection; note problems and dates and times of corrective actions taken; and include the name of the inspector and the countersignature of the designated safety manager for the facility.

(C)

Five to Ten Year TOTZ Standards.

(1)

The storage, handling, treatment, use, production or otherwise keeping on premises of more than 20 gallons of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater in aggregate quantities not containing DNAPLs is allowed only upon compliance with containment and safety standards specified by the most recent Fire Code adopted by the City.

(2)

All hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater shall be stored in areas with approved secondary containment in place (Springfield Fire Code 5002.1 and 5004.2.2).

(3)

All new uses of DNAPLs are prohibited.

(4)

Any change in type of use or an increase in the maximum daily inventory quantity of any DNAPL is considered a new use and is prohibited.

(5)

(D)

Ten to Twenty Year TOTZ Standards. The storage, handling, treatment, use, production or keeping on premises of more than 20 gallons of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater in aggregate quantities is allowed only upon compliance with containment and safety standards specified by the most recent Fire Code adopted by the City.

(6238; 6443; Ord. 6464, 11/20/2023)

3.3.240 Conditions.

The Director may attach conditions of approval that will minimize negative impacts of regulated substances on groundwater and ensure that the facility or the proposed development can fully meet the standards specified in SDC 3.3.235. These conditions may include, but are not limited to: on-site monitoring wells, Wellhead Protection Area signs, special storm-water facilities, or other conditions to address specific risks associated with the proposed development.

(Ord. 6464, 11/20/2023)

3.3.245 Appeals.

The only portions of this section that are subject to appeal are SDC 3.3.225(F), the Director’s decision on a DWP application, SDC 3.3.230, Exemptions, and SDC 3.3.235(A)(1), Waiver. The appeal of a decision of the Director may be appealed as specified in SDC 5.3.115.

3.3.305 Purpose.

The Willamette Greenway (WG) Overlay District is established to protect and preserve natural scenic, historic and recreational qualities of lands along the Willamette River. This overlay district delineates the Willamette Greenway area for the City and establishes standards for the delineation of the Greenway Setback Area.

3.3.310 Applicability.

The WG Overlay District applies to all lands which are within 150 feet of the ordinary low water line on the channel of the Willamette River, or are adjacent to the river and are publicly owned for park and recreation purposes.

3.3.315 Review.

(A)

Development proposals shall be reviewed under Discretionary Use procedure as specified in SDC 5.9.100, the Site Plan Review process as specified in SDC 5.17.100, where applicable, and the standards of this section.

(B)

Notice shall be given to the Oregon Department of Transportation by immediately forwarding a copy of the application by certified mail, return receipt requested. Notice of final City action shall also be provided to the Oregon Department of Transportation.

3.3.320 Permitted and Discretionary Uses.

(A)

Uses allowed in the WG Overlay District are the same as those in the underlying zoning districts (See SDC 4.3.145 for siting standards and review process for certain wireless telecommunications systems facilities).

EXCEPTION: Uses within the Greenway Setback Area are limited to water-dependent or water-related uses as may be permitted in SDC 3.3.325.

(B)

Any change or intensification of use, or construction that has a significant visual impact shall require Discretionary Use Approval.

3.3.325 Greenway Setback.

A Greenway Setback Line is established to protect, maintain, preserve and enhance the natural, scenic, historic and recreational qualities of the Willamette Greenway. Only water-dependent or water-related uses are permitted between the Willamette River and the Greenway Setback Line. The Greenway Overlay District shall substitute temporarily as the Greenway Setback Line for all properties within this Overlay District that do not have an established Setback Line. Establishment of this Setback Line may occur with or without a request for development approval, but any request for development approval on land without an established Setback Line shall be accompanied by an application for establishment of the Greenway Setback Line. The location of the Greenway Setback Line shall be determined consistent with the following standards derived from SDC C.3 of the Willamette River Greenway Goal 15:

(A)

Local, regional and State recreational needs shall be provided for consistent with the carrying capacity of the land. The possibility that public recreation use might disturb adjacent property shall be considered and minimized to the greatest extent possible.

(B)

Adequate public access to the river shall be provided.

(C)

Significant fish and wildlife habitats shall be protected.

(D)

Identified scenic qualities and view-points shall be preserved.

(E)

The maintenance of public safety and protection of public and private property, especially from vandalism and trespass shall be provided for, to the maximum extent practicable.

(F)

The natural vegetative fringe along the river shall be enhanced and protected to the maximum extent practicable.

(G)

The location of known aggregate deposits shall be considered. Aggregate extraction may be permitted outside the Greenway Setback Area subject to compliance with State law, the underlying zoning district and conditions of approval designed to minimize adverse effects on water quality, fish and wildlife, vegetation, bank stabilization, stream flow, visual quality, quiet and safety and to guarantee reclamation.

(H)

Developments shall be directed away from the river to the greatest possible degree; provided, however, lands committed to urban uses shall be permitted to continue as urban uses, including port, public, industrial, commercial and residential uses, uses pertaining to navigational requirements, water and land access needs and related facilities.

3.3.330 Development Standards.

In addition to Discretionary Use criteria specified in SDC 5.9.120, applications in the WG Overlay District shall also meet the standards specified in SDC 3.3.325.

3.3.405 Statutory Authority and Interpretation.

(A)

Statutory Authorization. The State of Oregon has in ORS 197.175 delegated the responsibility to local governmental units to adopt floodplain management regulations designed to promote the public health, safety, and general welfare of its citizenry.

(B)

Interpretation. In the interpretation and application of this section, all provisions shall be:

(1)

Considered as minimum requirements;

(2)

Liberally construed in favor of the governing body; and

(3)

Deemed neither to limit nor repeal any other powers granted under State statutes.

(6434)

3.3.410 Purpose.

(A)

The Floodplain (FP) Overlay District is established to promote the public health, safety and general welfare, and to minimize public and private losses due to flood conditions in specific areas. The provisions of this section are designed to:

(1)

Protect human life and health.

(2)

Minimize expenditure of public money on costly flood control projects.

(3)

Minimize the need for rescue and relief efforts associated with flooding, and generally undertaken at the expense of the general public.

(4)

Minimize prolonged business interruptions.

(5)

Minimize damage to public facilities and utilities, including, but not limited to: water and gas mains, electric, telephone and sewer lines, streets and bridges located in areas of special flood hazards.

(6)

Help maintain a stable tax base by providing for the sound use and development of flood hazard areas so as to minimize blight areas caused by flooding.

(7)

Notify potential buyers that the property is in a special flood hazard area, and as applicable, notify potential buyers when development has been approved under a variance to the Floodplain Overlay District standards.

(8)

Minimize the threat to persons, property, and urban water quality from flooding, and inadequate or improper drainage resulting from uncontrolled development or redevelopment of land to include filling, grading, excavation, removal; earthwork construction including berms and dikes; stockpiling of materials; or other land and drainage alterations.

(9)

Notify those who occupy special flood hazard areas that they assume responsibility for their actions.

(10)

Participate in and maintain eligibility for flood insurance and disaster relief.

(B)

In order to accomplish the purpose, this section includes methods and provisions for:

(1)

Restricting or prohibiting uses and development which are dangerous to health, safety, and property due to water or erosion hazards, or which result in damaging increases in erosion or in flood heights or velocities.

(2)

Requiring that uses and development vulnerable to floods, including facilities which serve such uses, be protected against flood damage at the time of initial construction.

(3)

Controlling the alteration of natural floodplains, stream channels, and protective barriers, which help accommodate or channel flood waters.

(4)

Controlling filling, grading, dredging, and other development, which may increase flood damage.

(5)

Preventing or regulating the construction of flood barriers which will unnaturally divert flood waters, or which may increase special flood hazards in other areas.

(6)

Issuing a Floodplain Development Permit.

(6434)

3.3.415 Definitions.

For the purposes of the Floodplain Overlay District only, the following definitions apply. Where the definitions in this section conflict with a definition provided in SDC 6.1.105 or SDC 6.1.110, the definition in this section will prevail. Unless specifically defined below or in SDC 6.1.110, words or phrases used in this Floodplain Overlay District shall be interpreted so as to give them the meaning they have in common usage.

Appeal.

A request for a review of the interpretation of any provision of this section or a request for a variance.

Area of Shallow Flooding.

A designated Zone AO, AH, AR/AO or AR/AH on a community’s Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) with a 1 percent or greater annual chance of flooding to an average depth of 1 to 3 feet where a clearly defined channel does not exist, where the path of flooding is unpredictable, and where velocity flow may be evident. Such flooding is characterized by ponding or sheet flow.

Area of Special Flood Hazard.

The land in the floodplain within a community subject to a 1 percent or greater chance of flooding in any given year. It is shown on the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) as Zone A, AO, AH, A1-30, AE, A99, AR. “Special flood hazard area” is synonymous in meaning and definition with the phrase “area of special flood hazard.”

Base Flood.

The flood having a 1 percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year.

Base Flood Elevation (BFE).

The elevation to which floodwater is anticipated to rise during the base flood.

Basement.

Any area of the building having its floor subgrade (below ground level) on all sides.

Building.

See “Structure.”

Community.

The City of Springfield and the area within Springfield’s planning and building safety jurisdiction which extends out to Springfield’s urban growth boundary.

Development.

Any man-made change to improved or unimproved real estate, including, but not limited to, buildings or other structures, mining, dredging, filling, grading, paving, excavation or drilling operations or storage of equipment or materials.

Flood or Flooding.

(1)

A general and temporary condition of partial or complete inundation of normally dry land areas from:

(a)

The overflow of inland or tidal waters.

(b)

The unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of surface waters from any source.

(c)

Mudslides (i.e., mudflows) which are proximately caused by flooding as defined in paragraph (2) of this definition and are akin to a river of liquid and flowing mud on the surfaces of normally dry land areas, as when earth is carried by a current of water and deposited along the path of the current.

(2)

The collapse or subsidence of land along the shore of a lake or other body of water as a result of erosion or undermining caused by waves or currents of water exceeding anticipated cyclical levels or suddenly caused by an unusually high water level in a natural body of water, accompanied by a severe storm, or by an unanticipated force of nature, such as flash flood or an abnormal tidal surge, or by some similarly unusual and unforeseeable event which results in flooding as defined in paragraph (1) of this definition.

Flood Elevation Study.

See “Flood Insurance Study.”

Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM).

The official map of a community, on which the Federal Insurance Administrator has delineated both the special hazard areas and the risk premium zones applicable to the community. A FIRM that has been made available digitally is called a Digital Flood Insurance Rate Map (DFIRM).

Flood Insurance Study (FIS).

An examination, evaluation and determination of flood hazards and, if appropriate, corresponding water surface elevations, or an examination, evaluation and determination of mudslide (i.e., mudflow) and/or flood-related erosion hazards.

Flood Proofing.

Any combination of structural and nonstructural additions, changes, or adjustments to structures which reduce or eliminate risk of flood damage to real estate or improved real property, water, and sanitary facilities, structures, and their contents.

Floodplain or Flood Prone Area.

Any land area susceptible to being inundated by water from any source. See “Flood or Flooding.”

Floodplain Administrator.

The community official designated by title to administer and enforce the floodplain management regulations.

Floodplain Management.

The operation of an overall program of corrective and preventive measures for reducing flood damage, including, but not limited to, emergency preparedness plans, flood control works, and floodplain management regulations.

Floodplain Management Regulations.

Zoning ordinances, subdivision regulations, building codes, health regulations, special purpose ordinances (such as floodplain ordinance, grading ordinance and erosion control ordinance), and other application of police power. The term describes such State or local regulations, in any combination thereof, which provide standards for the purpose of flood damage prevention and reduction.

Floodway.

The channel of a river or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved in order to discharge the base flood without cumulatively increasing the water surface elevation more than a designated height. Also referred to as “Regulatory Floodway.”

Functionally Dependent Use.

A use which cannot perform its intended purpose unless it is located or carried out in close proximity to water. The term includes only docking facilities, port facilities that are necessary for the loading and unloading of cargo or passengers, and ship building and ship repair facilities, and does not include long term storage or related manufacturing facilities.

Highest Adjacent Grade.

The highest natural elevation of the ground surface prior to construction next to the proposed walls of a structure.

Historic Structure.

Any structure that is:

(1)

Listed individually in the National Register of Historic Places (a listing maintained by the Department of Interior) or preliminarily determined by the Secretary of the Interior as meeting the requirements for individual listing on the National Register;

(2)

Certified or preliminarily determined by the Secretary of the Interior as contributing to the historical significance of a registered historic district or a district preliminarily determined by the Secretary to qualify as a registered historic district;

(3)

Individually listed on a state inventory of historic places in states with historic preservation programs which have been approved by the Secretary of Interior; or

(4)

Individually listed on a local inventory of historic places in communities with historic preservation programs that have been certified either:

(a)

By an approved state program as determined by the Secretary of the Interior, or

(b)

Directly by the Secretary of the Interior in states without approved programs.

Letter of Map Change (LOMC).

An official FEMA determination, by letter, to amend or revise effective Flood Insurance Rate Maps and Flood Insurance Studies. The following are categories of LOMCs:

(1)

Conditional Letter of Map Amendment (CLOMA).

A CLOMA is FEMA’s comment on a proposed structure or group of structures that would, upon construction, be located on existing natural ground above the base (1-percent-annual-chance) flood elevation on a portion of a legally defined parcel of land that is partially inundated by the base flood.

(2)

Conditional Letter of Map Revision (CLOMR).

A CLOMR is FEMA’s comment on a proposed project that would, upon construction, affect the hydrologic or hydraulic characteristics of a flooding source and thus result in the modification of the existing regulatory floodway, the effective base flood elevations, or the special flood hazard area.

(3)

Conditional Letter of Map Revision based on Fill (CLOMR-F).

A CLOMR-F is FEMA’s comment on a proposed project that would, upon construction, result in a modification of the special flood hazard area through the placement of fill outside the existing regulatory floodway.

(4)

Letter of Map Amendment (LOMA).

An official amendment, by letter, to the Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRMs) based on technical data showing that an existing structure, parcel of land or portion of a parcel of land that is naturally high ground, (i.e., has not been elevated by fill) above the base flood, that was inadvertently included in the special flood hazard area.

(5)

Letter of Map Revision (LOMR).

A LOMR is FEMA’s modification to an effective Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), or Flood Boundary and Floodway Map (FBFM), or both. LOMRs are generally based on the implementation of physical measures that affect the hydrologic or hydraulic characteristics of a flooding source and thus result in the modification of the existing regulatory floodway, the effective base flood elevations, or the SFHA. The LMOR officially revises the FIRM or FBFM, and sometimes the Flood Insurance Study (FIS) report, and, when appropriate, includes a description of the modifications. The LOMR is generally accompanied by an annotated copy of the affected portions of the FIRM, FBFM, or FIS report.

(6)

Letter of Map Revision Based on Fill (LOMR-F).

A LOMR-F is FEMA’s modification of the special flood hazard area shown on the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) based on the placement of fill outside the existing regulatory floodway.

(7)

PMR.

A PMR is FEMA’s physical revision and republication of an effective Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) or Flood Insurance Study (FIS) report. PMRs are generally based on physical measures that affect the hydrologic or hydraulic characteristics of a flooding source and thus result in the modification of the existing regulatory floodway, the effective base flood elevations, or the special flood hazard area.

Lowest Floor.

The lowest floor of the lowest enclosed area (including basement). An unfinished or flood resistant enclosure, usable solely for parking of vehicles, building access or storage in an area other than a basement area is not considered a building’s lowest floor, provided that such enclosure is not built so as to render the structure in violation of the applicable non-elevation design requirements of this section.

Manufactured Dwelling.

A structure, transportable in 1 or more sections, which is built on a permanent chassis and is designed for use with or without a permanent foundation when attached to the required utilities. The term “manufactured dwelling” does not include a “recreational vehicle” and is synonymous with “manufactured home.”

Manufactured Dwelling Park or Subdivision.

A parcel (or contiguous parcels) of land divided into 2 or more manufactured dwelling lots for rent or sale.

Mean Sea Level.

For purposes of the National Flood Insurance Program, the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD) of 1929 or other datum, to which Base Flood Elevations shown on a community’s Flood Insurance Rate Map are referenced.

New Construction.

For floodplain management purposes, “new construction” means structures for which the “start of construction” commenced on or after the effective date of a floodplain management regulation adopted by the City of Springfield and includes any subsequent improvements to such structures.

Recreational Vehicle.

A vehicle which is:

(1)

Built on a single chassis;

(2)

Four hundred square feet or less when measured at the largest horizontal projection;

(3)

Designed to be self-propelled or permanently towable by a light duty truck; and

(4)

Designed primarily not for use as a permanent dwelling but as temporary living quarters for recreational, camping, travel, or seasonal use.

Regulatory Floodway.

See “Floodway.”

Special Flood Hazard Area.

See “area of special flood hazard” for this definition.

Start of Construction.

Includes substantial improvement and means the date the building permit was issued, provided the actual start of construction, repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, placement, or other improvement was within 180 days from the date of the permit. The actual start means either the first placement of permanent construction of a structure on a site, such as the pouring of slab or footings, the installation of piles, the construction of columns, or any work beyond the stage of excavation; or the placement of a manufactured dwelling on a foundation. Permanent construction does not include land preparation, such as clearing, grading, and filling; nor does it include the installation of streets and/or walkways; nor does it include excavation for a basement, footings, piers, or foundations or the erection of temporary forms; nor does it include the installation on the property of accessory buildings, such as garages or sheds not occupied as dwelling units or not part of the main structure. For a substantial improvement, the actual start of construction means the first alteration of any wall, ceiling, floor, or other structural part of a building, whether or not that alteration affects the external dimensions of the building.

Structure.

For floodplain management purposes, a walled and roofed building, including a gas or liquid storage tank, that is principally above ground, as well as a manufactured dwelling.

Substantial Damage.

Damage of any origin sustained by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the structure to its before damaged condition would equal or exceed 50 percent of the market value of the structure before the damage occurred.

Substantial Improvement.

Any reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, or other improvement of a structure, the cost of which equals or exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the structure before the “start of construction” of the improvement. This term includes structures which have incurred “substantial damage,” regardless of the actual repair work performed. The term does not, however, include either:

(1)

Any project for improvement of a structure to correct existing violations of state or local health, sanitary, or safety code specifications which have been identified by the local code enforcement official and which are the minimum necessary to assure safe living conditions; or

(2)

Any alteration of a “historic structure,” provided that the alteration will not preclude the structure’s continued designation as a “historic structure.”

Variance.

A grant of relief by the City of Springfield from the terms of a flood plain management regulation.

Violation.

The failure of a structure or other development to be fully compliant with the community’s floodplain management regulations. A structure or other development without the elevation certificate, other certifications, or other evidence of compliance required in this section is presumed to be in violation until such time as that documentation is provided.

Water Surface Elevation.

The height, in relation to the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD)of 1929, or other datum, of floods of various magnitudes and frequencies in the floodplains of coastal or riverine areas.

(6434)

3.3.420 Applicability.

(A)

The FP Overlay District applies to all areas of special flood hazard within the Springfield urban growth boundary.

(B)

The areas of special flood hazard are identified as follows:

(1)

Those areas identified by the Federal Insurance Administration in scientific and engineering reports entitled “THE FLOOD INSURANCE STUDY (FIS) FOR THE CITY OF SPRINGFIELD, LANE COUNTY, OREGON,” dated June 2, 1999 and any revision thereto, and “THE FLOOD INSURANCE STUDY FOR LANE COUNTY, OREGON, UNINCORPORATED AREAS,” dated June 2, 1999 and any revisions thereto, with accompanying Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) panels 1133, 1134, 1135, 1141, 1142, 1144, 1153, 1154, 1158, 1161, 1162, 1165, 1166, 1167, and 1170 are hereby adopted by reference and declared to be a part of this section. The FIS and FIRM panels are on file at the Development Center located in Springfield City Hall;

(2)

Areas of special flood hazard designated as within the FP Overlay district because they are susceptible to inundation of water from any source where the above-referenced maps have not identified any special flood areas.

(C)

The flood insurance studies and accompanying Flood Insurance Rate Maps specified above are adopted by City Ordinance and filed with the City Engineer. These studies and their accompanying maps shall form the basis for the administration and implementation of this section.

(D)

Warning and Disclaimer of Liability. The degree of flood protection required by this section in the areas designated in subsection (B), above is based on scientific and engineering considerations. Larger floods can and will occur on rare occasions. Flood heights may be increased by human-made or natural causes. This section does not imply that land outside the areas of special flood hazards or uses permitted within these areas will be free from flooding or flood damages. This section shall not create liability on the part of the City of Springfield, any officer or employee of the City, or the Federal Insurance Administrator, for any flood damages that result from reliance on this section or any administrative decision lawfully made under this section.

(E)

Coordination with State of Oregon Specialty Codes. Pursuant to the requirement established in ORS 455 that the City of Springfield administers and enforces the State of Oregon Specialty Codes, the City of Springfield does hereby acknowledge that the Oregon Specialty Codes contain certain provisions that apply to the design and construction of buildings and structures located in special flood hazard areas. Therefore, this section is intended to be administered and enforced in conjunction with the Oregon Specialty Codes.

(6434)

3.3.425 Administration.

(A)

Floodplain development proposals within the FP Overlay District are reviewed under Type 1 procedure found in SDC 5.1.305 to 5.1.320. (See SDC 4.3.145 for siting standards and review process for certain wireless telecommunications systems facilities.) Floodplain development approval within the FP Overlay District, and a Land and Drainage Alteration Permit, must be obtained before construction or development begins within any area of special flood hazard established in SDC 3.3.420(B). Approval is required for all structures, manufactured homes and development as defined in this code.

(B)

Designation of the Floodplain Administrator. The Development and Public Works Director is hereby appointed to administer, implement, and enforce this section by granting or denying development permits in accordance with its provisions. The Floodplain Administrator may delegate authority to implement these provisions.

(C)

Duties and Responsibilities of the Floodplain Administrator. Duties of the Floodplain Administrator, or their designee, shall include, but not be limited to:

(1)

Permit Review. Review all development permit applications to determine that:

(a)

The permit requirements of this section have been satisfied.

(b)

All other required local, State, and Federal permits have been obtained.

(c)

Review all development permit applications to determine if the proposed development is located in the floodway. If located in the floodway, assure that the floodway provisions in SDC 3.3.430(B)(4) are met; and

(d)

Review all development permit applications to determine if the proposed development is located in an area where Base Flood Elevation (BFE) data is available either through the Flood Insurance Study (FIS) or from another authoritative source. If BFE data is not available, then ensure compliance with the provisions of SDC 3.3.430(A)(8); and

(e)

Provide to the Building Official the Base Flood Elevation (BFE) applicable to any building requiring a development permit. When base flood elevation data has not been provided as specified in SDC 3.3.420(B)(1), the Floodplain Administrator will obtain, review and utilize any base flood elevation data and floodway data available from a Federal, State or other source in order to administer this section.

(f)

Review all development permit applications to determine if the proposed development qualifies as a substantial improvement as defined in SDC 3.3.415.

(g)

Review all development permit applications to determine if the proposed development activity is a watercourse alteration. If a watercourse alteration is proposed, ensure compliance with the provisions in SDC 3.3.430(A)(1).

(h)

Review all development permit applications to determine if the proposed development activity includes the placement of fill or excavation.

(2)

Information to Be Obtained and Maintained. The following information shall be obtained and maintained, and shall be made available for public inspection as needed:

(a)

Obtain, record, and maintain the actual elevation (in relation to mean sea level) of the lowest floor (including basements) and all attendant utilities of all new or substantially improved structures where Base Flood Elevation (BFE) data is provided through the Flood Insurance Study (FIS), Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), or obtained in accordance with SDC 3.3.430(A)(8).

(b)

Obtain and record the elevation (in relation to mean sea level) of the natural grade of the building site for a structure prior to the start of construction and the placement of any fill and ensure that the requirements of SDC 3.3.430(B) and SDC 3.3.425(C)(1) are adhered to.

(c)

Upon placement of the lowest floor of a structure (including basement) but prior to further vertical construction, obtain documentation, prepared and sealed by a professional licensed surveyor or engineer, certifying the elevation (in relation to mean sea level) of the lowest floor (including basement).

(d)

Where base flood elevation data are utilized, obtain as-built certification of the elevation (in relation to mean sea level) of the lowest floor (including basement) prepared and sealed by a professional licensed surveyor or engineer, prior to the final inspection.

(e)

Maintain all Elevation Certificates (EC) submitted to the City.

(f)

Obtain, record, and maintain the elevation (in relation to mean sea level) to which the structure and all attendant utilities were floodproofed for all new or substantially improved floodproofed structures where allowed under this section and where Base Flood Elevation (BFE) data is provided through the FIS, FIRM, or obtained in accordance with SDC 3.3.430(A)(8).

(g)

Maintain all floodproofing certificates required under this section.

(h)

Record and maintain all variance actions, including justification for their issuance.

(i)

Obtain and maintain all hydrologic and hydraulic analyses performed as required under SDC 3.3.430(B).

(j)

Record and maintain all Substantial Improvement and Substantial Damage calculations and determinations as required under SDC 3.3.425(D).

(k)

Maintain for public inspection all records pertaining to the provisions of this section.

(3)

Requirement to Notify Other Entities and Submit New Technical Data.

(a)

Community Boundary Alterations. The Floodplain Administrator shall notify the Federal Insurance Administrator in writing whenever there is an annexation to the City of Springfield, when the boundary of the community has been modified by an expansion of the urban growth boundary, or the City has otherwise assumed authority or no longer has authority to adopt and enforce floodplain management regulations for a particular area, to ensure that all Flood Hazard Boundary Maps (FHBM) and Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRM) accurately represent the community’s boundaries. Include within such notification a copy of a map of the community suitable for reproduction, clearly delineating annexed area or the new urban growth boundary or new area for which the community has assumed or relinquished floodplain management regulatory authority.

(b)

Watercourse Alterations. Notify adjacent communities, the Department of Land Conservation and Development, and other appropriate State and Federal agencies, prior to any alteration or relocation of a watercourse, and submit evidence of such notification to the Federal Insurance Administration. This notification shall be provided by the applicant to the Federal Insurance Administration as a Letter of Map Revision (LOMR) along with either:

(i)

A proposed maintenance plan to assure the flood carrying capacity within the altered or relocated portion of the watercourse is maintained; or

(ii)

Certification by a registered professional engineer that the project has been designed to retain its flood carrying capacity without periodic maintenance.

The applicant shall be required to submit a Conditional Letter of Map Revision (CLOMR) when required under SDC 3.3.425(C)(3)(c). Ensure compliance with all applicable requirements in SDC 3.3.425(C)(3)(c) and SDC 3.3.430(A)(1).

(c)

Requirement to Submit New Technical Data. A community’s base flood elevations may increase or decrease resulting from physical changes affecting flooding conditions. As soon as practicable, but not later than 6 months after the date such information becomes available, the City shall notify the Federal Insurance Administrator of the changes by submitting technical or scientific data in accordance with Title 44 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Section 65.3. The City may require the applicant to submit such data and review fees required for compliance with this section through the applicable FEMA Letter of Map Change (LOMC) process.

(i)

The Floodplain Administrator shall require a Conditional Letter of Map Revision prior to the issuance of a floodplain development permit for:

Proposed floodway encroachments that increase the base flood elevation; and

Proposed development which increases the base flood elevation by more than 1 foot in areas where FEMA has provided base flood elevations but no floodway.

(ii)

An applicant shall notify FEMA within 6 months of project completion when an applicant has obtained a Conditional Letter of Map Revision (CLOMR) from FEMA. This notification to FEMA shall be provided as a Letter of Map Revision (LOMR).

(iii)

The applicant shall be responsible for preparing all technical data to support CLOMR/LOMR applications and paying any processing or application fees associated with the CLOMR/LOMR.

(iv)

The Floodplain Administrator shall be under no obligation to sign the Community Acknowledgement Form, which is part of the CLOMR/LOMR application, until the applicant demonstrates that the project will or has met the requirements of this section and all applicable State and Federal permits.

(D)

Substantial Improvement and Substantial Damage Assessments and Determinations.

(1)

Building inspectors from the Development and Public Works Department shall conduct Substantial Improvement (SI) (as defined in SDC 3.3.415) reviews for all structural development proposal applications and maintain a record of SI calculations within permit files in accordance with SDC 3.3.425(C)(2); and shall conduct Substantial Damage (SD) (as defined in SDC 3.3.415) assessments when structures are damaged due to a natural hazard event or other causes; and shall make SD determinations whenever structures within the special flood hazard area (as established in SDC 3.3.420(B)) are damaged to the extent that the cost of restoring the structure to its before damaged condition would equal or exceed 50 percent of the market value of the structure before the damage occurred.

(2)

A list of damaged structures, which are not in compliance with the provisions of this section, will be reported to FEMA.

(3)

The City will notify affected property owners when submitting the damage report to FEMA.

(6434; 6443)

3.3.430 Development Standards.

(A)

General Standards. In all special flood hazard areas within the UGB, the following standards shall be adhered to:

(1)

Alteration of Watercourse. Require that the flood carrying capacity within the altered or relocated portion of said watercourse is maintained. Require that maintenance is provided within the altered or relocated portion of said watercourse to ensure that the flood carrying capacity is not diminished. Require compliance with SDC 3.3.425(C)(3)(b) and SDC 3.3.425(C)(3)(c).

(2)

Anchoring. All new construction and substantial improvements shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse or lateral movement of the structure resulting from hydrodynamic and hydrostatic loads, including the effects of buoyancy. All manufactured dwellings shall be anchored per SDC 3.3.430(B)(3)(d).

(3)

Construction Materials and Methods.

(a)

All new construction and substantial improvements shall be constructed with materials and utility equipment resistant to flood damage.

(b)

All new construction and substantial improvements shall be constructed using methods and practices that minimize flood damage.

(4)

Utilities and Equipment.

(a)

Electrical, Mechanical, Plumbing, and Other Equipment. Electrical, heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, plumbing, duct systems, and other equipment and service facilities shall be elevated at or above the base flood elevation or shall be designed and installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components and to resist hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during conditions of flooding. In addition, electrical, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, plumbing, duct systems, and other equipment and service facilities shall meet all the requirements of this section if replaced as part of a substantial improvement.

(b)

Water Supply, Sanitary Sewer, and On-Site Waste Disposal Systems.

(i)

All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the system.

(ii)

New and replacement sanitary sewage systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the systems and discharge from the systems into flood waters.

(iii)

On-site waste disposal systems shall be located to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during flooding consistent with the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality.

(5)

Tanks.

(a)

Underground tanks shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, and lateral movement under conditions of the base flood.

(b)

Above-ground tanks shall be installed at or above the base flood elevation or shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, and lateral movement under conditions of the base flood.

(c)

Above-ground and underground storage tanks, piping, pumps, and related equipment shall meet the requirements of the City of Springfield’s locally adopted fire code.

(6)

Streets.

(a)

Adequate provisions must be made for accessibility during a base flood to ensure ingress and egress for ordinary and emergency vehicles and services during potential future flooding.

(b)

No street or surface of any new street may be at an elevation of less than 1 foot below the base flood height.

(7)

Subdivision Proposals.

(a)

All new subdivision proposals and other proposed new developments (including proposals for manufactured dwelling parks and subdivisions) greater than 50 lots or 5 acres, whichever is the lesser, shall include within such proposals, Base Flood Elevation data.

(b)

All new subdivision proposals and other proposed new developments (including proposals for manufactured dwelling parks and subdivisions) shall:

(i)

Be consistent with the need to minimize flood damage;

(ii)

Have public utilities and facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical and water systems located, constructed, and maintained to minimize or eliminate flood damage;

(iii)

Have adequate drainage provided to reduce exposure to flood hazards.

(c)

Base flood elevation data must be provided and shown on final and subdivision plats. The boundaries of the base flood and floodway must be shown on the final subdivision plat.

(d)

A permanent monument must be established and maintained on land subdivided, showing the elevation in feet above mean sea level. The location of the monument must be shown on the final partition map or subdivision plat.

(8)

Use of Other Base Flood Data.

(a)

When base flood elevation data has not been provided in accordance with SDC 3.3.420(B) the local floodplain administrator shall obtain, review, and reasonably utilize any Base Flood Elevation data available from a Federal, State, or other source, in order to administer SDC 3.3.430. All new subdivision proposals and other proposed new developments (including proposals for manufactured dwelling parks and subdivisions) must meet the requirements of SDC 3.3.430(A)(7).

(b)

Base Flood Elevations shall be determined for development proposals that are 5 acres or more in size or are 50 lots or more, whichever is lesser in any A zone that does not have an established base flood elevation. Development proposals located within an unnumbered A zone shall be reasonably safe from flooding. The test of reasonableness includes without limitation the use of historical data, high water marks, FEMA provided Base Level Engineering data, or photographs of past flooding, where available. When no base flood elevation data is available, the elevation requirement for development proposals within an unnumbered A zone is a minimum of 2 feet above the highest adjacent grade to be reasonably safe from flooding. Failure to elevate at least 2 feet above grade in these zones may result in higher insurance rates.

(9)

Structures Located in Multiple or Partial Flood Zones. In coordination with the State of Oregon Specialty Codes:

(a)

When a structure is located in multiple flood zones on the community’s Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRM) the provisions for the more restrictive flood zone shall apply.

(b)

When a structure is partially located in a special flood hazard area, the entire structure shall meet the requirements for new construction and substantial improvements.

(B)

Specific Standards. In all flood zones within the City and its urbanizable area the following specific standards shall apply to all new construction and substantial improvements in addition to the General Standards contained in SDC 3.3.430(A).

(1)

Flood Openings. All new construction and substantial improvements with fully enclosed areas below the lowest floor (excluding basements) are subject to the following requirements. Enclosed areas below the Base Flood Elevation, including crawl spaces shall:

(a)

Be designed to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on walls by allowing for the entry and exit of floodwaters.

(b)

Be used solely for parking, storage, or building access; however, storage of toxic material, oil, gasoline, or any priority persistent pollutant identified by the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality is not allowed unless confined to a tank installed in compliance with SDC 3.3.430(A)(5) and the City of Springfield’s locally adopted fire code.

(c)

Be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect or meet or exceed all of the following minimum criteria:

(i)

A minimum of 2 openings.

(ii)

The total net area of non-engineered openings shall not be less than 1 square inch for each square foot of enclosed area, where the enclosed area is measured on the exterior of the enclosure walls.

(iii)

The bottom of all openings shall be no higher than 1 foot above grade.

(iv)

Openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, valves, or other coverings or devices provided that they shall allow the automatic flow of floodwater into and out of the enclosed areas and shall be accounted for in the determination of the net open area.

(v)

All additional higher standards for flood openings in the State of Oregon Residential Specialty Codes Section R322.2.2 shall be complied with when applicable.

(2)

Garages.

(a)

Attached garages may be constructed with the garage floor slab below the base flood elevation (BFE) in flood zones, if the following requirements are met:

(i)

If located within a floodway the proposed garage must comply with the requirements of SDC 3.3.430(B)(4);

(ii)

The floors are at or above grade on not less than 1 side;

(iii)

The garage is used solely for parking, building access, and/or storage; however, storage of toxic material, oil, gasoline, or any priority persistent pollutant identified by the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality is not allowed unless elevated 1 foot above base flood elevation or confined to a tank installed in compliance with SDC 3.3.430(A)(5) and the City of Springfield’s locally adopted fire code;

(iv)

The garage is constructed with flood openings in compliance with SDC 3.3.430(B)(1) to equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls by allowing for the automatic entry and exit of floodwater;

(v)

The portions of the garage constructed below the BFE are constructed with materials resistant to flood damage;

(vi)

The garage is constructed in compliance with the standards in SDC 3.3.430(A); and

(vii)

The garage is constructed with electrical, and other service facilities located and installed so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components during conditions of the base flood.

(b)

Detached garages must be constructed in compliance with the standards for appurtenant structures in SDC 3.3.430(B)(3)(f) or nonresidential structures in SDC 3.3.430(B)(3)(c) depending on the square footage of the garage.

(3)

For Special Flood Hazard Areas with Base Flood Elevations. In addition to the general standards listed in SDC 3.3.430(A) the following specific standards shall apply in special flood hazard areas with Base Flood Elevations (BFE): Zones A1-A30, AH, and AE, and in other flood zones where Base Flood Elevations are available or required to be determined under subsections (A)(7) and (8) above.

(a)

Before Regulatory Floodway. In areas where a regulatory floodway has not been designated, no new construction, substantial improvement, or other development (including fill) shall be permitted within Zones A1-30 and AE on the community’s Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), unless it is demonstrated that the cumulative effect of the proposed development, when combined with all other existing and anticipated development, will not increase the water surface elevation of the base flood more than 1 foot at any point within the community.

(b)

Residential Construction. New construction, conversion to, and substantial improvement of any residential structure shall have the lowest floor, including basement, elevated to 1 foot above the Base Flood Elevation (BFE). Enclosed areas below the lowest floor shall comply with the flood opening requirements in SDC 3.3.430(B)(1).

(c)

Nonresidential Construction.

(i)

New construction, conversion to, and substantial improvement of any commercial, industrial or other nonresidential structure shall have the lowest floor, including basement, elevated to at least 1 foot above the base flood elevation (BFE); or together with attendant utility and sanitary facilities:

Be floodproofed to 1 foot above the base flood elevation, so that the structure is watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water;

Have structural components capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and effects of buoyancy;

Be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect that the design and methods of construction are in accordance with accepted standards of practice for meeting provisions of this subsection based on their development and/or review of the structural design, specifications, and plans. Such certifications shall be provided to the Floodplain Administrator as set forth in SDC 3.3.425(C)(2).

(ii)

Nonresidential structures that are elevated, not floodproofed, shall comply with the standards for enclosed areas below the lowest floor in SDC 3.3.430(B)(1).

(iii)

Applicants floodproofing nonresidential buildings shall be notified that flood insurance premiums will be based on rates that are 1 foot below the floodproofed level (e.g., a building floodproofed to the base flood elevation will be rated as 1 foot below).

(d)

Manufactured Dwellings.

(i)

Manufactured dwellings to be placed (new or replacement) or substantially improved that are supported on solid foundation walls shall be constructed with flood openings that comply with SDC 3.3.420(B)(1);

(ii)

The bottom of the longitudinal chassis frame beam shall be at or above Base Flood Elevation;

(iii)

Manufactured dwellings to be placed (new or replacement) or substantially improved shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, and lateral movement during the base flood. Anchoring methods may include, but are not limited to, use of over-the-top or frame ties to ground anchors (Reference FEMA’s “Manufactured Home Installation in Flood Hazard Areas” guidebook for additional techniques); and

(iv)

Electrical crossover connections shall be a minimum of 12 inches above base flood elevation (BFE).

(e)

Recreational Vehicles. Recreational vehicles placed on sites are required to:

(i)

Be on the site for fewer than 180 consecutive days; and

(ii)

Be fully licensed and ready for highway use, on its wheels or jacking system, is attached to the site only by quick disconnect type utilities and security devices, and has no permanently attached additions; or

(iii)

Meet the requirements of SDC 3.3.430(B)(3)(d), including the anchoring and elevation requirements for manufactured dwellings; and

(iv)

Obtain a Floodplain Development Permit per SDC 3.3.425.

(v)

Recreational Vehicle Parks and Recreational Vehicle Storage. Owners of a recreational vehicle park and/or recreational vehicle storage must enter into an agreement with the City stating that the recreational vehicle park/storage will be operated in compliance with the City’s floodplain regulations; stipulate that prior to flood season the manager check to ensure that the recreational vehicles comply with the requirements above; and create an emergency plan that specifies how flood warnings will be received and how vehicles, trailers, and occupants will be safely evacuated in the event of a flood.

(f)

Appurtenant (Accessory) Structures. Relief from elevation or floodproofing requirements for residential and non-residential structures in flood zones may be granted for appurtenant structures that meet the following requirements:

(i)

Appurtenant structures located partially or entirely within the floodway must comply with requirements for development within a floodway found in SDC 3.3.430(B)(4).

(ii)

Appurtenant structures must only be used for parking, access, and/or storage and shall not be used for human habitation.

(iii)

In compliance with FEMA’s policy issued in 2021 for appurtenant (accessory) structures within special flood hazard areas, appurtenant structures are limited to one-story structures less than 600 square feet.

(iv)

The portions of the appurtenant structure located below the base flood elevation must be built using flood resistant materials.

(v)

The appurtenant structure must be adequately anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, and lateral movement of the structure resulting from hydrodynamic and hydrostatic loads, including the effects of buoyancy, during conditions of the base flood.

(vi)

The appurtenant structure must be designed and constructed to equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls and comply with the requirements for flood openings in SDC 3.3.430(B)(1).

(vii)

Appurtenant structures shall be located and constructed to have low damage potential.

(viii)

Appurtenant structures shall not be used to store toxic material, oil, or gasoline, or any priority persistent pollutant identified by the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality unless confined in a tank installed in compliance with SDC 3.3.430(A)(5).

(ix)

Appurtenant structures shall be constructed with electrical, mechanical, and other service facilities located and installed so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components during conditions of the base flood.

(4)

Floodways. Located within the special flood hazard area established in SDC 3.3.420(B) are areas designated as floodways. Since the floodway is an extremely hazardous area due to the velocity of floodwaters which carry debris, potential projectiles, and erosion potential, the following provisions apply:

(a)

Encroachments, including fill, new construction, substantial improvements, and other development is prohibited within the adopted regulatory floodway unless:

(i)

Certification by a registered professional civil engineer is provided demonstrating through hydrologic and hydraulic analyses performed in accordance with standard engineering practice that the proposed encroachment shall not result in any increase in flood levels within the community during the occurrence of the base flood discharge; or

(ii)

The City may permit encroachments within the adopted regulatory floodway that would result in an increase in base flood elevations, provided that a Conditional Letter of Map Revisions (CLOMR) is applied for and approved by the Federal Insurance Administrator, and the requirements for such revision as established under Volume 44 of the Code of Federal Regulations Section 65.12 are fulfilled.

(b)

If the requirements of SDC 3.3.430(B)(4) are satisfied, all new construction, substantial improvements, and other development shall comply with all other applicable flood hazard reduction provisions of SDC 3.3.430.

(c)

Subdivision and partitioning of land for residential purposes is prohibited if land is located entirely within the floodway.

(5)

Standards for Shallow Flooding Areas. Shallow flooding areas appear on FIRMs as AO zones with depth designations or as AH zones with Base Flood Elevations. For AO zones the base flood depths range from 1 to 3 feet above ground where a clearly defined channel does not exist, or where the path of flooding is unpredictable and where velocity flow may be evident. Such flooding is usually characterized as sheet flow. For both AO and AH zones, adequate drainage paths are required around structures on slopes to guide floodwaters around and away from proposed structures.

(a)

Standards for AH Zones. Development within AH Zones must comply with the standards in SDC 3.3.430(A), SDC 3.3.430(B), and SDC 3.3.430(B)(5).

(b)

Standards for AO Zones. In AO zones, the following provisions apply in addition to the requirements in SDC 3.3.430(A) and SDC 3.3.430(B)(5):

(i)

New construction, conversion to, and substantial improvement of residential structures and manufactured dwellings within AO zones shall have the lowest floor, including basement, elevated above the highest grade adjacent to the building, at minimum to or above the depth number specified on the Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRM) (at least 2 feet if no depth number is specified). For manufactured dwellings the lowest floor is considered to be the bottom of the longitudinal chassis frame beam.

(ii)

New construction, conversion to, and substantial improvements of nonresidential structures within AO zones shall either:

Have the lowest floor (including basement) elevated above the highest adjacent grade of the building site, at minimum to or above the depth number specified on the Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRMS) (at least 2 feet if no depth number is specified); or

Together with attendant utility and sanitary facilities, be completely floodproofed to or above the depth number specified on the FIRM or a minimum of 2 feet above the highest adjacent grade if no depth number is specified, so that any space below that level is watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water and with structural components having the capability of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and the effects of buoyancy. If this method is used, compliance shall be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect as stated in SDC 3.3.430(B)(3)(c)(i)(C).

(iii)

Recreational vehicles placed on sites within AO Zones on the community’s Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRM) shall either:

Be on the site for fewer than 180 consecutive days; and

Meet the elevation requirements of SDC 3.3.430(B)(5)(b)(i), and the anchoring and other requirements for manufactured dwellings of SDC 3.3.430(B)(3)(d).

(iv)

In AO zones, new and substantially improved appurtenant structures must comply with the standards in SDC 3.3.430(B)(3)(f).

(v)

In AO zones, enclosed areas beneath elevated structures shall comply with the requirements in SDC 3.3.430(B)(1).

(6434)

3.3.435 Floodplain Development Permits.

(A)

Floodplain Development Permit Required. A Floodplain Development Permit shall be obtained before construction or development begins within any area horizontally within the special flood hazard area established in SDC 3.3.420(B). The permit shall be required for all structures, including manufactured dwellings, and for all other development, as defined in SDC 3.3.415, including fill and other development activities.

(B)

Application for Floodplain Development Permit. Application for a permit may be made on forms furnished by the Floodplain Administrator and includes plans drawn to scale showing the nature, location, dimensions, and elevations of the development area; existing or proposed structures; fill; storage of materials; drainage facilities; and the location of the foregoing. Specifically, the following information is required:

(1)

In flood zones, the proposed elevation (in relation to mean sea level), of the lowest floor (including basement) and all attendant utilities of all new and substantially improved structures; in accordance with the requirements of SDC 3.3.425(C)(2).

(2)

Proposed elevation in relation to mean sea level to which any non-residential structure will be floodproofed.

(3)

Certification by a registered professional engineer or architect licensed in the State of Oregon that the floodproofing methods proposed for any non-residential structure meet the floodproofing criteria for nonresidential structures in SDC 3.3.430(B)(3)(c).

(4)

Description of the extent to which any watercourse will be altered or relocated.

(5)

Base Flood Elevation data for subdivision proposals or other development when required per SDC 3.3.425(C)(1) and SDC 3.3.430(A)(7).

(6)

Substantial improvement calculation for any improvement, addition, reconstruction, renovation, or rehabilitation of an existing structure.

(7)

The amount and location of any fill or excavation activities proposed.

(6434)

3.3.440 Variances.

(A)

The issuance of a variance is for floodplain management purposes only. Flood insurance premium rates are determined by Federal statute according to actuarial risk and will not be modified by the granting of a variance.

(B)

A variance from the provisions of this section, with respect to the provisions for special flood hazard reduction, will be reviewed under Type 3 procedure as specified in SDC 5.1.405 to 5.1.455.

(C)

Conditions for Variance.

(1)

Generally, variances may be issued for new construction and substantial improvements to be erected on a lot of 0.5 acre or less in size contiguous to and surrounded by lots with existing structures constructed below the base flood elevation, in conformance with the provisions of SDC 3.3.440(C)(3) and SDC 3.3.440(C)(5), and SDC 3.3.440(D). As the lot size increases beyond 0.5 acre, the technical justification required for issuing a variance increases.

(2)

Variances shall only be issued upon a determination that the variance is the minimum necessary, considering the flood hazard, to afford relief.

(3)

Variances shall not be issued within any floodway if any increase in flood levels during the base flood discharge would result.

(4)

Variances shall only be issued upon:

(a)

A showing of good and sufficient cause;

(b)

A determination that failure to grant the variance would result in exceptional hardship to the applicant; and

(c)

A determination that the granting of a variance will not result in:

(i)

Increased flood heights,

(ii)

Additional threats to public safety (such as potential danger that materials may be swept onto other lands to the injury of others; potential danger to life and property due to flooding, debris, or erosion damage; inability for emergency vehicles to safely access the property in times of flood),

(iii)

Extraordinary public expense (such as the costs of providing government services during flood conditions including the maintenance and repair of public utilities and facilities including but not limited to sewer, gas, electrical, and water systems, and streets and bridges),

(iv)

Create nuisances (based on expected heights, velocity, rate of rise, sediment, debris transported by the floodwaters and the effects of hydrodynamic forces, if applicable, expected at the site),

(v)

Cause fraud on or victimization of the public, or

(vi)

Conflict with existing laws or ordinances.

(5)

Variances may be issued by the City for new construction and substantial improvements, and for other development necessary for the conduct of a functionally dependent use provided that the criteria of SDC 3.3.440(C)(2)—(4) are met, and the structure or other development is protected by methods that minimize flood damages during the base flood and create no additional threats to public safety.

(D)

Variance Notification. Any applicant to whom a variance is granted shall be given written notice that the issuance of a variance to construct a structure below the Base Flood Elevation will result in increased premium rates for flood insurance and that such construction below the base flood elevation increases risks to life and property. Such notification and a record of all variance actions, including justification for their issuance shall be maintained in accordance with SDC 3.3.425(C)(2).

(E)

Reasonable conditions may be established in connection with a variance if necessary to comply with the purpose and standards of this section. If approved, the applicant must record a notice of variance with Lane County Deeds and Records.

(6434; 6443)

3.3.445 Periodic Floodplain Inspections, Enforcement of Requirements and Penalties.

(A)

The Development and Public Works Department will make periodic inspections of floodplain areas within the City’s UGB to establish that any activity involving the fill and/or removal of materials within the floodplain is being performed in compliance with an approved Floodplain Development Permit. Upon receipt of a report listing non-complying conditions, the Floodplain Administrator will proceed with enforcement actions including, but not limited to: the issuance of a Stop Work Order; the issuance of a citation; and the commencement of civil legal proceedings.

(B)

All development within special flood hazard areas is subject to the terms of this section and required to comply with its provisions and all other applicable regulations.

(C)

No structure or land shall hereafter be constructed, located, extended, converted, or altered without full compliance with the terms of this section and other applicable regulations. Violations of the provisions of this section by failure to comply with any of its requirements (including violations of conditions and safeguards established in connection with conditions) shall constitute a civil infraction subject to the applicable procedures and penalties for abatement and civil infractions in the Springfield Municipal Code (SMC). Nothing contained herein shall prevent the City of Springfield from taking such other lawful action as is necessary to prevent or remedy any violation, nor preclude the City from using any other remedies available by law.

(1)

Within city limits, enforcement of the provisions of this section is through the applicable procedures for abatement and civil infractions as provided in the Springfield Municipal Code.

(2)

Within the UGB (including within city limits), enforcement of the provisions of this section may also be through commencement of legal proceedings in Lane County Circuit Court. Upon determination that a violation has occurred, the court may:

(a)

Require the person responsible and/or the property owner to cease the violation of the provisions of this section and bring the property into conformance with this section;

(b)

Require the person responsible and/or the property owner to take action to return the property to its original condition action before any work initiated without a Floodplain Development Permit;

(c)

If the person responsible and/or the property owner does not return the property to its original condition within the prescribed time period, authorize the City to take whatever action is necessary to return the property to its original condition prior to the initiation of any work without a Floodplain Development Permit, or otherwise bring the property into conformance with the provisions of this section;

(d)

Authorize the City to charge the costs for restoring the property to its original condition or for bringing the property into conformance with the provisions of this section either against the property itself, the person responsible, or the property owner; and/or

(e)

Order the person responsible and/or the property owner to pay to the City its attorney fees and costs incurred in pursuing its civil legal remedies.

(6434)

3.3.505 Purpose.

The Hillside Development (HD) Overlay District is established to ensure that development in hillside areas: Minimizes the potential for earth movement and resultant hazards to life and property; protects water quality by minimizing soil erosion and siltation; retains and protects natural vegetation, natural water features and drainageways, scenic quality and open space by minimizing vegetation removal in sloped areas; assures the compatibility of new development with surrounding areas; encourages site and building design that is consistent with the natural topography in order to minimize the cost of providing public infrastructure; provides for adequate access for emergency services; and otherwise protects the public health and safety.

3.3.510 Applicability.

The HD Overlay District is applied in residential zoning districts above 670 feet elevation or to development areas below 670 feet in elevation where any portion of the development area exceeds 15 percent slope as determined using the slope calculation described in SDC 3.3.520(A).

3.3.515 Review.

Development within the HD Overlay District is reviewed under Type 2 procedure, submitted concurrently with the applicable application for a: Site Plan Review, Property Line Adjustment, or a Partition or Subdivision Tentative Plan.

3.3.520 Development Density and Options.

(A)

All residential development within the HD Overlay District is subject to the maximum development density requirements of this section, including, but not limited to, the development of a detached single unit dwelling, duplex, middle housing, or multiple unit housing.

(B)

Where the average slope of the portion of the development area below 670 feet in elevation is less than 15 percent, the number of dwelling units allowed must be within the net density range provided below, calculated in conformance with SDC 3.2.235.

For the purposes of this section, the “average slope” is defined as follows:

S	=	0.00229 I L
		A

Where:

S = Average % of slope for the area.

I = Contour Interval (not greater than 10 feet).

L = Summation of length of the contour lines within the area.

A = Area.

(C)

Where the average slope of the development area exceeds 15 percent and/or is above 670 feet in elevation, an applicant may develop under Option “A,” Option “B,” or a combination of both, in conformance with this section. Option “A,” is designed to correlate minimum lot/parcel sizes to the average slope of the development area. Option “B,” is designed to allow for a density transfer bonus to stimulate development on those portions of the development area where the slope of the land is less than 15 percent.

(1)

OPTION “A”—AVERAGE SLOPE—MINIMUM LOT/PARCEL SIZE. The site development requirements of the R-1 land use district apply, with the exception of the minimum lot/parcel size and duplex standards. Determination of minimum lot/parcel size where the slope is 15 percent or greater is a 3-step process.

(a)

Step A-l. Determine the area of the lot/parcel where the slope of the land is:

(i)

Less than 15 percent.

(ii)

From 15 percent to 35 percent.

(iii)

Greater than 35 percent.

Use the following formula to determine the % of slope:

Vertical distance between contours =	V x 100 = % slope H
Horizontal distance between contours
Indicate the portions of the development area that are less than 15 percent; from 15 percent to 35 percent; and greater than 35 percent then use a planimeter or other technology acceptable to the City Engineer to determine the land area of each category.

(b)

Step A-2. Determine the average slope of the portion of the development area where the slope of land is from 15 percent to 35 percent by using the following formula:

S	=	0.00229 I L
		A

Where:

S = Average percent of slope for the area where the slope ranges from 15 percent to 35 percent.

I = Contour interval. (Not greater than 10 feet).

L = Summation of the length of the contour lines within the area where the slope is from 15 percent to 35 percent.

A = Area in acres of the portion of the parcel where the slope is from 15 percent to 35 percent.

(c)

Step A-3. Determine the minimum lot/parcel size for the portion of the development area where the slope of the land is greater than 15 percent by using the following table:

Table 3.3-1
Average Slope	Minimum Lot/Parcel Size Per Dwelling Unit	Minimum Per Lot/Parcel Frontage(1)*
Less than 15% and below 670 feet	See the applicable residential district density standards and minimum lot size in SDC 3.2.215.
Less than 15% on wooded lots(2)**	10,000 sq. ft. per unit	60 ft.
15%—25%	10,000 sq. ft. per unit	90 ft.
25%—35%	20,000 sq. ft. per unit	150 ft.
Over 35%	40,000 sq. ft. per unit	200 ft.

(1)

Panhandles are permitted only when requirements of this section pertaining to fire protection and lot/parcel size are met and the lot/parcel cannot be served with a public street. Minimum frontage standards for all other lots/parcels may be amended by the Director when it is found that the topography or location of natural features prevent achieving the standard. Cul-de-sac frontages are as specified in SDC 3.2.215.

(2)

A lot/parcel that is 10,000 square feet or larger, above 670 feet in elevation, which contains more than 5 trees 8 inches or greater dbh.

(2)

OPTION “B” DENSITY TRANSFER BONUS. In order to promote the preservation of natural slopes greater than 25 percent, and encourage solar access, development density transfer is encouraged when dividing land with slopes greater than 25 percent. The density transfer is only feasible where there are sizable portions of the development area which have slopes less than 25 percent. Determination of the density transfer bonus is a 4-step process:

(a)

Step B-1. Determine the area of the parcel where the average slope of the land is:

(i)

Less than 15 percent.

(ii)

From 15 percent to 25 percent.

(iii)

From 25 percent to 35 percent.

(iv)

Greater than 35 percent.

(b)

Step B-2. Determine the average slope of the area of the parcel where the average slope of the land is greater than 15 percent by using the formula identified in Option A, Step A-2.

(c)

Step B-3. Determine the number of potential lots/parcels for the total development area which could have been permitted, for the portion of the parcel where the average slope is greater than 15 percent, if the average slope option had been considered by using Table 3.3-1 in Option “A,” Step A-3.

(d)

Step B-4. Multiply the number of potential lots/parcels by 1.2 to determine the density that may be transferred to those sections of the development area where the slopes are less than 25 percent. In no case shall the density of the developed portion of the site exceed 8 dwelling units per developable acre, (i.e., excluding streets and open space). Land of greater than 15 percent average slope used to calculate a density transfer bonus shall be maintained as permanent open space or dedicated for park use. Modification of standards as specified in SDC 3.3-535 may be applied to the entire development area.

(6443)

3.3.525 Street Grade Standards.

(A)

Streets shall be contoured in hillside areas to minimize environmental and scenic disruption.

(B)

Street grades may exceed the 12 percent local street standard specified in SDC 4.2.105, Street Standards—Public, only where topographical conditions make it impractical to meet the 12 percent standard, subject to the following conditions:

(1)

No new driveways or intersections shall be permitted where street grades exceed 12 percent.

EXCEPTION: Lots/parcels created prior to the adoption of the Comprehensive Zoning Code, 1982.

(2)

No street with a grade of 15 percent or greater shall be permitted for a distance of more than 200 feet.

(3)

In no case shall a street grade exceed 18 percent for any distance.

3.3.530 Reports Required.

Where the buildable portion of the land to be developed exceeds 15 percent average slope, the following reports are required and their conclusions applied in order to prevent or mitigate possible hazards to life and property and adverse impacts on the natural environment, consistent with the purpose of this section. The applicant shall fund peer review of the reports as deemed necessary by the City Engineer.

(A)

Geotechnical Report. This report shall include data regarding the geology of the site, the nature, distribution, and strength of existing soils, conclusions and recommendations for grading procedures, design criteria for corrective measures, and options and recommendations to maintain soil and slope stability and minimize erosion of the site to be developed in a manner imposing the minimum variance from the natural conditions. Where geologic conditions of the site indicate that a hazard may exist, the report shall show that the proposed subdivision or partition shall result in lots/parcels that are suitable for development. The investigation and report shall be prepared by a civil engineer/geologist or a geotechnical engineer.

(B)

Grading Plan Report. This plan shall include the following information:

(1)

Existing and proposed details and contours (5-foot intervals) of property;

(2)

Details of terrain and area drainage;

(3)

Location of any existing buildings or structures on the property where the work is to be performed, the location of any existing buildings or structures on land of adjacent owners which are within 100 feet of the property or which may be affected by the proposed grading operations, and proposed or approximate locations of structures relative to adjacent topography;

(4)

The direction of drainage flow and the approximate grade of all streets with the final determination to be made as specified in subsection (D), below;

(5)

Limiting dimensions, elevations, or finished contours to be achieved by the grading, including all cut and fill slopes, proposed drainage channels, and related construction;

(6)

Detailed plans and locations of all surface and subsurface drainage devices, walls, dams, sediment basins, storage reservoirs, and other protective devices to be constructed with, or as a part of, the proposed work, together with a map showing drainage areas, the complete drainage network, including outfall lines and natural drainageways which may be affected by the proposed development, and the estimated run-off of the area served by the drains;

(7)

A schedule showing when each phase of the project will be completed, including the total area of soil surface which is to be disturbed during each stage, and estimated starting and completion dates; the schedule shall be drawn up to limit to the shortest possible period the time that soil is exposed and unprotected. In no event shall the existing “natural” vegetative ground cover be destroyed, removed, or disturbed more than 15 days prior to grading or construction of required improvements. Within 15 days of grading or other pre-development activity that removes or significantly disturbs ground cover vegetation, exposed soil shall either be built upon (i.e., covered with gravel, a slab foundation or other construction), landscaped (i.e., seeded or planted with ground cover) or otherwise protected; and

(8)

The Grading Plan shall be prepared by a civil engineer.

(C)

Vegetation and Re-vegetation Report. This report shall be as specified in SDC 5.19.120, if tree felling is proposed.

(D)

Verification of Slope and Grade Percentages. Prior to acceptance of the Final Plat, all streets shall be cross-sectioned and their center-lines staked in the field, to determine the accuracy of preliminary slope and grade percentages. If there are significant differences between preliminary and final grade and slope determinations, i.e., density or street gradients exceed the limits specified in this section, the Tentative Plan shall be modified to reflect the revised information and resubmitted.

(E)

Development Plan Report. A proposed development plan shall be submitted, depicting building envelopes for each lot/parcel, including driveway approaches and all other associated impervious surface areas. The applicant shall specify whether trees will be felled under one Tree Felling Permit, as specified in SDC 5.19.100, as part of the subdivision construction process or by separate Tree Felling Permit for each individual lot/parcel prior to the issuance of a Building Permit. The plan shall be based upon the findings of the required reports in this section and the lot/parcel coverage standards of SDC 3.2.215. Building envelopes shall be specified in Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions recorded with the Subdivision Plat.

3.3.535 Modification of Standards.

The Director may modify the standards of this code, as they apply to the entire development area, within the following prescribed limits:

(A)

Front, side and rear yard setbacks may be reduced to zero (when permitted by the Building Safety Codes); provided, however, where attached dwellings are proposed, there shall not be more than 5 dwelling units in any group.

(B)

The reduction of public right-of-way, pavement width, and/or requirements for the installation of sidewalks as specified in Table 4.2.1, may be allowed if provisions are made to provide more off-street parking spaces than the number of suggested parking spaces listed for the particular use in SDC 4.6.125. The Approval Authority may require proposed parking lots, spaces, or driveways to be arranged as collective private driveways, shared parking areas, and on-street parallel parking bays where topography, special traffic, building, grading, or other circumstances necessitate additional regulation to minimize land and soil disturbance and minimize impervious surface areas.

(Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023)

3.3.540 Fire Protection Requirements.

Additional fire protection requirements may be required in hillside development areas which are considered vegetated areas subject to wildfires as determined by the Fire Marshal.

(A)

All buildings with a gross area in excess of 1,500 square feet shall be constructed within 50 feet of an approved fire lane or public street. Fire apparatus access shall be provided to within 50 feet of the building (this may mean modifying the driveway designs for width, grade and construction material in order to meet fire lane requirements). Installation of a residential fire sprinkler system will be considered as an alternative to the requirement to be within 50 feet of a fire lane or street.

(B)

The developer shall specify in the recorded Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions that a wildfire defense plan for each lot/parcel, approved by the Fire Marshal, will be required prior to the issuance of a Building Permit.

(C)

All buildings located in or adjacent to vegetated areas subject to wildfires shall have Class A or B roofing as specified in the Oregon State Structural Specialty Code.

3.3.805 Purpose.

The Urbanizable Fringe (UF-10) Overlay District is established to effectively control the potential for urban sprawl and scattered urbanization to achieve the goal of compact growth. This concept will remain the primary growth management technique for directing geographic patterns of urbanization in the City. The UF-10 Overlay District limits the division of land and prohibits urban development of unincorporated urbanizable land which will eventually be annexed to the City. All interim development shall be designed and constructed to City standards.

3.3.810 Applicability.

(A)

The provisions of the UF-10 Overlay District apply to all land between Springfield’s city limits and the Urban Growth Boundary.

(B)

EXCEPTIONS:

(1)

The provisions of the UF-10 Overlay District do not apply to land designated Public Land and Open Space, Urban Holding Area—Employment, or Natural Resource on the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map.

(2)

The UF-10 Overlay District will cease to apply to a property upon annexation to the City.

(6463; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.3.815 Schedule of Use Categories When There Is an Underlying Residential, Commercial, or Industrial District.

The following uses may be permitted in the underlying residential, commercial, or industrial district subject to the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in this code. EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN SDC 3.3.810(B), URBAN USES (e.g., multiple-unit housing or churches) NOT LISTED IN THE UF-10 OVERLAY DISTRICT ARE NOT PERMITTED.

“P” = PERMITTED USE subject to the standards of this code.

“S” = SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS subject to cited standards.

“D” = DISCRETIONARY USE subject to review and analysis under Type 3 procedure (SDC 5.9.100) at the Planning Commission or Hearings Official level.

“N” = NOT PERMITTED

* = SITE PLAN REVIEW REQUIRED

Use Categories/Uses	Underlying Land Use District
Use Categories/Uses	Residential	Commercial	Industrial
Agricultural uses and structures	P	P	P
Detached single-unit dwellings, manufactured homes, duplexes and accessory dwelling units (SDC 3.3.825)	P	N	N
Home business (SDC 4.7.365 )	S	S	S
Neighborhood parks that do not require urban services (SDC 4.7.330)	S*	N	N
Partitions (SDC 3.3.825(A)(2))	P	N	N
Property line adjustments	P	N	N
High impact facilities (SDC 4.7.160)	S*	S*	S*
Low impact facilities	P	P	P
Temporary sales/display of produce, the majority of which is grown on the premises (SDC 4.8.125)	P	P	P
Tree felling (SDC 5.19.100)	P	P	P
R.V. parks and campgrounds (SDC 4.7.220)	S*	N	N
RV parks and campgrounds that do not require urban services (SDC 4.7.220)	N	D*	D*
Expansion of non-conforming uses existing on the effective date of Lane County’s application (on either the /ICU or I/U District to the property) (SDC 3.3.385(F))	N	D*	D*
Expansion or replacement of lawful uses permitted in the underlying commercial or industrial district (SDC 3.3.825(C))	N	P*	P*
Expansion or replacement of lawful discretionary uses in the underlying land use district (SDC 3.3.825(C))	N	D*	D*
New permitted and specific development standards in the underlying land use district within existing structures (SDC 3.3.825(C))	N	P*	P*
Manufactured dwelling as a permanent office use in an industrial district (SDC 3.2.428) or manufactured dwelling as a night watchman's quarters (SDC 4.7.185)	N	N	S*
Certain wireless telecommunications systems facilities	See SDC § 4.3.145	See SDC § 4.3.145	See SDC § 4.3.145
Linear park	P	P	P

(6238; 6384; 6412; 6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.3.820 Review.

(A)

The siting of single-unit dwelling detached, duplexes, and accessory dwelling units in the UF-10 Overlay District that require a Future Development Plan as specified in SDC 5.12.120(E) is reviewed under Type 1 procedure.

(B)

Partitions are reviewed under Type 2 procedure.

(C)

All other requests are reviewed in accordance with the procedures applicable in the underlying land use district (See SDC 4.3.145 for siting standards and review process for certain wireless telecommunications systems facilities).

(D)

The Hearings Officer shall hear all Type 3 land use requests.

(6384; 6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.3.825 Development Standards.

(A)

Connection to the Sanitary Sewer System.

(1)

The City shall not extend water or sanitary sewer service outside the city limits to serve a developed property without first obtaining a valid annexation contract, unless a health hazard, as defined in ORS 222.840 et seq., is determined to exist. Annexation of the affected territory so served is required if the territory is within the urban growth boundary and is contiguous to the city limits.

(a)

The Lane County Sanitarian must certify that the proposed individual waste water disposal system meets D.E.Q. standards prior to Development Approval.

(b)

Lane County is considered an affected party and must be notified of all development applications.

(2)

Any property to be partitioned that is within the distances specified in OAR 340-071-0160(4)(A) for connection to the City's sanitary sewer system requires annexation to the City prior to Partition Tentative Plan submittal, unless the Director determines that a topographic or manmade feature makes the connection physically impractical. In the event of such determination, the Partition application may be approved without annexation.

(3)

The City may extend water or sanitary sewer outside the city limits or urban growth boundary to provide these services to properties within the city limits. As provided in ORS 222.840 et seq., the City and a majority of the electors of the affected territory may agree to an alternative to annexation to mitigate the health hazard, including extraterritorial extension of services without annexation.

(B)

Siting of Residential Uses. Detached single-unit dwellings, duplexes, and accessory dwelling units are permitted in the R-1 district only, and must be sited to allow the future division and/or more intensive use of the property. The applicable on-site sewage disposal facility must be conditional, and made a part of any permit necessary to achieve the standards of this overlay district. The following standards apply:

(1)

The siting of single-unit dwellings, duplexes and accessory dwelling units on any lot or parcel 5 acres or more in size and in the R-1 district requires approval of a Future Development Plan as specified in SDC 5.12.120(E).

(2)

Additional development restrictions that limit the location of buildings and on-site sewage disposal facilities must be applied where necessary to reserve land for future urban development.

(3)

Where there is an existing single-unit dwelling on properties within the R-2 or R-3 land use district, 1 or 2 accessory dwelling units are permitted, irrespective of the parcel size, provided that the property can in the future meet the necessary densities for applicable district as shown on a Future Development Plan as specified in SDC 5.12.120(E).

(C)

Commercial and Industrial Districts. Uses requiring Discretionary Review, uses requiring specific development standards, new permitted uses and expansion of permitted uses in commercial and industrial districts must demonstrate that the use will not generate singly or in the aggregate additional need for key urban services.

(D)

Public Land and Open Space District. R.V. parks and campgrounds must be located on land classified Public Land and Open Space (PLO) and be subject to the specific development standards specified SDC 4.7.220.

(E)

Public and Private Park Uses. Neighborhood parks must be shown on the Springfield Comprehensive Plan or an adopted refinement plan, or be reviewed under Type 3 Discretionary Use procedures.

(6212; 6238; 6384; 6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.3.905 Purpose.

The Historic (H) Overlay District is established to encourage the restoration, preservation and adaptive use of identified Historic Landmark Structures and Sites. The H Overlay District implements applicable Metro Plan policies, the Washburne Historic Landmark District, SDC 2.500 et seq., of the Springfield Municipal Code, 1997 and OAR Chapter 660-023.

3.3.910 Applicability.

This section applies in the following instances to all structures and sites:

(A)

Within the Washburne Historic Landmark District; and

(B)

On the adopted Historic Landmark Inventory within the City or its urbanizing areas, including the following individually designated Historic Landmarks:

Historic Site/Structure	Address
Stevens and Perkins Building	330 Main Street
I.O.O.F. Building	346 Main Street
Pacific Power and Light Building	590 Main Street
Southern Pacific Railroad Depot	101 South A Street
Brattain/Hadley House	1260 Main Street
Stewart House	214 Pioneer Pkwy. West
Douglas House	3362 Osage Street
Thurston Grange	66th Street and Thurston Rd.

(6211; 6238)

3.3.915 Review.

(A)

The Historical Commission shall make recommendations to the Planning Commission or City Council on the following issues:

(1)

The establishment or modification of a Historic Landmark District (e.g., the Washburne Historic Landmark District)—Type 4 procedure and as specified in SDC 3.3.930;

(2)

The establishment of the Historic Landmark Inventory—Type 3 procedure and as specified in SDC 3.3.920;

(3)

The removal of individual Historic Landmark Sites and Structures from the Historic Landmark Inventory—Type 3 procedure and as specified in SDC 3.3.925;

(4)

Demolition of Historic Landmark Structures—Type 3 procedure and as specified in SDC 3.3.950; or

(5)

Any Discretionary Use listed in the underlying zoning district—Type 3 procedure as specified in SDC 5.9.100.

(B)

The following major alterations of Historic Landmark Sites or Structures shall be reviewed under Type 2 procedures as specified in SDC 3.3.945:

(1)

Additions, partial demolitions, or substantial alterations to a building façade;

(2)

A change to a more intensive use category as defined in the underlying zoning district;

(3)

Installation of 4 or more parking places;

(4)

Removal or radical trimming of large established trees or vegetation, except where necessary for immediate public safety as determined by the City Engineer;

(5)

Specific Development Standards in the Washburne Historic Landmark District specified in SDC 3.3.935(B);

(6)

New construction of 1,000 square feet or more within the Washburne Historic Landmark District;

(7)

Addition of an accessory dwelling unit that complies with the Development Standards in SDC 3.3.940, except addition of an accessory dwelling unit by conversion of all or part of an existing structure with no additions, partial demolitions, or alterations to a building façade; or

(8)

Any other alteration or use that the Director determines may detract from the historic character of a Historic Landmark Site or Structure.

(C)

The following minor alterations of Historic Landmark Sites and Structures shall be reviewed under Type 1 procedures as specified in SDC 3.3.945:

(1)

Construction, modification or demolition of accessory structures;

(2)

Additions, partial or total demolitions or substantial alterations to the building façades of non-contributing and intrusive structures within the Washburne Historic Landmark District;

(3)

Replacement of damaged exterior features with virtually identical materials;

(4)

Additions, partial demolitions or alterations to Historic Landmark Sites and Structures which fully conform to the standards of SDC 3.3.945 and which are not visible from the street;

(5)

Installation of fewer than 4 parking spaces;

(6)

Installation of signs of less than 4 square feet; or

(7)

Any similar alteration or use which does not detract from the character of a Historic Landmark Site or Structure.

(D)

The application shall include a Plot Plan and exterior elevations of sufficient detail to determine compliance, as prescribed by the Director or Historical Commission.

(6376; 6443)

3.3.920 Establishment of the Historic Landmark Inventory.

(A)

The following criteria shall be considered by the Historical Commission or Planning Commission in establishing sites or structures on the Historic Landmark Inventory. In each case the approval authority shall determine whether the Historic Landmark Site or Structure is:

(1)

Associated with historic or famous events;

(2)

Old (usually at least 50 years old);

(3)

Representative of a period or style of architecture or method of construction;

(4)

Recognized as having architectural merit, by reason of unusual or extraordinary design, detail, use of materials or craftsmanship;

(5)

Identified as the work of an architect, designer, or master builder whose individual work has influenced development in the City, State or Nation;

(6)

Included in the National Register of Historic Places;

(7)

Related to the broad cultural history of the City, State or Nation;

(8)

Identified with a person or persons, organizations or events that have contributed significantly to the history of the City, State or Nation; or

(9)

Identified as a unique aesthetic or educational feature of the City.

(B)

If at least 2 of the criteria specified in subsection (A), above apply, and the Historic Landmark Site or Structure is not in an advanced state of deterioration, the Planning Commission upon the recommendation of the Historical Commission may add the Historic Landmark Site or Structure to the Historic Landmark Inventory.

(C)

Once a Historic Landmark Site or Structure is included in the Historic Landmark Inventory, it is automatically subject to the provisions of the H Overlay District.

3.3.925 Removal of Individual Historic Landmark Sites and Structures from the Historic Landmark Inventory.

In order to remove a Historic Landmark Site or Structure from the Historic Landmark Inventory, the Historical Commission shall determine that:

(A)

The original criteria used in determining historic significance as specified in SDC 3.3.920(A). were erroneously applied; or

(B)

That demolition has been approved as specified in SDC 3.3.950.

3.3.930 Establishment and Modification of Historic Landmark Districts.

(A)

Historic Landmark District Preservation Plans shall be defined as Refinement Plans of the Metro Plan.

(B)

The provisions of SDC 5.6.100 shall apply to the establishment and modification of Historic Landmark Districts.

(C)

The applicant shall demonstrate that the establishment or modification of a Historic Landmark District is in conformance with the following additional criteria:

(1)

The area can be logically bounded and is distinguishable from the surrounding areas; and

(2)

The area possesses a significant number of Historic Landmark Sites and/or Structures; or

(3)

The area possesses a significant concentration, linkage or continuity of sites and/or structures that may individually lack distinction but are collectively important due to their visual or historic association.

3.3.935 Schedule of Use Categories.

The following buildings and uses are permitted in the H Overlay District as indicated subject to the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in this code.

(A)

Historic Landmark Sites and Structures. The categories of uses listed in the underlying zoning district are permitted, provided that the integrity of the Historic Landmark Site or Structure can be maintained as specified in this section (See SDC 4.3.145 for siting standards and review process for certain wireless telecommunications systems facilities for all underlying zoning districts in the Historic Overlay District).

(B)

The Washburne Historic Landmark District. To encourage investment in the historic restoration of existing homes, limited small-scale businesses shall be considered in residential districts. These businesses may operate out of a home, provided that the residential character of the neighborhood and the integrity of the Historic Landmark Site or Structure is not substantially altered. Therefore, in addition to uses permitted in the underlying residential district, the following additional uses may be permitted subject to the Specific Development standards of subsection (C), below and the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in SDC 3.3.900—3.3.950.

(1)

Professional offices. Including accountants, architects, attorneys, counselors, engineers, insurance agents, medical practitioners, planners, and real estate sales.

(2)

Studios for artists, interior decorators or photographers.

(3)

Retail sales of hand-crafted merchandise, original art or antiques, exclusive of mass-produced items, copies of original art objects, or second-hand goods with limited historic value as determined by the Historical Commission.

(4)

Short Term Rental. .

(C)

Washburne Historic Landmark District Specific Development Standards.

(1)

Both the business and the dwelling shall be owned and operated by the resident.

(2)

Not more than 40 percent of the habitable floor area of the dwelling may be used for business purposes; i.e., at least 60 percent of the habitable floor area shall be used for residential purposes.

(3)

The business may not employ more than 2 full-time support persons, exclusive of family members who reside on the premises. All professional practitioners shall reside on premises.

(4)

No display of merchandise either from the windows of a structure or on the property itself is permitted.

(5)

No commercial vehicle repair and/or sales is permitted.

(6)

Home businesses shall not be open to the public on Sundays or holidays recognized by the City, apart from for activities sponsored by the City or the Washburne Neighborhood Association.

(7)

Hours of operation are limited as follows:

(a)

On local streets, from 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.

(b)

On collector or arterial streets, from 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.

(D)

Commercial uses as specified in SDC 3.3.935(B)(1) through (3) may be permitted on Assessor's Map 17-03-35-24 Tax Lots 10800, 10801, 10900, 12900, 13000 and 13100 when the integrity of the Historic Landmark Site or Structure is not substantially altered provided that:

(1)

The development meets the standards of SDC 5.17.100.

(2)

Parking areas shall have paved alley access, and shall not be located between the house and front or streetside property line.

(3)

No display of merchandise for sale that is incompatible with the residential character of the neighborhood is permitted.

(4)

No commercial vehicle repair and/or sales is permitted.

(Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.3.940 Development Standards.

(A)

Garage Placement. To protect the historic character of the Washburne Historic Landmark District or an individual Historic Landmark Structure, residential garages may be permitted to abut an alley, provided that:

(1)

Minimum fire separation as required by the Building Safety Codes is not exceeded; and

(2)

Access is taken from the alley.

(B)

Accessory Dwelling Units. To protect the historic character of the Washburne Historic Landmark District or an individual Historic Landmark Structure, the following standards apply to accessory dwelling units in residential districts:

(1)

Accessory dwelling units must meet the requirements in SDC 3.2.275, except where they conflict with the standards of the Historic Overlay District.

(2)

Type 2 manufactured homes shall not be used as an accessory dwelling unit.

(6376; 6443)

3.3.945 Major and Minor Alteration Standards.

(A)

The following standards apply to major and minor alterations as specified in SDC 3.3.915(B) and (C), within the H Overlay District.

(1)

Any proposed use shall minimize exterior alteration of the Historic Landmark Site or Structure and its environment; uses that require substantial exterior alteration shall not be permitted.

(2)

The distinguishing original qualities of the Historic Landmark Site or Structure and its environment shall not be substantially altered. The removal or alteration of any historic material or distinctive architectural features is prohibited unless an immediate hazard to public safety exists.

(3)

All Historic Landmark Sites or Structures are recognized as products of their own time. Alterations which have no historic basis and which seek to create an earlier appearance are prohibited.

(4)

Changes that have taken place in the course of time are evidence of the history and development of a Historic Landmark Site or structure and its environment. Where changes have acquired significance in their own right, this significance shall be recognized.

(5)

Distinctive stylistic features and examples of local or period craftsmanship which characterize a Historic Landmark Site or Structure shall be retained.

(6)

Deteriorated architectural features shall be repaired rather than replaced. In the event replacement cannot be avoided, the new material shall match the material being replaced in composition, design, color, texture and visual qualities. Repair or replacement of missing architectural features is based on accurate duplicate features, substantiated by historic, physical or pictorial evidence rather than on conjectural design, or the availability of different architectural elements from other buildings or structures.

(7)

New design for undeveloped Historic Landmark Sites in the Washburne Historic Landmark District and for alterations and additions to existing Historic Landmark Sites and Structures are permitted when they complement significant historic, architectural or cultural features and the design is compatible with the size, scale, color, material and character of the property, neighborhood or environment.

(8)

New additions or alterations to Historic Landmark Structures shall not impair the essential form and integrity of the structure.

3.3.950 Demolition Standards.

Demolition of Historic Landmark Sites or Structures is an extreme measure that may be permitted only after all other reasonable alternatives for preservation have been thoroughly examined.

(A)

No demolition permit will be granted for any Historic Landmark Site or Structure unless the owner has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Historical Commission that 1 of the following criteria applies:

(1)

The condition of the Historic Landmark Site or Structure constitutes a serious and immediate threat to the safety of the public or occupants that cannot be eliminated without repairs that would exceed 50 percent of the value of the structure itself.

(a)

A MIA-certified appraisal shall be required to determine the value of the Historic Landmark Structure.

(b)

At least 2 bids from qualified contractors shall be required to determine the cost of repairs to the Historic Landmark Structure.

(2)

The property owner has demonstrated that there would be no reasonable, long-term economic benefit from preservation of the Historic Landmark Site or Structure. In making this determination, the owner shall demonstrate that all potential uses or adaptive uses for the Historic Landmark Site or Structure have been thoroughly examined. For example:

(a)

The fact that a greater economic return would result from demolition than preservation is insufficient to meet this criteria.

(b)

A lack of adequate funds to pursue potential uses or adaptive uses is insufficient to meet this criteria (i.e., selling the Historic Landmark Site or Structure is an option that shall be considered).

(B)

If a Historic Landmark Site or Structure is permitted to be demolished, the property owner shall provide the Historical Commission with:

(1)

Four sets of measured drawings prepared by a qualified draftsperson showing the primary floor plans and the primary exterior elevations.

(2)

A set of photographs that document the exterior and interior details, including significant architectural elements.

(C)

The property owner shall also supply the Historical Commission with any artifact or other architectural element as identified by the Historical Commission. The artifact or architectural element shall be carefully removed and delivered to the Historical Commission in good condition to be used in future conservation work.

3.3.1005 Purpose, Applicability and Review.

(A)

Purpose. The Nodal Development (ND) Overlay District is established to support mixed-use pedestrian-friendly development and work in conjunction with underlying land use districts to implement transportation-related land use policies found in the Springfield Transportation System Plan, the Metro Plan, the Springfield Comprehensive Plan, and Neighborhood Refinement Plans.

Design standards for the ND Overlay District are structured to foster the essential characteristics of pedestrian-friendly, human scale development that define “nodal development.” These include:

(1)

Design elements that support pedestrian environments and encourage transit use, walking and bicycling;

(2)

Transit access within walking distance (generally 1/4 mile) of anywhere in the node;

(3)

Mixed uses and a core commercial area so that services are available within walking distance;

(4)

Public spaces, including parks, public and private open space, and public facilities that can be reached without driving; and

(5)

A mix of housing types and residential densities that achieve an overall net density of at least 12 units per acre.

It is important to note that the Nodal Development Overlay District works using the design and development standards found in SDC 3.2.600 Mixed-Use Districts, as a basis for achieving pedestrian-friendly design. The overlay district is needed to add those special standards and prohibitions that help define a nodal development area under TransPlan.

(B)

Applicability. The ND Overlay District applies to all property where ND Overlay is indicated on the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map, unless the property is an historic property as specified in SDC 3.3.900. The ND Overlay District is intended to implement the Nodal Development Area Overlay on the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map. The ND Overlay District requirements described in this section apply to the following:

(1)

New development on vacant land.

(2)

New structures on already developed sites, including the conversion of a parking area to a structure or demolition of a structure and construction of a new structure.

(3)

An expansion of 50 percent or more of the total existing building square footage on the development site.

(4)

The ND Overlay standards in this section do not apply to a building alteration.

(5)

Single-unit dwellings for which building permits were filed prior to the designation of an area for nodal development are exempt from SDC 5.8.120 and from the standards of this section for the purposes of reconstruction if the dwelling unit is partially or completely destroyed or if the dwelling undergoes renovation. Room additions or other expansions typical of a single-unit dwelling use shall also be allowed.

(C)

Review Procedure. All multiple unit housing, commercial and industrial development proposals within the ND Overlay District are reviewed under Type 2 procedure.

(6412; 6443; 6463)

3.3.1010 Permitted and Prohibited Uses.

(A)

Permitted Uses. The table below shows the schedule of allowed uses within each base zone. With some exceptions, the activities allowed within the base zone are also allowed within the ND Overlay District. The ND Overlay District adds the flexibility of mixing compatible uses on a given site. Mixed-use development is encouraged within the ND Overlay District. Certain auto oriented uses listed in subsection (B) below, are prohibited within the ND Overlay District.

Allowed Use Categories	Base Zone
Those uses allowed within Mixed-Use Commercial MUC District in SDC 3.2.610	NC, CC, MRC, GO, MUC, MS
Those uses allowed within Mixed-Use Employment MUE District in SDC 3.2.610	LMI, SLI, HI, MUE
Those uses allowed within Mixed-Use Residential MUR District in SDC 3.2.610	R-2, R-3, MUR
Those uses allowed within the R-1 zone as described in SDC 3.2.210	R-1

Prohibited Uses.

Car washes.

Auto parts stores.

Recreational vehicle and heavy truck sales/rental/service.

(4)

Motor vehicle sales/rental/service.

(5)

Service stations, including quick servicing.

(6)

Tires, sales/service.

(7)

Transit park and ride, major or minor.

EXCEPTION: Where there is a shared parking arrangement with another permitted use.

(8)

Agricultural machinery rental/sales/service.

(9)

Boats and watercraft sales and service.

(10)

Equipment, heavy, rental/sales/service.

(11)

Manufactured dwelling sales/service/repair.

(6443)

3.3.1015 Location Standards.

When establishing the location and boundaries of an ND Overlay District, the following criteria shall be considered:

(A)

The ND Overlay District shall be applied to the mixed-use centers or “nodes” identified by the City in response to its responsibility under the Springfield Transportation System Plan.

(B)

All parcels included within an ND Overlay District shall be located within 1/4 mile of a transit stop, and shall have near its center a commercial or employment core area.

(6412)

3.3.1020 Minimum Density and General Development Standards.

The General Development Standards for Mixed-Use described in SDC 3.2.625 describe the pedestrian-friendly and transit oriented design standards that apply to mixed use and nodal development. These standards apply to development within the ND Overlay District. In addition to those standards found in SDC 3.2.625, the following apply:

(A)

Minimum Density and Floor Area Ratio (FAR). FAR means the amount of gross floor area of all buildings and structures on a building lot/parcel divided by the total lot/parcel area. A 2 story building that covers 50 percent of a lot/parcel would have a FAR of 1.0. Typical suburban FARs range from 0.3 to 1.0 in mixed-use centers.

(1)

Where the base zone is R-1, new subdivisions shall achieve a minimum residential density of 6 units per net acre. Minimum residential density in R-2 or MUR shall be 12 units per net acre; in R-3 it shall be 25 units per net acre. The combined net residential density within a node or mixed-use center shall be 12 units per acre or more.

(2)

Where the base zone is NC, CC, MRC, MUC, or GO, the minimum floor area ratio (FAR) is 0.40.

(3)

Where the base zone is LMI, CI or MUE, the minimum FAR is 0.25.

(B)

Building Setbacks.

(1)

Buildings occupied by commercial and industrial uses shall be set back a maximum of 20 feet from the street. There is no minimum setback from the street for commercial and industrial uses.

(2)

Residential uses shall be set back a maximum 25 feet from the street.

(3)

Where the site is adjacent to more than 1 street, a building is required to meet the above maximum setback standards on only 1 of the streets.

(C)

Parking Between Buildings and the Street.

(1)

Automobile parking, driving, and maneuvering areas shall not be located between the main building and a street.

(2)

For sites that abut a street, parking shall be located at the rear of the building or on 1 or both sides of a building when at least 40 percent of the site frontage abutting the street (excluding required interior yards) is occupied by a building and/or an enhanced pedestrian space.

EXCEPTION: These parking standards shall not apply where the base zone is R-1.

(6443)

3.3.1025 Specific Design Standards.

(A)

Specific Development Standards for Residential Uses.

(1)

Single-Unit Dwelling, Detached, and Middle Housing.

(a)

Building Orientation and Connectivity to the Fronting Street. Dwelling units shall have a front door opening directly to the fronting street. A minimum 3-foot wide walkway shall connect the front door to the street. The walkway shall be constructed of a permanent hard surface (not gravel) and located directly between the street sidewalk and the front door. This walkway shall not be part of the driveway area.

(b)

Garage Doors. Garage door placement and design shall meet the following conditions:

(i)

Garage door openings facing a fronting street shall not exceed 40 percent of the width of the house façade.

(ii)

The garage façade shall be set back a minimum of 4 feet from the house façade. The minimum setback of the garage façade is reduced to 0 feet if the house façade has a porch, 50 square feet or more in size, encroaching into the setback.

(c)

Windows. A minimum area of 15 percent windows and/or dwelling doors shall be required on façades facing fronting streets, sidewalks, and multi-use paths (including garage façades). Gabled areas do not need to be included in the base wall calculation when determining the minimum 15 percent calculation for windows/doors.

(d)

Design Variety. Each home shall incorporate a minimum of 3 of the following 7 building design features. Applicants shall indicate which options they are proposing on plans submitted for building permits. While not all of the design features are expressly required, the inclusion of as many as possible is strongly encouraged.

(i)

Roof Pitch and Design. A minimum 4 to 12 roof pitch.

(ii)

Eaves. Eaves with a minimum 18-inch overhang.

(iii)

Building Materials. At least 2 different types of building materials (including, but not limited to, stucco and wood, brick and stone) or a minimum of 2 different patterns of the same building material (e.g., scalloped wood and lap siding) on façades facing streets. These requirements are exclusive of foundations and roofs, and pertain only to the walls of a structure.

(iv)

Trim. A minimum of 2.25-inch trim or recess around windows and doors that face the street. Although not expressly required, wider trim is strongly encouraged.

(v)

Increased Windows. A minimum area of 20 percent windows and/or dwelling doors on façades facing streets, sidewalks, and multi-use paths (including garage façades). Gabled areas do not need to be included in the base wall calculation when determining the minimum 20 percent calculation for windows/doors.

(vi)

Architectural Features. At least 1 architectural feature included on a dwelling façade that faces the street. For the purposes of this provision, architectural features are defined as bay windows, covered porches greater than 60 square feet in size, second floor balconies, dormers related to living space, or habitable cupolas. If a dwelling is oriented so its front façade (façade with the front door) is oriented to a sidewalk and no façades of the dwelling face a street, then the architectural feature may be counted if it is located on the façade of the dwelling that faces the sidewalk and contains the front door.

(vii)

Architectural Details. Architectural details used consistently throughout the construction of the dwelling façades that face streets. For the purposes of this provision, architectural details are defined as exposed rafter or beam ends, eave brackets, gridded windows or windows with divided lites, or pergolas/trellis work integrated into building façades. Other architectural details may be approved by the Director. If a dwelling is oriented so its front façade (façade with the front door) is oriented to a sidewalk and no façades of the dwelling face a street, then the architectural details may be counted if they are located on the façades of the dwelling that face the sidewalk.

(e)

Compatibility. New single-unit dwelling, detached, and middle housing, constructed within the ND Overlay District shall be generally compatible with existing homes. The goal is to reduce the impact of new development on established neighborhoods by incorporating elements of nearby, quality buildings, including building details, massing, proportions, and materials. To foster compatible residential development at the higher densities sought by this section, the following standards apply.

(i)

Front Yard Setbacks for Buildings in Established Residential Areas. When an existing single-unit detached dwelling is located within 25 feet of the subject site and fronts on the same street as a proposed building, a front yard setback similar to that of the nearest single-unit detached dwelling must be used. “Similar” means the setback is within 5 feet of the setback of the nearest single-unit detached dwelling. For example, if the existing single-unit detached dwelling has a front yard setback of 20 feet, then the new building shall have a front yard setback between 15 and 25 feet. If there are 2 adjacent single-unit detached dwellings fronting on the same street, then an average measurement shall be taken using the 2 adjacent residences. In no case shall the front yard setback be less than 10 feet. This standard shall not cause a front yard setback to exceed 25 feet.

Figures 3.3-A through 3.3-E are taken from the Infill and Development Handbook, Oregon TGM Program Sept. 1999.

Figure 3.3-A

Similar Setback

Not This

(ii)

Building Height Transition. Taller buildings shall step-down to provide a height transition to existing single story buildings. This standard applies to new and vertically expanded buildings within 25 feet (as measured horizontally) of an existing single story building. The standard is met when the height of the taller building or portion of the taller building does not exceed the height of the shorter building by more than 5 feet within the 25-foot horizontal zone. This horizontal zone is called the height transition zone.

When the owner of an existing single story home also owns an adjacent vacant lot/parcel, the height transition zone between the vacant lot/parcel and a new taller building shall be 15 feet as measured from the property line between the vacant lot/parcel and the new building.

Figure 3.3-B

(iii)

Massing and Scale. The scale, proportions, massing and detailing of any proposed building shall be in proportion to that of the block face where the building will be located. Proposed new R-1 in the ND Overlay District shall comply with the design guidelines shown in (A) through (C) below:

Scale. Relate the size and proportions of new structures to the scale of adjacent buildings. Avoid buildings that in height, width, or massing, violate the existing scale of the area.

Figure 3.3-C

Recommended

Avoid

Massing. Break up uninteresting boxlike forms into smaller, varied masses. Avoid single monolithic forms that are not relieved by variations in massing.

Figure 3.3-D

Recommended

Avoid

(iv)

Roof Shapes. Relate new roof forms to those found in the area. Avoid roof shapes, directional orientation, pitches, or materials that would cause the building to be out of character with quality buildings in the area.

Figure 3.3-E

Recommended

Avoid

(2)

Multiple unit housing must comply with the design standards specified in SDC 4.7.380 (or alternative standards as approved under SDC 4.7.385 or 4.7.390) and with SDC 3.2.625(C).

(B)

Specific Development Standards for Commercial, Industrial, and Mixed-Uses.

Specific development standards for commercial, industrial and mixed-uses within the ND Overlay District shall conform to those standards specified in SDC 3.2.630.

(1)

Commercial and Civic Uses. Commercial uses shall comply with the special development standards specified in SDC 3.2.630(A).

(2)

Light Industrial and Campus Industrial Uses. Industrial uses shall comply with the development standards specified in SDC 3.2.630(B).

(3)

Mixed-Uses. For mixed use developments, the dominant use of the building or development (dominant is defined as the use represented by the greatest floor area) shall determine the applicable development standards. If the dominant use is residential, the applicable subsection of SDC 3.3.1025 Development Standards for Single-Unit and Multi-Unit Residential Uses apply. If the dominant use is commercial, SDC 3.3.1025(A) Development Standards for Commercial and Civic Uses apply. If the dominant use is industrial, SDC 3.3.105(B) Development Standards for Light Industrial and Special Light Industrial Uses apply.

(6443)

3.3.1105 Purpose.

The Hospital Support (HS) Overlay District is established to provide an area in the immediate vicinity of the McKenzie-Willamette Hospital for future hospital expansion and for hospital related support services.

3.3.1110 Applicability.

The provisions of SDC 3.3.1100 apply only to the land within the boundaries of the HS Overlay District:

3.3.1115 Review.

Development proposals are reviewed under Type 2 procedure as specified in SDC 5.17.100.

3.3.1120 Permitted or Discretionary Uses.

The following uses may be allowed in the HS Overlay District as indicated, subject to the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in this code.

Use/Use Categories	HS Overlay District
Physicians services	P
Dental services	P
Hospital services, including medical heliport	P
Medical laboratory services	P
Dental laboratories	P
Group care homes	P
Medical clinic, out-patient service	P
Other medical and health services, including food service, cafeteria and laundry service	P
Certain Wireless Telecommunications Systems Facilities (See SDC 4.3.145)	D/P
Residential or skilled care facilities	P
Secondary uses including medical-related retail and service uses, restaurants, convenience stores and services, and day care facilities(1)	P
Parking garages	P

(1)	These secondary uses permitted, but may not exceed 10 percent of the gross floor area of all the buildings in a development area.

3.3.1125 Design Standards.

(A)

All yard, lot/parcel size, coverage, density, fencing, parking standards shall be subject to the same standards as professional offices in residential districts.

(B)

A minimum of 25 percent of the lot/parcel shall be of planted material.

(C)

Parking lots shall meet the planting standards applicable to commercial development.

3.4.105 Plan Districts Established.

Plan Districts apply to unique areas when other zoning mechanisms cannot achieve the desired development objectives. An area may be unique based on natural, economic or historic attributes; be subject to problems from rapid or severe transitions of land use; or contain public facilities which require specific land use regulations for their efficient operation. Plan Districts provide a means to modify zoning regulations for specific areas defined in special plans or studies. Each Plan District has its own nontransferable regulations. These regulations supplement base zone and overlay zone provisions which are intended to be applicable in large areas or in more than 1 area. However, Plan Districts are not intended for small areas or individual properties. A Plan District may be established or removed as the result of an area planning study, reviewed through the legislative procedure as an amendment of this code. Plan District regulations are applied in conjunction with 1 or more base zones. The Plan District provisions may modify any portion of the regulations of the base zone, overlay zone, or other regulations of this code. The provisions may apply additional requirements or allow exceptions to general regulations. When there is a conflict between Plan District regulations and the base zone, overlay zone, or other regulations of this code, the Plan District regulations shall control. The specific regulations of the base zone, overlay zones, or other regulations of this code apply unless the Plan District provides other regulations for the same specific topic. Plan Districts and their regulations will be reviewed periodically to determine whether they are still needed, should be continued or amended. The boundaries of each Plan District established are shown on maps located within a Plan District Section and are identified on the Official Zoning Map.

The following Plan Districts are established:

Section	Plan District Name	Related Refinement Plan/Study
3.4.200	Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use	Glenwood Refinement Plan
3.4.300	Booth-Kelly Mixed-Use	Downtown Refinement Plan

3.4.205 Purpose.

(A)

Plan Districts are customized development standards applied to unique areas within the City where traditional zoning mechanisms are unlikely to achieve desired development objectives. An area may be unique based on natural, economic or historic attributes. The Glenwood Riverfront has all of these attributes that maximizes the value of the area’s proximity to the Willamette River; major transportation corridors (notably Interstate 5); and the University of Oregon; and emphasizes Glenwood’s strategic location between downtown Eugene and downtown Springfield.

(B)

The Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District takes policies from the Glenwood Refinement Plan and establishes and implements development standards and building design standards specifically applicable to this Plan District. The Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District implements the following visioning goals:

(1)

Improve public connections to the Willamette River;

(2)

Establish inviting public spaces, including parks, plazas, and multi-use paths;

(3)

Encourage aesthetically pleasing, sustainable buildings and sites that are context sensitive and oriented to human activity;

(4)

Provide opportunities for the installation, display, and creation of public art;

(5)

Allow for a mix of uses suitable to the unique development opportunities in Glenwood;

(6)

Provide opportunities for the development of a variety of housing types to meet the needs of a range of households;

(7)

Facilitate opportunities for businesses to provide goods and services to local, regional, statewide, national, and international markets;

(8)

Restore, enhance, and protect the ecological function of natural resources, and increase public awareness of these resources;

(9)

Protect the public from potential natural and manmade hazards;

(10)

Celebrate Glenwood’s contributions to the region’s historic development;

(11)

Enhance the transportation system to improve safety, convenience, and movement for all modes of travel, including vehicles, trains, public transit, bicycles, and pedestrians;

(12)

Provide a full range of urban public facilities and services for redevelopment and new development; and

(13)

Facilitate redevelopment while addressing the consequences of change to existing residents and businesses.

(6279)

3.4.210 Applicability.

The Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District includes all land in the Glenwood Riverfront that abuts the Willamette River and both sides of Franklin Boulevard and McVay Highway from the I-5 Bridges to the south boundary of Glenwood. The Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District is divided into 2 distinct areas:

(A)

The Franklin Riverfront; and

(B)

The McVay Riverfront.

(6279)

3.4.215 Review.

(A)

Any proposed development within the Glenwood Riverfront shall require a Development Issues Meeting or a Pre-Application Meeting as specified in SDC 5.1.210(A)(1)—(2).

(B)

All required applications in the Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District shall be reviewed as specified in Chapter 5, including, but not limited to, Annexations; Master Plans; the Willamette Greenway Overlay District; the Urbanizable Fringe Overlay District; the Floodplain Overlay District; the Hillside Development Overlay District; the Historic Overlay District, as applicable; Site Plan Review; and Land Divisions.

(1)

The development and design standards specified in SDC 3.4.270 and 3.4.275 shall supersede the Site Plan Review submittal requirements for the applicable topics specified in SDC 5.17.120 and/or the Master Plan submittal requirements specified in SDC 5.13.120.

(2)

Land divisions shall be prohibited on lots/parcels larger than 1 acre and designated and zoned Office Mixed-Use or Commercial Mixed-Use, or on lots/parcels larger than 20 acres and designated and zoned Employment Mixed-Use until Final Site Plan Review or Final Master Plan approval has been granted by the City.

(C)

Other Glenwood Riverfront application review procedures include, but are not limited to:

(1)

Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District Modifications, which shall be reviewed as specified in SDC 3.4.230.

(2)

Design Standards Alternatives/Exemptions from Design Standards, which shall be reviewed as specified in SDC 3.4.235.

(3)

Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District use interpretations, which shall be reviewed as specified in SDC 3.4.260.

(4)

Willamette Greenway Overlay District standards as specified in SDC 3.4.280.

(5)

Any other applicable standard as specified elsewhere in this code.

(D)

Any other applicable agency permits/approvals/coordination, including, but not limited to:

(1)

The Army Corps of Engineers/the Department of State Lands (wetland/riparian areas, stormwater outfalls/discharges and fills/excavations);

(2)

The Department of Environmental Quality (contaminated sites);

(3)

The Oregon Department of Transportation (access to/from Franklin Boulevard and McVay Highway); and

(4)

Lane County Transportation (vacation of local access roads).

(6279; 6443)

3.4.220 Non-Conforming Uses.

Any existing non-conforming building, structure and/or use may continue, expand, or be modified as may be permitted in SDC 3.4.280, 5.8.120 and 5.8.125 until they are either abandoned, as defined in SDC 5.8.130, and/or redeveloped as defined in SDC 6.1.110.

(6279)

3.4.225 Conflicts.

In cases where:

(A)

The development standards of the Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District conflict with local standards found in other sections of this code, the standards of the Plan District will prevail, unless there is a specific reference to another SDC section. In that case, the referenced section’s standards will prevail.

(B)

These development standards conflict with Federal and/or State regulations, the Federal and/or State regulations will prevail.

(6279)

3.4.230 Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District Modifications.

Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District modifications shall be categorized as Minor and Major.

(A)

A Minor Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District modification shall be subject to a Director’s decision under either a Type 1 or a Type 2 review procedure. Minor Modifications are those that result in any of the following:

(1)

Type 1 Review Procedure.

(a)

Changes related to the streetscape, the visual elements of a street, including, but not limited to, the street surface; adjacent buildings; street furniture; and trees and open spaces that combine to form the street’s character in a manner consistent with the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Chapter policies and implementation strategies and the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(b)

A change in the design of a street in a manner consistent with the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Chapter policies and implementation strategies and SDC 3.4.270(A)(3).

(c)

A change of 20 percent or less to a quantified building design standard as specified in SDC 3.4.275.

(2)

Type 2 Review Procedure.

(a)

A modification of a driveway access location in a manner consistent with the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Chapter policies and implementation strategies.

(B)

A Major Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District modification shall be subject to a public hearing and decision under a Type 3 review procedure, which can be jointly processed with a Master Plan application. Major Modifications are those that result in any of the following:

(1)

A change of more than 20 percent to a quantified building design standard as specified in SDC 3.4.275.

(2)

A change that requires a street, mid-block connector, multi-use path or other transportation facility to be shifted, provided the change maintains the connectivity requirements established by the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Chapter and the provision for public utilities established by the Public Facilities Chapter policies and implementation strategies, and does not impact the integrity of a subarea.

(3)

A modification not specifically listed under the minor modification categories specified in SDC 3.4.230(A) and the major modification categories specified in this subsection.

EXCEPTION: Any modification to the street grid that necessitates a street or other transportation facility to be eliminated (unless permitted as specified in the Glenwood Refinement Plan, Transportation Chapter, Franklin Riverfront Local Street Network), a modification that proposes to eliminate or change the minimum width or length of one or both of the park blocks unless as provided in SDC 3.4.270(J)(4)(b), or other proposal that is not consistent with applicable Glenwood Refinement Plan policies and/or implementation strategies shall require an amendment of the Glenwood Refinement Plan as well as applicable section of the Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District (SDC 3.4.200) as specified in SDC 5.6.100.

(4)

An alternative to a development standard specified in SDC 3.4.270 or building design standard specified in SDC 3.4.275. In this case, the applicant shall include findings demonstrating compliance with the objective of the applicable development or design standard at the time of the Application Completeness Check Meeting required in SDC 5.1.210(A)(3).

(C)

The Director may require a peer review to assist with the evaluation of proposals that seek major modifications to the Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District Plan development and/or building design standards or a Glenwood Refinement Plan amendment when:

(1)

Springfield staff does not have the expertise to evaluate a required technical report, including, but not limited to, acoustical analyses; floodplain mapping; transportation demand management and/or geotechnical engineering.

(2)

The applicant’s findings do not demonstrate compliance with the objective of the applicable development or design standard as required in SDC 3.4.230(B)(4).

(D)

Peer review is a process used to review work by other professionals in the same field in order to make an impartial evaluation of a required technical report or a proposed alternative development or building design standard submitted by the applicant. The intent is to allow the Planning Commission or other Approval Authority to make an informed decision on technical report methodology or whether a proposed alternative standard can be utilized. Peer review is performed by firms employing engineers, planners, and other professionals, as necessary. Peer review shall be at the applicant’s expense. Any required peer review shall be submitted at the time of the Application Completeness Check Meeting required in SDC 5.1.210(A)(3). The Director shall choose the peer review firm based upon the following criteria:

(1)

A description of the firm’s history, size and professional capabilities to undertake the project in a timely manner;

(2)

An outline of the firm’s experience with regard to the specific subject requiring peer review;

(3)

The professional expertise of the key personnel conducting the peer review;

(4)

The proposed format for the presentation of the peer review and recommendations;

(5)

The time schedule to perform the peer review; and

(6)

The submittal of 3 separate professional references with persons who are familiar with the work of the firm. References will be contacted in person, by phone and/or by written correspondence as to the firm’s past performance.

(E)

Major and Minor Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District Plan Modification Criteria. The proposed modification shall:

(1)

Maintain the integrity of the north/south east-west street grid that provides multi-modal internal circulation in the Franklin Riverfront and the future internal street layout in the McVay Riverfront established by the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Chapter policies and implementation strategies, or the proposed modification shall be necessary to adjust to physical constraints evident on the property including, but not limited to:

(a)

Hillsides;

(b)

Protecting significant natural features such as trees, rock outcroppings, wetlands, or similar natural features; or

(c)

Adjusting existing property lines between proposed development area boundaries.

(2)

Not significantly affect the landscaping, stormwater management, design, circulation and access policies and implementation strategies in the applicable chapters of the Glenwood Refinement Plan, SDC 3.4.270(A)(3), or the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(3)

Result in a development design that meets or exceeds the applicable purposes of SDC 3.4.205. This criterion applies to Major Modifications only.

(6279; 6380; 6443)

3.4.235 Design Standards Alternatives/Exemptions from Design Standards.

(A)

SDC 3.4.270 and 3.4.275 list development and design standards that require compliance from the developer. A developer may choose to:

(1)

Comply with the development/design standards;

(2)

Request an exemption from certain development/design standards; and/or

(3)

Propose alternative development/design standards that shall meet or exceed the standard in question.

(B)

The developer shall submit a request in writing to the Director for a development/design exemption or alternative development/design proposal at the time of application for a Development Issues Meeting or Pre-Application Report, as specified in SDC 5.1.210(A)(1)—(2). The request shall be revised as necessary and submitted with the Application Completeness Check Meeting, as specified in SDC 5.1.210(A)(3), to allow the City sufficient time for review and consideration. If the applicant desires to proceed with the development/design exemption or alternative development/design proposal, at the Application Completeness Check Meeting the Director shall reclassify the Site Plan Review or Master Plan application from a Type 2 procedure to a Type 3 review procedure as specified in SDC 5.1.415(B) and SDC 5.13.115(A)(1). It shall be the developer’s responsibility to make the case for a development/design exemption or alternative development/design proposal as part of the formal Site Plan Review and/or Master Plan application submittal. The development/design exemption or alternative development/design proposal may require a peer review, at the applicant’s expense, as specified in SDC 3.4.230(C) and (D).

(6279; 6443)

3.4.240 Phased Development.

(A)

If development that is planned to occur in phases will be completed in less than 3 years, a phased development plan shall be submitted concurrently with the Site Plan Review application as specified in SDC 5.17.100.

(B)

For phased developments lasting more than 3 years, or in situations described in SDC 3.4.235, a Master Plan application, as specified in SDC 5.13.100, shall be required to guarantee phasing continuity.

(6279)

3.4.245 Plan Designations, Land Use District Descriptions and Applicable Overlay Districts.

(A)

Applicable Land Use Designations.

(1)

The Springfield Comprehensive Plan designations are as follows:

(a)

The Multimodal Mixed Use designation applies to all land within the Glenwood Riverfront.

(b)

The Springfield Comprehensive Plan’s Nodal Development Area Overlay designation applies to all land within the Franklin Riverfront and the land along McVay Highway, north of the Union Pacific Railroad trestle. The Nodal Development Area Overlay designation supports a mixed-use, pedestrian-friendly land use pattern that seeks to increase concentrations of population and employment in well-defined areas with good transit service, a mix of diverse and compatible land uses, and public and private improvements designed to be oriented to pedestrians and transit.

(c)

The Springfield Comprehensive Plan’s Public Land and Open Space designation includes existing publicly owned metropolitan and regional scale parks, and publicly and privately owned golf courses and cemeteries in recognition of their role as visual open space, as well as some other areas needed for public open space at a non-local level. This designation may apply to public open spaces envisioned in the Glenwood Refinement Plan, and/or any necessary major public facility, at such time as they are placed under public jurisdiction. Until that time, these public open space areas and future major public facilities (e.g., a fire station) will retain the applicable mixed-use designation and zoning described in SDC 3.4.245(A)(2) and (B). When appropriate, the City or an affected public agency may initiate a Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map and Zoning Map amendment for the subject property to be designated and zoned Public Land and Open Space.

(2)

The Glenwood Refinement Plan designations are as follows:

(a)

Residential Mixed-Use, Commercial Mixed-Use, Office Mixed-Use, and Employment Mixed-Use. The descriptions of these designations are the same as the base zoning districts described in SDC 3.4.245(B).

(b)

Multimodal Mixed-Use Area (MMA) designation applies to all land within the Glenwood Riverfront. The MMA is established where the local government determines that there is:

(i)

High-quality connectivity to and within the area by modes of transportation other than the automobile;

(ii)

A denser level of development of a variety of commercial and residential uses than in surrounding areas;

(iii)

A desire to encourage these characteristics through development standards; and

(iv)

An understanding that increased automobile congestion within and around the MMA is accepted as a potential trade-off.

(B)

Establishment of Base Zoning Districts. The Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District is comprised of Subareas A, B, C and D that comply with the Glenwood Refinement Plan designations and establish the following base zoning districts. Note: The definitions of Primary Use, Secondary Use, and Accessory Use can be found in SDC 3.4.250 and/or in SDC 6.1.110.

(1)

Residential Mixed-Use. Subarea A addresses the need for high-density residential development sites discussed in the Springfield Residential Land and Housing Needs Analysis (RLHNA) and the Residential Land Use and Housing Element of the Springfield 2030 Refinement Plan adopted on June 20, 2011. This high-density neighborhood is intended to be pedestrian-friendly and includes park blocks and a riverfront linear park to incorporate public open space needs that are also discussed in the RLHNA and the Springfield 2030 Refinement Plan, and to provide for unique stormwater management facilities. Subarea A provides opportunities for high-density housing above ground-floor retail and commercial uses that serve the neighborhood and provide for a unique destination with riverfront views and points of access to the Willamette River. In Subarea A:

(a)

The primary permitted use is high-density residential with a minimum density of 50 dwelling units per net acre, either stand alone or in mixed-use buildings above commercial uses. Residential buildings at this density encourage development in a compact, urban form and are typically 4 to 6 stories in height. For multi-phase development projects, the density of a phase may be reduced to 35 dwelling units per net acre for initial construction when the approved Master Plan includes a project phasing plan that demonstrates how the overall 50 dwelling unit per net acre minimum standard will be achieved by density averaging within the development area;

(b)

Additional uses, while not required, are permitted as secondary uses only within mixed-use buildings to provide some of the business-related needs of this high-density residential neighborhood. These uses are educational facilities for primary and secondary education; retail sales and services, including groceries; eating and drinking establishments; professional, scientific, and technical services; and personal service uses. No stand-alone commercial building is permitted.

(c)

To minimize the potential over-supply of commercial land inventory in proximity to commercial uses in Downtown Springfield or other commercial districts in Springfield, and to preserve the residential land supply, commercial uses specified in SDC 3.4.245(B)(1)(b) are limited to the ground floor of mixed-use buildings, and no single commercial use shall occupy more than 10,000 square feet of gross floor area.

EXCEPTIONS:

(i)

Groceries shall not contain more than 25,000 square feet of gross floor area.

(ii)

Multi-floor commercial uses, other than retail sale and service uses, are permitted in buildings that front Franklin Boulevard. In this case, at least 50 percent of the gross floor area of the mixed-use building shall be dedicated to high-density residential use.

(2)

Commercial Mixed-Use. Subarea B provides for flexible mixed-use development to achieve a unique riverfront destination responding to developer interest and market demand for housing, lodging, entertainment and meeting/conference uses and office/employment uses. In Subarea B:

(a)

Primary uses are permitted either as stand-alone uses or within a mixed-use building:

(i)

Hospitality services; office employment uses; eating and drinking establishments; personal services; and professional, scientific, and technical services; and educational facilities.

(ii)

High-density residential uses with a minimum density of 50 dwelling units per net acre. To preserve the commercial land supply, no more than 50 percent of a development area shall be dedicated to high-density residential use.

(b)

Retail sales and services are permitted as secondary uses only within mixed-use buildings to provide some of the business-related needs of the primary uses.

(c)

To minimize the potential over-supply of commercial retail sales and services near Downtown Springfield, retail sales and services are limited to:

(i)

The ground floor of a building;

(ii)

No more than 50 percent of the ground floor of a single building;

(iii)

No more than 50 percent of the total ground floor area of a development area; and

(iv)

No single retail sales and service use shall occupy more than 10,000 square feet of gross floor area.

(3)

Office Mixed-Use. Subarea C provides for office and commercial uses to help meet an identified need for employment land in Springfield with riverfront views and access points to the Willamette River that complement the adjacent high-density residential mixed-use neighborhood to the east on the north side of Franklin Boulevard, and the same uses, with the possible addition of civic uses, on the south side of Franklin Boulevard. In Subarea C:

(a)

Primary uses are permitted either as stand-alone uses or within a mixed-use building:

(i)

Office employment uses;

(ii)

Professional, scientific and technical commercial service uses; and

(iii)

Educational facilities.

(b)

Other uses are permitted either as stand-alone uses or within a mixed-use building. To preserve the office employment land supply, these other uses, in total, are limited to not more than 50 percent of the gross land area of Subarea C.

(i)

Hospitality uses provided they are located southwest of the intersection of Franklin and Glenwood Boulevards or fronting the proposed roundabout at the northwest side of the intersection of Glenwood and Franklin Boulevards.

(ii)

Civic uses, such as a fire station, provided they are located southwest of the intersection of Franklin and Glenwood Boulevards.

(iii)

High density residential housing affiliated with permitted educational facilities with a minimum density of 50 dwelling units per net acre, provided it is located on the north side of Franklin Boulevard, in the vicinity of Glenwood Boulevard.

(c)

Additional uses are permitted as secondary uses only within mixed-use buildings to provide some of the business-related needs of the primary uses. These uses are: retail sales and services; eating and drinking establishments; and personal service uses. To minimize the potential over-supply of commercial land inventory in proximity to commercial uses in Downtown Springfield or other commercial districts in Springfield, and to preserve the employment land supply, these uses are limited to:

(i)

The ground floor of a building;

(ii)

No more than 50 percent of the ground floor of a single building;

(iii)

No more than 50 percent of the total ground floor area of a development area; and

(iv)

No single commercial use shall occupy more than 10,000 square feet of gross floor area.

(4)

Employment Mixed-Use. Subarea D provides for office employment and light manufacturing employment uses with limited external impacts; that have riverfront views and points of access to the Willamette River; and that helps meet an identified need for employment land in Springfield. In Subarea D:

(a)

Primary uses are permitted either as stand-alone uses or within a mixed-use building: office employment uses; professional, technical and scientific commercial service uses; educational facilities; production, assembly, testing, and packaging functions associated with light manufacturing or technology uses; and a hospital.

(b)

(c)

To minimize the potential over-supply of commercial land inventory in proximity to commercial uses in Downtown Springfield or other commercial districts in Springfield, and to preserve the employment land supply, the secondary commercial uses specified in SDC 3.4.245(B)(4)(b) are limited to:

(i)

The ground floor of a building;

(ii)

No more than 50 percent of the ground floor of a single building;

(iii)

No more than 50 percent of the total ground floor area of a development area; and

(iv)

No single commercial use shall occupy more than 10,000 square feet of gross floor area.

(d)

Secondary warehousing and distribution functions associated with a primary light manufacturing use are permitted provided they are located on the same lot/parcel or in the same development area.

(e)

No residential uses are permitted.

EXCEPTION: Assessor’s Maps and Tax Lots 18-03-03-11-01401, 17-03-34-44-03300, and 17-03-34-44-00301 permit primary and secondary uses as specified in SDC 3.4.245(B)(2).

(5)

Public Land and Open Space. Subareas A, B, C and D currently provide appropriate zoning for park facilities and public facilities; however, in the future, the Public Land and Open Space zone may be added as stated in SDC 3.4.245(A)(1)(c).

(C)

Applicable Overlay Districts.

(1)

The Floodplain Overlay District (SDC 3.3.400);

(2)

The Hillside Overlay District (SDC 3.3.500);

(3)

The Historic Overlay District (SDC 3.3.900), as applicable; see also SDC 3.4.270(N);

(4)

The Willamette Greenway Overlay District as it applies in Glenwood (SDC 3.4.280); and

(5)

The Urbanizable Fringe Overlay District (SDC 3.3.800) will continue to apply to all property outside of the city limits, within the Springfield Urban Growth Boundary, until such time that the property is annexed to the City.

(6279; 6316; 6463)

3.4.250 Schedule of Use Categories.

In Subareas A, B, C and D, the following uses shall be permitted in the base zoning districts as indicated, subject to the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in this code.

Uses not specifically listed may be approved as specified in SDC 3.4.260. Prohibited uses are listed in SDC 3.4.255.

“P” = PRIMARY USE subject to the standards of this code. Primary uses are defined in SDC 6.1.110 as “the principal use approved in accordance with this code that usually occupies greater than 50% of the gross floor area of a building or greater than 50% of a development area.”

“S” = SECONDARY USE subject to the standards of this code. Secondary uses are defined in SDC 6.1.110 as “Any approved use of land or a structure that is incidental and subordinate to the primary use, and located on the same development area as the primary use. Secondary uses shall not occur in the absence of primary uses.”

“N” = NOT PERMITTED

SITE PLAN REVIEW IS REQUIRED for all development proposals within Subareas A, B, C and D.

Categories/Uses	Residential Mixed-Use	Commercial Mixed-Use	Office Mixed-Use	Employment Mixed-Use
Accessory Uses
A use or uses within a primary use building that is for the residents’ or employees’ benefit and that does not generally serve the public, including, but not limited to, building maintenance facilities, central mail rooms, child care, conference rooms, employee restaurants and cafeterias, indoor recreation areas, and indoor recycling collection centers.	P	P	P	P
Commercial/Retail
Eating and drinking establishments whose principal activity involves the sale and/or service of prepared foods and beverages directly to consumers, including, but not limited to, bakeries, cafes, delicatessens, restaurants, coffee shops, brew pubs, and wine bars.	S	P	S	S
Personal services whose principal activity involves the care of a person or a person’s apparel, including, but not limited to, fitness centers, spas, hair stylists, shoe repair, dry cleaners, tailors, and daycare.	S	P	S	S
Professional, scientific, research and technical services are small-scale commercial office enterprises whose principal activity involves providing a specialized service to others. These activities can be housed in office storefronts, office buildings, or in residential or live/work units where such residential use is permitted by this code and include, but are not limited to, legal advice and representation, accounting and income tax preparation, banking, architecture, engineering, design and marketing, real estate, insurance, physicians, and counselors.	S	P	P	P
Retail sales and services are commercial enterprises whose principal activity involves the sale and/or servicing of merchandise (new or reused) directly to consumers. Examples include, but are not limited to, bookstores, grocers, pharmacies, art galleries, florists, jewelers, and apparel shops.	S	S	S	S
Educational Facilities*
Public/private educational facilities for primary and secondary education	S	N	N	N
Public/private educational facilities that include, but are not limited to, higher education aimed at adults; business, professional, technical, trade and vocational schools; job training; and vocational rehabilitation services.	N	P	P	P
Employment
Business parks	N	N	P	P
Hospitals	N	N	N	P
Light manufacturing uses engaged in the manufacture (predominantly from previously prepared materials) of finished products or parts, including processing, fabrication, assembly, treatment, testing, and packaging of these products. The uses are not potentially dangerous or environmentally incompatible with office employment uses and all manufacturing uses, and storage of materials occurs entirely indoors. These uses include, but are not limited to, manufacture of electronic instruments, preparation of food products, pharmaceutical manufacturing, and research and scientific laboratories.	N	N	N	P
Office employment uses are typically housed in buildings where there is limited interaction between the public and the proprietor. These uses are associated with the performance of a range of administrative, medical, high tech, nanotechnology, green technology, pharmaceutical and biotechnology, information technology, information management, and research and development functions. These uses include, but are not limited to, call centers, corporate or regional headquarters, physicians’ clinics, software development, media production, data processing services, and technical support centers.	N	P	P	P
Recycling facilities that occur completely within buildings and are located only on the west side of McVay Highway.	N	N	N	P
Warehousing and distribution uses for the storage and regional wholesale distribution of manufactured products and for products used in testing, design, technical training or experimental product research and development permitted in conjunction with business headquarters.	N	N	N	S
Hospitality
Conference/visitor centers include, but are not limited to, conference hotels, visitor information centers, museums, and conference/exposition centers.	N	P	N	N
Hotels include, but are not limited to, inns, bed and breakfasts, guesthouses, extended stay hotels or apartment hotels, limited service hotels, and full service hotels. Hotels may be converted to apartments where such residential use is permitted by this code and the Oregon Structural Specialty Code, related building codes, fire codes and referenced standards in effect at the time of application for a building permit.	N	P	P	N
Residential
Residential occupancy of a dwelling unit by a household that includes, but is not limited to, apartments, condominiums, live/work units, lofts, row houses, townhouses, and elderly-oriented congregate care facilities.	P	P	P	N
Income-qualified housing**	P	P	P	P
Conversion from commercial to residential***	P	P	P	N
Parking
Public or private parking lots/structures	S	S	S	S
Public Open Space
Riverfront linear park/multi-use path	P	P	P	P
Park blocks to include recreational facilities and stormwater management facilities.	P	N	N	N
Public Utilities and Other Public Uses
Low impact facilities are any public or semi-public facility that is permitted subject to the design standards of this code, including, but not limited to, wastewater; stormwater management; electricity and water to serve individual homes and businesses; other utilities that have minimal olfactory, visual or auditory impacts; street lights; and fire hydrants.	P	P	P	P
Public uses, including, but not limited to, fire and police stations.	N	N	P	N
Wireless Telecommunications Systems Facilities. Only flush mounting the entire antenna on a building shall be permitted if the connecting cables cannot be seen; they are color matched to the building; and they match the façade of the building. If conditions do not favor flush mounted antennas, a stand-alone monopole antenna not more than 15 feet high, measured from the place of attachment on the roof, shall be permitted if the antenna is set back so that it cannot be seen from street.	P	P	P	P

*	Educational facilities include, but are not limited to, classrooms, auditoriums, labs, gyms and libraries.
**	Income-qualified housing is permitted subject to either: (1) the approval standards in the district for residential uses; or (2) the approval standards in SDC 4.7.370 and 4.7.405.
***	Conversion from commercial to residential use is permitted subject to the standards in SDC 4.7.215.

(6279; 6316; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.4.255 Prohibited Uses.

The following uses shall be prohibited within the Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District:

Agricultural machinery rental/sales/service

Auto parts, tires, batteries, and accessories

Auto/truck sales/rental/service

Warehouse commercial retail sales (big box stores)(1)

Car and truck washes

Drive-through facilities (2)

All equipment rental/sales/service facilities

Exterior display and storage of merchandise (3)

Freestanding wireless communication towers

Key/card lock fuel facilities

Light manufacturing uses that cannot meet the operational performance standards specified in SDC 3.4.270

Manufactured dwelling sales/service/repair

Marijuana business

Mini-warehouse storage facilities

Motels

Motor freight terminals

Moving and storage facilities

Recreational vehicle and heavy truck sales/rental/service

Service stations and gas stations

Tires, sales/service

Transit park and ride facility

Truck and auto repair and painting facilities

Notes:
(1)	A “big-box store” (also called supercenter, superstore, or megastore) is a physically large retail establishment, usually part of a chain, and generally more than 50,000 square feet in size. The term sometimes also refers, by extension, to the company that operates the store. Examples include large department stores and specialty retailers such as Wal-Mart, Target, Best Buy and IKEA and/or home improvement centers such as Lowe’s or Home Depot.
(2)	EXCEPTION: Along McVay Highway in Subarea D south of the Union Pacific railroad trestle and outside of the nodal development area (except for Assessor’s Maps and Tax Lots 18-03-03-11-01401, 17-03-34-44-03300, and 17-03-34-44-00301), drive through facilities shall be permitted if they are in compliance with the following criteria:
	(a)	The applicant can demonstrate that the drive-through facility is not the primary method of selling or servicing;
	(b)	A maximum of one drive-through lane or window is proposed;
	(c)	The development meets all other requirements of SDC § 3.4.275;
	(d)	The drive-through lane or window and the associated access drive do not cross pedestrian walkways from the public sidewalk to the sidewalk serving the primary building entrance of any business on the site and are designed to minimize disruption of on- and off-site pedestrian and bicycle traffic.
(3)	EXCEPTION: Outdoor seating for restaurants and pedestrian-oriented accessory uses, including flower, food, or drink stands shall be permitted. Temporary public gatherings, including, but not limited to, open-air markets and festivals, shall also be permitted as specified in the Springfield Municipal Code.

(6279; 6316; 6352)

3.4.260 Use Interpretations.

(A)

The use categories listed in SDC 3.4.250 include examples that illustrate permitted uses within the particular category. A specific use not identified within a category will be permitted by the Director without a formal review, as permitted in ORS 227.160(2)(b) and (11), if:

(1)

A finding is made that the proposed use meets the intent of the category as defined in SDC 3.4.250;

(2)

The use has impacts to surrounding properties and City infrastructure that are similar in type and magnitude to the other permitted uses typical of the category; and

(3)

The Director enters the decision into a registry on file in the Development Services Department. The registry shall be made available to the public upon request and shall contain the following information:

(a)

The street address or other easily understood geographic reference to the property upon which the specific use will occur,

(b)

The date of the decision, and

(c)

A description of the decision made;

(4)

Use interpretations made under this section are subject to the jurisdiction of the Land Use Board of Appeals in the same manner as a limited land use decision.

(B)

Uses that the Director determines cannot be readily interpreted as specified in SDC 3.4.260(A) will be processed as a formal interpretation as specified in SDC 5.11.100.

(6279)

3.4.265 Base Zone Development Standards.

The following base zone development standards are established for the Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District:

Development Standards	Zoning Districts
Development Standards	Residential Mixed-Use	Office Mixed-Use	Commercial Mixed-Use	Employment Mixed-Use
Minimum Development Area (1)	5 acres	5 acres	5 acres	5 acres
Minimum Lot/Parcel Size	None	None	None	None
Minimum Street Frontage (2)	None	None	None	None
Maximum Lot/Parcel Coverage	None	None	None	None
Minimum Density (3)	50 du/net acre	50 du/net acre	N/A	N/A
Setbacks
Build-to Lines/Building Setbacks	SDC § 3.4.275(H)	SDC § 3.4.275(H)	SDC § 3.4.275(H)	SDC § 3.4.275(H)
Landscape/Screening Setbacks	SDC § 3.4.270(F)	SDC § 3.4.270(F)	SDC § 3.4.270(F)	SDC § 3.4.270(F)
Minimum/Maximum Building Height	SDC § 3.4.275(D)	SDC § 3.4.275(D)	SDC § 3.4.275(D)	SDC § 3.4.275(D)
Additional Standards	(4)(5)(6)(7)	(4)(5)(6)(7)	(4)(5)(6)(7)	(4)(5)(6)(7)

Notes:
(1)	Minimum Development Area. In the Franklin Riverfront, the minimum development area is necessary due to the number of small lots/parcels and the need to establish the local street grid and park blocks. In the McVay Riverfront, the minimum development area is necessary due to the number of small lots/parcels and in order to prevent piecemeal development of a number of large lots/parcels for compliance with Springfield Commercial and Industrial Buildable Lands Inventory, Economic Opportunities Analysis, and Economic Development Objectives and Implementation Strategies findings.
	EXCEPTIONS:
	(a)	The developer may submit a letter to the Director stating that either abutting property owners are not willing to participate in the assembly of the minimum 5 acre development area; or there are smaller properties that cannot meet the 5 acre standard (for example, on the south side of Franklin Boulevard or on the west side of McVay Highway).
	(b)	Parks, when phased and public facilities shall be exempted from the minimum development area standard.
	(c)	In Subarea D where there are lots/parcels larger than 5 acres, land divisions will not be permitted until a Final Site Plan or Final Master Plan application is approved by the City.
(2)	While there is no minimum frontage standard, all lots/parcels shall have frontage on a public street unless the proposed development has been approved as part of a Master Plan, Site Plan or land division, and access has been guaranteed via a private driveway with an irrevocable joint use/access easement agreement as specified in SDC 4.2.120(A).
(3)	The density standard applies to high-density residential housing in those subareas where this type of housing is required or permitted. See SDC 3.4.245(B)(1)(a) and 3.4.245(B)(2)(b). There is no maximum density.
(4)	Where an easement is larger than the required setback standard, no building or above grade structure, except a fence, may be built upon or over that easement.
(5)	Required setbacks are measured from the special street setback in SDC 4.2.105(N), where applicable.
(6)	Architectural extensions, including, but not limited to, cornices, eave overhangs, and porches and balconies extending beyond an exterior wall of a building, may protrude into any 5-foot or larger setback area or build-to line by not more than 2 feet.

(6279; 6316; 6412)

3.4.270 Public and Private Development Standards.

The following public and private development standards are established for the Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District:

A.	Public Streets, Alleys and Sidewalks
B.	Street Trees and Curbside Planter Strips
C.	Lighting
D.	Bicycle Facilities
E.	Multi-Use Path
F.	Private Property Landscape Standards
G.	Vehicle/Bicycle Parking and Loading Standards
H.	Wastewater Facilities and Services
I.	Stormwater Facilities and Services
J.	Public Park and Open Space Facilities
K.	Location of Transit Stations
L.	Signs
M.	Light Manufacturing Operational Performance Standards
N.	Historic and Cultural Resources

(A)

Public Streets, Alleys and Sidewalks.

(1)

Public streets, alleys and sidewalks in the Glenwood Riverfront shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Chapter and designed and constructed as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(2)

Applicable Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Plan Policies and Implementation Strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix of this code. The following is an overview of the Glenwood Riverfront street network:

(a)

Franklin Riverfront Arterial Street. Franklin Boulevard shall be designed and constructed as a hybrid multi-way boulevard.

(b)

Franklin Riverfront Local Street Network. A grid street pattern shall be designed and constructed to include north-south through streets, park block streets, a riverfront street, east-west service streets and alleys as specified in SDC 3.4.270(A)(2)(d).

(c)

Franklin Riverfront Block Length. Block length and width shall range from 250 to 350 feet.

EXCEPTION: Park block width (east-west) shall be a minimum of 150 feet. However, the City and Willamalane will seek to minimize park block width prior to the submittal of development applications as specified in SDC 3.4.270(J)(4)(b).

(d)

Franklin Riverfront Mid-block Connectors/Alleys. Mid-block connectors or alleys shall be designed and constructed either mid-way or every 250 to 350 feet in those larger blocks that exceed the block length standard specified in SDC 3.4.270(A)(2)(c). In addition, alleys shall be limited to the grid street pattern area described in SDC 3.4.270(A)(2)(b), and shall be used as specified in SDC 3.4.270(G)(11).

(e)

In the Franklin Riverfront, the developer shall coordinate with the City to allow temporary access to properties prior to the establishment of the required grid street system. Temporary access will be reviewed and approved during the Site Plan Review process. As the grid system is established, the developer shall be required to remove the temporary access at their own expense, while establishing the required grid street system as specified in the Glenwood Refinement Plan SDC 3.4.270(A)(3).

(f)

McVay Riverfront Arterial Street. McVay Highway shall be designed and constructed as a multi-modal facility. In consideration of significant infrastructure improvements required along the frontage of McVay Highway and the uncertainty as to the timing of these improvements, an Improvement Agreement may be accepted in lieu of completing frontage improvements at the time of development approval. In the case of property requiring annexation to the City, the terms of making the improvements shall be described in the Annexation Agreement.

(g)

McVay Riverfront Local Street Network.

(i)

Primary access from McVay Highway shall be from east-west streets in the vicinity of East 19th Avenue, Nugget Way and the south end of Glenwood.

(ii)

A grid street pattern may be accomplished by incorporating north-south streets as specified in SDC 3.4.270(A)(2)(b) or by shared private driveways.

(3)

The street system must be designed and maintained to meet needs for mobility, parking, and loading in the Glenwood Riverfront while minimizing adverse visual, environmental, and financial impacts on the public. The Director may require a parking study to determine adequacy of parking to support a given use or proposed development. Public streets, alleys, and sidewalks shall be designed and constructed as specified in the following street cross- section standards and in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(a)

Riverfront Street.

(i)

Riverfront Street with Parallel Parking.

The street shall be 2 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk on each side of the street.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot amenity zone (elements in an amenity zone are street trees, plants, parking meters, street lights, street furniture, art, etc.) between the curb and sidewalk on the south side of the street.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot amenity zone between the travel way and sidewalk on the north side of the street.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet out from the parking striping.

Parallel parking stall widths shall be 7 feet wide.

Parking shall be installed on the south side of the street.

Parking shall not be installed on the north side of the street.

Travel lanes shall be 10 feet wide.

Figure 3.4-A1

(ii)

Riverfront Street with Angled Parking.

The street shall be 2 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk on both sides of the street.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot amenity zone between the travel way and sidewalk on the north side of the street.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet out from the angled parking striping.

The angled parking dimensions from the Springfield Development Code shall be used.

Parking shall be installed on the south side of the street.

Parking shall not be installed on the north side of the street.

Travel lanes shall be 10 feet wide.

Figure 3.4-A2

(iii)

Riverfront Street with Reversed Angled Parking.

The street shall be 2 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk on both sides of the street.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot amenity zone between the curb and sidewalk on the south side of the street.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot amenity zone between the travel way and sidewalk on the north side of the street.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet out from the reverse angled parking striping.

The reverse angled parking dimensions from the Springfield Development Code shall be used.

Parking shall be installed on the south side of the street.

Parking shall not be installed on the north side of the street.

Travel lanes shall be 10 feet wide.

Figure 3.4-A3

(b)

Park Block Street.

(i)

Park Block Street with Angled Parking on 1 Side of the Street.

The street shall be 1 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk adjacent to the development.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot amenity zone on the Development side of the street between the curb and sidewalk. Appurtenances may include trees in tree wells, bicycle parking, tables, benches, street lights, landscaping, public art, etc.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

The park block from curb to curb shall be a minimum of 150 feet.

The angled parking dimensions from the Springfield Development Code shall be used.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet out from the angled parking striping.

Angled parking shall only be on 1 side of the street.

Storm water treatment shall be installed between the curb and sidewalk. It shall treat all impervious surfaces that are in the public right-of-way and shall be sized accordingly.

There shall be a minimum 8-foot sidewalk between the stormwater treatment and park block.

The travel lane shall be 10 feet wide.

Figure 3.4-B1

(ii)

Park Block Street with Parallel Parking on Both Sides of the Street.

The street shall be 1 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk adjacent to the development.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot amenity zone on the development side of the street between the curb and sidewalk. Appurtenances may include trees in tree wells, bicycle parking, tables, benches, street lights, landscaping, public art, etc.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

The park block from curb to curb shall be a minimum of 150 feet.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet out from the parking striping.

Bulb-outs should be staggered to create the narrow travel way.

Parallel parking stall widths shall be 7 feet wide.

Storm water treatment shall be installed between the curb and adjacent sidewalk. It shall treat all impervious surfaces that are in the public right-of-way and shall be sized accordingly.

There shall be a minimum 8-foot sidewalk between the stormwater treatment and park block.

The travel lane shall be 10 feet wide.

A 2-foot paved pedestrian travel way shall be between the parking lane and the stormwater treatment.

Figure 3.4-B2

(iii)

Park Block Street with Parallel Parking on 1 Side of the Street.

The street shall be 1 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk adjacent to the development.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

The park block from curb to curb shall be a minimum of 150 feet.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet from the parking striping.

Parallel parking stall widths shall be 7 feet wide.

Storm water treatment shall be installed between the curb and sidewalk. It shall treat all impervious surfaces that are in the public right-of-way and shall be sized accordingly.

There shall be a minimum 2-foot paved walking width between the parking and stormwater treatment area.

There shall be a minimum 8-foot sidewalk between the stormwater treatment and park block.

The travel lane shall be 10 feet wide.

Figure 3.4-B3

(c)

Collector Street.

(i)

Collector Street with Buffered Bike Lane.

The street shall be 2 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk adjacent to the development.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot amenity zone between the curb and sidewalk. Appurtenances may include trees in tree wells, bicycle parking, tables, benches, street lights, landscaping, public art, etc.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Parking bulb-outs shall be a minimum of 9 feet wide.

Parallel parking stall widths shall be 7 feet wide.

Travel lane shall be 10 feet wide.

Bicycle lanes shall be 6 feet wide with a striped 2-foot buffered area between the bicycle lane and the travel lane and a striped 2-foot buffered area between the bicycle lane and parking lane.

Figure 3.4-C1

(ii)

Collector Street with Separated Bike Lane.

The street shall be 2 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk adjacent to the development.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet out from the parking striping.

Parallel parking stall widths shall be 7 feet wide.

Travel lane shall be 10 feet wide.

Bicycle lanes shall be 6 feet wide with a 3-foot buffered area between the bicycle lane and the parking lane and elevated to the same elevation as the sidewalk to not be at the same grade as the parking lane.

Figure 3.4-C2

(d)

Typical Street.

(i)

Typical Street with Parallel Parking.

The street shall be 2 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk on each side of the street.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet out from the parking striping.

Parallel parking stall widths shall be 7 feet wide.

Travel lanes shall be 10 feet wide.

Figure 3.4-D1

(B)

Street Trees and Curbside Planter Strips. Applicable Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Plan Policies and Implementation Strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix of this code. Street trees, especially those that provide shade, and curbside planter strips in the public right-of-way shall be as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual. Therefore, street trees will not be subject to the regulations of this section and will not be counted toward any landscaping required by this section. As a general rule, street trees shall be selected on the basis of providing shade and have a size relationship with the street landscape (e.g., the wider the street, the larger the trees). Trees at least 40 feet tall at maturity are required for pedestrian areas. Design considerations shall be focused on space requirements of the selected trees at all phases of their life cycle. Scale, soils, underground obstruction, overhead constraints, branch height, mature tree size, and shadow patterns are examples of design considerations. Proposed tree species shall provide continuity between one site and the next in the same block. Street trees shall be placed either directly in planter strips or within tree wells located between the sidewalk and the curb as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual. Street trees and planter strips in the public right-of-way shall be shown on the required Site Plan.

(C)

Lighting.

(1)

Applicable Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Plan Policies and Implementation Strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix of this code.

(2)

Private on-site lighting shall comply with the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America recommended practices and shall:

(a)

Be the minimum illumination necessary for a given application, including parking areas, as specified in SDC 3.4.270(G)(9)(d);

(b)

Be shielded or recessed so that direct glare and reflection are contained within the boundaries of the property; and directed downward and away from abutting properties, public rights-of-way, and riparian zones, wetlands and other protected areas identified in this code;

(c)

Create a safe and secure environment for pedestrians and bicyclists during hours of darkness and reduce or prevent light pollution by minimizing glare; and

(d)

Provide private on-site pedestrian level lighting, whether freestanding or attached to a building. Private on-site pedestrian level lighting is distinct from public street lights described in SDC 3.4.270(C)(1) because it is intended to light private property rather than public streets. The height of a freestanding or attached light fixture shall be 12 to 14 feet and in no case shall exceed 25 feet or the height of the permitted building or structure, whichever is less. In this case, height is measured as the vertical distance between the paved surface or finished grade and the bottom of the light fixture.

(D)

Bicycle Facilities. Bicycle facilities shall be required: off-street as part of the multi-use path specified in SDC 3.4.270(E); on-street; or as part of a mid-block connector.

(1)

Bicycle facilities in the Glenwood Riverfront shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation and Open Space chapters.

(2)

Applicable Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Plan Policies and Implementation Strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix of this code.

(3)

Bicycle facilities, including, but not limited to, mid-block connectors and on-street markings, shall be designed and constructed as specified in SDC 4.2.150, the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual and the Springfield Standard Construction Specifications.

(4)

Bicycle parking shall be as specified in Table 3.4.2.

(E)

Multi-Use Path. The multi-use path shall be part of the riverfront linear park along the entire length of the Willamette River in the Glenwood Riverfront. The multi-use path shall provide opportunities for active and passive recreation activities, including but not limited to, walking, jogging, running, cycling, inline skating, and nature watching. The multi-use path shall be located at the outermost edge of the 75-foot-wide Greenway Setback Line/Riparian Setback to the maximum extent practicable.

(1)

The multi-use path shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation and Open Space chapters.

(2)

Applicable Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Plan and Open Space chapter policies and implementation strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix of this code.

(3)

The multi-use path shall be designed and constructed as specified in SDC 4.2.150, the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual and the Springfield Standard Construction Specifications.

(F)

Private Property Landscape Standards.

(1)

Purpose. The City recognizes the aesthetic, ecological and economic value of landscaping. This subsection establishes private property landscaping standards in the Glenwood Riverfront in order to provide:

(a)

The establishment of a sense of place;

(b)

The preservation and enhancement of the Glenwood Riverfront’s urban forest on especially on hillsides;

(c)

The retention of significant clusters of riparian vegetation along watercourses;

(d)

The promotion, retention and use of existing non-invasive vegetation;

(e)

The restoration of natural plant communities and the provision of habitat through sustainable landscaping and controlling invasive species;

(f)

The mitigation for loss of natural resource values;

(g)

Erosion control;

(h)

The reduction of stormwater runoff pollution, temperature, and rate and volume of flow;

(i)

The minimization of impervious surface impacts;

(j)

The promotion of compatibility between land uses by reducing the visual, noise and lighting impacts of specific development on users of the site and abutting uses;

(k)

The promotion of safety, security, and privacy;

(l)

On-site open space, pedestrian pathway definition and residential/business entry identification;

(m)

Opportunities for energy conservation by providing shade from the sun and shelter from the wind; and

(n)

The retention and/or growth of long-term property values.

(2)

Applicability.

(a)

The landscaping standards of this subsection shall apply to all private property (property located outside of public right-of-way) in the Glenwood Riverfront as follows:

(i)

New development;

(ii)

Redevelopment including expansions of use;

(iii)

A change of use for existing buildings where the landscaping is non-conforming; and

(iv)

A change of use that results additional on-site parking or loading areas, or that modifies the driveway location.

EXCEPTION: Portions of private property within the Willamette Greenway Overlay District, as specified in SDC 3.4.280, shall comply with riparian/wetland protection standards specified in SDC 4.3.115 and 4.3.117 and the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(b)

All portions of a development area that are not used for buildings, parking, internal sidewalks, mid-block connectors or other impervious surfaces shall be landscaped as specified in SDC 3.4.270(F)(4)(a).

(3)

General Landscaping Standards.

(a)

Minimum Standards. The landscaping standards for the Glenwood Riverfront shall be minimums; higher standards can be substituted, provided all fence, wall or vegetation height limitations specified in this section are met. Crime prevention should be considered when exceeding the landscaping standards because the height and density of vegetation may become a safety and/or visibility issue.

(b)

Protection of Existing Vegetation. Existing vegetation may be used to meet the landscape standards if relocated on site and/or protected and maintained during the construction phase of the development as specified in SDC 3.4.270(F)(5) and (6). Any necessary tree felling shall comply with SDC 5.19.100.

(c)

Selection of Materials. Landscape materials shall be selected and sited to produce a hardy and drought-resistant landscape area. Selection shall include consideration of the soil type and depth; the amount of maintenance required; spacing; exposure to the sun and wind; the slope and contours of the site; and compatibility with existing native vegetation preserved on the site. Shrubs resembling trees shall not be used to meet the tree standards.

(d)

Plant Diversity.

(i)

Shrubs. If there are more than 25 required shrubs, no more than 75 percent of them shall be of 1 species.

(ii)

Trees. If there are more than 8 required trees, no more than 40 percent of them shall be of 1 species. If there are more than 24 required trees, no more than 25 percent of them can be of 1 species. This standard does not apply to existing trees that are counted towards meeting the total number of trees required.

(e)

Specific Tree Standards.

(i)

In any required landscape area, trees shall be suitable for this region as may be approved during the land use review process. At the time of planting, deciduous trees shall be a minimum 2 inches in caliper and permitted conifer trees shall be fully branched, between 4-6 feet in height. Spacing and time of coverage of trees shall be as specified in SDC 3.4.270(F)(4).

(ii)

The categories of trees are defined as follows:

Large trees in the public right-of-way or on private property are those trees over 40 feet tall and more than 35 feet wide branching at maturity;

Medium-sized trees on private property are those trees 25 feet to 40 feet tall and 16 feet to 35 feet wide branching at maturity; and

Small or narrow-stature trees on private property are those trees less than 25 feet tall and less than 16 feet wide branching at maturity.

(f)

Specific Shrub and Ground Cover Standards.

(i)

All of the landscaped area that is not planted with trees and shrubs shall be planted in ground cover plants, which may include grasses. Mulch (as a ground cover) shall be confined to areas underneath plants and shall not be a substitute for ground cover plants.

(ii)

All shrubs shall be of sufficient size and number to meet the required height and coverage standards of this subsection within 4 years of planting, unless otherwise specified in subsection (F)(4). Shrubs shall be at least the 1-gallon container size at planting.

(iii)

Ground cover plants other than grasses or sod shall be:

At least the 4-inch pot size;

Planted in triangular spacing at distances appropriate for the plant species; and

Planted at a density that will cover the entire area within 3 years, unless otherwise specified in this section.

(iv)

Any plants listed on the Nuisance Plants List as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual shall be prohibited from being planted in the Glenwood Riverfront.

(g)

Installation.

(i)

Landscaped Area Preparation. All new required landscaped areas shall be cleared of groundcover and shrubs on the Nuisance Plants List as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(ii)

All required landscaping shall be in-ground or in permanent raised planters.

(iii)

All landscaping shall be installed according to accepted planting procedures:

All plant materials shall conform in size and quality grade to the American Standard for Nursery Stock, current edition; and

All plant material shall be installed according specifications prepared by a landscape architect or certified landscape professional based on the site, context, soil type, exposure, maintenance plan and this section.

(iv)

Topsoil removed during construction shall be replaced with topsoil.

(v)

Plant materials shall be properly supported to ensure survival. Support devices, including guy wires or stakes, shall not interfere with vehicle or pedestrian movement and shall be left in place until the plant materials can safely support themselves.

(vi)

All required landscaping shall be installed prior to the issuance of an Occupancy Permit. Alternatively, if the landscaping standards of this subsection cannot be met, other arrangements shall be made and approved as specified in SDC 5.17.150.

(h)

Maintenance.

(i)

All landscape materials shall be guaranteed by the property owner for a period of one 12-month growing season from the date of installation. A schedule of continuing maintenance of plantings shall be submitted and approved with the Final Site Plan application.

(ii)

Unless otherwise provided by the lease agreement, the owner, tenant and their agent, if any, shall be jointly and severally responsible for the maintenance of all landscaping, which shall be:

Maintained in good condition to present a healthy, neat and orderly appearance;

Replaced or repaired as necessary beyond the guarantee period specified in subsection (F)(3)(h)(i) above; and

Kept free from refuse and debris.

(iii)

The Director may require a site inspection to determine if the height and coverage of required landscaping has been established as required by the applicable 2-4 year maturity time line.

(iv)

Unless prohibited by this code, all groundcover, shrubs and trees in landscaped areas shall be controlled by pruning or trimming so that they will not:

Interfere with the maintenance or repair of any public utility;

Restrict pedestrian or vehicle access; or

Constitute a traffic hazard because of reduced visibility.

EXCEPTION: Pruning and trimming in riparian and wetland areas shall be as specified in SDC 4.3.115 and 4.3.117 and/or the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(v)

Tree topping is an extreme form of crown reduction and shall be prohibited within the Greenway Setback Line and any riparian or wetland area unless necessary for health and/or safety reasons as determined by a certified arborist. In other areas of the Glenwood Riverfront, tree topping may be permitted under the following circumstances: if a tree smaller than 8 inches in diameter is topped, it shall be replaced in kind; if a tree 8 inches or larger in diameter is topped, the owner shall have a certified arborist develop and carry out a 5-year pruning schedule.

EXCEPTIONS: Tree topping shall be permitted to:

Remove a safety hazard that has the potential to cause personal injury, damage to property or the environment. Examples of safety hazards include, but are not limited to those listed in SDC 3.4.270(F)(3)(h)(iii); and/or

Remove dead or diseased material as determined by a certified arborist.

(i)

Irrigation. The intent of this standard is to ensure that plants will survive the critical establishment period when they are most vulnerable due to lack of watering. All landscaped areas shall provide an irrigation system as follows:

(i)

A permanent built-in irrigation system with an automatic controller; or

(ii)

An irrigation system designed and certified by a licensed landscape architect or certified landscape professional as part of the landscape plan that provides sufficient water to ensure that the plants will become established. The system does not have to be permanent if the plants chosen can survive adequately on their own once established; or

(iii)

Irrigation by Hand. If the applicant chooses this option, the inspection required in SDC 3.4.270(F)(3)(h)(iii) shall ensure that the landscaping has become established.

(iv)

The following options will be encouraged in order to reduce the amount of potable water used for landscape irrigation by the use of:

Captured rainwater;

Recycled wastewater;

Water treated and conveyed for non-potable uses; and/or

Other non-potable water sources, including, but not limited to, stormwater, air conditioning condensate, irrigation wells, and foundation drain water.

(v)

The final irrigation plan diagram, if necessary, shall be submitted with the Final Site Plan Review application.

(4)

Landscape Standard Categories.

(a)

The L1 standard is a landscape treatment that enhances open areas between buildings and in required setbacks or screening areas specified in SDC 3.4.270(F)(2)(b) and along pedestrian mid-block connectors. While primarily consisting of ground cover plants, the L1 standard also includes a mixture of trees, high shrubs, and low shrubs. The tree standard shall be 1 large tree per 30 linear feet, 1 medium tree per 22 linear feet, or 1 small tree per 15 linear feet for each 1,000 square feet of landscaped area. Trees of different sizes may be combined to meet the standard. Trees may be grouped. The shrub standard shall be either 2 high shrubs or 3 low shrubs for each 400 square feet of landscaped area. The shrubs and trees may be grouped. Ground cover plants shall fully cover the remainder of the landscaped area. The L1 standard shall comply with the vision clearance standards specified in SDC 4.2.130.

EXCEPTION: The L1 tree standard will not be required within setbacks of less than 5 feet at building entry ways.

(b)

The L2 standard is a landscape treatment to screen different abutting uses and parking lots, utilities, and trash and recycling bin areas. The L2 standard shall be applied as specified in SDC 3.4.270(F)(4)(b)(i) along public streets and private driveway frontages where parking lots are permitted, specifically in Subarea D, south of the Union Pacific railroad trestle and outside of the nodal development area; common property lines and/or rear property lines; or at the interface of the linear park where there are no property lines. The L2 standard shall be applied as specified in SDC 3.4.270(F)(4)(b)(ii) for screening trash containers and recycling facilities. The L2 standard shall comply with the vision clearance standards specified in SDC 4.2.130. The prescribed heights of required fences, walls or landscaping shall be measured from the actual adjoining level of finished grade.

(c)

The L3 standard is a landscape treatment that applies within parking lots, including interior courts, but not including any required landscape setbacks necessary for screening, as specified in subsection (F)(4)(b)(i). At least 10 percent of the interior of a parking lot shall be landscaped. If the parking lot is larger than one-half acre, the provisions of SDC 3.4.270(F)(3) also apply. The L3 standard serves 3 purposes: to eliminate stormwater runoff through infiltration swales and other measures; to provide shade; and for screening. Water quality features may be incorporated into planter islands and required setbacks. The L3 standard shall comply with the vision clearance standards specified in SDC 4.2.130.

(i)

Separation of Uses. The L2 standard shall be designed to separate and mitigate the impact of abutting uses; and separate parking lots from public rights-of-way and private common driveways to allow surveillance of the lot from the street or driveway, where visibility into areas is more important than a total visual screen. The intent is to partially conceal parked vehicles from public view. The L2 standard screening shall be set back 10 feet along the front property line and 7 feet along side and rear property lines, and driveways, where applicable. In this case, the L2 standard shall require:

Enough evergreen shrubs to form a continuous screen 3 feet high within 2 years of planting. The shrubs shall be properly maintained and shall be replaced with new shrubs when the screen ceases to serve the purpose of obscuring the view. For security, the screen may be combined with a decorative wrought iron fence along the property line fronting a street, common private driveway or the Willamette River; or a black coated chain link fence along any side or rear property line that does not front the Willamette River. Permitted fences shall not exceed 6 feet in height. Other chain link fences, slats, wood fences, electrified fences and fences with barbed wire or razor wire shall be prohibited.

One large tree shall be required per 30 linear feet of landscaped area, 1 medium tree per 22 linear feet of landscaped area, or 1 small tree per 15 linear feet of landscaped area. Trees of different sizes may be combined to meet the standard.

Ground cover plants shall fully cover the remainder of the landscaped area. At least 10 five-gallon shrubs or 20 one-gallon shrubs shall be planted for each 1,000 square feet of the required screening area. The remaining area shall be planted in lawn or other living ground cover.

Walls.

(1)

A 3-foot high decorative wall at least 6 inches thick may be substituted for the shrubs specified in SDC 3.4.270(F)(4)(b)(i)(A) but the trees and ground cover plants shall still be required. A decorative wall may be constructed of materials including, but not limited to, stone; rock; textured concrete masonry; pre-cast or site-cast concrete, brick, or a combination of these materials; and shall include a cap, or may consist of materials that complement the façade of the building.

(2)

In the case of an outdoor utility yard as permitted in SDC 3.4.270(M)(1) and parking areas for medium and heavy duty trucks as permitted in Table 3.4.1(2), a decorative wall shall be at least 8 feet tall.

Any wall or fence shall be placed along the interior side of the landscaped area, outside of any public utility easement.

EXCEPTION: A required screen shall not be permitted within the Greenway Setback Line, as specified in SDC 3.4.280.

(ii)

Screening Trash and Recycling Bins. Screening shall be designed to conceal large outdoor items, including, but not limited to, skids and pallets, as well as the trash containers and recycling facilities that are needed for the business or residential use. Trash containers and recycling facilities shall:

Not be visible from streets and adjacent properties;

Be provided with either a solid enclosure on all sides at least 6 feet tall with a gate that blends into the building design or a combination of a solid enclosure and shrubs that complies with SDC (F)(4)(b)(i);

Not be located in vehicle parking stalls;

Not be located within required landscape areas; and

Not block driveways.

(iii)

Screening Utilities. Ground-mounted utility equipment, including, but not limited to, exterior transformers, mechanical units such as condensers and generators, switch gear, backflow preventers, utility pads, cable television, and telephone pedestals, shall be placed underground or within buildings, where practicable. When placed above ground, equipment shall be located to minimize visual impact and screened with either an enclosure that blends with the proposed building design, landscaping, or both. When enclosures are used, they shall be tall enough to completely screen the equipment at the time of the equipment installation. Groundcover and shrubs, planted tall enough to completely screen the equipment and any required cover, shall attain 50 percent coverage after 2 years and 100 percent coverage within 4 years.

(a)	The L3 standard is a landscape treatment that applies within parking lots, including interior courts, but not including any required landscape setbacks necessary for screening, as specified in subsection (F)(4)(b)(i). At least 10 percent of the interior of a parking lot shall be landscaped. The L3 standard serves 3 purposes: to eliminate stormwater runoff through infiltration swales and other measures; to provide shade; and for screening. Water quality features may be incorporated into planter islands and required setbacks. The L3 standard shall comply with the vision clearance standards specified in SDC 4.2.130.
(i)	Infiltration planter islands, infiltration planter basins between parking aisles, infiltration tree wells and required parking lot setbacks shall be used to accommodate stormwater runoff as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.
(ii)	Wheel Stops. Secured wheel stops or rubber parking blocks shall be placed to prevent vehicles from overhanging a landscaped infiltration area or setback. Wheel stops shall be designed to allow runoff to enter the landscaped infiltration area.
(iii)	L3 Standard—Trees. Trees of different sizes may be combined to meet this standard. In order to provide a canopy effect, one of the following options may be selected:
A.	At a minimum, 1 large tree per 4 parking spaces; or
B.	At a minimum, 1 medium tree per 3 parking spaces.
(iv)	L3 Standard—Shrubs and Ground Cover Plants. At a minimum, 1 medium to small shrub per space shall be required. The remainder of the area shall be planted in ground cover plants.

(5)

Existing mature vegetation and healthy trees, excluding those plants on the Nuisance Plants List as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual, shall be retained to the maximum extent practicable. However, plantings intended to mitigate for the loss of natural resource values shall be subject to applicable standards as specified in SDC 3.4.280, 4.4.115, 4.4.117 and the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(6)

Preserving Existing Trees and Vegetation. When the developer proposes to retain existing trees and vegetation outside of riparian and wetland areas to meet the applicable landscape category standards, as specified in the sections referenced in SDC 3.4.270(F)(5), tree and vegetation preservation specifications shall be included in the Landscape Plan submitted during the Site Plan Review process.

(a)

Credits for preserving existing trees shall accrue on a 1-to-1 basis, based on the size of the tree being preserved, as defined in SDC 3.4.270(F)(3)(e)(ii).

(b)

The Landscape Plan shall include a separate written statement and a Site Plan for preserving existing trees and vegetation. All of the following elements shall be included:

(i)

A written statement that:

States the trees and vegetation proposed to be preserved are healthy, and/or can be relocated on site as determined by a certified arborist;

Provides an explanation of the method for the protection of existing trees and vegetation to remain during the construction process; and if necessary,

Requests any credits for preserving existing trees.

(ii)

The Plan shall be drawn to scale and show all trees proposed to be preserved on the site, and their species, diameter and drip lines.

(iii)

Site construction shall not be allowed within the drip lines of trees that are to remain. Preserved vegetation shall not be disturbed.

Finish grade shall be at the original grade, or a well or planter shall be constructed that is equal to or larger in size than the drip line.

EXCEPTION: These statements shall not preclude the construction of walkways within the drip lines of trees if they are part of the proposed development.

(iv)

Upon approval of the Landscape Plan as part of the Site Plan Review process, the trees and vegetation proposed to be preserved shall be noted on the property, prior to construction.

(G)

Vehicle/Bicycle Parking and Loading Standards.

(1)

Vehicle/bicycle parking standards shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation and the Housing and Economic Development chapters.

(2)

Applicable Glenwood Refinement Plan Vehicle/Bicycle Parking Policies and Implementation Strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix of this code.

(3)

Vehicle/bicycle parking and loading standards shall be designed and constructed as specified in this subsection.

(4)

Vehicle Parking—General. In line with the land use vision for compact development and a walkable, pedestrian-friendly environment, on-street parking, aboveground and underground off-street parking structures, and parking located within or under buildings shall be encouraged. Locating and designing all on-site vehicle parking to minimize the visibility of parked cars to pedestrians from street frontages and light and noise impacts of parking lots strengthens the character of the Glenwood Riverfront, reinforces the emphasis on pedestrian, bike, and transit for travel, and minimizes the potential for vehicle/pedestrian conflicts. On-site parking must not exceed the maximum number of spaces established in Table 3.4.1 except as provided in SDC 3.4.270(G)(8).

(5)

Types of Vehicle Parking Facilities Permitted.

(a)

In all subareas, the following types of parking facilities shall be permitted:

(i)

On-street parking.

(ii)

Aboveground and underground parking structures.

(iii)

Surface parking facilities located in interior courts.

(iv)

Parking facilities incorporated within or on top of a building.

(b)

In Subarea D south of the Union Pacific railroad trestle and outside of the nodal development area (except for Assessor’s Maps and Tax Lots 18-03-03-11-01401, 17-03-34-44-03300, and 17-03-34-44-00301), in addition to parking facilities permitted in SDC 3.4.270(G)(5)(a)(i)—(iv), surface parking facilities that are screened as specified in SDC 3.4.270(F)(4)(b) shall be permitted along McVay Highway and any other street frontage, in the following circumstances:

(i)

Two rows of visitor parking including a travel lane that can accommodate bi-directional traffic in the front of and facing a building as specified in SDC 3.4.275(H)(2)(b); and

(ii)

Overflow visitor parking and other permitted vehicular parking on 1 side of, and in the rear of a building.

(6)

Maximum off-street vehicle parking spaces by use category shall be as specified in Table 3.4.1.

Vehicle Parking Maximums Table 3.4.1
Use Category	Use Sub-Category	Maximum Number of Parking Spaces
Commercial	Eating and Drinking Establishments (1)	1 per each 30 square feet of seating floor area plus 1 per each 500 gross square feet of non-seating floor area
	Hospitality	1 per guest bedroom plus 1 space per each full-time employee on the largest shift
	Personal Services	1 per each 350 square feet of gross floor area
	Professional, Scientific and Technical Services	1 per each 350 square feet of gross floor area
	Retail Sales and Services	1 per each 300 square feet of gross floor area
Employment	Hospital	1 per each 200 square feet of gross floor area or 1.5 per bed
	Light Manufacturing (2)	1 per each 550 square feet of gross floor area plus 1 space per company owned vehicle
	Light Manufacturing Storage (2)	1 per each 1650 square feet of gross floor area plus 1 space per company vehicle
	Office Employment	1 per each 350 square feet of gross floor area
	Educational Facilities	To be determined by a parking study that considers number of employees, students, and hours of operation
	Warehousing (2)	1 per each full-time employee on the largest shift plus 1 space per company vehicle
Recreation	Park Blocks or Riverfront Linear park Recreational Facilities (3)	0
Residential (High-Density)	Residential Occupancy of Dwelling Units	1 per bedroom with a maximum of 2.5 per dwelling unit plus 1 space for every 15 dwelling units for visitors. 1 per each 4 beds plus 1 space per each full time employee on the largest shift for nursing homes and assisted living; or 1 per every 2 beds plus 1 space per each full time employee on the largest shift for independent living
Vehicle Related Uses	Structured Parking	N/A

Notes:
(1)	When calculating the maximum parking limits for an eating or drinking establishment that has outdoor seating, up to 20 outdoor seats shall be exempt from the seating calculation.
(2)	The U.S. Department of Transportation establishes commercial truck classifications based on the vehicle’s gross vehicle weight rating. Classes 1, 2 and 3 are “light duty”; Classes 4, 5 and 6 are “medium duty”; and Classes 7 and 8 are “heavy duty.” Trucks classified as medium and heavy duty that are used as part of a commercial or light manufacturing use shall be located either:
	(a)	Within an enclosed building; or
	(b)	Outside of a building when:
		(i)	Screened by a masonry or concrete wall or other permanent fully opaque screen that extends from the building and complements the façade of the building. The wall shall have a minimum height of 8 feet. The screen shall totally conceal trucks from McVay Highway and the Willamette River and shall meet the building setback standard specified in SDC 3.4.275(H)(2)(b); or
		(ii)	Within a courtyard surrounded by buildings in a manner that medium and heavy duty truck parking cannot be seen from McVay Highway or the Willamette River.
	(c)	Medium and heavy duty truck parking shall be prohibited in front and street side yards.
(3)	Public parking for the park blocks and riverfront linear park will be provided on street.

(7)

Parking Maximum Benefits and Options.

(a)

Parking Maximum Benefits.

(i)

Supports Mobility Management. Parking management is an important component of efforts to encourage more efficient transportation choices, that helps reduce problems such as traffic congestion, roadway costs, pollution emissions, energy consumption and traffic accidents;

(ii)

Improves Walkability. By allowing more clustered development and buildings located closer to sidewalks and streets, parking management helps create more walkable communities;

(iii)

Supports Transit. Parking management supports transit oriented development and transit use;

(iv)

Provides Facility Cost Savings. Reduces development costs to governments, businesses, developers and consumers;

(v)

Supports Compact Growth. Parking management helps create more accessible and efficient land use patterns, and so helps preserve green space and other valuable ecological, historic and cultural resources;

(vi)

Allows More Flexible Facility Location and Design. Parking management gives architects, designers and planners more ways to provide parking, creating more functional and attractive communities;

(vii)

Supports Equity Objectives. Management strategies can reduce the need for subsidies, improve travel options for non-drivers, and increase affordability for lower-income households; and

(viii)

Reduces Stormwater Management Costs, Water Pollution and Heat Island Effects. Parking management can reduce total pavement area and incorporate better design features.

(b)

Options available to help meet parking maximums include:

(i)

A legally-binding shared parking agreement may be submitted as specified in SDC 4.6.110(F) where multiple uses or multiple developments share 1 or more parking facilities, and peak parking demand occurs during different times of the day. An example of this option is office development with nearby residential development.

(ii)

Unbundled parking may be utilized where parking spaces are rented or sold separately, rather than automatically included with the rent or purchase price of a residential or commercial unit. In this option, tenants or owners are able to purchase only as much parking as they need or want and are given the opportunity to save money by using fewer parking stalls. The developer shall specify the number of unbundled parking spaces proposed and provide an explanation of how this parking reduction option will affect the proposed development as part of the Site Plan Review application submittal. No more than 50 percent of the parking provided shall be unbundled parking.

(iii)

Car Sharing.

Car sharing reduces the rate of personal vehicle ownership. In this option, a household or business gains the benefits of private vehicle use without the costs and responsibilities of ownership. A household or business has access to a fleet of shared-use vehicles on an as-needed basis. A household or business gains access to these vehicles by joining an organization that maintains a fleet of cars and/or light trucks, e.g., ZipCar, that are parked in designated, leased spaces in a network of locations.

Car sharing shall be permitted in public and private parking structures and parking lots.

(iv)

Carpool/Vanpool Parking.

If the carpool/vanpool option is chosen, it shall apply when there are at least 20 parking spaces. The number of carpool/vanpool parking spaces must be based upon 5 percent of the parking spaces in Table 3.4.1.

The carpool/vanpool spaces must be located closer to the primary employee entrance or secondary entrance from a parking lot than any other employee parking, except disabled accessible spaces.

Carpool/vanpool spaces must have markings and signs that indicate the space is reserved for carpool/vanpool use.

Only vehicles that are part of a rideshare program sanctioned by the employer or a public agency may park in designated carpool/vanpool parking spaces.

(v)

Subsidized transit passes.

(vi)

Establishment of Alternative Work Schedules. This option includes alternative work schedule techniques such as staggered and flexible work hours and the shortened workweek.

(8)

Additional Vehicle Parking. A request for parking that exceeds the maximum parking standards specified in Table 3.4.1 shall be permitted only within a parking structure that accommodates parking for more than 1 use. The parking structure may be privately owned, or in-lieu-of-fees may be paid to the City for an appropriately sized public parking structure upon establishment of a parking district serving portions of the Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District.

(9)

Vehicle Parking Design Standards. The following standards shall apply to all permitted parking facilities:

(a)

In both public and private parking facilities, the stall width and length and aisle width standards specified in SDC 4.6.115 shall apply.

(b)

All surface parking lots shall incorporate the following elements, including, but not limited to:

(i)

Pedestrian walkways that provide priority over vehicles routes, are direct and accessible, and enhance safety for pedestrians and vehicles. Parking lots with 50 or more spaces shall be divided into separate areas by landscaping or protected raised pedestrian walkways at least 10 feet in width, or by a building or group of buildings. Pedestrian walkways shall include pedestrian-scaled lighting as specified in SDC 3.4.270(G)(9)(d) and elevated crosswalks and/or distinguishing paving colors, textures or materials, as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual. The pedestrian routes shall lead to an entrance in the rear or, if applicable, the side of a building;

(ii)

The use of alternative surfacing as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual, including permeable surfacing, where applicable, shall be preferred as an option over traditional impervious surfacing; and

(iii)

Strategies to reduce “heat island” effects, such as canopy shade trees and landscaping as specified in SDC 3.4.270(F)(4)(c).

(c)

Surface Parking Lot landscaping Standards. Parking lot landscaping shall be required as specified in SDC 3.4.270(F)(4)(b) and (c).

(d)

Surface parking lot lighting shall be provided as specified in SDC 3.4.270(C)(2) and may be a mix of bollards at ground level and pedestrian-level lighting.

(e)

Vehicle parking shall not be allowed within any required or optional building setback specified in SDC 3.4.275(H).

(10)

Vehicle Parking Structure Design Standards. Aboveground and underground parking structures shall be designed as specified in SDC 3.4.275(K).

(11)

Vehicle Parking Access and Driveways.

(a)

In Subareas A, B, and C, vehicle access to a parking lot or parking structure shall be from a service street, alley, or, where there is no service street, other local street in order to minimize the impact of auto parking and driveways on the public pedestrian environment. Each block face fronting a service street, alley or other local street necessary for vehicle access shall be limited to 1 curb cut.

(b)

In Subarea D (except for Assessor’s Maps and Tax Lots 18-03-03-11-01401, 17-03-34-44-03300, and 17-03-34-44-00301), vehicle access to a parking lot or parking structure also may be from a common driveway serving multiple developments; in this case, a recorded joint-use/access easement shall be required.

(c)

Curb cuts for all parking lots or parking structures shall be constructed to maintain the elevation, appearance and continuity of sidewalks crossed by the curb cuts.

(12)

In all subareas and in all types of parking facilities, electric vehicle (EV) parking stations and structures supporting photovoltaic panels shall be encouraged and permitted, where appropriate.

(13)

Bicycle Parking. Safe and convenient bicycle parking shall be provided for residents, visitors, employees and patrons. In mixed-use developments, the required bicycle parking for each use shall be provided. Required off-street bicycle parking spaces shall be as specified in Table 3.4.2. The requirements in Table 3.4.2 supersede any conflicting requirements in SDC 4.6.155. The required minimum number of parking spaces for each listed use is 4 spaces.

Bicycle Parking Standards Table 3.4.2
Use Category	Use Sub-Category	Number of Required Spaces	Long- and Short-Term Bicycle Parking Percentages
Commercial	Eating and Drinking Establishments	1 per 600 sq. ft. of floor area	25% long-term	75% short-term
	Hospitality	1 per 20 rentable rooms	75% long-term	25% short-term
	Personal Services	1 per 2,000 sq. ft. of floor area	25% long-term	75% short-term
	Professional, Scientific and	1 per 3,000 sq. ft. of floor area	75% long-term	25% short-term
	Technical Services
	Retail Sales and Services	1 per 3,000 sq. ft. of floor area	25% long-term	75% short-term
Employment	Office Employment	1 per 3,000 sq. ft. of floor area	75% long-term	25% short-term
	Light Manufacturing	1 per 10,000 sq. ft. of floor area	75% long-term	25% short-term
	Light Manufacturing Storage	1 per 10,000 sq. ft. of floor area	75% long-term	25% short-term
	Warehousing	1 per 40,000 sq. ft. of floor area	75% long-term	25% short-term
Recreation	Park Blocks or Riverfront Linear Park Recreational Facilities	8 per each park block and 4 per each mile of riverfront linear park	100% short-term
Residential	Senior and Congregate Care	1 per 4 rooms	75% long-term	25% short-term
	Dormitories	1 per every 3 beds	75% long-term	25% short-term
	High-Density Residential Housing	1 per 2 dwelling units	75% long-term	25% short-term
Vehicle Related Uses	Structured Parking Public or Private	5% of the number of vehicle spaces provided or 105% of the demand	75% long-term	25% short-term

(14)

Bicycle Parking Location and Security.

(a)

Required bicycle parking spaces and facilities must be constructed and installed in accordance with SDC 4.6.145 and 4.6.150. Long-term bicycle parking required in association with a commercial or employment use shall be provided in a well-lighted, secure location within a convenient distance of a main entrance and any secondary entrance. A secure location is defined as one in which the bicycle parking is a bicycle locker, a lockable bicycle enclosure, or provided within a lockable room.

(b)

Long-term bicycle parking provided in outdoor locations shall not be farther away than the closest on-site automobile parking space, excluding designated accessible parking spaces.

(c)

Long-term bicycle parking required in association with high-density residential use shall be provided in a well-lighted, secure ground-level or underground location within a convenient distance of an entrance to the residential unit. A secure location is defined as one in which the bicycle parking is provided outside the residential unit within a protected garage, a lockable room, a lockable bicycle enclosure, or a bicycle locker.

(d)

Short-term bicycle parking shall consist of a securely fixed structure that supports the bicycle frame in a stable position without damage to wheels, frame, or components and that allows the frame and both wheels to be attached to the rack by the bicyclist’s own locking device. Innovative bicycle racks that incorporate street art shall be encouraged. Short-term bicycle parking shall be provided within a convenient distance of and clearly visible from, the main entrance and/or any secondary entrance to the building, but it shall not be farther away than the closest on-site automobile parking space, excluding designated accessible parking spaces.

(15)

Loading Areas. Loading areas shall:

(a)

Be concealed from public view;

(b)

Be located at the rear or side of the development area, with access taken from a public service street or alley;

(c)

Be equipped with closable overhead doors that blend in to the design of the building;

(d)

Not be located where pedestrian or bicycle circulation through or between development areas can be impeded;

(e)

Not encroach upon required landscaping; and

(f)

Not encroach upon public and/or private driveways and sidewalks.

(H)

Wastewater Facilities and Services.

(1)

Public Wastewater Facilities. Public wastewater facilities shall comply with SDC 4.3.105.

(a)

Public wastewater facilities shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Public Facilities and Services chapter.

(b)

Public wastewater policies and implementation strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix.

(c)

Public wastewater facilities shall be designed and constructed as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(2)

Private Wastewater Facilities. The use of septic systems in unincorporated areas of the Glenwood Riverfront may continue and/or expand as may be permitted in the Oregon Administrative Rules, Springfield Development Code and Springfield Municipal Code, unless a health hazard is declared as specified in Oregon Revised Statutes 222.840.915. If expansion is permitted with an existing private wastewater system, the developer shall certify that the existing septic system is functioning and can meet the above cited regulations by submitting a letter signed by the Lane County Sanitarian. Additionally, for any proposed new or expanded use the developer shall provide for a suitable connection to the public wastewater system should the existing septic system fail.

(I)

Stormwater Facilities and Services. All new development, redevelopment and associated infrastructure in the Glenwood Riverfront shall manage stormwater runoff on-site to provide for water quality treatment and groundwater recharge, to the maximum extent practicable.

(1)

Public Stormwater Facilities. Public stormwater facilities shall comply with SDC 4.3.115.

(a)

Public stormwater facilities shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Open Space and Public Facilities and Services chapters.

(b)

Public stormwater policies and implementation strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix.

(c)

Public stormwater facilities shall be designed and constructed as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(2)

Private Stormwater Facilities.

(a)

Private stormwater facilities shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Open Space and Public Facilities and Services chapters.

(b)

Private stormwater policies and implementation strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix.

(c)

Private stormwater facilities shall be designed and constructed as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual to incorporate the Low Impact Development Approach.

(J)

Public Parks and Open Space.

(1)

Public park and open space facilities shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Open Space and Public Facilities and Services chapters.

(2)

Public park and open space policies and implementation strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix.

(3)

Public park and open space facilities shall be designed and constructed as specified in the Glenwood Refinement Plan and shall be consistent with Willamalane Park and Recreation District design and construction standards.

(4)

The Glenwood Refinement Plan establishes 2 public open space areas in the Glenwood Riverfront, a riverfront linear park and multi-use path and the park blocks:

(a)

The riverfront linear park and multi-use path will follow the Willamette River through Subareas A, B, C and D along the entire Glenwood Riverfront within the Willamette Greenway (WG) Overlay District Greenway Setback Line/Riparian Area boundary. The WG Overlay District is a continuous area along the Willamette River measured 150 feet from the ordinary low water mark. Within the Willamette Greenway is the Greenway Setback Line that is measured 75 feet from the top of bank and contiguous with the 75-foot-wide Water Quality Limited Watercourses riparian setback. Development and uses riverward of the Greenway Setback Line shall be water-dependent and water-related. Development and uses landward of the Greenway Setback Line to the 150-foot WG Overlay District boundary shall be as permitted in the underlying zoning district only as specified in SDC 3.4.280. In addition to Site Plan Review, development within the WG Overlay District will require Type III review procedure. Riparian and wetland areas in the Glenwood Riverfront shall be protected as specified in SDC 4.7.115 and 4.7.117. Access to the riverfront linear park and the Willamette River shall be as follows:

(i)

No development shall restrict public access to the riverfront linear park.

(ii)

Required public access to the Willamette River and the riverfront linear park shall be in the vicinity of the intersections of the north-south streets and the park blocks with the riverfront street in the Franklin Riverfront and no more than ½ mile apart in the McVay Riverfront. Amenities, including, but not limited to, benches and seating areas along the multi-use path, shall be required in the vicinity of public access. The developer may opt to provide additional river access to enhance the development area.

(b)

Park Blocks in the Franklin Riverfront in Subarea A. The design of the north-south park blocks requires a minimum width of approximately 150 feet, measured from the face of curb to face of curb in order to provide an area needed to support both passive and active park uses and stormwater management for nearby development and the public street system. The maximum length of individual park blocks from Franklin Boulevard to the Willamette River will depend upon the block length of a particular development, which may range from 250 to 350 feet.

EXCEPTION: The minimum park block width may be reduced without the need for a modification, as specified in SDC 3.4.230(B)(3), if the City Engineer and Willamalane Superintendent determine that the recreation, transportation, and stormwater management functions of the park blocks and objectives of park block policies can be met with a reduced width upon consulting the Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual, the Glenwood Refinement Plan, Willamalane Park and Recreation Comprehensive Plan, or other applicable technical supplement. The discussion regarding the reduction of the minimum park block width can occur at the Development Issues meeting specified in SDC 5.1.210(A)(1); or the Pre-Application Meeting specified in SDC 5.1.210(A)(2); and/or the Application Completeness Check Meeting specified in SDC 5.1.210(A)(3).

(K)

Location of Transit Stops.

(1)

The proposed location of transit stops shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation chapter.

(2)

In all subareas, the final location of transit stops on Franklin Boulevard and McVay Highway shall be approved during the final design review for each street project that will include input from the Lane Transit District and approval from the City Council.

(L)

Signs. Signs are not regulated by the Springfield Development Code. Sign regulations are found in Chapter 8 of the Springfield Municipal Code (SMC). Wall signs and freestanding signs in all subareas shall be as specified in SMC Section 8.250.

(M)

Light Manufacturing Operational Performance Standards. Proposed light manufacturing uses permitted in Subarea D shall comply with the operational performance standards specified below. Light manufacturing uses may stand alone or be in a business park with other permitted uses. There is no use list for light manufacturing uses; however, if the proposed use complies with the operational performance standards listed below, that use will be permitted.

(1)

All light manufacturing operations shall be entirely enclosed within a building.

EXCEPTION: The Director may allow an outdoor utility yard to store tanks containing gases and/or fluids that are essential to the operation of the permitted use that otherwise cannot be contained in an enclosed building for fire and life safety reasons, as determined by the Fire Marshal. The utility yard shall be screened from public view by a masonry or decorative concrete wall at least 8 feet in height that is an extension of the building, complements the façade of the building, and meets required setbacks and building landscaping standards specified in SDC 3.4.270(F). This exception shall not apply to development proposals adjacent to any residential or commercial mixed-use designation/zoning.

(2)

All applicable building design standards specified in SDC 3.4.275 shall be met.

(3)

The storage of raw materials and/or finished products shall occur entirely within enclosed buildings. The parking of medium duty and heavy duty trucks shall be as specified in Table 3.4.1, Note (2).

(4)

The routine movement of heavy equipment on or off the development area shall not be permitted.

EXCEPTION: Trucks and necessary heavy equipment shall be allowed during construction.

(5)

Uses on the prohibited use list specified in SDC 3.4.275 shall not be permitted.

(6)

Proposed uses shall comply with the additional operational performance standards listed below. The intent is not to specifically deny a use, but to ensure compliance with applicable local, State, and Federal regulations. Compliance with these operational performance standards shall be the continuing obligation of the property owner. Failure to comply with these operational performance standards shall be a violation of this code and/or Chapter 5 of the Springfield Municipal Code.

(7)

Air Pollution. Air pollution includes, but is not limited to, emission of smoke, dust, fumes, vapors, odors, and gases. Air pollution shall not be discernable at the property line by a human observer relying on a person’s senses without the aid of a device. The applicant shall obtain and maintain all applicable licenses and permits from the appropriate local, State, and Federal agencies.

(8)

Fire and Explosive Hazards. All activities involving the use, storage and/or disposal of flammable or explosive materials shall comply with the Uniform Fire Code as most recently adopted by the City.

(9)

Glare. Glare resulting from a light manufacturing operation, including, but not limited to, welding or laser cutting, shall not be visible from the outside of the building.

(10)

Hazardous Waste. Proposed development shall not utilize or produce hazardous waste unless permitted as specified in Oregon Administrative Rule (OAR) 340-102-0010 through 340-102-0065 or any applicable Federal regulation. Where hazardous waste is permitted, the proposed use shall not be adjacent to any residential or commercial mixed-use designation/zoning.

(11)

Noise. These standards apply to noise generated by any machinery or equipment on the development area. The maximum permitted noise levels in decibels across lot/parcel lines and district boundaries shall be as specified in OAR 340-035-0035, Noise Control Standards for Industry and Commerce.

(12)

Radiation. There are various sources of radiation, including, but not limited to, ionizing radiation; electromagnetic radiation; and radiation from sonic, ultrasonic or infrasonic waves. Uses that involve radiation shall comply with the regulations in OAR 333-100-0001 through 333-100-0080 and any applicable Federal regulation. Where sources of radiation are permitted, the proposed use shall not be adjacent to any residential or commercial mixed-use designation/zoning.

(13)

(N)

Historic and Cultural Resources.

(1)

Historic and cultural resources in the Glenwood Riverfront shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Historic and Cultural Resources chapter.

(2)

Applicable Glenwood Refinement Plan historic and cultural resources policies and implementation strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix.

(3)

SDC 3.3.915 states that the Historic Commission makes recommendations to the Planning Commission or City Council on the following issues:

(a)

The establishment or modification of a Historic Landmark District;

(b)

The establishment of the Historic Landmark Inventory;

(c)

The removal of individual Historic Landmark Sites and Structures from the Historic Landmark Inventory; and

(d)

Demolition of a Historic Landmark Structure.

(4)

There are several properties identified in the 2010 Glenwood Reconnaissance Level Survey in the Glenwood Riverfront that warrant further examination to determine eligibility for the National Register of Historic Sites and Places and/or the City Landmark Inventory. Additional resources may be identified in the Glenwood Riverfront should the Historic Commission pursue a Reconnaissance Level Survey in the McVay Riverfront section of the Glenwood Riverfront in the future. Developers shall address this topic at the time of Site Plan Review submittal as specified in SDC 3.4.270(N)(5).

(a)

Residential structures that warrant further examination for individual listing:

(i)

295 North Brooklyn Street.

(ii)

3007 Franklin Boulevard.

(iii)

1780 Mississippi Avenue.

(b)

Commercial or industrial structures that warrant further examination for individual listing:

(i)

3600 Franklin Boulevard (Myrmo & Sons).

(ii)

3698 Franklin Boulevard (Intercity Engineering).

(iii)

4206 Franklin Boulevard (Blue Cross Animal Hospital).

(c)

Other resources that warrant further examination for individual listing:

(i)

3787 Franklin Boulevard.

(ii)

3998 Franklin Boulevard (Ponderosa Village).

(5)

In any proposed development area that contains a building as specified in SDC 3.4.270(N)(4), the developer shall state, at the time of Site Plan Review application submittal, whether the building will be part of the new development, moved to another site, or demolished.

(a)

If the building will remain as part of the new development, the developer shall explain any proposed modifications to the building and how the historic context will be protected.

(b)

If the building is proposed to be moved, the developer shall state the new location and identify any building modifications.

(c)

If demolition is proposed, the developer shall document the building by submitting the following:

(i)

A written statement of its historical significance, including a description of the architectural and historical context in which the structure was built and subsequently evolved;

(ii)

Drawings, including, but not limited to, floor plans, elevations, architectural details, and construction elements; and

(iii)

Photographs recording the environmental setting, elevations, and significant details, both inside and outside of the building.

(6279; 6316; 6380; 6412; 6443; Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023)

3.4.275 Building Design Standards.

The following building design standards are established for the Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District:

A.	General
B.	Design Team
C.	Building Façades
D.	Height
E.	Massing/Building Articulation
F.	Windows and Doors
G.	Orientation/Entrances
H.	Build-to Lines and Maximum Building Setbacks
I.	Pedestrian Amenities
J.	Screening Mechanical Equipment
K.	Parking Structure Design Standards

(A)

General. Glenwood is a gateway to the City and region. Future development/redevelopment in the Glenwood Riverfront will contribute to furthering a sense of place and distinctiveness. Therefore, special attention will be paid to building and site design to mitigate the visual impact of increased density by promoting aesthetically pleasing, sustainable buildings and sites that are context-sensitive and oriented to the human scale, and that establish an inviting streetscape in the Glenwood Riverfront. The term “human scale” generally refers to the use of human-proportioned architectural features and site design elements clearly oriented to human activity. These standards will be applied during the Site Plan Review process. The building design standards are based upon:

(1)

The building design standards as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Land Use and Built Form chapter.

(2)

The building design standards shall be as specified in the Appendix.

(3)

The building design standards shall be designed and constructed as specified in this section.

(B)

Design Team. A design team shall be required for any proposed development requiring Site Plan Review procedure in order to comply with the design and development standards of the Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District. The design team shall include an Oregon Registered Architect, Landscape Architect, and Civil Engineer. Design teams are encouraged to:

(1)

Design buildings and sites utilizing sustainable building and site design guidelines, such as those promoted through the National Association of Home Builders National Green Building Program, the Sustainable Building Advisor Institute, or similar sustainable building and site design programs; and

(2)

Employ the concept of “adaptive reuse” with the recognition that buildings frequently undergo alterations to conform with different uses or uses not taken into account in the original design.

(C)

Building Façades. The design of buildings and their relationships to the public realm are critical factors in the development of an active and vital pedestrian environment. In all subareas building façades shall have the following architectural detailing:

(1)

The ground floor of a building shall utilize all of the following:

(a)

Incorporate awnings, canopies, porticos, or arcades;

(b)

Provide variation in building materials, including, but not limited to, tile, brick, split-faced concrete block, concrete horizontal siding, masonry veneer, and powder coated aluminum or traditional wood storefronts that are differentiated by trim, paint, and ornamentation;

(c)

Utilize ground floor windows and entrances that provide a high level of transparency by allowing views both inward and outward; and

(d)

Utilize signs or other features, including public art.

(2)

The upper stories shall utilize all of the following, as applicable:

(a)

Include architectural detailing utilizing some of the same design elements specified in SDC 3.4.275(C)(1);

(b)

Incorporate a change in the window style;

(c)

Integrate a change in floor height; building step backs, as specified in SDC 3.4.275(D)(4); or a combination of these elements; and/or

(d)

Provide differences in height and architectural elements, including, but not limited to, parapets, cornices, and other details that may be used to create interesting and varied rooflines. In addition, building corners may incorporate taller elements, including, but not limited to, towers, turrets, and bays.

(3)

More than one type of building material may be used for building identity.

(4)

Building façades that do not front a street, alley or mid-block connector shall be constructed with design elements similar to those façades fronting streets.

(D)

Height. The following standards are intended to allow for a range of building heights within a development area, support an interesting skyline and the ability to market view properties, and reduce impacts of shading from tall structures on the public realm. Lower structures combined with taller structures within a single development area will be permitted to allow for a variety of design solutions.

(1)

In all subareas, the minimum building height shall be 2 stories above grade.

EXCEPTION: Single-story buildings shall be only permitted within a portion of a development area in Subareas B, C and D. If a single-story building is proposed, the minimum height shall be 20 feet.

(2)

In all subareas, there shall be no maximum building height.

EXCEPTION: In all subareas, the maximum building height shall be 3 stories for the portion of a building between the Greenway Setback Line and the Willamette Greenway Overlay District boundary, as specified in SDC 3.2.280.

(3)

In Subareas A, B, C, and Assessor’s Maps and Tax Lots 18-03-03-11-01401, 17-03-34-44-03300, and 17-03-34-44-00301, step backs that are a minimum of 15 feet wide shall be required beginning at the fourth story of a building and after each additional 3 stories to minimize shadow impacts and reduce the scale of the building as perceived along the street. Uses for the lower roofs may include, but not be limited to, balconies and observation decks.

(4)

In all subareas, non-residential ground floor space (commercial/office/light manufacturing businesses) shall have a minimum floor to floor height of 15 feet to accommodate space for mechanical systems.

(E)

Massing/Building Articulation. Where buildings are highly visible from public areas, massing shall be addressed by articulating the façades with insets and projections to create visual interest and enhance views from the adjacent public realm. In all subareas:

(1)

All sides of a building that are open to public view shall receive articulation design consideration. Flat blank walls shall not be permitted along these areas.

(2)

To break up vast expanses of single element building elevations, applicable to both length and height, building articulation shall be accomplished through combinations of the following techniques. Each story shall contain a minimum of 3 features listed below:

(a)

Small insets and projections to break up the wall surface and create a more human-scale environment. A landscaped or raised planter bed may be provided within each recess or projection that contains plant materials, including, but not limited to, trees and/or shrubs; and trellises for climbing vines that will grow to screen the wall. Building insets and projections are different from building setbacks specified in SDC 3.4.275(H).

(b)

Repeating window patterns and window trim.

(c)

Providing design elements specified in SDC 3.4.275(C)(1).

(d)

Variation in rooflines, including, but not limited to, dormers, stepped roofs, gables, and cornices. If building wall offsets are used, breaks in roof elevation with a minimum of 3 feet or more in height shall be used. Mansard style roofs shall not be permitted.

(e)

Changing building materials or colors.

(f)

Providing art, including, but not limited to, mosaics, murals, decorative masonry patterns, sculpture, or reliefs.

(F)

Windows and Doors. The proportions, materials, and detailing of windows and doors are key to the attractiveness of a building and an active streetscape. A significant amount of glass adds to the pedestrian character of the development by visually linking interactions between people inside and outside of buildings, and by offering a clear view from the sidewalk to the interior space of shops, office lobbies, merchandise displays, and working areas. Windows and doors also contribute to a safe pedestrian environment by allowing ”eyes on the street” both day and night. Transparency for residential buildings is measured along a line 5 feet above the first floor finished elevation. Transparency for other buildings is measured along a line 5 feet above the sidewalk elevation.

(1)

Ground Floor Windows and Doors That Face a Public Street, Alley or Mid-Block Connector. The following standards apply to primary entrances to buildings:

(a)

In Subarea A:

(i)

Residential windows and doors, in both individual dwelling units and apartments with lobbies, shall comprise a minimum of 50 percent of the length and 25 percent of the wall area of a building’s first floor façades.

(ii)

Commercial and office windows and doors shall comprise a minimum of 60 percent of the length and 25 percent of the wall area of a building’s first floor façades to allow views into lobbies, merchandise and work areas and allow persons inside to look out.

(b)

In Subarea B and Assessor’s Maps and Tax Lots 18-03-03-11-01401, 17-03-34-44-03300, and 17-03-34-44-00301:

(i)

(ii)

(c)

In Subarea C, commercial and office windows and doors shall comprise a minimum of 60 percent of the length and 25 percent of the wall area of a building’s first floor façades to allow views into lobbies, merchandise and work areas and allow persons inside to look out.

(d)

In Subarea D:

(i)

Light manufacturing windows and doors shall comprise a minimum of 40 percent of the length and 25 percent of the wall area of a building’s first floor façades to allow views into lobbies and work areas and allow persons inside to look out.

(ii)

(2)

Upper Story Windows That Face a Public Street, Alley or Mid-Block Connector. In all subareas, upper story windows shall be required on all building façades and shall comprise a minimum of 25 percent of the length of the building’s façade for each story.

EXCEPTION: In Subarea D (except for Assessor’s Maps and Tax Lots 18-03-03-11-01401, 17-03-34-44-03300, and 17-03-34-44-00301), window-like treatments (e.g., window frames or tromp d’oeuil windows), may be substituted.

(3)

In all subareas, the use of low-reflective glass shall be encouraged as an energy conservation method.

(4)

In all subareas, frosted glass, spandrel windows, and other types of glass or film coatings between 3 feet above the sidewalk grade to 8 feet above the building slab that diminish transparency on the ground floor shall be prohibited.

(G)

Orientation/Entrances. Safe, appealing, and comfortable street environments are necessary in order to promote walking and support public health. All buildings shall be oriented towards the public realm, including streets, mid-block connectors, parks and open space. Primary entrances to buildings shall be designed so that they are not easily confused with entrances into ground floor businesses; provided with lighting for night time safety and security; and oriented so that pedestrians have a direct and convenient route from the sidewalk. Corner lots/parcels offer unique possibilities because of their visibility and access from two streets, and create unique spaces of concentrated activity where pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists come together. These possibilities include, but are not limited to: café seating, sidewalk vending, or the provision of public art or water features.

(1)

In all subareas:

(a)

Primary entrances to all new buildings located on a street, alley or mid-block connector shall be designed to include at least 3 of the following design elements: an awning, canopy, overhang, or arch above the entrance; recesses or projections in the building façade surrounding the entrance; a peaked roof or raised parapet structures over the door; or display windows surrounding the entrance. Primary entrance design elements attached to buildings shall be:

(i)

At least 9 feet above the sidewalk or grade;

(ii)

Suspended from the building (i.e., not supported by posts or columns that may interfere with pedestrian traffic); and

(iii)

Allowed to extend over the sidewalk portion of the right-of-way.

(b)

Primary entrances to all new buildings located on a corner lot/parcel shall face either the higher classification street or the intersection, using a cutaway, diagonal or other entrance design. If both streets are the same classification, one street may be chosen as the primary entrance.

(i)

Enhanced building corners may include characteristics as specified in SDC 3.4.275(G)(1)(a).

(ii)

The location of stairs, elevators, and other upper story building access points shall be located in coordination with corner building entrances and maintain the opportunity for sidewalk-level building retail opportunities to occur at corners.

(c)

Primary pedestrian ingress and egress for parking structures shall be as specified in SDC 3.4.275(K)(2).

(2)

In Subarea A, B, and Assessor’s Maps and Tax Lots 18-03-03-11-01401, 17-03-34-44-03300, and 17-03-34-44-00301, all new individual residential dwellings that do not have businesses on the ground floor shall be designed so that each individual unit has a front door, or there is a primary entrance with a lobby that includes windows for safety facing the street.

(3)

In Subarea D, entries to light manufacturing buildings shall portray an office-like appearance while being architecturally related to the overall building composition.

(4)

In all subareas, secondary entrances shall face the side or rear of all new buildings to allow access to available parking, where necessary.

(H)

Build-to Lines and Building Setbacks.

(1)

Build-to Lines. An urban streetscape is created by locating new buildings close to the street and close to one another wherever practical. The streetscape creates a sense of enclosure along sidewalks and provides a variety of street level façades. These standards establish a pleasant and diverse pedestrian experience by connecting activities occurring within a structure to adjacent sidewalk areas. The build-to line is a line that is parallel to the property line and contiguous with the sidewalk, interfaces with the façade of the building, and equates to a zero setback. In all subareas, buildings shall be constructed up to the build-to line, unless the developer desires a building setback as specified below. Pedestrian amenities shall be addressed as specified in SDC 3.4.275(I)(2)(a).

(2)

Building Setbacks.

(a)

In Subareas A, B, C, the portion of D north of the Union Pacific railroad trestle and within the nodal development area, and Assessor’s Maps and Tax Lots 18-03-03-11-01401, 17-03-34-44-03300, and 17-03-34-44-00301, buildings may be set back a maximum of 10 feet behind the build-to-line. This standard will still allow the establishment of a pleasant and diverse experience by providing additional pedestrian amenities. Pedestrian amenities shall be addressed as specified in SDC 3.4.275(I)(2)(a) and (b).

EXCEPTION: In Subareas A, B, and C, ground floor entrances of buildings fronting Franklin Boulevard may be set back a maximum of 4 feet behind the build-to line and windows and walls may be set back a maximum of 1 foot, 6 inches. Pedestrian amenities shall be addressed as specified in subsection (I)(2)(a) below.

(b)

In Subarea D, south of the Union Pacific railroad trestle and outside of the nodal development area, the applicant shall comply with the building setback standard specified in SDC 3.4.275(H)(2)(a).

EXCEPTION:

(i)

To accommodate on-site vehicle maneuvering and/or visitor parking that is permitted in the front of a building as specified in SDC 3.4.270(G)(b)(i), a building may be set back more than 10 feet from the build-to line. In this case, in order to justify the need for the additional setback, the applicant shall submit information, including, but not limited to, types of vehicles proposed to service the proposed use, vehicular turning radii for these vehicles, and the visitor parking layout, as necessary. The additional building setback shall be the minimum required for the proposed use.

(ii)

Where buildings are not located directly adjacent to the sidewalk, the developer shall take into account pedestrian safety by constructing a clearly defined pedestrian walkway across the vehicle maneuvering and/or visitor parking area from the public sidewalk on McVay Highway or other street to the sidewalk serving the primary building entrance.

Where transit stops occur in the public right-of-way, pedestrian walkways shall provide a clear and direct connection from the main building entrances to the transit stop.

In parking lots, all internal pedestrian walkways shall be distinguished from driving surfaces through a visual, textural, and vertical separation. Examples include durable, low maintenance surface materials such as pavers, bricks, and/or scored/pressed concrete placed to provide an attractive pedestrian route of travel free of abrupt changes in elevation. Special railing, bollards and/or other architectural features shall be required along the pedestrian walkway in the area between parking spaces near the building entrance.

Pedestrian walkways within parking areas shall be a minimum of 5 feet in width to provide a clear, unobstructed passage.

(c)

In all subareas, public park structures including, but not limited to, kiosks and restroom facilities, shall be exempt from all building setback standards.

(d)

In all subareas, no parking shall be permitted within any building setback.

EXCEPTION: In Subarea D, south of the Union Pacific railroad trestle and outside of the nodal development area (except for Assessor’s Maps and Tax Lots 18-03-03-11-01401, 17-03-34-44-03300, and 17-03-34-44-00301), parking is permitted as specified in SDC 3.4.270(G)(b)(i) and 3.4.275(H)(2)(b).

(I)

Pedestrian Amenities.

(1)

The intent of the pedestrian amenities is to provide comfortable and inviting pedestrian spaces. Pedestrian amenities serve as informal gathering places for socializing, resting, and enjoyment of the Glenwood Riverfront, and contribute to a walkable environment. Pedestrian amenities shall be consistent with the character and scale of surrounding developments, intended use and expected number of people.

(2)

Pedestrian Amenities Standards. The pedestrian standards are minimums. The developer is encouraged to provide additional pedestrian amenities.

(a)

Where there is no building setback, the following coordinated pedestrian amenities shall be provided on each block or development area, as applicable, located between the curb and the build-to-line:

(i)

At least 1 bench for every 80 feet of street frontage;

(ii)

At least 1 trash receptacle for every 80 feet of street frontage; and

(iii)

At least 1 pedestrian-scale wall mounted light meeting the standards specified in SDC 3.4.270(C)(2) for every 50 feet of street frontage.

(b)

Where there is a building setback, in addition to the pedestrian amenities specified in SDC 3.4.275(I)(2)(a), 2 additional pedestrian amenities from the list specified in SDC 3.4.275(I)(2)(c), shall be provided for each 80 feet of street frontage.

(c)

Additional pedestrian amenities include, but are not limited to:

(i)

Sitting space (e.g., outdoor seating areas for restaurants, benches, garden wall or ledges between the building entrances and sidewalk);

(ii)

Building canopy, awning, pergola, or similar weather protection (minimum projection of 4 feet over a sidewalk or other pedestrian space);

Transit shelters;

Information kiosks;

Sidewalk displays;

Drinking fountains;

Wayfinding signage for pedestrians consisting of a distinctive logo and directional guidance to neighborhood destinations;

(viii)

Planting beds, hanging flower baskets, large semi-permanent potted plants, and/or ornamental planters;

(ix)

Pedestrian-scale lighting either freestanding or attached to the face of the building as specified in SDC 3.4.270(C)(2) for every 50 feet of street frontage;

(x)

Decorative pavement patterns and tree grates;

(xi)

Decorative clocks;

(xii)

Public art sculpture, statues, murals, or fountains;

(xiii)

Bicycle racks;

(xiv)

Stands selling flowers, food or drink, as may be permitted by the Springfield Municipal Code; and

(xv)

Entry steps, porches and front gardens for residential mixed-use buildings.

(3)

The 80-foot spacing standard in SDC 3.4.275(I)(2)(a) above may be flexed, and pedestrian amenities may be grouped or placed closer than this standard, as long as the quantity of amenities meets the minimum requirements and the spacing averages 80 feet along the street frontage.

(J)

Screening Roof-Top Mechanical Equipment. It is common practice, in the development of contemporary multi-story buildings, to locate necessary building functions, including, but not limited to, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) systems; roof penetrations, such as plumbing and exhaust vents; elevator penthouses; and air conditioner units on the tops of buildings. Visual impacts of mechanical equipment shall be located and/or screened so they are not visible from adjacent public and private streets or adjacent residentially zoned property. Acceptable screening includes raising the parapet on all sides of the building to be as high as the highest mechanical unit or vent on the roof, or a secondary roof screening system designed to be as high as the highest mechanical unit or vent on the roof. Secondary roof screening systems shall be enclosed groups of units rather than a box around each unit, incorporated into the design of the building, and constructed with materials that are compatible with those of the building. Mechanical equipment also shall be sited and shielded to protect adjacent uses from noise impacts.

(K)

Parking Structure Design Standards. In all subareas, aboveground and underground parking structures shall be designed to meet the following standards:

(1)

Integral Design. The aboveground parking structure façade shall complement the design context of the area as expressed in scale, proportion, materials of nearby buildings, and all other applicable standards, as specified in SDC 3.4.275:

(a)

On the ground floor of the parking structure along local, collector and arterial street frontages, commercial uses that are permitted in all subareas are permitted to wrap the ground floor. Window and door openings for both the structure and commercial uses shall comprise a minimum of 50 percent of the length of the façade and 50 percent of the street-facing ground floor wall area.

EXCEPTION: Commercial uses along service streets and alleys is optional.

(b)

All ground-floor façades of the parking structure, with special emphasis on garage entrances/exits, shall also incorporate architectural details, including, but not limited to, decorative metal grill work, overhead trellises, trees, planter seat walls, decorative tile and art work, and pedestrian-scaled lighting, as a means of emphasizing human scale.

(c)

On upper floors, parking structure openings shall be screened by incorporating architectural details, including, but not limited to, decorative metal grill work, translucent panels, and/or art work to obscure vehicles from public view.

(d)

Garage entrances and exits shall utilize lights, sound or other similar warning devices to warn pedestrians of approaching vehicles and shall be located as specified in Table 4.2.4.

(e)

Parking structures shall have level floors at street frontages.

(2)

Pedestrian Access. All parking structures shall provide direct pedestrian access to local, collector, or arterial streets where possible; and to service streets or alleys, when necessary.

(3)

Parking Structure Setbacks.

(a)

The setbacks for the exterior walls of any aboveground parking structure shall be the same as the permitted use.

(b)

The setbacks for the exterior walls of any underground parking structure shall not encroach into the minimum above-grade building setbacks, or across any public or private easement line.

(c)

All underground parking structures that are not directly under a building shall be designed to have appropriate areas of adequate soil depth above the parking structure to ensure healthy tree and landscape growth based on the evaluation and recommendation of a licensed landscape architect.

(6279; 6316)

3.4.280 Willamette Greenway Development Standards.

The following standards are established for the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the Willamette Greenway (WG) Overlay District:

A.	Purpose
B.	Applicability
C.	Definitions
D.	Establishment of the Greenway Setback Line and Permitted Uses
E.	Non-Conforming Uses and Development
F.	Development Standards
G.	Review
H.	Exemptions
I.	Variances
J.	Application Submittal
K.	Additional Notice
L.	Criteria
M.	Conditions
N.	Notice of Decision
O.	Modifications to Approved Plans

(A)

Purpose. The Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District is established to:

(1)

Protect, conserve, enhance, and maintain the natural, scenic, historical, economic, and recreational qualities of lands along the Willamette River;

(2)

Implement Oregon’s Willamette River Greenway Program goals and policies, and Metro Plan Willamette Greenway policies;

(3)

Establish criteria, standards, and procedures for the development of land, change of use, and the intensification of uses within Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District;

(4)

Provide for the review of any intensification of use, change of use, or development within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District;

(5)

Allow for use and development consistent with the underlying land use designation and zoning while preserving, protecting, and enhancing the qualities of the river and the riparian area;

(6)

Allow and encourage a variety of water-dependent and water-related uses, recreational developments, and public access to and along the Willamette River while preserving, protecting, and enhancing the qualities of the river and the riparian area;

(7)

Protect and improve water quality in the Willamette River in order to support designated beneficial water uses, including, but not limited to, fish and aquatic life, water contact recreation, and aesthetic quality; protect riparian area ecological functions and values and to buffer the river from development; maintain or reduce stream temperatures; maintain natural stream corridors; minimize erosion, nutrient and pollutant loading into water; and stabilize slopes to prevent landslides contributing to sedimentation of water features;

(8)

Promote public access to and along the Willamette River for the purpose of increasing recreational opportunities, providing emergency vehicle access, assisting in flood protection and control, providing connections to other transportation systems, and helping to create a pleasant, aesthetically pleasing urban environment; and

(9)

Maintain public safety and protect public and private property, especially from vandalism and trespass, to the maximum extent practicable.

(B)

Applicability.

(1)

The provisions of the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District apply to all lands within the Glenwood Riverfront that are 150 feet from the ordinary low water line of the Willamette River, also referenced as the WG Overlay District outer boundary.

(2)

The Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District shall be combined with at least 1 base zoning district and/or any other applicable overlay districts identified in this code.

(C)

Definitions. As used within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms are defined:

Boardwalk.

A floating or non-floating platform that either provides pedestrian access along a shoreline or within a riparian area; it may also act as a bridge between 2 bodies of land.

Change of Use.

Making a different use of the land or water. Change of use includes changes that require construction or alteration to land or water outside of existing buildings, structures, or open storage areas and which substantially alters or affects land or water. It does not include a change of use of a building or other structure which does not substantially alter or affect the land or water upon which it is located; the sale of property; or modifications of existing structures, as may be permitted by this section.

Development.

Any activity within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District that would alter the elevation of the land; remove or destroy plant life; cause structures of any kind to be installed, erected, or removed, or result in a measurable impact to the riparian area (See also SDC 6.1.110 for other definitions of this term).

Dock.

An individual secured and stationary or floating structure designed for uses, including, but not limited to, mooring boats and fishing.

Enhancement.

Increasing the net ecological functional values of the riparian buffer by any of the following: removal of impervious surfaces, restoring natural bank slopes, or increasing the cover and diversity of native vegetation.

Greenway Setback Line.

A line that divides the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District into two distinct areas. In the area between the ordinary low water line and the Greenway Setback line, only water-dependent and water-related uses may occur. In the area from the Greenway Setback Line to the WG Overlay District outer boundary, uses permitted in the base zone may be allowed in accordance with the standards and criteria of this section.

Intensification.

Any addition that increases or expands the area or level of activity of an existing use; or any remodeling of the exterior of a structure that will substantially alter the appearance of the structure. For the purposes of this definition, “intensification” does not include: maintenance and repair necessary for the continuance of an existing use; reasonable emergency procedures necessary for the safety or protection of property; or existing residential use of lands within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District that includes the practices and activities customarily related to the use and enjoyment of one’s home, such as, landscaping, construction of driveways, modification of existing structures or construction or placement of such accessory structures or facilities adjacent to the residence as are usual and necessary.

Ordinary High Water Line.

The line on the bank or shore to which the high water ordinarily rises annually in a season.

Ordinary Low Water Line.

The line on the bank or shore to which the low water ordinarily recedes annually in a season.

Maximum Extent Practicable.

Text drawn from Oregon Statewide Planning Goal 15 (F.3.b.) intended to require a balancing of factors so that each of the identified Willamette Greenway criteria is met to the greatest extent possible without precluding the requested use.

Riverbank.

A land feature or constructed structure that serves to contain the waters of a river. It can be distinguished from upland areas by the presence of riparian vegetation in close proximity to flowing water. Usually, the riverbank represents the limits of seasonal high water and periodic flood waters.

Top of Bank.

See SDC 6.1.110.

Water-Dependent Use.

A use or activity that can be carried out only on, in, or adjacent to a water body, because the use requires access to the water body for transportation, recreation, energy production, or source of water. Except as necessary for water-dependent uses or facilities, residences, parking lots, factories, and mobile home parks are not generally considered to be water-dependent uses.

Water-Related Use.

A use that is not directly dependent upon access to a water body, but which provides goods or services that are directly associated with water-dependent use. Except where as necessary for water-dependent or water-related uses or facilities, highways, restaurants, businesses, factories, and mobile home parks are not generally considered to be water-related uses.

(D)

Establishment of the Greenway Setback Line and Permitted Uses.

(1)

Establishment of the Greenway Setback Line. In the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District, the Greenway Setback Line shall be established to protect, maintain, preserve, and enhance the natural, scenic, historic and recreational qualities of the Willamette Greenway. Only water-dependent and water-related uses are permitted between the Willamette River and the Greenway Setback Line. The location of the Greenway Setback Line shall be determined consistent with the criteria specified in subsections (L)(1), (L)(4), (L)(5), (L)(7), (L)(10), and (L)(11)

EXCEPTION: For property owners who received City approval to establish a Greenway Setback Line along the Glenwood Riverfront as specified in SDC 3.3.300 prior to the effective date of the ordinance codified in this section, that approval shall continue to be in full force and effect when development is proposed within the WG Overlay District.

(2)

The Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District is divided into 2 distinct areas by the Greenway Setback Line:

(a)

From the Greenway Setback Line to the river, only water-dependent or water-related uses shall be permitted. These uses include, but are not limited to:

(i)

Public multi-use paths;

(ii)

Accessways;

(iii)

Pedestrian trails and walkways;

(iv)

Boardwalks;

(v)

Picnic areas;

(vi)

Interpretive and educational displays;

(vii)

Overlooks and viewpoints, including benches and outdoor furniture;

Docks;

Boat shelters;

Piers;

Boat ramps;

Bridges and related appurtenances for pedestrians, bicycles and motor vehicles; and

(xiii)

Stormwater facilities.

(b)

From the Greenway Setback Line to the outer boundary of the WG Overlay District, permitted uses shall be the same as those in the base zones. Additional limitations on the placement of permitted uses in this area may be required to facilitate on-site stormwater management as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(E)

Non-Conforming Uses and Development. Any existing non-conforming building, structure and/or use within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District may continue, expand, or be modified as may be permitted in SDC 5.8.120, 5.8.125 and 3.4.280(F) until they are either abandoned and/or redeveloped.

EXCEPTION: Expansion of an existing building, structure, or use that is not water-related or water-dependent shall not be permitted within the Willamette Greenway Setback Line. Any proposed expansion shall be located outside of the Willamette Greenway Setback Line.

(F)

Development Standards. In addition to addressing the criteria of approval specified in SDC 3.4.280(M), the applicant shall address the following development standards:

(1)

Development within the area defined by the Glenwood Greenway Setback Line.

(a)

Existing native vegetation and trees upon the site shall be preserved, conserved, and maintained to the maximum extent practicable as specified in SDC 4.3.115, 4.3.117 and 3.4.270.

EXCEPTION: Disturbance necessary for construction or establishment of a water-related or water-dependent use, and measures necessary to reduce existing or potential bank erosion as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual shall be permitted.

(b)

The hydraulic and flood carrying capacity of the river and the hydraulic effect of the river on bank stability between the ordinary low water line of the river and the top-of-bank shall be considered, and steps shall be taken to ensure minimal adverse effects by and upon the proposed intensification, development or change in use. Proposed development shall require a concurrent Floodplain Overlay District application.

(c)

If applicable, the applicant shall submit certification by a registered professional engineer that the standards specified in SDC 3.4.280(F)(1)(a) and (b) have been met. Where necessary to properly evaluate a proposal, an applicant may be required to furnish further studies such as a soils survey and analysis, foundation study, or hydrologic study performed by licensed professionals.

(2)

Required landscaping on private property between the Greenway Setback Line and the outer boundary of the WG Overlay District shall be as specified in the applicable base zone, overlay district or this Plan District.

(3)

Buildings and Structures. All buildings and structures shall comply with the design standards specified applicable in the base zone, additional overlay zone or this Plan District.

(4)

Off-Street Parking. Off-street motor vehicle parking lots and spaces are not required, however provided off-street parking must meet the following criteria:

(a)

Parking lots shall be designed to manage the quantity and quality of stormwater generated by any new or expanded impervious surface area as specified in the base zone, additional overlay zone, this Plan District or the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(b)

Parking lots shall use the required landscape area to manage stormwater from the new or redeveloped area, as specified in the base zone, additional overlay zone, this Plan District or the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(c)

Parking lots shall be screened from the Willamette River and from all abutting properties as specified in the base zone, additional overlay zone or this Plan District.

(d)

Parking lots may use alternative paving techniques as a mitigation measure to reduce the total amount of effective impervious surface area present on the site as specified in the base zone, additional overlay zone, this Plan District or the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(e)

Parking lot stormwater facilities shall be operated and maintained so as to avoid groundwater contamination, erosion and off-site sediment transport, landslide hazards, and other similar concerns in the base zone, additional overlay zone, this Plan District or the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(5)

Lighting.

(a)

In addition to the standards specified in the base zone, additional overlay zone, this Plan District or the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual, lighting within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District shall not:

(i)

Flash, if visible from the river;

(ii)

Be focused on or oriented to the river surface.

(b)

Lighting necessary for safety of pedestrians shall be as specified in the applicable base zone, overlay district, this Plan District or the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(6)

Height Limitation. New development, or alteration, and/or enlargement of existing buildings and structures within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District shall be as specified in the base zone, additional overlay zone or this Plan District.

(7)

Public Access. Where public access is provided to and along the Willamette River, that access shall be provided by easement, dedicated right-of-way, or other appropriate legal means as specified in the base zone, additional overlay zone or this Plan District.

(8)

Other Development Standards. Any additional development standards as specified in the base zone, additional overlay zone or this Plan District.

(G)

Review. Any change, intensification of use, or development, as defined in SDC 3.4.280(C), within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District, shall be reviewed under Type 3 procedure in accordance with criteria specified in: SDC 3.4.280(L); the Site Plan Review process as specified in SDC 5.17.100; the Land Division process specified in SDC 5.12.100, as applicable; any additional reviews required by this code; and the standards of this section.

(1)

All applicable concurrent applications, regardless of their typical level of review, shall be elevated to a Type 3 review procedure.

(2)

No development shall occur within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District until the Approval Authority approves all applications required in this section.

(H)

Exemptions. Within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District, the following uses are exempt from Type 3 Discretionary Use procedure:

(1)

Scenic easements acquired under ORS 390.332 and the maintenance of scenic easements acquired under ORS 390.368.

(2)

Additions to or modifications of existing utility lines, wires, fixtures, equipment, circuits, appliances, conductors and related appurtenances by public or municipal utilities, except utility substations.

(3)

Reasonable emergency procedures necessary for the safety or protection of property, including flood emergency procedures and maintenance and repair of existing flood control facilities.

(4)

Placement of signs, markers and other directional or wayfinding aids to serve the public by a public agency.

(5)

Landscaping with native or existing non-invasive vegetative materials only.

(6)

Alterations to the interior of a building where there are no exterior alterations that do not increase the size or alter the configuration of the building footprint.

(7)

Alterations to buildings or accessory structures that do not alter the configuration of the existing building’s or structure’s footprint.

(8)

Activities allowed within the base zone that are usual and necessary for the use and enjoyment of an existing residence including the modification of existing accessory structures or facilities on the same property.

(9)

Normal maintenance and repair necessary for the continuance of an existing use.

(10)

Removal of hazardous trees as determined by a certified arborist, and vegetation identified as nuisance or invasive non-native plants and consistent with erosion prevention and sediment control standards as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual, this code and/or the Springfield Municipal Code.

(11)

Erosion control operations not requiring a permit from the Department of State Lands.

(12)

Activities to protect, conserve, enhance and maintain public recreation, scenic, historical and natural uses on public lands, or land within public easements.

(13)

Customary dredging and channel maintenance conducted under a permit from the State of Oregon.

(14)

Minor repairs or alterations to an existing structure for which no building permit is required.

(15)

Other activities similar to those listed in SDC 3.4.280(H)(1) through (14) as specified in SDC 5.11.100.

(I)

Variances. There shall be no Variance to the size or extent of the Greenway Setback Line or the WG Overlay District outer boundary. However, within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District, when a Variance is requested, as specified in SDC 5.21.100, that application shall be submitted concurrently with the application for development approval in the Greenway. Both the Variance criteria of approval as specified in SDC 5.21.125 or 5.21.130, and the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District criteria of approval as specified in SDC 3.4.280(L), shall be satisfied and approved by the Approval Authority.

(J)

Application Submittal.

(1)

The required Discretionary Use and Site Plan Review applications shall comply with the submittal requirements of this section 3.4.280 and SDC 5.17.115, as applicable. Where there is a conflict between the submittal requirements of this section and the submittal requirements of other sections of this code, the submittal requirements of this section 3.4.280 shall prevail.

(2)

A prerequisite to the filing of a WG Overlay District permit in the Glenwood Riverfront shall be a Development Issues Meeting as specified in SDC 5.1.120(A), or a Pre-Application Meeting as specified in SDC 5.1.120(B). Any intensification, change of use or development in the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District shall require the following:

(3)

Written Materials.

(a)

A narrative that explains the proposed development and addresses the development standards in SDC 3.4.280(J) and the criteria in SDC 3.4.280(L).

(b)

A narrative stating the applicant has applied for any applicable State and/or Federal permits.

(c)

A narrative with drawings and/or photos of the proposed development, as it will appear when completed, and as viewed from the river.

(4)

A survey prepared by a licensed Professional Land Surveyor or Engineer showing the location of the ordinary low water line, top of bank, the Greenway Setback Line and the outer boundary of the WG Overlay District.

(5)

Any additional information required by this code or the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual that may be necessary to demonstrate compliance with this section.

(K)

Additional Notice. In addition to the notice requirements specified in SDC 5.1.425 to 5.1.440, notice shall be given to the Parks and Recreation Division of the Oregon Department of Transportation by immediately forwarding a copy of the application by certified mail, return receipt requested.

(L)

Criteria. In the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District, the applicant shall demonstrate compliance with the following criteria of approval:

(1)

Any development, change of use or intensification of use permitted in the base zone shall be oriented toward the river between the Willamette Greenway Setback Line and the Willamette Greenway outer boundary.

EXCEPTION: Proposed water-dependent and water-related uses listed in SDC 3.4.280(D)(2) shall be permitted within the Greenway Setback Line.

(2)

Between the Greenway Setback Line and the Willamette Greenway outer boundary, any development, change of use or intensification of use shall provide the maximum possible landscaped area/open space between the activity and the river.

(3)

Significant air, water, and land resources, including but not limited to, natural and scenic areas, views, vistas, and fish and wildlife habitats in and adjacent to the Greenway, shall be protected, preserved, restored, or enhanced to the maximum extent practicable.

(4)

The maintenance of public safety and protection of public and private property, especially from vandalism and trespass, shall be provided to the maximum extent practicable.

(5)

The natural vegetative fringe along the river shall be enhanced, protected and maintained in order to assure scenic quality and viewpoints, protection of wildlife, protection from erosion and screening of uses from the river.

(6)

Areas of annual flooding, floodplains and wetlands shall be preserved or restored in their natural state to the maximum extent practicable to protect water retention, overflow and other natural functions specified in SDC 3.3.400.

(7)

Recreational needs shall be satisfied as specified in the Glenwood Refinement Plan and/or this Plan District.

(8)

Adequate public access shall be provided to and along the river by appropriate legal means for all development as specified in the applicable base zone, overlay district, or this Plan District.

(9)

Areas of ecological, scientific, historical or archeological significance shall be protected, preserved, restored or enhanced to the maximum extent practicable.

(10)

Significant fish and wildlife habitats shall be protected to the maximum extent practicable.

(11)

Significant natural and scenic areas, viewpoints and vistas shall be protected to the maximum extent practicable.

(12)

Any necessary tree felling shall comply with SDC 5.19.100 and shall occur in a manner that ensures the wildlife habitat and natural scenic qualities found in the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District will be maintained and shall be restored by mitigation on site. Only diseased trees or trees in danger of falling located between the ordinary low water line and the Greenway Setback Line may be removed with a certified arborist’s statement. However, snag retention shall be allowed. In the area between the Greenway Setback Line and the outer boundary of the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District, tree felling may be permitted to the extent necessary to accommodate those permitted uses as specified in the applicable base zone, overlay district or this Plan District.

(M)

Conditions. The Approval Authority may impose reasonable conditions of approval necessary to achieve compliance with the criteria specified in SDC 3.4.280(L).

(N)

Notice of Decision. In addition to the notice requirements specified in SDC 5.1.135(B), notice also shall be provided to the Parks and Recreation Division of the Oregon Department of Transportation by certified mail, return receipt requested, within 5 calendar days of the final decision by the Approval Authority.

(O)

Modifications to Approved Plans.

(1)

After the effective date of the approval of final plans, modifications may be considered as an amendment of the Site Plan Review application in accordance with the Type 2 review procedures specified in SDC 5.17.145. The Director shall decide whether to grant the requested modification based on the following criteria:

(a)

The modification shall be consistent with the conditions of the original approval; and

(b)

The modification shall not result in significant changes to the physical appearance of the development, the use of the site, and impact on the surrounding properties.

(2)

If determined to be consistent with the above criteria, the Director shall approve the request.

(3)

The applicant retains the ability to submit the requested modification as a new Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District application based on the Type 3 review procedures.

(6279; 6316; 6443; Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023)

3.4.305 Establishment of the Booth-Kelly Mixed-Use Plan District.

The Booth-Kelly Mixed-Use (BKMU) Plan District is established to implement the Downtown Refinement Plan text addressing the Booth-Kelly Development Area. The standards of the BKMU Plan District are intended to be applied in conjunction with the policies of the Downtown Refinement Plan. The BKMU Plan District provides for a mixed-use employment center that complements Downtown Springfield. Within the BKMU Plan District, a variety of commercial, industrial, recreational and residential land uses are encouraged in a pedestrian-oriented setting that takes advantage of the BKMU Plan District’s natural features. The Conceptual Development Plan and the Site Plan Review process will ensure that Metro Plan policies are considered in the development process, that land use conflicts are minimized, and that the BKMU Plan District’s full development potential is realized.

3.4.310 Development Area Plan and Design Standards.

(A)

The minimum development area for major redevelopment or new construction shall be 10 acres.

EXCEPTIONS:

(1)

The 10-acre minimum development area does not apply to lots/parcels fronting South “A” Street or the minor expansion of existing structures on existing lots.

(2)

The minimum development area may be reduced when the Director determines that the development proposal is in all other respects consistent with this section, the Downtown Refinement Plan and the approved Conceptual Development Plan.

(B)

Development Area Plans shall be prepared by a design team comprised of a project architect, engineer and landscape architect, one of whom shall serve as a coordinator. The design team shall certify that the Development Area Plan is in conformance with SDC 5.17.100.

(C)

The Development Area Plan shall comply with the following criteria:

(1)

The proposed development will create an attractive, safe, efficient, and stable environment within the Development Area.

(2)

Proposed buildings, streets and other uses will be designed and sited to ensure preservation of significant on-site vegetation, topographic features, and other unique or valuable natural features, and to prevent soil erosion or flood hazard and mitigate impacts on abutting properties.

(D)

If the Development Area Plan complies with all Site Plan Review standards of this code subsequent permitted uses shall not require additional Site Plan Review.

3.4.315 Conceptual Development Plan.

Major redevelopment and new construction shall be consistent with a Conceptual Development Plan approved by the Planning Commission, unless specified in SDC 3.4.310.

(A)

Development shall occur as specified in a Conceptual Development Plan for the entire BKMU Plan District. The Conceptual Development Plan or subsequent plans shall be prepared by a team of design professionals with demonstrated experience in designing large mixed-use developments. The Conceptual Development Plan shall consider the BKMU Plan District’s natural features and amenities, access and circulation needs, the provision of public facilities and services, the development needs of future users and access to arterial and collector streets. Access to the Millrace and Millpond shall be maximized for all properties and land uses within the BKMU Plan District.

(B)

The Conceptual Development Plan shall be submitted to the Director, who shall prepare a staff report to the Planning Commission. The Planning Commission shall review the Conceptual Development Plan (a public hearing is not required). The Conceptual Development Plan shall be approved or approved with modifications including affirmative findings of compliance with the Metro Plan, the Downtown Refinement Plan and other applicable plans. The approved Conceptual Development Plan shall be kept on file in the Development Services Department.

(C)

Should a subsequent developer wish to depart from the Conceptual Development Plan, a modified Plan shall be developed cooperatively by the City and the subsequent developer, after consultation with representatives of adjacent heavy industrial property. Representatives of existing development in the BKMU Plan District may be consulted regarding proposed modifications at the discretion of the Director. The modified Conceptual Development Plan shall then be reviewed and approved as specified in subsection (B), above.

3.4.320 Schedule of Use Categories.

(A)

The following uses are permitted subject to Site Plan Review approval, unless exempted elsewhere in this section. It is expected that interim uses of buildings existing prior to the adoption of this section will take place until redevelopment of the entire BKMU Plan District occurs under an approved Conceptual Development Plan.

(B)

The following buildings and uses are permitted in this Plan District as indicated subject to the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in this code.

“P” = PERMITTED USE subject to the standards of this code.

“S” = SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS subject to cited standards.

“D” = DISCRETIONARY USE subject to review and analysis under Type 3 procedure (SDC 5.9.100) at the Planning Commission or Hearings Official level.

“N” = NOT PERMITTED

SITE PLAN REVIEW IS REQUIRED, unless exempted elsewhere in this code.

Use Categories/Uses	BKMU District
Residential Uses
Multiple-unit housing (SDC 4.7.375—4.7.390)	S
Single room occupancy	P
Income-qualified housing (SDC 4.7.370 and 4.7.405)	S
Conversion from commercial to residential use (SDC 4.7.215)	S
Business and Professional Offices and Personal Services
Accountants, bookkeepers and auditors	P
Advertising/marketing agencies	P
Architects, landscape architects and designers	P
Art studios, fine and performing	P
Art restoration	P
Attorneys	P
Audio/video production studio	P
Authors/composers	P
Bank, credit unions and savings and loans	P
Barber and beauty shops	P
Business schools	P
Catering services	P
Clinics and research/processing laboratories	P
Collection agencies	P
Commodity contract brokers and dealers	P
Computer and information services	P
Child care facilities (See SDC 4.7.340)	S
Dentist	P
Detective and protective agencies	P
Diaper service	P
Doctors	P
Grafting, graphics and copy services	P
Employment agencies	P
Engineers and surveyors	P
Financial planning, investment services	P
Funeral services	P
Graphic art services	P
Gymnastics instruction	P
House cleaning services	P
Insurance carriers, agents, brokers and services	P
Interior decorator and designers	P
Laundry, dry cleaning, including self service, and ironing services	P
Loan companies, other than banks	P
Locksmiths	P
Lumber brokers	P
Mailing services/mail order sales	P
Management and planning consultants	P
Manufactured unit as a temporary construction or general office or sales office	P
Motion picture studio/distribution	P
Newspaper office and production	P
Non-profit organizations	P
Opticians	P
Performing arts instruction	P
Photocopying	P
Photography studios	P
Planners, land use	P
Printing/publishing	P
Private investigator	P
Psychologists and counselors	P
Real estate sales and management	P
Scientific and educational research	P
Security systems services	P
Self-defense studio	P
Shoe repair	P
Stenographers and secretarial services	P
Stockbrokers	P
Swimming pool cleaning	P
Tailors	P
Tanning salons	P
Telephone answering services	P
Title companies	P
Travel agencies	P
TV and radio broadcasting studios	P
Typing services	P
Window cleaning	P
Certain Wireless Telecommunications Systems Facilities	See SDC 4.3.145
Eating and Drinking Establishments
Cocktail lounges	P
Delicatessens	P
Sit down restaurants	P
Taverns	P
Recreational Facilities (SDC 4.7.205)
Amusement park	P
Arcades	P
Art studios, fine and performing	P
Athletic field	P
Auditoriums	S
Batting cages	S
Bingo parlors	P
Bowling alleys	P
Dance halls	S
Exercise studios	P
Exhibition hall	P
Golf driving range	P
Gyms and athletic clubs	P
Hot tub establishments	P
Hydrotubes	S
Miniature auto race track	P
Miniature golf	P
Movie theaters, indoor	P
Movie theaters, drive-in	S
Non-alcoholic nightclubs	P
Off-track betting facility	P
Parks, private and public	P
Play/tot lot	P
Playground	P
Pool halls	P
Recreation center	P
Riding stable	P
Shooting range	S
Skating rinks	S
Stadiums	S
Swimming pools	P
Tennis. Racquetball and handball courts	P
Theater, legitimate	P
Velodromes	S
Water skiing facilities	P
Retail Sales
Antiques	P
Apparel	P
Art galleries and museums	P
Art supplies	P
Auction/flea markets	P
Automobiles (SDC 4.7.115)	S
Bakeries	P
Bicycles	P
Boats (SDC 4.7.115)	S
Books	P
Camera and photographic supplies	P
Campers	N
Candy, nuts and confectionery	P
China, glassware and metal ware stores	P
Cigars and cigarettes	P
Computers, calculators and other office machines	P
Convenience stores	P
Dairy products	P
Department stores	P
Drapery, curtains and upholstery	P
Dry goods, and general merchandise	P
Electrical supplies	P
Equipment rental and leasing	P
Fabrics and accessories	P
Factory Outlet stores	P
Farm equipment	P
Feed, grain and hay stores	P
Film drop-off and pick-up	P
Fish	P
Floor coverings	P
Florists	P
Fruits and vegetables	P
Furniture	P
Furriers	P
Groceries	P
Hardware	P
Hobby supplies	P
Household appliances	P
Jewelry	P
Liquidation Outlets	P
Luggage and leather	P
Magazines and newspapers	P
Mail order houses	P
Manufactured (mobile) / modular homes	P
Meats	P
Medical and dental supplies	P
Musical instruments and supplies	P
Novelties and gifts	P
Office equipment	P
Paint, glass and wallpaper	P
Pharmacies	P
Pottery	P
Radios, televisions and stereos	P
RVs, fifth wheelers and trailers (SDC 4.7.115)	P
Sewing machines	P
Shoes	P
Small electrical appliances	P
Sporting goods	P
Stationary stores	P
Supermarkets	P
Toys	P
Transient merchants	P
Weapons dealers	P
Social and Public Institutions
Charitable services	P
Community and senior centers	P
Educational branch facilities	P
Fraternal and civic organizations	P
Labor unions	P
Public offices	P
Transient Accommodations
Emergency shelter / facilities	P
Hotels	P
Motels	P
RV parks	P
Youth hostels	P
Transportation Facilities (SDC 4.7.240)
Docks and marinas	D
Heliports	S
Helistops	S
Linear park	P
Train stations	S
Transit stations	D
Warehouse Commercial Retail and Wholesale Sales
Cold storage lockers	D
Electrical supplies	P
Floor covering sales	P
Large electrical appliance sales	P
Lumber yards and building materials	D
Merchandise vending machine operators	P
Mini warehouses, other inside storage	P
Outdoor storage areas/yards	P
Plumbing and heating supplies and contractors	P
Unfinished furniture	P
Warehouse/commercial uses engaged primarily in the wholesaling of materials to the construction industry (SDC 3.4.330)	P
Wholesale trade, warehousing, distribution and storage	P
Manufacture and/or Assembly of:
Appliance	P
Apparel and other finished products made from canvas, cloth, fabrics, feathers, felt, leather, textiles, wool, yarn and similar materials	P
Chemical and chemical products	P
Communication equipment, including radio and television equipment	P
Compounding, or treatment of the following previously prepared materials: bone, cellophane, clay, cork, Fiberglas, glass, hair, horns, metal, paper, plastics, shells, stones, synthetic resins, textiles, tobacco, wool and yarns.	P
Concrete blocks. Cinder blocks and septic tanks	P
Costume jewelry, novelties, buttons and misc. notions	P
Cutlery, hand tools and hardware	P
Dairy products, including butter, cream, cheese, milk, yogurt	P
Electronic components and accessories	P
Electronic transmissions and distribution equipment	P
Engineering, laboratory, scientific and research instruments	P
Finished wood manufacturing and assembly, including cabinets, door frames and picture frames	P
Food processing and packaging to include candy and other confectionary products, vegetables, meat, poultry and seafood	P
Furniture, including restoration	P
Greeting cards, business forms and other business related printing	P
Industrial machinery	P
Lumber, wood and paper products	P
Manufactured/modular housing and allied components	P
Measuring, analyzing and controlling instruments	P
Medical, dental and surgical equipment and supplies	P
Medicinal chemicals and pharmaceutical products	P
Metal and metal alloy products	P
Metal fabrication machine shops	P
Musical instruments	P
Office computing and accounting equipment	P
Optical instruments, including lenses	P
Paints, varnishes, lacquers, enamels and allied products	P
Prosthetic and orthopedic devices	P
Perfumes and toiletries	P
Photographic equipment and supplies	P
Signs and advertising display	P
Toys, sporting and athletic goods	P
Transportation equipment including airplanes, auto, boats, buses, helicopters, motorcycles, railroad cars, RVs, trailers and trucks	P
Watches, clocks and related components	P
Other Primary Industrial Uses
Business, labor, scientific and professional organizations	P
Cleaning and dyeing plants	P
Ice and cold storage plants	P
Lubricating oils and greases	P
Media productions, including TV and radio broadcasting, motion picture production and newspaper/books/periodical publishing	P
Plating, and coating works	P
Regional distribution headquarters	P
Research development and testing laboratories and facilities	P
Recycling facilities	P
Warehouse/commercial uses engage primarily in the wholesaling of materials to the construction industry (SDC 3.4.330)	P
Transportation Related, Non-Manufacturing
Automotive and heavy equipment repair and service including the recapping and retreading of tires	P
Maintenance facilities for passenger bus vehicles or motor freight vehicles	P
Education
College level education facilities	P
Trade schools	P
Public and Private Parks (SDC 3.4.330)
Pocket/neighborhood parks	P
Community parks	P
Public Utility Facilities
Communications towers, transmitters and relays	D
High impact facilities (SDC 4.7.160)	S
Low impact facilities	P
Fish hatcheries	P

(6412; 6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.4.325 Base Zone Development Standards.

(A)

Lot Area, Dimensions, and Coverage. The minimum lot or parcel size in the BKMU Plan District is 6,000 square feet for residential and commercial uses and 10,000 square feet for industrial uses. No land division is permitted prior to approval of a Conceptual Development Plan for the BKMU Plan District. The Director may waive the requirement that buildable City lots/parcels have frontage on a public street as specified in SDC 4.2.120(A).

(B)

Setbacks.

(1)

Landscaped setbacks from the exterior boundaries of the BKMU Plan District and setbacks abutting existing and future public or private rights-of-way dedicated on the approved Conceptual Development Plan must be 10 feet for buildings and 5 feet for parking and driveways. Zero lot line structures are permitted.

(2)

Where an easement is larger than the required setback standard, no building or above grade structure, except a fence, may be built upon or over that easement.

(C)

Height.

(1)

There are no building height standards in the BKMU Plan District unless abutting an R-2 use. In this case, the following building height limitation applies:

(2)

When abutting an R-2 use, the building height limitation must be no greater than that permitted in R-2 use for a distance of 50 feet.

(3)

Incidental equipment may exceed the height standards if no additional floor space exceeding that necessary for the equipment is provided.

(6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.4.330 Booth Kelly Mixed-Use Development Standards-Specific.

(A)

Residential Uses.

(1)

In the BKMU Plan District, residential uses must be encouraged as second story uses above commercial and industrial uses and must not occupy more than 35 percent of the land area within the BKMU Plan District. All R-2 development standards specified in SDC 3.2.200 apply.

(B)

Commercial Uses.

(1)

Warehouse Commercial Retail and Wholesale.

(a)

Buildings must be located to minimize the visibility of outdoor storage yards or areas.

(b)

Outdoor storage yards must only be permitted as a secondary use.

(c)

Any outdoor storage yard or area must be surrounded by a sight obscuring fence.

(2)

Light-Medium Industrial and Warehousing. For warehouse-commercial use, at least 50 percent of the structure is used for storage of materials and 50 percent or less may be used for combined retail and office floor space.

(C)

Standards for Public and Private Parks.

(1)

Public parks must be designated in the Springfield Comprehensive Plan including the Willamalane Park and Recreation District Comprehensive Plan or be approved in accordance with a Discretionary Use application as specified in SDC 5.9.100.

(a)

Community Parks must be designated on a Park Facilities Plan adopted by the City, or be approved in accordance with Type 3 review procedure (Discretionary Use).

(b)

A Traffic Impact Study must be prepared by a Traffic Engineer and approved by the City Engineer.

(Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

Springfield City Zoning Code

CHAPTER DC3

Land Use Districts

3.1.105 Official Zoning Maps-Description.

(6443)

3.1.110 Zoning Map Amendments.

A proposed change to the Official Zoning Maps is subject to the amendment process described in SDC 5.22.100.

3.1.115 Determination of Land Use District Boundaries.

Where uncertainty exists relating to any land use district boundaries shown on the Official Zoning Maps, the Director shall determine the boundaries as specified in the following criteria:

(A)

Lot/Parcel Lines. Where land use district boundaries are indicated as approximately following lot/parcel lines, the lot/parcel lines are considered to be the boundaries.

(B)

(C)

Street Lines.

(1)

Where land use district boundaries are indicated as approximately following the centerline of a public right-of-way, these lines are considered to be the district boundaries.

(2)

When a public right-of-way is lawfully vacated, the land use district boundary is the centerline of the vacated right-of-way, unless indicated otherwise.

(3)

The lands formerly within the public right-of-way are subject to the same zoning regulations that are applicable to the underlying property, unless the zoning is changed by separate action.

(D)

Water Courses. Land use district boundary lines shall follow the centerlines of water courses, unless the boundary lines are fixed by dimensions shown on the Official Zoning Maps.

(E)

Geographic Areas. Land use district boundary lines may follow ridgelines, the toe of a hill and/or specific elevation contours.

(6443)

3.1.120 Zoning Verification.

A property owner may obtain a written verification of the zoning of a lot/parcel by applying for a Land Use and Zoning Compatibility Statement.

3.2.105 Base Land Use Districts Established.

Section	Base Land Use District Name	Springfield Comprehensive Plan Designation
3.2.200	Residential Land Use Districts
	R-1	Low Density Residential
	R-2	Medium Density Residential
	R-3	High Density Residential
3.2.300	Commercial Land Use Districts
	NC Neighborhood Commercial	Neighborhood Commercial Facilities(1)
	CC Community Commercial	Community Commercial Centers
	MRC Major Retail Commercial	Major Retail Center
	GO General Office	Community Commercial Center, Major Retail Commercial Center, General Office
3.2.400	Industrial Land Use Districts
	CI Campus Industrial	Campus Industrial
	LMI Light-Medium Industrial	Light Medium Industrial
	HI Heavy Industrial	Heavy Industrial
	SHI Special Heavy Industrial	Special Heavy Industrial
3.2.500	MS Medical Services District	(2)
3.2.600	Mixed Use Districts (3)
	MUC Mixed Use Commercial
	MUE Mixed Use Employment	Mixed Used Plan Designations (4)
	MUR Mixed Use Residential
3.2.700	PLO Public Land and Open Space	Public Land and Open Space
3.2.800	QMO Quarry and Mining Operations	Sand and Gravel
3.2.900	Agriculture—Urban Holding Area (AG)	Urban Holding Area-Employment (UHA-E), Natural Resource (NR)

(1)	Low, Medium, and High Density Residential designations.
(2)	Medium and High Density Residential, Community Commercial Center, Major Retail Center, and various Mixed Use designations identified in refinement plans.
(3)	See also SDC 3.4.245 for additional Mixed-Use Districts specific to Glenwood. See SDC 3.4.300 for Booth-Kelly Mixed Use Plan District specific to Downtown.
(4)	The multiple variations of Mixed Use plan designation names are not captured in this table but are shown on the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map and described in the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Land Use Element and applicable refinement plans. Variations of Mixed Use plan designations may align with other land use districts as noted in applicable refinement plans.

(6443; 6463)

3.2.205 Purpose, Applicability, and Location.

(A)

Purpose. The purposes of the residential land use districts are to:

(1)

Accommodate a full range of housing types.

(2)

Implement the policies of the Springfield Comprehensive Plan and Metro Plan.

(3)

Make efficient use of land and public services.

(4)

Reduce reliance on the automobile for neighborhood travel and provide options for walking and bicycling.

(5)

Provide convenient access to neighborhood activity centers.

(B)

(1)

The R-1 district is intended to implement the low density residential plan designation.

(2)

The R-2 district is intended to implement the medium density residential plan designation.

(3)

The R-3 district is intended to implement the high density residential plan designation.

(C)

Conflicts. Where there is a conflict between SDC 4.7.300—4.7.400 and the development standards in this SDC 3.3.200, SDC 4.7.300—4.7.400 prevails.

(6443)

3.2.210 Permitted Land Uses.

(A)

(B)

Determination of Similar Land Use. Similar use determinations must be made in conformance with the procedures in SDC 5.11.100, Interpretations.

(C)

Table 3.2.210 Permitted Uses
Uses	Districts			Applicable code standards
Uses	R-1	R-2	R-3	Applicable code standards
Residential
Single-Unit Dwelling, detached (SD-D)	P	N	N
Duplex	P*	P*	N	SDC 3.2.245
Triplex/Fourplex	P*	P*	P*	SDC 3.2.250 and 3.2.255
Townhouse (Single-Unit Dwelling, attached, e.g., row houses, etc.)	P*	P*	P*	SDC 3.2.250 and 3.2.265
Cottage Cluster Housing	P*	P*	P*	SDC 3.2.250 and 3.2.260
Courtyard Housing	P*	P*	P*	SDC 3.2.270
Emergency Medical Hardship	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.400
Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs)	P*	P*	P*	SDC 3.2.275
Single Room Occupancy (SROs)	P	P	P
Short-Term Rental
Type 1	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.355
Type 2	D*	D*	D*	SDC 4.7.355
Manufactured Dwelling Park	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.7.345
Multiple Unit Housing	N	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.375. 4.7.380, and 4.7.385
Family Child Care Home	P	P	P
Child Care Center	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.340
Residential Care Facility	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.350
Conversion from Commercial to Residential Use	S*	S*	S*	SDC 4.7.215
Public and Institutional* (SDC 4.7.375)
Automobile Parking, Public Off-Street Parking	N	D	D
Club (see definition SDC 6.1.110)	N	N	N
Community Service; includes Governmental Offices	N	D	D
Community Garden	D	D	D
Educational Facilities: Elementary and Middle Schools	D*	D*	D*	SDC 4.7.195 and 5.9.110
Emergency Services; Police, Fire, Ambulance	D, S	D, S	D, S
Parks and Open Space, including Playgrounds, Trails, Nature Preserves, Athletic Fields, Courts, Swim Pools, and similar uses	P/D*	P/D*	P/D*	SDC 4.7.330
Place of Worship	D, S*	D, S*	D, S*	SDC 6.1.110
Commercial* (SDC 4.7.375)
Home Business	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.365
Professional Office	S*	S*	S*	SDC 4.7.335
Mixed-Use Buildings	S*	S*	S*	SDC 4.7.180(C) and 4.7.375
Public Utility Facilities
High Impact Public Utility Facility	S/D*	S/D*	S/D*	SDC 4.7.160
Low Impact Public Utility Facility	P	P	P	SDC 4.7.160
Certain Wireless Telecommunications Systems Facilities	SDC 4.3.145

P = Permitted Use;

S = Site Plan Required;

D = Discretionary Use Permit Required;

N = Not Allowed

* = Permitted in conformance with cited code standards.

(6443; Ord. No. 6465, 11/20/2023; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.215 Lot Area and Dimensions.

(A)

Table 3.2.215 Residential District Density Standards and Minimum Lot Size
Density (see SDC 3.2.235 below)	R-1	R-2	R-3
Single unit dwelling, detached	6 units per net acre minimum 14 units per net acre maximum 3,000 sq ft minimum lot size	N/A
Single room occupancy	Up to 6 SRO units per lot or parcel 3,000 sq ft minimum lot size	79 SRO units per net acre minimum 168 SRO units per net acre maximum	163 SRO units per net acre minimum 252 SRO units per net acre maximum
Duplex	6 units per net acre minimum No maximum density 3,000 sq ft minimum lot size	14 units per net acre minimum 28 units per net acre maximum 3,000 sq ft minimum lot size	N/A
Triplex and fourplex	6 units per net acre minimum No maximum density Triplex: 5,000 sq ft minimum lot size Fourplex: 7,000 sq ft minimum lot size	14 units per net acre minimum 28 units per net acre maximum	28 units per net acre minimum 42 units per net acre maximum
Townhome	6 units per net acre minimum 25 units per net acre maximum 1,000 sq ft minimum lot size	14 units per net acre minimum 28 units per net acre maximum 1,000 sq ft minimum lot size	28 units per net acre minimum 42 units per net acre maximum 1,000 sq ft minimum lot size
Cottage cluster	4 units per net acre minimum No maximum density 5,000 sq ft minimum lot size	14 units per net acre minimum 28 units per net acre maximum 5,000 sq ft minimum lot size	28 units per net acre minimum 42 units per net acre maximum 5,000 sq ft minimum lot size
Multiple unit housing	N/A	14 units per net acre minimum 28 units per net acre maximum	28 units per net acre minimum 42 units per net acre maximum
Manufactured dwelling park	6 units per net acre minimum 14 units per net acre maximum 1 acre minimum lot size	14 units per net acre minimum 28 units per net acre maximum 1 acre minimum lot size	N/A
Density fractions will be rounded as provided in SDC 3.2.235(A).

Notes:
Where a minimum lot size listed in this table conflicts with the maximum net density, by resulting in development that exceeds the applicable maximum net density, the maximum net density standard will prevail. This may result in an increase in the minimum lot size provided in this table. Where no minimum lot size is listed, the minimum lot size is determined solely based on the applicable maximum net density.
Minimum lot sizes listed in this table for middle housing types apply to the parent lot and not to any lots resulting from a middle housing land division approved under SDC 5.12.200.
Density standards and minimum lot sizes within the Hillside Overlay District are provided in SDC 3.3.520.

(6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.220 Setbacks.

(A)

Table 3.2.220 Setbacks	R-1	R-2
Front	10 feet, except for a garage or carport
Garage or carport	18 feet from any property line or back of sidewalk, whichever is closer
Side	5 feet	10 feet when abutting an R-1 district 5 feet when not abutting an R-1 district
Rear	10 feet for the primary structure 5 feet for an accessory dwelling unit

Notes: Setbacks for certain housing types or uses are reduced as specified in SDC 3.2.250—3.2.270. (Ex. Zero-foot side setback for property line where townhouse units attach.)

(B)

Front Setbacks.

(1)

(2)

Garage or Carport. The front of a garage or carport must be set back a minimum of 18 feet from any property line or the back of sidewalk, whichever is closer.

(3)

Special Setbacks. The Special Street Setbacks apply in conformance with SDC 4.2.105(M).

(C)

Side Setbacks.

(1)

R-1 District. The side setback requirement is a minimum of 5 feet.

(2)

R-2 and R-3 Districts.

(a)

The side setback requirement is a minimum of 10 feet from any property line abutting the R-1 district.

(b)

The side setback requirement is a minimum of 5 feet from any property line not abutting the R-1 district, or the edge of sidewalk for a corner lot or parcel, whichever is closer.

(3)

For courtyard housing, side setbacks must be in conformance with SDC 3.2.270.

(D)

Rear Setbacks.

(1)

Primary Structures. In the R-1, R-2, and R-3 districts, the rear setback requirement for the primary structure is a minimum of 10 feet from any property line.

(2)

Accessory Dwelling Units. In the R-1, R-2, and R-3 districts, the rear setback requirement for an accessory dwelling unit is a minimum of 5 feet from any property line.

(E)

Special Setback Requirements.

(1)

Townhouses. Common wall setbacks where units are attached is zero feet from the property line abutting the next attached unit, in conformance with SDC 3.2.265.

(2)

Vision Clearance Areas. All structures must comply with SDC 4.2.130, Vision Clearance, notwithstanding any other setback requirement.

(3)

Bridges. Bridges that form a driveway or pedestrian access from the abutting street or alley are permitted within the setbacks.

Uncovered patios at finished grade are exempt from setbacks as long as it does not encroach into a public utility easement.

(e)

Stairs, ramps, and landings that are uncovered may be in the front setback.

(5)

Garage and Carport Setback.

Prohibited in Setbacks. In addition to structures, the following are prohibited within the following setbacks:

(1)

Front Setbacks. Satellite dishes greater than 18 inches in diameter, and other similar above ground objects except heat pumps which are allowed.

(2)

(3)

All Setbacks. Balconies.

(6443)

3.2.225 Lot Coverage and Impervious Surface Standards.

(A)

(B)

The following Lot Coverage and Impervious Surface standards apply to all development in Residential Districts. However, Cottage Cluster Housing is not subject to this standard.

(1)

On lots or parcels with more than average 15 percent slope or above 670 feet in elevation, as determined in SDC 3.3.500, the impervious surface area must not exceed 35 percent.

(2)

On lots or parcels of less than 4,500 square feet in size, the impervious surface area must not exceed 60 percent of the lot or parcel area.

(3)

On lots or parcels of 4,500 square feet or larger in size, the lot coverage must not exceed 45 percent of the lot or parcel area.

Table 3.2.225 Lot Coverage and Impervious Surface Standards	R-1	R-2	R-3
Lots or parcels with more than 15% slope or above 670 feet in elevation	35% maximum impervious surface
Lots or parcels of less than 4,500 square feet in size	60% maximum impervious surface
Lots or parcels of 4,500 square feet or larger in size	45% maximum lot coverage

(6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.230 Height.

(A)

The following building height maximums are intended to facilitate allowed residential densities while promoting land use compatibility.

Table 3.2.230 Height	R-1	R-2	R-3
All Lots, except where specifically addressed below	35 feet	50 feet	none

(B)

Incidental equipment, as defined in SDC 6.1.110 may exceed the height standard.

(C)

Within the Hillside Development Overlay District, the maximum building height, as defined and calculated in SDC 6.1.110, is 45 feet.

(D)

Income-qualified housing in residential districts allowed pursuant to SDC 4.7.405 may meet the height standards of SDC 4.7.405(H).

(6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.235 Density.

(A)

(B)

The net density requirements specified in Table 3.2.215 do not apply as follows:

(1)

Residential care homes/facilities.

(2)

Accessory dwelling units (ADUs).

(3)

Bed and breakfast inns.

(4)

Nonresidential uses, including neighborhood commercial uses, public and institutional uses, and miscellaneous uses that do not include a dwelling unit.

(5)

Buildings that are listed in the Inventory of Historic Sites within the Springfield Area Comprehensive Plan Exhibit “A” or buildings designated on the Historic National Landmarks Register.

(6)

Residential infill, as defined in SDC 6.1.100, is exempt from minimum density standards, except within the HD Overlay District as provided in SDC 3.3.505 to 3.3.540.

(7)

(8)

Income-qualified housing allowed pursuant to SDC 4.7.405 that complies with SDC 4.7.405(H).

(C)

(D)

For the purpose of calculating residential net density:

(1)

(2)

Except as provided in subsection (D)(3) of this section, the following areas are subtracted from the gross area of the property:

(a)

Area not in residential use as provided in subsection (D)(4) of this section;

(b)

Area for dedicated streets;

(c)

Area for dedicated sidewalks;

(d)

Area for dedicated parks;

(e)

Area for other public facilities.

After subtracting these areas from the gross area, then the remaining area is the net area used to calculate the net density.

(3)

The following areas are not subtracted from the gross area to calculate net density:

(a)

Area within a public easement less than 10 feet in width;

(b)

Area within a private street;

(c)

Area within a private park; and

(d)

Area for other private facilities.

(4)

(a)

Unbuildable. This category includes land that is undevelopable. It includes tax lots or areas within tax lots with 1 or more of the following attributes:

(i)

Slopes greater than 25 percent as calculated in SDC 3.3.520(A);

(ii)

Within the floodway, as designated by the FP Overlay District;

(iii)

In areas with severe landslide potential as shown on an adopted City of Springfield inventory or map;

(iv)

Within locally significant wetlands and locally significant riparian areas and their setbacks as specified in SDC 4.3.117;

(v)

Within the riparian area boundary of a Water Quality Limited Watercourse as specified in SDC 4.3.115;

(vi)

Within the easement area of a 230 kV or greater transmission line;

(vii)

Small irregularly shaped lots[1]; and

[1]

Only lots that were counted as unbuildable in an adopted Housing Needs Analysis, can be subtracted from the gross density as “small irregularly shaped lots.”

(viii)

Publicly-owned land as described in (D)(5), (6), (7), and (8) below.

“Public facility projects” adopted in the PFSP include:

(a)

(b)

Wastewater. Pump stations and wastewater lines 24 inches or larger.

(c)

(d)

(6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.240 Panhandle Lot or Parcel Development Standards.

(A)

Special provisions for lots/parcels with panhandle driveways:

(1)

(2)

The area of the pan portion does not include the area in the “panhandle” driveway.

(3)

The minimum paving standards for panhandle driveways are:

(a)

(b)

(4)

Panhandle lots must meet fire code access requirements based on the number of units.

(B)

(1)

Fourteen feet wide for a single panhandle lot or parcel in the R-1 District; or

(2)

Twenty feet wide for a single panhandle in the R-2 and R-3 District, or where multiple panhandles are proposed in any residential district.

(6443)

3.2.245 Single-Unit Dwellings, Detached, and Duplexes.

Standards Applicable to Duplexes. Clear and objective exceptions to public works standards granted to detached single-unit dwellings must also be granted to duplexes.

(6443)

3.2.250 Middle Housing.

Streets. The subject property must have access that meets the standards in SDC 4.2.120(A) and the fire apparatus access road standards as required by and in compliance with the Oregon Fire Code.

(5)

Master Planned Areas. All middle housing types must be allowed in Master Plan areas subject to the applicable standards and criteria in this code.

(D)

Stacked duplex

Side-by-side duplex

Duplex attached by breezeway

Detached duplex units side-by-side

Duplex attached by garage wall

Detached duplex units front and back

Attached triplex front and back

Stacked fourplex

Attached triplex side-by-side

Detached fourplex

(6443)

3.2.255 Triplex and Fourplex.

(A)

(1)

The main entrance must be within 8 feet of the longest street-facing wall of the dwelling unit; and

(2)

The main entrance must either:

(a)

Face the street. See Figure 3.2-A;

(b)

Be at an angle of up to 45 degrees from the street. See Figure 3.2-B;

(c)

Face a common open space that is adjacent to the street and is abutted by dwellings on at least 2 sides. See Figure 3.2-C; or

(d)

Open onto a porch (see Figure 3.2-D). The porch must:

(i)

Be at least 25 square feet in area; and

(ii)

Have at least 1 entrance facing the street or have a roof.

Figure 3.2-A. Main Entrance Facing the Street

Figure 3.2-B. Main Entrance at 45 Degree Angle from the Street

Figure 3.2-C. Main Entrance Facing Common Open Space

Figure 3.2-D. Main Entrance Opening onto a Porch

(B)

Figure 3.2-E. Window and Door Coverage

(C)

(1)

The garage or other off-street parking area is separated from the street property line by a dwelling; or

(2)

The combined width of all garages and outdoor on-site parking and maneuvering areas does not exceed a total of 50 percent of the street frontage.

(D)

Driveway Approach. Driveway approaches must comply with the applicable standards in SDC 4.2.120.

(E)

(6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.260 Cottage Cluster Housing.

(A)

(B)

(C)

Number of Dwelling Units.

(1)

A Cottage Cluster development must include a minimum of 4 dwelling units.

(D)

Dwelling Unit Size.

(1)

The maximum building footprint size for each dwelling unit is 900 square feet. For each dwelling unit, 200 square feet for an attached garage or carport is exempt from the 900 square foot maximum.

(2)

Detached garages, carports, or other accessory structures are exempt from the 900 square foot maximum footprint.

(E)

Accessory Structures. Accessory structures must not exceed 400 square feet in floor area.

(F)

Setbacks. The following perimeter setbacks apply to the perimeter of a Cottage Cluster development area.

(1)

Front setbacks: Ten feet.

(2)

Side setbacks: Five feet.

(3)

Rear setbacks: Five feet.

(G)

Building Separation. The minimum distance between structures must be in accordance with the building code requirements.

(H)

Building Height. The maximum height of structures in a cottage cluster project is 35 feet.

(I)

(1)

Each cottage within a cluster must either abut the common courtyard or must be directly connected to it by a pedestrian path.

(2)

A minimum of 50 percent of cottages within a cluster must be oriented to the common courtyard by meeting the following:

(a)

Have a main entrance facing the common courtyard;

(b)

Be within 10 feet from the common courtyard, measured from the elevation of the cottage nearest the courtyard to the nearest edge of the common courtyard; and

(c)

Be connected to the common courtyard by a pedestrian path.

(3)

Cottages within 20 feet of a street property line may have their entrances facing the street.

(4)

Cottages not facing the common courtyard, or the street must have their main entrances facing a pedestrian path that is directly connected to the common courtyard.

(J)

(1)

The common courtyard must be a single, contiguous piece.

(2)

Cottages must abut the common courtyard on at least 2 sides of the courtyard.

(3)

The common courtyard must contain a minimum of 150 square feet per cottage within the associated cluster.

(4)

The common courtyard must be a minimum of 15 feet wide at its narrowest dimension.

Each cottage cluster is permitted 1 community building.

(2)

(L)

Pedestrian Access.

(1)

An ADA accessible pedestrian path must be provided that connects the main entrance of each cottage to the following:

(a)

The common courtyard;

(b)

Parking areas (if provided);

(c)

Community buildings; and

(d)

Sidewalks in public rights-of-way abutting the site or rights-of-way if there are not sidewalks.

(2)

The pedestrian path must be hard-surfaced and a minimum of 4 feet wide.

(M)

Windows. Cottages within 20 feet of a street property line must meet any window coverage requirement that applies to detached single-unit dwellings in the same residential land use district.

(N)

Parking Design. Any proposed off-street parking spaces and parking lots must meet the following criteria;

(1)

Parking Location and Access.

(a)

Off-street parking spaces and vehicle maneuvering areas must not be located:

(i)

Within 5 feet from any street property line, except alley property lines; or

(ii)

Between a street property line and the front façade of cottages located closest to the street property line. This standard does not apply to alleys.

(b)

Off-street parking spaces must not be located within 5 feet of any other property line, except alley property lines. Driveways and drive aisles are permitted within 10 feet of other property lines.

(c)

Off-street parking spaces may be provided in a garage or carport provided that the garage or carport complies with the parking location and access criteria in this subsection.

(2)

Clustered Parking. Off-street parking may be arranged in clusters, subject to the following standards.

(a)

A cottage cluster project with fewer than 16 cottages is permitted to have parking clusters of not more than 5 contiguous spaces in each parking cluster.

(b)

A cottage cluster project with 16 cottages or more is permitted to have parking clusters of not more than 8 contiguous spaces in each parking cluster.

(c)

Parking clusters must be separated from other spaces and other parking clusters by at least 4 feet of landscaping.

(d)

Clustered parking areas may be covered.

(3)

Driveway Approach. Driveway approaches must comply with the applicable standards in SDC 4.2.120.

(4)

Screening. Landscaping, fencing, or walls at least 3 feet tall must separate clustered parking areas and parking structures from common courtyards and public streets.

(5)

Garages and Carports.

(a)

Garages and carports (whether shared or individual) must not abut common courtyards.

(b)

Individual attached garages up to 200 square feet in size are exempt from the calculation of maximum building footprint for cottages.

(c)

Individual detached garages must not exceed 400 square feet in floor area.

(d)

Garage doors for attached and detached individual garages must not exceed 20 feet in width.

(O)

(1)

The existing dwelling may be non-conforming with respect to the requirements of this code.

(2)

(3)

The floor area of the existing dwelling does not count towards the maximum average floor area of a cottage cluster.

(4)

The existing dwelling is excluded from the calculation of orientation toward the common courtyard.

(P)

Accessory Structures. Accessory structures must not exceed 400 square feet in floor area.

(Q)

Home Types.

(1)

Detached or attached dwelling unit types containing 1 to 4 dwelling units are allowed.

(2)

Accessory dwelling units (ADUs) (either within, attached, or detached) are allowed for any detached or attached dwelling in a cluster housing development.

(6443; Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023)

3.2.265 Townhouses.

(A)

New townhouse units must comply with the requirements in subsections (A)(1) through (4) of this section.

(1)

(2)

Entry Orientation. The main entrance of each townhouse must:

(a)

Be within 8 feet of the longest street-facing wall of the dwelling unit, if the lot has public street frontage; and

(b)

Either:

(i)

Face the street. See Figure 3.2-A;

(ii)

Be at an angle of up to 45 degrees from the street. See Figure 3.2-B;

(iii)

Face a common open space (See Figure 3.2-C) or private access or driveway that is abutted by dwellings on at least 2 sides; or

(iv)

Open onto a porch. See Figure 3.2-D. The porch must:

Be at least 25 square feet in area; and

Have at least 1 entrance facing the street or have a roof.

(3)

(4)

Driveway Access and Parking. Townhouses with frontage on a public street must meet the following standards if providing off-street parking:

(a)

Garage on the front façade of a townhouse, off-street parking areas in the front yard, and driveways in front of a townhouse are allowed if they meet the following standards. See Figure 3.2-M.

(i)

Each townhouse lot has a street frontage of at least 15 feet on a local street.

(ii)

The garage width must not exceed 12 feet, as measured from the inside of the garage door frame.

(iii)

The driveway or driveways comply with the standards in SDC 4.2.120.

(b)

The following standards apply to driveways and parking areas for townhouse projects that do not meet all the standards in subsection (A)(4)(a) above.

(i)

Off-street parking areas must be accessed on the back façade or located in the rear yard. No off-street parking is allowed in the front yard or side yard of a townhouse.

(ii)

Figure 3.2-M. Townhouses with Parking in Front Yard

Figure 3.2-N. Townhouses on Corner Lot with Shared Access

(iii)

Figure 3.2-O. Townhouses with Consolidated Access

(iv)

A townhouse project that includes consolidated access or shared driveways must grant access easements to allow normal vehicular access and emergency access.

(c)

Townhouse projects in which all units take exclusive access from a rear alley are exempt from compliance with subsection (A)(4)(b) above.

(6443; Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023)

3.2.270 Courtyard Housing.

Buffering. The building placement and design of windows must provide a buffer for the occupants of abutting courtyard lots. This standard is met by:

(a)

Placing ground-floor windows along the courtyard side of the house where views are directed into the yard(s) for the subject house;

(b)

By directing views away from neighboring lots yards (e.g., bay window); or

(c)

By using frosted glass or other permanent window covering that obscures any view to the exterior but allows light into the interior.

These standards do not apply to adjoining non-zero lot line lots.

Figure 3.2-P – Courtyard Housing

(6443)

3.2.275 Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU).

(A)

Purpose. An accessory dwelling unit is intended to:

(1)

Provide the opportunity to add accessible and affordable units to existing neighborhoods and new residential areas;

(2)

Provide flexibility to accommodate changes in household size or composition over the course of time, allowing for intergenerational living and on-site caretakers or assistants;

(3)

Make efficient use of residential land; and

(4)

Fit into the neighborhood while maintaining stability, property values.

(B)

An accessory dwelling unit may be established by:

(1)

Converting an attic, basement, or garage or any other portion of the primary dwelling;

(2)

Adding floor area to the primary dwelling, including a second story;

(3)

Constructing a detached accessory dwelling unit on a lot or parcel with a primary single unit dwelling; or

(4)

Converting an existing dwelling unit to the accessory dwelling unit (if it is less than 800 square feet) and building a primary dwelling unit.

(C)

Applicability.

(1)

Accessory dwelling units are permitted on R-1 properties with a primary dwelling.

(a)

(2)

Accessory dwelling units are permitted on R-2 properties with a primary dwelling, according to the following standards.

(a)

On a lot or parcel with area 6,650 square feet or less, 1 or 2 accessory dwelling units are permitted.

(b)

On a lot or parcel with area greater than 6,650 square feet but not greater than 10,000 square feet, a minimum of 2 accessory dwelling units must be constructed.

(c)

An accessory dwelling unit is not permitted on a lot or parcel with area greater than 10,000 square feet.

(d)

If 2 accessory dwellings are constructed, at least 1 must be detached from the primary dwelling.

(3)

Accessory dwelling units are permitted on R-3 properties with a primary dwelling, according to the following standards.

(a)

On a lot or parcel with area 3,200 square feet or less, 1 or 2 accessory dwelling units are permitted.

(b)

On a lot or parcel with area greater than 3,200 square feet but not greater than 4,800 square feet, a minimum of 2 accessory dwelling units are permitted.

(c)

An accessory dwelling unit is not permitted on a lot or parcel with area greater than 4,800 square feet.

(d)

If 2 accessory dwellings units are constructed, at least 1 must be detached from the primary dwelling.

(4)

Accessory dwelling units are permitted within the Historic Overlay District subject to the provisions of SDC 3.3.910 through SDC 3.3.945.

(D)

(E)

Submittal Requirements.

(1)

A plan drawn to scale and dimensioned showing:

(a)

The proposed accessory dwelling unit and its relation to the property lines;

(b)

The primary dwelling and other structures on the lot or parcel including fences, walls, and existing parking spaces and driveways;

(c)

Existing and proposed trees and landscaping;

(d)

(e)

Stormwater destination and/or facility;

(f)

A detailed floor plan of the accessory dwelling unit, drawn to scale with labels on rooms indicating uses or proposed uses; and

(g)

A separate written response demonstrating how the required development and design standards listed in SDC 3.2.275(F) and (G) can be met.

(F)

Development Standards. An accessory dwelling unit must meet the following standards:

(1)

(2)

The accessory dwelling unit must contain a kitchen, bathroom, and sleeping area that are completely independent from the primary dwelling.

(3)

The accessory dwelling unit must not exceed 800 square feet or the square footage of the primary dwelling (exclusive of the garage for the primary dwelling), whichever is less.

(4)

The accessory dwelling unit must have an entrance that is separate from the entrance to the primary dwelling.

(5)

A hard surface walkway, a minimum of 3 feet wide, must be provided from the primary entrance of the accessory dwelling unit to the street or walkway serving the primary dwelling.

(6)

Each dwelling unit must have its own address.

Exterior finish materials must be the same as or visually match those of the primary dwelling in terms of type, size, and placement.

(b)

Roof pitch must be the same as the predominant roof pitch of the primary dwelling.

(c)

The trim around the doors and windows must be the same type and finish as the primary dwelling.

(d)

Windows must match those of the primary dwelling in terms of proportion (height and width ratio) and orientation (vertical vs. horizontal).

(e)

Eaves must project from the accessory dwelling unit addition the same distance as the eaves on the primary dwelling.

(2)

Meet Clear and Objective Standards. A detached accessory dwelling unit may be approved under Type 1 procedure if it meets the following design standards:

(a)

Only non-reflective siding and roofing materials are allowed.

(b)

Minimum roof pitch is 3 in 12.

(c)

Eaves must project from the accessory dwelling unit at least 1 foot on all elevations.

(d)

The primary entry must have a covered or roofed entrance with a minimum depth and width of 3 feet.

(3)

Meet Alternative Standards. An accessory dwelling may be approved under Type 2 procedure if it meets the following design standards:

(a)

Siding, roofing materials, and windows must be similar to those used on residential dwellings in the surrounding neighborhood.

(b)

Entrances, windows, and balconies must be designed and located with consideration of the privacy of residential neighbors.

(H)

Non-Conforming Lot or Parcel Sizes. Accessory dwelling units are not permitted on lots/parcels that do not meet the applicable minimum lot or parcel size stated in SDC 3.2.215.

(I)

(6443; Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.305 Purpose and Applicability.

(A)

Purpose. The purpose of the commercial districts is to:

(1)

Broaden, improve, and diversify the Springfield economy while maintaining or enhancing environmental quality and Springfield’s natural heritage.

(2)

Strengthen and maintain strong, connected employment centers and economic corridors to support small, medium, and large businesses.

(3)

Establish, strengthen, and maintain viable commercial centers to improve the community’s access to goods and services.

(4)

Make development decisions predictable and cost effective.

(B)

Land Use District	Location and Characteristics
Neighborhood Commercial (NC)	This district is intended to provide opportunities for sites to provide day to day commercial needs.
Community Commercial (CC)	This district is intended to provide opportunities for sites to provide for a wide range of retail sales, retail service, and professional office uses. This district is intended to include all existing strip commercial areas.
Major Retail Commercial (MRC)	This district is intended to provide opportunities for sites suitable for shopping centers.
General Office (GO)	This district is intended to provide opportunities for office uses as a transition, providing a buffer between residential districts and more intensive commercial development at the boundaries of a Community Commercial or Major Retail Commercial district.

(6443)

3.2.310 Use Category Determination.

(A)

For the purpose of this SDC 3.2.300, uses and activities are classified into use categories on the basis of common functional, product, or physical characteristics, as described below.

(1)

(a)

The description of the activity in relationship to the characteristics of each use category;

(b)

The relative amount of site or floor space and equipment devoted to the activity;

(c)

Relative amounts of sales from each activity;

(d)

The customer type for each activity;

(e)

The relative number of employees in each activity;

(f)

Hours of operation;

(g)

Building and site arrangement;

(h)

Vehicles used with the activities;

(i)

The relative number of vehicle trips generated by the activities;

(j)

The signage for the proposed use(s) and activities;

(k)

How the use advertises itself; and

(l)

Whether the activities function independently of other activities on the site.

(2)

(3)

The Director must make findings that the proposed use is “clearly similar” based on the following criteria:

(a)

The use and development are consistent with the purpose of this section.

(b)

When compared with the uses and development permitted by Table 3.2.420, the use and development are similar to 1 or more of these uses and development based on an analysis of the:

(i)

Goods or services traded from the site;

(ii)

Bulk, size, and operating characteristics of the proposed use and development; and

(iii)

Parking demand, customer types and traffic generation.

(c)

The use and development comply with the other applicable provisions of this section.

Similar use determinations that are not “clearly similar” because they do not meet the standards above, must be made in conformance with the procedures in SDC 5.11.100, Interpretations.

(6443)

3.2.315 Commercial Use Categories.

(A)

(1)

(2)

Automobile-Oriented Use. Uses where automobiles and/or other motor vehicles are an integral part of the use, such as drive-up, drive-in, and drive-through facilities.

(3)

Non-Automobile Dependent or Oriented Use. Retail sales and service uses that do not qualify as automobile dependent or automobile oriented.

(B)

(C)

(D)

Warehouse and Wholesale Sales.

Exceptions.

Uses that involve the transfer or storage of solid or liquid wastes are classified as waste-related uses.

(b)

Uses that engage primarily in sales to the general public are classified as retail sales and service.

(c)

Uses that engage in sales on a membership basis are classified as retail sales and service.

(E)

Secondary Use. Secondary use means a use that is integrated with the primary use, is not stand alone, and is not permitted in the absence of a primary use.

(F)

Accessory Use. Accessory use means a use that is subordinate to the primary use.

(6443)

3.2.320 Permitted Uses.

(A)

The land uses listed in Table 3.2.320 are permitted in each of the applicable districts, subject to Site Plan Review approval and the provisions of this section.

Table 3.2.320 Permitted Uses
Land Use	Commercial District				Applicable code standards
Land Use	NC**	CC	MRC	GO	Applicable code standards
Commercial
Retail Sales and Service (non-automobile dependent/oriented)	P*	P	P	P*	SDC 3.2.330
Retail Sales and Service (automobile dependent)	N	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.7.115
Retail Sales and Service (automobile oriented)	N	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.7.115
Marijuana Business: marijuana retail outlet (recreational or medical)	N	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.7.177
Recreation Facilities	P*	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.7.205
Eating and Drinking Establishments (with drive-through)	P	P	P	N
Eating and Drinking Establishments (without drive-through)	P	P	P	P*	SDC 3.2.330
Offices and Clinics	P	P	P	P
Animal Hospital, Animal Clinic, or Kennel	N	P*	N	N	SDC 4.7.110
Garden Supply or Feed Store	N	P	P*	N	SDC 3.2.330
Manufactured unit as a temporary construction office, security quarters, or general office	P*	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.185, 4.8.110, and 4.8.120
Manufactured home as a manufactured home sales office	P*	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.8.115
Lodging
Hotels and Motels	N	P	P	N
Short Term Rentals (Type 1 and 2)	P*	P*	N	N	SDC 4.7.355
Hostel	P	P	N	N
Emergency Housing	N	P	N	N
RV Park	N	P*	N	N	SDC 4.7.220
Industrial
Manufacture or assembly of goods or products to be sold on premises	N	P*	N	N	SDC 3.2.330
Warehouse and Wholesale Sales	N	P*	N	N	SDC 3.2.330
Residential
Residential uses in areas designated mixed use in: the Springfield Comprehensive Plan; a Refinement plan; or in mixed use district in this code	P*	P*	P*	N	SDC 3.2.330
Conversion from commercial to residential use	P*	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.215
One single-unit dwelling, attached or detached, as a secondary use	P	P	N	N	SDC 3.2.220 thru 3.2.225
Income-qualified housing	P*	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.370 and 4.7.405
Family Child Care Home	P	P	P	P
Child Care Center	P*	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.340
Transportation Facilities
Dock, Boat Ramp, and Marinas	N	D	N	N
Heliport or Helistop	N	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.7.240
Transit Station	N	P*	P*	N	SDC 4.7.240
Linear Park	P	P	P	P
Bicycle Paths and Pedestrian Trails	P	P	P	P
Other
Secondary Use (as defined)	P	D	D	P*	SDC 3.2.330
Accessory Use (as defined)	P*	P*	P*	P*	SDC 4.7.360
Agricultural cultivation of vacant land	N	P	P	N
Public and Institutional
Private/Public Elementary and Middle Schools	D*	D*	N	N	SDC 4.7.195 and 5.9.110
Branch Educational Facilities	P	P	P	N
Place of Worship	P*	P*	P*	P*	SDC 6.1.110
Club (see definition SDC 6.1.110)	P	P	P	N
Hospital	P	P	P	N
Community Service; includes Governmental Offices	P	P	P	P
High impact public utility facilities	P*/D	P*/D	P*/D	P*/D	SDC 4.7.160
Low impact public utility facilities	P	P	P	P
Communication towers, including antennas and relay equipment	N	D	D	N
Wireless Telecommunications System (WTS) Facilities	See SDC 4.3.145	See SDC 4.3.145	See SDC 4.3.145	See SDC 4.3.145	SDC 4.3.145

P = Permitted Use; D = Discretionary Use permit required; N = Not Allowed;
*	Permitted subject to cited code standards.
**	Subject to SDC 4.7.375, where applicable.

(6443; Ord. No. 6466, 11/20/2023; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.325 Development Standards.

(A)

Lot Area, Dimensions, and Coverage. The following Table 3.2.325(A) sets forth the commercial district lot area, lot dimension, and coverage standards.

Table 3.2.325(A) Commercial District Lot Area, Dimension, and Coverage Standards
Development Standard	NC	CC	MRC	GO
Minimum lot/parcel size	6,000 square feet	6,000 square feet	6,000 square feet	6,000 square feet
Individual lease space size	15,000 square feet maximum	N/A	N/A	N/A
Minimum frontage, see (A)(1) below	50 feet	50 feet	50 feet	50 feet
Panhandle lot/parcel minimum frontage, both single and double panhandles	Not permitted	40 feet	Not permitted	Not permitted
Maximum lot/parcel coverage	35%	Limited only by requirements of other sections of this code
Minimum landscaping	Perimeter and interior landscaping area combined coverage must not be less than 20% of the total development area.	Minimum landscaping area established by standards in other sections of this code.
Maximum parking, loading, and vehicular circulation area coverage	45%	Lot/parcel coverage established by standards in other sections of this code.

(1)

The frontage standard does not apply when the following are met:

(a)

The lots/parcels have been approved as part of a Master Plan, Site Plan, Subdivision, or Partition application; and

(b)

Access has been guaranteed via a private street or driveway by an irrevocable joint use/access agreement as specified in SDC 4.2.120(A).

(B)

Setbacks.

(1)

(2)

Required setbacks are measured from the special street setback in SDC 4.2.105(M), where applicable.

(3)

The following setback standards apply to all structures, except as otherwise provided by this section.

(a)

Front, Street Side Yard, and Through Lot Rear Building Setback.

(i)

All commercial districts (NC, CC, MRC, and GO).

The minimum building setback is 10 feet.

(b)

Interior Side, Rear Yard Building Setback.

(i)

All commercial districts (NC, CC, MRC, and GO).

The building setback is zero, except when abutting residential or CI district, the building setback is 10 feet.

(c)

Parking, Driveway, or Outdoor Storage Setback.

(i)

Neighborhood Commercial. The minimum yard setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage is 7 feet from any property line.

(ii)

Other commercial districts (CC, MRC, and GO). The minimum yard setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage is 5 feet from any property line.

(d)

Setback Exceptions.

(i)

There are no setbacks required for buildings in the Downtown Exception Area.

(ii)

Architectural extensions may extend into any 5-foot or larger setback by no more than 2 feet.

Table 3.2.325(B) summarizes the above setback standards.

Table 3.2.325(B) Setback Standards
Development Standard	NC	CC	MRC	GO
Front, Street Side Yard, and Through Lot Rear
Building Setback	10 feet	10 feet	10 feet	10 feet
Setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage	7 feet	5 feet	5 feet	5 feet
Interior Side, Rear Year Setbacks
Building setback	0 feet	0 feet	0 feet	0 feet
Setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage	7 feet	5 feet	5 feet	5 feet
Interior Side, Rear Year Setbacks when abutting residential or CI district
Building setback	10 feet	10 feet	10 feet	10 feet

(C)

Height.

(1)

The following building height standards are intended to promote land use compatibility and flexibility for commercial development at an appropriate community scale.

(a)

Buildings and structures in the Neighborhood Commercial District are limited to the maximum height of 20 feet.

(b)

(2)

Incidental equipment, as defined in SDC 6.1.110 may exceed the height standard.

Table 3.2.325(C) summarizes the above height standards.

Table 3.2.325(C) Height Standards
Development Standard	NC	CC	MRC	GO
Maximum height	20 feet	No maximum height, except when abutting residential districts. When directly abutting an R-1 or R-2 district, the height of a structure must not exceed the height permitted in the adjacent R-1 or R-2 residential land use district for a distance of 50 feet from the property line.

(6443; Ord. No. 6466, 11/20/2023; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.330 Development Standards-Specific.

(A)

NC Development Standards.

(1)

(B)

CC Development Standards.

(1)

(2)

(C)

MRC Development Standards.

(1)

(D)

GO Development Standards.

(1)

(E)

(Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.405 Purpose and Applicability.

(A)

Purpose. The purpose of the industrial districts is to:

(1)

Broaden, improve, and diversify the Springfield economy while maintaining or enhancing environmental quality and Springfield’s natural heritage.

(2)

Provide certainty, predictability, and flexibility in the development of industrial development.

(3)

Make development decisions predictable and cost effective.

(B)

District	Location and Characteristics
Campus Industrial (CI)	This district is intended to provide opportunities for diversification of the local economy by offering prime sites in a campus environment for large-scale light manufacturing firms and research and development complexes emphasizing modern technology and employing skilled workers in family wage jobs. The term “campus” includes innovative building designs, enhanced landscapes, large open spaces, and substantial pedestrian amenities.
Light-Medium Industrial (LMI)	This district is intended to provide opportunities for the secondary processing of materials into components, the assembly of components into finished products, transportation, communication and utilities, wholesaling, and warehousing. The external impact from these uses is generally less than heavy industrial, and transportation needs are often met by truck. Activities are generally located indoors, although there may be some outdoor storage. This designation also can accommodate supporting offices and campus industrial uses.
Heavy Industrial (HI)	This district is intended to provide opportunities for the processing of large volumes of raw materials into refined materials and/or that have significant external impacts. Heavy industrial transportation needs often include rail and truck. Less intensive industrial uses that are permitted in the LMI District are also permitted in this district.
Special Heavy Industrial (SHI)	This district is intended to provide opportunities to accommodate industrial developments that need large parcels, particularly those with rail access. Although the primary purpose of this district is to provide sites for heavy industries other industry is allowed.

(6443)

3.2.410 Use Category Determination.

(A)

For the purpose of SDC 3.2.400, uses and activities are classified into use categories on the basis of common functional, product, or physical characteristics, as described below.

(1)

(a)

The description of the activity in relationship to the characteristics of each use category;

(b)

The relative amount of site or floor space and equipment devoted to the activity;

(c)

Relative amounts of sales from each activity;

(d)

The customer type for each activity;

(e)

The relative number of employees in each activity;

(f)

Hours of operation;

(g)

Building and site arrangement;

(h)

Vehicles used with the activities;

(i)

The relative number of vehicle trips generated by the activities;

(j)

The signage for the proposed use(s) and activities;

(k)

How the use advertises itself; and

(l)

Whether the activities function independently of other activities on the site.

(2)

(3)

The Director must make findings that the proposed use is “clearly similar” based on the following criteria:

(a)

The use and development are consistent with the purpose of this section.

(b)

When compared with the uses and development permitted by Table 3.2.420, the use and development are similar to 1 or more of these uses and development based on an analysis of the:

(i)

Goods or services traded from the site;

(ii)

Bulk, size, and operating characteristics of the proposed use and development; and

(iii)

Parking demand, customer types, and traffic generation.

(c)

The use and development comply with the other applicable provisions of this section.

Uses that are not “clearly similar” because they do not meet the standards above, may be allowed as a new use, according to the procedures and standards in SDC 5.11.100, Interpretations.

(6443)

3.2.415 Industrial Use Categories.

(A)

(B)

Heavy Manufacturing and Production.

Exceptions.

Manufacturing of goods to be sold primarily on site and to the general public is classified as retail sales and service as found in SDC 3.2.300.

(b)

Manufacture and production of goods from composting organic material is classified as waste-related uses.

(C)

Light Manufacturing, Fabrication, and Repair.

Industrial Service.

Exceptions.

Hotels, restaurants, and other services that are part of a truck stop are considered accessory to the truck stop.

(E)

Warehouse and Wholesale Sales.

Exceptions.

Uses that involve the transfer or storage of solid or liquid wastes are classified as waste-related uses.

(b)

Uses that engage primarily in sales to the general public are classified as retail sales and service as found in SDC 3.2.300.

(c)

Uses that engage in sales on a membership basis are classified as retail sales and service as found in SDC 3.2.300.

Waste-Related.

Exceptions.

Sewer pipes that serve a development are considered a basic utility.

(c)

Recycling operations are not considered a waste-related use. They are classified as an industrial service use.

(G)

(H)

Secondary Use.

(1)

“Secondary use” means a use that is integrated with the primary use, is not stand alone, and is not permitted in the absence of a primary use.

(2)

(3)

(4)

Child care facilities may exceed the 2,500 square foot standard in order to comply with size requirements.

(I)

Accessory Use.

(1)

“Accessory use” means a use that is subordinate to the primary use.

(2)

(6443)

3.2.420 Permitted Uses.

(A)

The land uses listed in Table 3.2.420 are permitted in each of the applicable districts, subject to the provisions of this section.

Table 3.2.420 Permitted Uses
Land Use	Industrial District				Applicable code standards
Land Use	**CI	LMI	HI	*SHI	Applicable code standards
Industrial
Heavy Manufacturing and Production	N	D	P	P
Light Manufacturing, Fabrication, and Repair	D	P	P	P
Industrial Service	P	P	P	P
*Warehouse and Wholesale Sales	P	P	P	P	SDC 3.2.428
Waste-Related	N	N	D	D
Explosives or Fireworks, Manufacturing, Warehouse, or Distribution	N	D	D	N
Corporate Office/Headquarters	P	P	P	P
Outdoor Storage Directly Related to an Approved Use	N	P	P	P
Automobile Wrecking, or Towing Service Operations	N	N	D	N
Industrial Park	N	P	P	P
Business Park	P	N	N	N
Slaughterhouse	N	N	D	N
Other
*Secondary Use (as defined)	P	D	D	D	SDC 3.2.415
*Accessory Use (as defined)	P	P	P	P	SDC 3.2.415
*Marijuana Production Facility	N	N	P	P	SDC 4.7.177
*Marijuana Processing Facility	N	P	P	N	SDC 4.7.177
*Marijuana Wholesale Facility	N	P	P	N	SDC 4.7.177
*Marijuana Retail Outlet or Sales, as Primary or Secondary Use	N	N	N	N	SDC 4.7.177
*Recreational Facilities	N	P	P	P	SDC 4.7.205
Child Care Centers	P	P	N	N	SDC 4.7.340
Bicycle Paths and Pedestrian Trails	P	P	P	P
Linear Parks	P	P	P	P
Agricultural Cultivation of Vacant Land	P	P	P	P
Income-Qualified Housing	P*	P*	N	N	SDC 4.7.405
Public and Institutional
*Education Facilities (schools)	N	D*	N	N	SDC 4.7.195
*High Impact Public Utility Facilities	D	P	P	P	SDC 4.7.160
Low Impact Public Utility Facilities	P	P	P	P
*Wireless Telecommunications System (WTS) Facilities	N	See SDC 4.3.145	See SDC 4.3.145	See SDC 4.3.145	SDC 4.3.145

P = Permitted Use; D = Discretionary Use permit required; N = Not Allowed;
*	Permitted subject to cited code standards; In the SH District, the standard is found in SDC 3.2.425(A)(1).
**	Uses in the CI District must meet the operational performance standards specified in SDC 3.2.430.

(6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.425 Development Standards.

(A)

Lot Area, Dimensions, and Coverage. The following Table 3.3.425 sets forth the industrial district lot area, lot dimension, and coverage standards.

Table 3.2.425(A) Industrial District Lot Area, Dimension, and Coverage Standards
Development Standard	CI	LMI	HI	SHI
Minimum lot/parcel size	10,000 square feet	10,000 square feet	10,000 square feet	10,000 square feet see (A)(1) below
Minimum frontage, see (A)(2) below	75 feet	75 feet	75 feet	75 feet
Panhandle lot/parcel minimum frontage, both single and double panhandles	N/A	40 feet	40 feet	40 feet
Maximum lot/parcel coverage	Limited only by requirements of other sections of this code

(1)

Until annexed to the City, the minimum lot/parcel size in the SHI District must be 40 acres and the minimum development area must be 10 acres.

(2)

The frontage standard does not apply when the following are met:

(a)

The lots/parcels have been approved as part of a Master Plan, Site Plan, Subdivision, or Partition; and

(b)

Access has been guaranteed via a private street or driveway by an irrevocable joint use/access agreement as specified in SDC 4.2.120(A).

(B)

Required setbacks are measured from the special street setback in SDC 4.2.105(N), where applicable.

The following setback standards apply to all structures, except as otherwise provided by this section.

(1)

Front Yard Building Setback.

(a)

Campus Industrial District.

(i)

The minimum front yard building setback is 20 feet if abutting a local street.

(ii)

The minimum front yard building setback is 30 feet if abutting a collector or arterial street.

(b)

Light Medium Industrial District. The minimum front yard building setback is 10 feet.

(c)

Heavy Industrial District. The minimum front yard building setback is 10 feet.

(d)

Special Heavy Industrial District. The minimum front yard building setback is 10 feet.

(2)

Parking, Driveway, or Outdoor Storage Setback.

(a)

Campus Industrial District. The minimum yard setback for parking, or driveway is 5 feet from any property line. In the CI district no outdoor storage is allowed.

(b)

Light Medium Industrial District. The minimum yard setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage is 5 feet from any property line.

(c)

Heavy Industrial District. The minimum yard setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage is 5 feet from any property line.

(d)

Special Heavy Industrial District. The minimum yard setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage is 5 feet from any property line.

(3)

Other Setbacks.

(a)

Building Setback From a R-1, R-2, or R-3 Residential District.

(i)

Campus Industrial District. The minimum setback for a building from a residential district boundary is 50 feet.

(ii)

Light Medium Industrial District. The minimum setback for a building from a residential district boundary is 10 feet.

(iii)

Heavy Industrial District. The minimum setback for a building from a residential district boundary is 10 feet.

(iv)

Special Heavy Industrial District. The minimum setback for a building from a residential district boundary is 10 feet.

(b)

Building Setback From a CI District.

(i)

Campus Industrial District. NA.

(ii)

Light Medium Industrial District. The minimum setback for a building from a CI district boundary is 10 feet.

(iii)

Heavy Industrial District. The minimum setback for a building from a CI district boundary is 10 feet.

(iv)

Special Heavy Industrial District. The minimum setback for a building from a CI district boundary is 10 feet.

(c)

Building Setback Within the CI District From Other Districts. The minimum setback for a building within the CI district from another nonresidential district boundary is 10 feet.

(d)

Building separation From Other Buildings Within the CI District. The minimum building separation between buildings in the CI district is 20 feet.

(4)

Setback Exceptions and Special Circumstances.

(a)

Where a public utility easement (PUE) is larger than the required setback standard, no building or above grade structure, except a fence, can be built upon or over that easement.

(b)

CI District Setback Exceptions. Required building setbacks and separations may be reduced through the Site Plan Approval process without a variance when:

(i)

The building design incorporates landscaped stormwater quality facilities within the setback area that also enhances pedestrian amenities and the campus environment;

(ii)

Necessary to protect natural assets identified in the Gateway Refinement Plan or elsewhere in this code;

(iii)

Necessary to preserve existing healthy mature trees;

(iv)

Necessary to accommodate handicapped access requirements; or

(v)

Legally created lots/parcels do not meet the minimum lot/parcel size.

Table 3.2.425(B) summarizes the above setback standards.

Table 3.2.425(B) Setback Standards
Development Standard	CI	LMI	HI	SHI
Front setback for building	20/30 feet	10 feet	10 feet	10 feet
Setback for parking, driveway, or outdoor storage	5 feet	5 feet	5 feet	5 feet
Building setback from residential district	50 feet	10 feet	10 feet	10 feet
Building setback from CI district	N/A	10 feet	10 feet	10 feet
Building setback within the CI district from other district	20 feet	N/A	N/A	N/A
Building separation from other buildings within CI district	20 feet	N/A	N/A	N/A

(C)

Height.

(1)

The following building height standards are intended to promote land use compatibility and flexibility for industrial development at an appropriate community scale.

(a)

Buildings and structures in the Campus Industrial District are limited to the maximum height of 45 feet.

(b)

(i)

(2)

Incidental equipment, as defined in SDC 6.1.110 may exceed the height standard.

Table 3.2.425(C) summarizes the above height standards.

Table 3.2.425(C) Height Standards
Development Standard	CI	LMI	HI	SHI
Maximum Height	45 feet	No maximum height, except when abutting residential districts (see below)
Industrial District abuts an R-1 or R-2 District	N/A	The height of a structure must not exceed the height permitted in the adjacent residential land use district for a distance of 50 feet from the property line.

(6443)

3.2.428 Development Standards-Specific.

(A)

(1)

A permanent foundation is provided for the manufactured dwelling.

(2)

Siding must be compatible with adjacent structures; the roof must have a minimum 16 percent pitch.

(3)

Foundation covers, skirting, landscaping and backfill are required.

(4)

Compliance with these regulations is a condition of continued use of the manufactured dwelling on the property.

(B)

Warehouse Commercial Retail and Wholesale.

(1)

Buildings must be located in the front of lots/parcels, where possible, to minimize the visibility of outdoor storage yards or areas.

(2)

Any outdoor storage yard or area must be surrounded by a sight-obscuring fence.

Exception: Sales of heavy equipment and trucks does not require fencing.

(3)

In the Downtown Exception Area, the storage and display of rental equipment must be confined within a building.

(4)

For mini-storage facilities, an on-site manager's living quarters must be permitted when the living quarters are constructed as part of and attached to a new or existing mini-storage facility.

(5)

(Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.430 CI District-Operational Performance Standards.

(A)

All manufacturing operations shall be entirely enclosed within a building.

(B)

All applicable on-site design standards specified in SDC 3.2.450 shall be met.

(C)

(D)

Office and commercial uses shall not primarily serve the public.

(E)

The movement of heavy equipment on or off the site shall not be permitted.

EXCEPTION: Truck deliveries and shipments are permitted;

(F)

Proposed uses not listed as permitted uses in SDC 3.4.420 are not be permitted.

(G)

(1)

EXCEPTION: Water vapor or other benign plumes from processes or pollution control equipment shall not be considered air pollution.

(2)

Fire and explosive hazards. All activities involving the use, storage and/or disposal of flammable or explosive materials shall comply with the Uniform Fire Code as most recently adopted by the City.

(3)

Glare.

(a)

(b)

Glare resulting from an industrial operation including welding or laser cutting shall not be visible from the outside of the building.

(4)

Groundwater Protection. Proposed development utilizing hazardous materials that may impact groundwater quality shall be as specified in SDC 3.3.200.

Warehousing is permitted only as a secondary use in the following circumstances:

(1)

For the storage and regional wholesale distribution of products manufactured in the CI District;

(2)

For products used in testing, design, technical training or experimental product research and development in the CI District; and/or

(3)

In conjunction with permitted office-commercial uses in the CI District.

(4)

(6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.435 CI District-Monitoring Uses.

(A)

(B)

(6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.440 CI District-Status of Existing Uses.

(A)

(B)

(C)

Stand-alone day care centers that primarily serve CI District businesses are a permitted secondary use.

(D)

Permitted stand alone office/commercial uses outside of business parks are a permitted primary use.

(E)

(6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.445 CI District-Conceptual Development Plans and Master Plans.

(6238; 6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.450 CI District-Design Standards.

(A)

(1)

Offsets. Offsets shall occur at a minimum of every 100 feet of lineal building wall by providing recesses or extensions with a minimum depth of 4 feet.

(2)

EXCEPTIONS:

(a)

(b)

Building elevations adjacent to alleys or vehicle accessways used primarily for servicing and deliveries are exempt from this standard.

(3)

Entrances. To the greatest extent practicable, all new buildings in the CI District shall be oriented toward both exterior and internal streets.

(a)

The primary entrance to all buildings in the CI District shall be visible from the street; and

(b)

A weather-protected area, including, but not limited to: awnings or canopies, at least 6 feet wide, shall be provided at all public entrances.

(4)

Roof Treatments. The following roof treatments are required.

(a)

(b)

(B)

Landscaping. The following landscaping standards are in addition to standards specified in SDC 4.4.105:

(1)

A minimum of 35 percent of each development area shall be landscaped open space.

(2)

(3)

At least 10 percent of the interior of a parking lot having 20 or more parking spaces shall be landscaped. This standard is in addition to any landscaping setbacks required in SDC 3.2.420.

(4)

(5)

Vegetation within a structural stormwater control that complies with SDC 4.3.110 may be counted toward the minimum landscaping requirements of this section.

(C)

The wall shall have a minimum height of 8 feet. The wall shall totally conceal trucks from public view and shall meet the setback requirement specified in SDC 3.2.420.

EXCEPTION: The Director may consider proposed truck parking that is enclosed by buildings and complies with SDC 4.6.125.

(D)

Pedestrian Walkways and River Access.

(1)

Walkways From a Sidewalk to Building Entrances. A continuous pedestrian walkway shall be provided from the primary frontage sidewalk for pedestrians to access building entrances.

(2)

(3)

In the Gateway CI District, access to the McKenzie River, both for pedestrians and bicycles, shall be addressed in the site design, where specified in the applicable refinement plan or TransPlan.

(E)

Transit Stations and Stops. When required, transit stations and stops shall conform to the standards of the Lane Transit District.

(6443; Ord. 6464, 11/20/2023; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.455 Business/Industrial Parks.

(A)

(B)

Subdivisions in the LMI District shall conform to Industrial Park standards.

(1)

(2)

Buildings and uses within an Industrial Park shall be approved as specified in the criteria specified below:

(a)

(b)

The proposed development will create an attractive, safe, efficient, and stable internal environment.

(C)

(6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.2.505 Establishment of the Medical Services (MS) District.

(A)

(B)

(C)

The MS District shall be applied to contiguous sites of 3 or more acres.

(D)

(E)

A Traffic Impact Study prepared by a Traffic Engineer as specified in SDC 4.2.105(A)(4) shall be required prior to the application of the MS District and prior to Site Plan approval.

(6443)

3.2.510 Schedule of Use Categories.

Uses/Use Categories	MS District
*Primary Uses*
Hospital services	P
Medical clinics	P
Physicians services	P
Medical laboratory services	P
Dental services	P
Dental laboratories	P
Housing for the elderly and handicapped, independent of care facilities	P
Residential care facilities	P
Conversion from commercial to residential use (SDC 4.7.215)	P
Income-qualified housing (SDC 4.7.370 and 4.7.405)	P
Child care center (SDC 4.7.340)	P
Adult day care facilities subject to any applicable state regulations	P
Certain wireless telecommunications systems facilities (SDC 4.3.145)	P
Health services	P
Medical office buildings	P
*Secondary Uses*
Dispensing pharmacies	P
Prosthesis, hearing and speech aids sales and service	P
Home medical equipment rental and sales	P
Cafeterias, medical related recreational facilities, low impact public utility facilities, and heliports and helistops serving and constructed in conjunction with on-site development.	P

(6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.515 Base Zone Development Standards.

Development Standard	MS Zoning District Requirement
Minimum Area Landscaped Setbacks (2), (3)	3 or more contiguous acres (1)
Front Yard, Street Side Yard, and Through Lot/parcel Rear Yard
Building Setback	10 feet
Parking, Driveway, and Outdoor Storage	5 feet
Interior Side Yard and Rear Yard Setback, When Abutting Residential or CI District
Building Setback	10 feet
Parking, Driveway, and Outdoor Storage	5 feet
Maximum Lot/Parcel Coverage	Lot/parcel coverage standards are limited only by standards specified in other sections of this code.
Maximum Height (4)	None, unless abutting an R-1 or R-2 District (See below)
MS District abuts an R-1 or R-2 District to the east, west, south, or north	Building height limitation must be no greater than that permitted in the residential districts for a distance of 50 feet

(1)	Unless the use is limited to the conversion of a single-unit dwelling, detached, to a medically related use, the minimum development area shall be at least 1 acre. This means that phasing of developments shall occur in increments of not less than 1 acre.
(2)	Where an easement is larger than the required setback standard, no building or above grade structure, except a fence, shall be built upon or over that easement.
(3)	Required setbacks are measured from the special street setback in SDC 4.2.105(N), where applicable.
(4)	Incidental equipment may exceed the height standards.

(6412; 6443)

3.2.605 Establishment of Mixed-Use Land Use Districts.

(6286; 6443; 6463)

3.2.610 Schedule of Use Categories.

“P” = PERMITTED USE subject to the standards of this code.

“S” = SPECIAL STANDARDS subject to cited standards.

“N” = NOT PERMITTED

SITE PLAN REVIEW IS REQUIRED for all development proposals within all mixed use districts unless exempted elsewhere in this code.

Use Categories/Uses	Districts
Use Categories/Uses	MUC	MUE	MUR
Accessory Use Structures
Accessory structures (SDC 4.7.360)	N	P	S
Agricultural and Animal Sales and Services
Agricultural cultivation of undeveloped land	N	P	P
Garden supplies	P	N	N
Automotive Repair and Service
Garage, repair	N	P	N
Parking lots and parking structures (SDC 4.7.180)	S	P	S
Tires, batteries and accessories	N	P	N
Operation, maintenance, repair, expansion and replacement of automobile, light truck sales, new and used, including accessory repair garages, parts and accessory sales on land where such uses lawfully existed as of June 3, 2002, owned, leased and controlled by a single entity	P* *Only in Downtown Mixed-use area	N	N
Business and Professional Offices and Personal Services
Accountants, bookkeepers and auditors	P	P	P
Advertising/marketing agencies	P	P	P
Architects, landscape architects and designers	P	P	P
Art studios, fine	P	N	P
Art restoration	P	N	P
Attorneys	P	P	P
Audio/video production studio	P	P	N
Authors/composers	P	N	P
Banks, credit unions and savings and loans	P	P	P
Barber and beauty shops	P	P	P
Blue printing, photostating, and photo developing	P	P	N
Business schools	P	N	N
Business, labor, scientific and professional organizations and headquarters	P	P	P
Catering services	P	P	N
Clinics and research/processing laboratories	P	P	P
Collection agencies	P	N	P
Commodity contract brokers and dealers	P	P	P
Computer and information services	P	P	P
Dentists	P	P	P
Detective and protective agencies	P	N	P
Doctors	P	P	P
Drafting, graphic and copy services	P	P	P
Employment agencies and services	P	P	P
Engineers and surveyors	P	P	P
Financial planning, investment services	P	P	P
Graphic art services	P	P	P
Gymnastics instruction	P	P	N
House cleaning services	P	N	N
Insurance carriers, agents, brokers and services	P	P	P
Interior decorator and designers	P	N	P
Laundry, dry cleaners, including self-service, and ironing services	P	P	N
Loan companies, other than banks	P	P	P
Locksmiths	P	P	P
Lumber brokers	P	P	P
Mailing services/mail order sales	P	P	P
Management and planning consultants	P	P	P
Manufactured unit as a temporary construction office, night watchperson’s quarters or general office (SDC 4.8.110, 4.7.185, and 3.2.428)	P/S	P/S	N
Motion picture studio/distribution	P	P	N
Non-profit organizations	P	N	P
Opticians	P	P	P
Performing arts instruction	P	N	P
Photocopying	P	P	P
Photography studios	P	P	P
Planners, land use	P	P	P
Printing/publishing	P	P	N
Psychologists and counselors	P	P	P
Real estate sales and management	P	N	P
Scientific and educational research	P	P	P
Security systems services	P	P	N
Self-defense studio	P	P	N
Shoe repair	P	P	P
Stenographers and secretarial services	P	P	P
Stockbrokers	P	P	P
Swimming pool cleaning	P	N	N
Tailors	P	N	P
Tanning salons	P	N	P
Title companies	P	N	P
Telephone answering services	P	P	P
Travel agencies	P	P	P
TV and radio broadcasting studios (does not include antennae)	P	P	N
Typing services	P	P	P
Window cleaning	P	N	N
Communications Facilities
Communications towers, including antennas and relay equipment. Certain Wireless Telecommunications Systems Facilities (See SDC 4.3.145)	N	D	N
Child Care Facilities
Child care center (See standards in SDC 4.7.340 for MUR)	P	P	S
Eating and Drinking Establishments
Cafeteria (serving employees only)	P	P	N
Cocktail lounges	P	P	N
Delicatessens and sit down restaurants including espresso shops	P	P	P
Drive up restaurants and espresso shops (SDC 4.7.180)	S	P	N
Taverns and brew pubs	P	P	N
Educational Facilities - Public and Private Elementary and Middle Schools
1 to 5 students in a private home (in a 24-hour period)	N	N	P
6 or more students in a private home	N	D	D
Private/public elementary and middle schools (SDC 4.7.195)	N	D	D
Secondary schools and colleges	N	D	N
Residential Care Facilities
Residential care facility	N	N	D
Home Business
Home business (SDC 4.7.365)	S	S	S
Manufacture and/or Assembly of:
Appliances	N	P	N
Apparel and other finished products made from canvas, cloth, fabrics, feathers, felt, leather, textiles, wool, yarn and similar materials	P	P	N
Communication equipment, including radio and television equipment	N	P	N
Costume jewelry, novelties, buttons and misc. notions	N	P	N
Cutlery, hand tools and hardware	N	P	N
Electronic components and accessories	N	P	N
Electronic transmission and distribution equipment	N	P	N
Engineering, laboratory, scientific, and research instruments	N	P	N
Finished wood manufacturing and assembly including cabinets and door frames	N	P	N
Furniture, including restoration	N	P	N
Greeting cards, business forms and other business related printing	N	P	N
Measuring, analyzing, and controlling instruments	N	P	N
Medical, dental, and surgical equipment and supplies	N	P	N
Medicinal chemicals and pharmaceutical products	N	P	N
Metal fabrication and machine shops	N	P	N
Musical instruments	N	P	N
Prosthetic and orthopedic devices	N	P	N
Office computing and accounting equipment	N	P	N
Optical instruments, including lenses	N	P	N
Perfumes and toiletries	N	P	N
Photographic equipment and supplies	N	P	N
Signs and advertising display	N	P	N
Toys, sporting and athletic goods	N	P	N
Watches, clocks, and related components	N	P	N
Other Industrial Uses
Industrial/business parks (SDC 3.2.450)	N	S	N
Media productions, including TV and radio broadcasting, motion picture production and newspaper/book/periodical publishing	P	P	N
Regional distribution headquarters, including indoor storage	N	P	N
Research development and testing laboratories and facilities	N	P	N
Accessory structures	N	P	N
Administrative professional or business offices	N	P	N
Public Utility Facilities
High impact facilities (SDC 4.7.160)	N	S	N
Low impact facilities	P	P	N
Recreational Facilities (SDC 4.7.205)
Arcades	P	P	N
Art studios, performing	P	P	N
Auditoriums	N	P	N
Bingo parlors	N	P	N
Bowling alleys	P	P	N
Dance halls	N	P	N
Exercise studios	P	P	P
Gyms and athletic clubs	P	P	N
Hot tub establishments	P	P	P
Miniature auto race track (e.g., slot car track)	P	N	P
Miniature golf	P	N	N
Movie theaters, indoor, single screen	P	P	N
Non-alcoholic night club	S	P	N
Off-track betting facility	P	P	N
Parks, private and public	P	P	P
Playground	P	P	P
Play/tot lot	P	P	P
Pool halls	P	P	N
Recreation center	P	P	N
Skating rinks	N	P	N
Tennis, racquetball and handball courts	P	P	P
Theater, legitimate (live stage)	P	P	N
Religious, Social and Civic Institutions
Branch educational facilities	P	P	D
Charitable services	P	N	D
Place of worship (SDC 6.1.110)	D	N	D
Community and senior centers	P	N	P
Fraternal and civic organizations	P	N	N
Hospitals	P	P	N
Public offices, including, but not limited to: administrative offices, libraries, museums, courts, and detention facilities.	P	N	D
Private/public elementary and middle schools (SDC 4.7.195)	N	D	D
Residential Uses
Accessory structures (SDC 4.7.105)	S	P	S
Single-unit dwellings	P	N	P
Duplexes (SDC 3.2.245)	P	N	P
Single room occupancy (SDC 3.2.235(C))	P	N	P
Middle housing (SDC 3.2.250)	S	N	S
Multiple unit housing (SDC 4.7.375, 4.7.380, and 4.7.385)	S	S	S
Short-term rental
Type 1 (SDC 4.7.355)	S	N	S
Type 2 (SDC 4.7.355)	S	N	S
Income-qualified housing **(income-qualified housing is permitted subject to either: (1) the approval standards in the district for residential uses; or (2) the approval standards in SDC 4.7.370 and 4.7.405)	S**	S**	S**
Conversion from commercial to residential use (SDC 4.7.215)	S	N	S
Retail Sales
Antiques	P	N	P
Apparel	P	N	P
Art galleries and museums	P	N	P
Art supplies	P	N	P
Bakeries	P	P	P
Bicycles	P	N	P
Books	P	N	P
Cameras and photographic supplies	P	N	P
Candies, nuts and confectioneries	P	N	P
China, glassware and metalware	P	N	P
Cigars and cigarettes	P	N	N
Computers, calculators and other office machines	P	P	N
Convenience stores	P	P	P
Dairy products	P	P	P
Department stores	P	N	N
Drapery, curtains and upholstery	P	N	P
Dry goods and general merchandise	P	N	P
Electrical supplies	P	N	N
Fabrics and accessories	P	N	P
Film drop off and pick up (not a drive-through)	P	N	P
Fish	P	N	N
Floor coverings	P	N	P
Florists	P	N	P
Fruits and vegetables	P	N	P
Furniture	P	N	N
Furriers	P	N	N
Groceries	P	N	P
Hardware	P	N	N
Hobby supplies	P	N	N
Household appliances	P	N	N
Jewelry	P	N	N
Liquor outlets (State)	P	N	N
Luggage and leather	P	N	N
Magazines and newspapers	P	N	N
Mail order houses	P	N	N
Marijuana business: production, processing, wholesaling, retail	N	N	N
Meats	P	N	N
Medical and dental supplies	P	N	N
Musical instruments and supplies	P	N	N
Novelties and gifts	P	N	N
Office equipment	P	P	N
Paint, glass and wallpaper	P	N	N
Pharmacies	P	P	P
Pottery	P	N	N
Radios, televisions and stereos	P	N	N
Second hand and pawn shops	P	N	N
Sewing machines	P	N	N
Shoes	P	N	P
Small electrical appliances	P	N	N
Sporting goods	P	N	P
Stationary	P	P	P
Supermarkets	P	N	N
Toys	P	N	P
Small Scale Repair and Maintenance Services (SDC 4.7.180)
Business machine repair	S	P	P
Electrical appliance repair	S	P	N
Furniture repair	S	P	N
Janitorial services	N	P	N
Small engine repair	S	N	N
Watch repair	P	P	P
Transient Accommodations
Emergency shelter facilities	N	N	P
Hotels	S	N	N
Youth hostels	P	N	N
Transportation Facilities (SDC 4.7.240)
Heliports	N	P	N
Helistops	N	P	N
Linear park	P	P	P
Public transit station, without park and ride lot	P	P	P
Transportation Related, Non-Manufacturing
Key/card lock fuel facilities	N	P	N
Warehouse Commercial Retail and Wholesale Sales and Distribution
Cold storage lockers	N	P	N
Electrical supplies and contractors	N	P	N
Floor covering sales	N	P	N
Indoor storage, other than mini-warehouses, and outdoor storage areas/yards	N	P	N
Large electrical appliance sales	N	P	N
Merchandise vending machine operators	N	P	N
Plumbing and heating supplies and contractors	N	P	N
Unfinished furniture	N	P	N
Uses listed under automotive and retail which are wholesale uses	N	N	N
Regional distribution headquarters, including indoor storage	N	P	N
Warehouse/commercial uses engaged primarily in the wholesaling of materials to the construction industry	N	N	N
Wholesale trade, warehousing, distribution and storage (to include mini-storage)	N	N	N
Secondary Uses Serving or Related to On-Site Commercial or Industrial Uses
Manufacture or assembly of goods or products to be sold on-premises	P	P	N
Accessory structures	N	P	N
Administrative professional or business offices	P	P	P
Blueprinting, photostating, and photo developing	P	P	N
Cafeteria (serving employees only)	N	P	N
Child care facilities (primarily serving employees on site)	P	P	P
Developed recreation area (serving the development area)	N	P	P
Heliports and helistops	N	P	N
Financial institutions	P	P	P
Manufactured home used as a night watch person’s quarters (SDC 4.7.185)	N	S	N
Outdoor storage of materials directly related to a permitted use (SDC 3.2.630(B)(3))	N	P	N

(6228; 6238; 6352; 6412; 6443; Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.615 Base Zone Mixed-Use Development Standards.

The following base zone mixed-use development standards are established.

Development Standard	MUC	MUE	MUR
Minimum Area	6,000 square feet	10,000 square feet	See SDC 3.2.215
Minimum Street Frontage(1)	40 feet	75 feet	See SDC 3.2.215
Maximum Lot/Parcel Coverage	Lot/parcel coverage standards in the MUC and MUE Districts are limited only by standards (including, but not limited to: parking, landscaping) specified in SDC 4.4.105 and 4.6.100. Generally, there is no maximum lot/parcel coverage standard.		45%
Minimum Landscaping	Minimum requirements defined by standards in other sections of this code.
Landscaped Setbacks(2), (3), (4) and (5)
Front, Street Side Yard, and Through Lot/Parcel Rear Yard
Building Setback	None	10 feet	See SDC 3.2.220
Parking, Driveway, and Outdoor Storage Setback	5 feet	5 feet	See SDC 3.2.220
Interior Side, Rear Yard Setbacks when Abutting Residential or CI Districts
Building Setback	10 feet	10 feet	See SDC 3.2.220
Parking, Driveway, Outdoor Storage Setback	5 feet	5 feet	See SDC 3.2.220
Maximum Building Height(6)
Maximum Unless Abutting Residential Districts (See below)	90 feet	60 feet	60 feet
When Abutting a Residential District	No greater than that permitted in the R-1 or R-2 Districts for a distance of 50 feet from the abutting R-1, R-2, or MUR District		No greater than that permitted in the R-1 or R-2 Districts for a distance of 50 feet from the abutting R-1, R-2 District

(1)	The Director may waive the requirement that buildable City lots/parcels have frontage on a public street when all of the following apply:
	(a)	The lots/parcels have been approved as part of a Development Area Plan, Site Plan, Subdivision or Partition application, and
	(b)	Access has been guaranteed via a private street or driveway by an irrevocable joint use/access agreement as specified in SDC 4.2.120(A).
(2)	There are no setback requirements for buildings in the Downtown Exception Area.
(3)	Where an easement is larger than the required setback standard, no building or above grade structure, except a fence, shall be built on or over that easement.
(4)	Required setbacks are measured from the special street setback in SDC 4.2.105(N), where applicable.
(5)	Architectural extensions may protrude into any 5-foot or larger setback area by not more than 2 feet.
(6)	Incidental equipment may exceed these height standards. In the MUE District, incidental equipment exceeding the height standards cannot occupy additional floor space.

(6412; 6443; Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.620 Mixed-Use District Development Standards-Conflicts and Exemptions.

(A)

Conflicts.

(1)

In cases where the development standards of this section conflict with standards found in other sections of this code, the standards of this section shall prevail.

EXCEPTION: Standards in this code pertaining to environmental protection, water quality protection and or public health and safety matters shall prevail over the standards in this section.

(2)

Development standards found in adopted refinement plans, specific area plans and specific development plans shall prevail over those in this section.

Exemption Process.

3.2.625 Mixed-Use District Development Standards-General.

(A)

(1)

EXCEPTION: Elevations of buildings adjacent to alleys or vehicle accessways used primarily for service and delivery access is exempt from this requirement.

(2)

(3)

Along the vertical face of a structure, offsets shall occur at a minimum of every 50 feet by providing at least one of the following:

(a)

Recesses, including, but not limited to: entrances and floor area with of a minimum depth of 4 feet.

(b)

Extensions, including, but not limited to: entrances and floor area with a minimum clearance of 4 feet, a minimum depth of 4 feet, and a maximum length of an overhang shall be 25 feet.

(c)

Offsets or breaks in roof elevation with a minimum of 3 feet or more in height.

(4)

(5)

(6)

External modifications proposed for structures listed on the Springfield Historic Landmark Inventory shall comply with the applicable standards specified in SDC 3.3.900.

(7)

The proposal contains an equally good or superior way to achieve the intent of subsections (A)(1) through (6), above.

(B)

(1)

EXCEPTIONS: Street setbacks in the Downtown Mixed-Use Area may be approved by the Director when:

(a)

The building design incorporates public seating, plazas, or other usable public space as specified in subsection (G) below;

(b)

The building design incorporates landscaped stormwater quality facilities within the setback area that also enhance the pedestrian scale, orientation and interest;

(c)

Necessary to preserve existing healthy mature trees; or

(d)

Necessary to accommodate handicapped access requirements.

The proposal contains an equally good or superior way to achieve the intent of subsections (B)(1) through (4), above.

(C)

(1)

Awnings or canopies shall be at least 6 feet wide, and shall follow building offsets to eliminate long expanses of awnings and or canopies.

(2)

Awnings and canopies shall not obscure architectural features (e.g., transom area) of the building and shall not extend into the second story of the building.

(3)

Awnings and canopies shall be in proportion to the overall building and shall match the width of the storefront or window opening.

(4)

Backlit awnings and canopies are not permitted.

(5)

Awnings and canopies shall be suspended from the building and not supported by posts.

(6)

The proposal contains an equally good or superior way to achieve the intent of subsections (C)(1) through (5), above.

(D)

Landscaping and Screening.

(1)

(a)

Mixed-use developments must provide landscaping and screening in accordance with SDC 4.4.105 and 4.4.110 and the following standards:

(b)

(2)

Screening of parking areas, drives, mechanical equipment and trash receptacles must meet SDC 4.4.110. In addition:

(a)

No trash receptacles are allowed within the front setback areas abutting residential districts.

(b)

All ground-mounted utility equipment not installed underground must be placed to reduce visual impact or screened with walls or landscaping.

(c)

Notwithstanding the timelines specified in SDC 4.4.105, plants must be sized to attain 50 percent coverage in 2 years and 100 percent coverage in 4 years.

(3)

Irrigation systems are required to support landscaping. Drought-resistant plants are encouraged. See SDC 5.17.120(D)(3) and 4.4.105.

(4)

(5)

The proposal contains an equally good or superior way to achieve the intent of subsections (D)(1) through (4), above.

(E)

(1)

EXCEPTION: The Director may determine that topography and/or existence of natural features of the development site would be better accommodated with an alternative circulation pattern.

(2)

(3)

(4)

Outparcel buildings shall be connected to and served from the internal streets of the primary development area of which they are a part.

(5)

Pedestrian paths and sidewalks shall connect all building entrances with each other and with public rights-of-way in a manner that is direct and convenient for the pedestrian.

(6)

The proposal contains an equally good or superior way to achieve the intent of subsections (E)(1) through (5), above.

(F)

(1)

(2)

Lighting shall be arranged and constructed not to produce direct glare on adjacent LDR development as specified in SDC 4.5.100.

(3)

(4)

(5)

The proposal contains an equally good or superior way to achieve the intent of subsections (F)(1) through (4) above.

(G)

(1)

Size of Structure or Substantial Improvement	Number of Amenities
<5,000 sq. ft.	1
5,000—10,000 sq. ft.	2
10,000—50,000 sq. ft.	3
>50,000 sq. ft.	4

(2)

Acceptable pedestrian amenities include:

(a)

Sidewalks incorporating ornamental paving treatments, including, but not limited to: concrete masonry unit pavers, brick, or stone, which are 50 percent wider than required by this code.

(b)

A public outdoor seating plaza adjacent to, or visible and accessible from, the street (minimum useable area of 300 square feet).

(c)

Sidewalk planters between the sidewalk and building including stormwater swales.

(d)

Street tree density more extensive than required by this section.

(e)

Streetscape scale container planters.

(f)

Installation of 3-inch caliper size or larger to fulfill the street tree requirement.

(g)

Public art, including, but not limited to: sculptures, fountains, clocks, or murals with a value equal to or greater than 1 percent of construction value of the structure.

(h)

Pocket parks with a minimum usable area of 300 square feet.

(3)

Guidelines for the siting, construction and character of pedestrian amenities:

Bus stops, as a pedestrian amenity, shall conform to standards of the Lane Transit District.

(4)

The proposal contains an equally good or superior way to achieve the intent of subsections (G)(1) through (3), above.

(6443; Ord. 6464, 11/20/2023)

3.2.630 Mixed-Use Development Standards-Specific.

(A)

MUC Development Standards.

(1)

Preservation of the Commercial Land Supply.

(a)

One hundred percent of a new mixed-use building footprint may be developed for commercial uses.

(b)

(c)

EXCEPTION: This provision does not apply to residential and/or limited manufacturing uses that are in existence as of June 3, 2002.

(2)

(3)

(B)

MUE Development Standards.

(1)

Preservation of the Industrial Land Supply.

(a)

A minimum of 60 percent of the gross floor area within a MUE District must be dedicated to industrial uses to ensure that industrial land is preserved for primarily industrial purposes.

(b)

“Businesses and Professional Offices and Personal Services” listed in SDC 3.2.610 may not have a ground floor area of more than 5,000 square feet for any single use.

(c)

EXCEPTION: Commercial and/or residential uses that are in existence as of June 3, 2002.

(2)

Minimum Floor Area Ratio. A minimum floor area ratio of 0.25 is required for all new development or redevelopment in the MUE District.

(3)

On-Site Design Standards specified in SDC 3.2.445 apply to development in the MUE District with the following exemptions:

(a)

Outdoor storage is allowed, but storage areas are not permitted in front or street-side yards.

(b)

(c)

The minimum landscaped open space and the maximum impermeable surface standards specified in SDC 3.2.445 shall be reduced to 25 percent and 75 percent respectively.

(C)

MUR Development Standards.

(1)

Preservation of the Residential Land Supply.

(a)

EXCEPTION: Pre-existing structures and uses are covered under the provisions of SDC 5.8.100 that addresses continuing non-conforming uses.

(b)

EXCEPTION: Commercial and/or industrial uses that are in existence as of the adoption of this MUR District.

(2)

Minimum/Maximum Residential Densities.

(a)

Minimum residential densities for strictly residential development within the MUR District must be 20 units per gross acre.

(b)

Minimum residential densities for developments that include mixed uses within the MUR District must be 12 units per gross acre.

EXCEPTION: If less than 20 units per gross acre are provided, the development must include a minimum of 10 percent of the total gross floor area in nonresidential uses.

(c)

There is no maximum residential density established for the MUR District other than that imposed directly through compliance with the maximum building height.

(3)

Nonresidential Uses.

(a)

(b)

EXCEPTION: Civic uses are not a permitted use in the MUR District.

(4)

All development in the MUR District complies with the architectural design standards in SDC 4.7.375.

(6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.635 Phased Development.

(A)

(1)

Existing buildings and dimensions with distances from property lines and other buildings.

(2)

(3)

A re-division plan at the minimum density required by this subsection, for any lot/parcel that is large enough to further divide or a plot plan showing building footprints for MUC minimum densities.

(4)

The location of natural resources, regulated wetlands, natural drainage/stormwater management areas and wooded areas showing how future development will address preservation, protection or removal.

(5)

Adopted public facilities plans.

(6)

The intended use, residential, commercial, and/or industrial and size in square feet of each building.

(7)

The ratio of the square footage of each intended use, residential, commercial, and/or industrial to the total square footage of the buildings in each phase of the development.

(B)

Site Plan Review shall include the monitoring of the ratio of uses to ensure that the proposed development maintains the ratio of:

(1)

Commercial and non-commercial uses as specified in SDC 3.2.630(A)(1); or

(2)

Industrial and non-industrial uses as specified in SDC 3.2.630(B)(1); or

(3)

Residential and non-residential as specified in SDC 3.2.630(C)(1).

(6412; 6443)

3.2.705 Establishment of the Public Land and Open Space (PLO) District.

(A)

Establishment of the PLO District includes the following categories:

(1)

Government uses, including public offices and facilities;

(2)

Educational uses, including high schools and colleges; and

(3)

Parks and open space uses including, publicly owned metropolitan and regional scale parks and publicly and privately owned golf courses and cemeteries.

(B)

The PLO District must also be permitted on properties designated other than Public Land and Open Space as specified in the Springfield Comprehensive Plan, a refinement plan, or plan district.

(6463)

3.2.710 Schedule of Use Categories.

The following buildings and uses are permitted in this district as indicated subject to the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in this code.

P = Permitted Use;

D = Discretionary Use Permit Required;

N = Not Allowed;

* Permitted subject to cited code standards.

The land uses listed in Table 3.2.710 are permitted subject to Site Plan Review approval and the provisions of this section.

Table 3.2.710 Permitted Uses	PLO District	Applicable Code Standards
Land Use
Education
Colleges	P*	SDC 3.2.720
High schools	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Private/public elementary and middle schools	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Government
Administrative offices	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Courts	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Fire stations	D	SDC 3.2.720
Justice center, a building, including, but not limited to: a police station, courts, administrative offices and a jail	D	SDC 3.2.720
Libraries	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Museums	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Neighborhood and community centers	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Performing arts centers	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Plazas and other sites of public interest	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Police satellite facilities	D	SDC 3.2.720
Post offices	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Public transit facilities	D	SDC 3.2.720
Senior/adult activity centers	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Sports complexes/stadiums	D	SDC 3.2.720
Wellness center	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Parks and Open Spaces
Community parks	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Linear park	P
Neighborhood parks	P
Private areas of greater than 1 acre reserved for open space as part of a cluster or hillside development	P
Publicly and privately owned golf courses and cemeteries	D
Regional parks	P*	SDC 3.2.720
R.V. parks and campgrounds outside of a regional park and without sanitary sewer service as a temporary use subject to termination when within 1,000 feet of sanitary sewer	D
R.V. parks and campgrounds within a regional park	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Residential
Conversion from commercial to residential	(SDC 4.7.215)
Income-qualified housing	(SDC 4.7.370 and 4.7.405)
Other
Agricultural cultivation of vacant land	P
Child care centers	P*	SDC 4.7.340
Eating and drinking establishments as a secondary use primarily serving the development area	P
Heliports and helistops	D
High impact public facilities	P*	SDC 4.7.160
Low impact public facilities	P
Maintenance and security residences, excluding manufactured dwellings	D
Mortuaries and chapels associated with cemeteries	D
Outdoor storage yards as a secondary use	P*	SDC 4.4.110
Parking structures as a secondary use	P*	SDC 3.2.720
Wireless telecommunications system (WTS) Facilities	(SDC 4.3.145)

(6412; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.715 Base Zone Development Standards.

Development Standard	PLO Zoning District Requirement
Minimum Lot/parcel Size	None
Lot/parcel Coverage and Planting Standard	Parking, driveways and structures shall not exceed 65 percent of the development area. At least 25% of the development area shall be landscaped. EXCEPTION: In the Downtown Exception Area, there shall be no minimum lot coverage standards and no minimum planted area, except for parking lots (6).
Landscaped Setbacks (1), (2), (3) and (4)
Street Setback	15 feet (6)
Residential Property Line	20 feet (6)
Parking and Driveway	5 feet
Maximum Building Height(5)	None, unless abutting a residential district
PLO District abuts Residential District	When a PLO District abuts a residential district, the maximum building height shall be defined as the height standard of the applicable residential district for a distance of 50 feet measured from the boundary of the adjacent residential zoning district. Beyond the 50-foot measurement, there is no building height limitation.

(1)	Where an easement is larger than the required setback standard, no building or above grade structure, except a fence, shall be built upon or over that easement.
(2)	Required setbacks are measured from the special street setback in SDC 4.2.105(N), where applicable.
(3)	Structural extensions may extend into any 5-foot or larger setback area by not more than 2 feet.
(4)	In the Downtown Exception Area, there are no minimum setbacks for administrative offices and other public uses listed under SDC 3.2.710.
(5)	Incidental equipment may exceed the height standards.
(6)	In the Downtown Exception Area, there shall be no minimum planted area except for parking lots as specified elsewhere in this code.

(6238; 6412)

3.2.720 Development Standards-Specific.

(A)

Primary access must be on arterial or collector streets except as provided or exempted elsewhere in SDC 3.2.700.

(B)

Stadiums, swimming pools and other major noise generators must be located at least 30 feet from residential property lines and must be screened by a noise attenuating barrier.

(C)

Community and regional parks must comply with the standards specified below:

(1)

Primary access must be on arterial or collector streets unless specified or exempted elsewhere in this section.

(2)

Stadiums, swimming pools and other major noise generators within parks must be located at least 30 feet from residential property lines and screened by a noise attenuating barrier.

(3)

Community and regional parks must be designated on a Park Facilities Plan adopted by the City, or be approved in accordance with Type 3 review procedure (Discretionary Use).

(4)

A Traffic Impact Study must be prepared by a Traffic Engineer and approved by the City Engineer.

(D)

For all special uses, a Traffic Impact Study must be prepared as specified in SDC 4.2.105(B).

(E)

R.V. parks and campgrounds within regional parks must comply with the standards specified in SDC 4.7.220(B).

(F)

Private/public elementary and middle schools must meet the standards specified in SDC 4.7.195.

(G)

Wellness centers must comply with the standards specified below:

(1)

The building is owned by a public agency.

(2)

(H)

Pedestrian amenities for public buildings in mixed use designations must comply with the standards in SDC 3.2.625(G).

(Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.2.805 Establishment of the Quarry and Mine Operations (QMO) District.

(A)

The QMO District is established to:

(1)

Recognize that minerals and materials within the Springfield Urban Growth Boundary are a non-renewable resource, and that extraction and processing are beneficial to the local economy.

(2)

Protect major deposits of minerals, rock and related material resources with appropriate zoning.

(3)

Institute procedures for the protection of public health and safety on and adjacent to land where quarry and mining blasting operations are occurring.

(4)

Institute standards to be used in reviewing referrals from State and Federal agencies of Operation and Reclamation Plans, pollution control and similar permits.

(5)

Provide for cooperation between private and governmental entities in carrying out the purposes of this section.

(B)

The QMO District is applied to areas with a Sand and Gravel designation on the Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map.

(6463)

3.2.810 Schedule of Use Categories.

“P” = PERMITTED USE subject to the standards of this code.

“S” = SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS subject to special locational and siting standards to be met prior to being deemed a permitted use.

“D” = DISCRETIONARY USE subject to review and analysis under Type 3 procedure (SDC 5.9.100) at the Planning Commission or Hearings Officer level.

SITE PLAN REVIEW SHALL BE REQUIRED, unless exempted elsewhere in this code.

Use Categories/Uses	QMO District
Extracting and storing of rocks and minerals, including equipment and materials necessary to carry out these functions	P
Plants for the processing of minerals from quarry and mining extraction operations	P
Sale of products generated from the quarrying and mining operation	P
Activities permitted as part of the reclamation process	P
Structures and buildings used in conjunction with the extracting and storing of mineral	P
Parking facilities for employees and customers	P
Tree felling necessary to prepare a site for mining or as a quarry activity as specified in SDC 5.19.100	P
Low impact public facilities	P
High impact public facilities	P
Certain wireless telecommunications systems facilities (SDC 4.3.145)	P
Night watchperson’s quarters	P
Linear park	P

(6412; 6443)

3.2.815 Review.

(A)

To establish a new quarry or mining operation within the Springfield Urban Growth Boundary, the following are required:

(1)

A Springfield Comprehensive Plan amendment (Type 4 review).

(2)

(3)

Site Plan Review (Type 2 Review). For the purpose of this section, all permitted uses are considered industrial uses requiring Site Plan Review as specified in SDC 5.17.100.

(4)

A copy of the application for a Reclamation Permit as specified in SDC 3.2.820 shall be referred to the Director for review.

(B)

To expand an existing quarry or mining operation, which is zoned QMO District, within the Springfield Urban Growth Boundary, the following are required:

(1)

Discretionary Use (Type 3 Review) shall be used to determine whether, where and under what conditions quarry and mining operations may occur in identified scenic areas within the QMO District.

(2)

Site Plan Review (Type 2 Review). For the purpose of this section, all permitted uses are considered industrial uses requiring Site Plan Review as specified in SDC 5.17.100.

(3)

A copy of the application for a Reclamation Permit as specified in SDC 3.2.820 shall be referred to the Director for review.

(6463)

3.2.820 Permits for Quarry and Mine Extraction.

3.2.825 Operation and Reclamation Standards.

(A)

Information submitted as part of the Reclamation Permit process required in SDC 3.2.820 shall be evaluated against the following standards by the Director:

(1)

In lieu of uniform setbacks for all quarry and mine extraction operations:

(a)

Setbacks from adjacent properties shall be sufficient to protect the normal activities of residences, businesses, industries recreation and other uses permitted under this code.

(b)

(2)

Any night lighting shall be arranged and controlled so as not to illuminate adjacent properties and uses permitted under this code.

(3)

The hours of operation shall be determined by what is necessary to protect the surrounding activities from disturbance caused by quarry and mining extraction operations.

Overburden and topsoil not removed from the property shall be placed and stabilized in a manner that does not create safety hazards or nuisances for adjacent properties.

(8)

(9)

Wherever possible, existing trees, shrubs, and other types of vegetation along street frontages shall be preserved, maintained and supplemented.

(10)

(B)

(1)

General Provisions and Timing.

(a)

A schedule for reclamation shall define areas covered by each phase and the probable timing.

(b)

Reclamation operations shall be consistent with the Metro Plan.

(c)

(2)

Topsoil and Fill Material.

(a)

(b)

All graded or back-filled areas, or banks shall be covered with topsoil to a depth sufficient to support vegetation and/or other approved cover adequate to control soil erosion.

(3)

Slopes and Grading. Excavations made to any setback lines shall meet the following requirements:

(a)

Where excavations have not been made to water-producing depth;

(i)

(ii)

(b)

Where excavations have been made to water-bearing strata;

(i)

(ii)

All banks shall be sloped at a ratio no steeper than 1 vertical to 2 horizontal to a water depth of 3 feet, measured from the low water mark, and to 3 feet above the high water mark.

(iii)

All grading shall be done to establish safe access to and egress from water for persons and wildlife.

(c)

(d)

All quarry faces, which exceed 45 degrees, shall be benched. The bench face ratio shall not exceed 1-1/2 vertical to 1 horizontal. Benches shall be at least 10 feet wide.

3.2.830 Blasting Standards.

(A)

(B)

(1)

Name of quarry or mine.

(2)

Date, time and location of blast.

(3)

Description of type of explosives and accessories used.

(4)

Time interval of delay in milliseconds.

(5)

Number of different delays.

(6)

Number of holes per delay.

(7)

Nominal explosive weight per hole.

(8)

Total explosive weight per delay.

(9)

Total weight of explosives per blast.

(10)

Blast hole diameter, depth, spacing and stemming height.

(6443)

3.2.905 Establishment of the Agriculture-Urban Holding Area (AG) Land Use District.

(6361; 6443)

3.2.910 Applicability.

The provisions of the AG District apply to urbanizable lands designated UHA-E or Natural Resource (NR) in the comprehensive plan.

(6361)

3.2.915 Schedule of Use Categories.

“P” = PERMITTED USE subject to the standards of this code.

“D” = DISCRETIONARY USE subject to review and analysis under Type 3 procedure as required in SDC 5.9.100 at the Planning Commission or Hearings Officer level.

Use Categories/Uses	AG
A. Allowed Interim Uses for Lands Designated Urban Holding Area—Employment
Agricultural uses including the cultivation of tree crops, plants, orchards, pasture, flower, berry and bush crops or the keeping, boarding, raising or breeding of livestock or poultry	P
On-site constructing and maintaining of equipment, structures and facilities used for the activities described as farm uses (1), (3), (4)	P
Preparation, storage, and marketing of the products or by-products raised on such land for human and animal use, or distributing food by donation to a local food bank or school or otherwise (1)	P
Sales/display of produce as specified in SDC 4.8.125 (1), (4)	S
Signs (5)	P
Accessory Uses
Community gardens	P
Replacement of a lawfully existing dwelling or structure as specified in SDC 5.8.115 (2), (3)	P
Emergency medical hardship as specified in SDC 5.10.100 (2)	P
Other Commercial Services
Home business within a lawfully existing dwelling and as specified in SDC 4.7.365	S
Utilities and Communication
High impact public utility facility as specified in SDC 4.7.160	S/D
Low impact public utility facility	P
B. Allowed Interim Uses for Lands Designated Natural Resource (6), (7)
Continuation of normal farm practices such as grazing, plowing, planting, cultivating and harvesting (6)	P
Wetland and/or riparian restoration and rehabilitation activities	P
Vegetation management necessary to control invasive vegetation or to reduce a hazard to life or property	P
Removal of non-native vegetation, if replaced with native plant species at a density that prevents soil erosion and encourages the future dominance of the native vegetation	P
Maintenance of existing drainage ways, ditches, or other structures to maintain flows at original design capacity and mitigate upstream flooding, provided that management practices avoid sedimentation and impact to native vegetation and any spoils are be placed in uplands	P
Waterway restoration and rehabilitation activities such as channel widening, realignment to add meanders, bank grading, terracing, reconstruction of street crossings, or water flow improvements	P
Emergency stream bank stabilization to remedy immediate threats to life or property (7)	P
Bioswales or similar water quality improvement projects	P
Public multi-use paths, access ways, trails, picnic areas, or interpretive and educational displays and overlooks, including benches and outdoor furniture	P
Utilities and Communication
High impact public utility facility as specified in SDC 4.7.160	S/D
Low impact public utility facility	D

(1)	Where farm stands are designed and used for sale of farm crops and livestock grown on the farm operation and does not include structures for banquets, public gatherings or public entertainment. “Farm crops and livestock” includes both fresh or processed farm crops and livestock grown on the farm operation.
(2)	On parcels larger than 20 acres, replacement of a lawfully existing farm dwelling as specified in SDC 5.8.115 shall be placed at the existing dwelling location; or at least 100 feet from the adjoining lines of property zoned EFU to minimize adverse effects on nearby farm lands outside the UGB; and in a location that does not impede future development of urban employment use or extension of urban infrastructure as shown in transportation plans, public facilities plans or master plans.
(3)	Placement of new structures is subject to Water Quality Protection setbacks as specified in SDC 4.3.115 and the Natural Resource Protection standards as specified in SDC 4.3.117 where applicable.
(4)	Proposed new uses or expansions of existing uses must demonstrate that the use will not generate vehicle trips exceeding pre-development levels.
(5)	Signs shall not extend over a public right-of-way or project beyond the property line; shall not be illuminated or capable of movement; and shall be limited to 200 square feet in area.
(6)	Consistent with applicable wetland or land use permits issued by Federal, State or local approving authority with jurisdiction over wetland or riparian resources, including the Water Quality Protection provisions in SDC 4.3.115 and SDC 3.3.400 Floodplain Overlay District.
(7)	Federal, State or local emergency authorization may be needed for in-stream work.

(6361; 6443)

3.2.920 Pre-Existing and Non-Conforming Uses.

(A)

(B)

The Applicant shall submit evidence to demonstrate that the expansion or modification:

(1)

Will not generate vehicle trips exceeding pre-development levels;

(2)

Will not force a significant change in accepted farm practices on surrounding lands devoted to farm or forest use; and

(3)

Will not significantly increase the cost of accepted farm or forest practices on surrounding lands devoted to farm or forest use.

(6361)

3.2.925 Standards for Interim Development.

These regulations apply to the development of interim uses as specified in SDC 3.2.915 and 3.2.920 in the AG District.

(A)

Receive certification from the Lane County Sanitarian that any proposed wastewater disposal system meets Oregon Department of Environmental Quality (D.E.Q.) standards prior to Development Approval.

(B)

Interim uses may not be placed on a site in a manner that would impede future development of land designated Urban Holding Area-Employment with urban employment uses.

(C)

Interim uses may not be placed on a site in a manner that would impede extension of infrastructure to serve land designated Urban Holding Area-Employment from developing with urban employment uses.

(D)

To demonstrate compliance with this provision, and in addition to the special provisions listed in Table A, the Applicant shall submit a Future Development Plan that:

(1)

Includes a brief narrative explaining the existing and proposed use of the property;

(2)

Indicates the proposed development footprint on a scaled plot plan of the property;

(3)

Limits the proposed new development footprint to 1/2 acre or less of the site;

(4)

(5)

Addresses the number and type of vehicle trips to be generated by the proposed use;

(6)

(E)

Development shall utilize the following base zone development standards:

Minimum Lot/Parcel Sizes	A 50-acre minimum lot/parcel size is applied to lots/parcels 50 acres or larger. A 20-acre minimum lot/parcel size is applied to lots/parcels less than 50 acres in size. Lots/parcels less than 20 acres in size may not be further divided. (1)
Main Building Height	35 feet
Accessory Building Height	35 feet (2)
Building/Structure Setbacks: UHA-E designated parcels 20 acres and larger	20 feet from State, County, City roads, streets and local access roads. At least 100 feet from the adjoining lines of property zoned EFU; and in a location that does not impede future development of urban employment use or extension of urban infrastructure as shown in transportation plans, public facilities plans or master plans.
Building/Structure Setbacks: UHA-E designated parcels smaller than 20 acres	20 feet from State, County, City roads, streets and local access roads. 10 feet from other property lines.
Minimum Lot/Parcel Frontage	None
Minimum Lot/Parcel Depth	None

(1)	Exemption: Land divisions that create lots/parcels for the purpose of establishing a Natural Resource or Public Land and Open Space designation within the floodway, wetland or riparian resource portions of the site may create lots/parcels less than 20 acres within the Natural Resource or Public Land and Open Space designation portion of the parent lot/parcel.
(2)	Water tanks, silos, granaries, barns and similar accessory structures or necessary mechanical appurtenances may exceed the minimum height standard.

(6361; 6412; 6463)

3.2.930 Planning Requirements Applicable to Zoning Map Amendments.

Table 1. Pre-Development Approval Process Steps—Urban Holding Areas
City-Initiated Planning Process	Owner-Initiated Planning Process
1. City prepares Plan Amendment to address all applicable Statewide Planning Goals (e.g., amended or new refinement plan or district plan), Metro Plan and Springfield Comprehensive Plan policies and Springfield Development Code standards.	1. Applicant submits request to City to initiate amendments to the Transportation System Plan and Public Facilities and Services Plan, and other city actions that may be required prior to plan amendment approval.
2. City and Lane County approve Comprehensive Plan Amendment to amend Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map. UHA-E designation is replaced with employment plan designations (e.g., Employment, Employment Mixed Use, Campus Industrial, or Industrial). AG land use district remains in effect until Master Plan and new land use districts are approved.	2. Applicant prepares and submits Plan Amendment application to address all applicable Statewide Planning Goals, Metro Plan and Springfield Comprehensive Plan policies, and Springfield Development Code standards. Applicant proposes employment plan designations (e.g., Employment, Employment Mixed Use, Campus Industrial, or Industrial).
3. City prepares and approves Zoning Map Amendment to apply new land use districts (e.g., Industrial, Campus Industrial, Employment Mixed Use, or Employment). Land is planned and zoned and eligible for annexation.	3. City and Lane County approve Plan Amendment to amend Springfield Comprehensive Plan Map. UHA-E designation is replaced with employment plan designations (e.g., Employment, Employment Mixed Use, Campus Industrial, or Industrial). AG land use district remains in effect until Master Plan and new land use districts are approved.
4. Applicant prepares and submits Preliminary Master Plan and annexation applications with demonstration of key urban service provision.	4. Applicant prepares and submits Preliminary Master Plan, proposed land use district and demonstration of key urban services provision. Applicant submits annexation application.
5. City approves Master Plan and annexation.	5. City approves Master Plan and Zoning Map Amendment and annexation.
6. Applicant submits Site Plan, Subdivision, and other applicable development applications.	6. Applicant submits Site Plan, Subdivision etc., development applications.

(6361; 6443; 6463)

3.3.105 Overlay Districts Established.

Section	Overlay District Name	Comprehensive Plan Reference
3.3.200	Drinking Water Protection	Metro Plan - Environmental Resources Element
3.3.300	Willamette Greenway	Metro Plan - Willamette River Greenway, River Corridors, and Waterway Element
3.3.400	Floodplain	Metro Plan - Environmental Resources Element
3.3.500	Hillside Development	Metro Plan - Environmental Resources Element
3.3.600	Reserved for Future Use
3.3.700	Reserved for Future Use
3.3.800	Urbanizable Fringe	Springfield Comprehensive Plan - Urbanization Element
3.3.900	Historic	Metro Plan - Historic Preservation Element
3.3.1000	Nodal Development	Metro Plan - Nodal Development Area Designation
3.3.1100	Hospital Support	Springfield Comprehensive Plan - Economic Element

(6443)

3.3.205 Purpose.

(A)

(1)

(2)

Provide standards for hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater within the TOTZ.

(B)

In order to accomplish this purpose, the DWP Overlay District includes methods and provisions to:

(1)

Restrict or prohibit the use of hazardous or other materials which are potential groundwater contaminants;

(2)

Set standards for the storage, use, handling, treatment, and production of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater within TOTZ; and

(3)

Review new or expanded uses of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater.

(6238)

3.3.210 Applicability.

3.3.215 Warning and Waiver of Liability.

3.3.220 Time of Travel Zones.

(A)

(B)

(C)

In determining the location of a property within a TOTZ, the following criteria apply:

(1)

The Lane County Department of Assessment and Taxation maps shall be used as a base map with the addition of TOTZ boundaries.

(2)

That portion of a tax lot that lies within a TOTZ is governed by the restrictions applicable to that TOTZ.

(3)

Tax lots having parts lying within more than one TOTZ are governed by the standards of the more restrictive TOTZ.

EXCEPTION: The Director may waive the requirement that the more restrictive standards apply when all of the following apply:

(a)

(b)

(c)

The tax lot is 20,000 square feet or larger.

(4)

(6238; Ord. 6464, 11/20/2023 )

3.3.225 Review.

(A)

A DWP Overlay District Development Application is required when the criteria of both subsections (A)(1) and (2), below are met:

(1)

A site is affected by one of the following:

(a)

There is a change of land use, occupancy or tenancy of a property, including, but not limited to: a change from vacant to occupied; or

(b)

During the Building Permit process; or

(c)

In conjunction with any development application, including, but not limited to: Site Plan review and Minimum Development Standards.

(2)

The action in subsection (A)(1), above will:

(a)

Affect the storage, use, and/or production of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater; or

(b)

Increase the quantity of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater that are stored, used and/or produced.

(B)

Prior to the submittal of a DWP Overlay District Development Application, an exemption request may be submitted to the Director as specified in SDC 3.3.230(B)(1).

(C)

DWP Overlay District applications shall be reviewed under Type I procedures.

(D)

(1)

(2)

A list of the chemicals to be monitored through the analysis of groundwater samples and a monitoring schedule if ground water monitoring is anticipated to be required;

(3)

(4)

A description of the primary and any secondary containment devices proposed, and, if applicable, clearly identified as to whether the devices will drain to the storm or sanitary sewer;

(5)

A proposed Hazardous Material Management Plan for the facility that indicates procedures to be followed to prevent, control, collect and dispose of any unauthorized release of a hazardous material;

(6)

A description of the procedures for inspection and maintenance of containment devices and emergency equipment;

(7)

A description of the plan for disposition of unused hazardous materials or hazardous material waste products including the type of transportation, and proposed routes.

(E)

For those development proposals requiring Site Plan Review (SDC 5.17.100) or Minimum Development Standards review (SDC 5.15.100), applications may be submitted concurrently.

(F)

(6238; 6443; Ord. 6464, 11/20/2023)

3.3.230 Exemptions.

This section does not exempt any material or use from Fire Code regulations adopted by the City.

(A)

(B)

Unless otherwise provided herein, the following materials are exempt from regulation hereunder:

(1)

(2)

Hazardous materials offered for sale in their original sealed containers of 5 gallons or less are exempt from the 500-gallon storage limit specified in SDC 3.3.235(A)(1).

(3)

EXCEPTION: Portable generators are not exempt.

(4)

Fuel oil used in existing heating systems.

(5)

Emergency use, storage, and handling of hazardous materials by governmental organizations in the public interest.

(6)

Hazardous materials used and stored specifically for water treatment processes of public water systems and private systems for the same purposes when approved by the Director.

(7)

Hazardous materials contained in properly operating sealed units (including, but not limited to: transformers, refrigeration units) that are not opened as part of routine use.

(8)

Local natural gas distribution lines.

(9)

(10)

(11)

Aggregate quantities equal to or less than 20 gallons of hazardous materials that do not contain DNAPLs.

(Ord. 6464, 11/20/2023)

3.3.235 Standards for Hazardous Materials within Time of Travel Zones.

(A)

Zero to One Year TOTZ Standards.

(1)

* A waiver of the 5-gallon maximum size may be given by the Director if the applicant can demonstrate that a larger size container would pose less risk to the aquifer.

(2)

Unless exempted, all hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater shall be stored in areas with approved secondary containment in place (Springfield Fire Code 5002.1 and 5004.2.2).

(3)

All new uses of Dense Non-Aqueous Phase Liquids (DNAPLs) are prohibited.

(4)

Any change in type of use or an increase in maximum daily inventory quantity of any DNAPL shall be considered a new use and prohibited.

(5)

The following certain types of new facilities or changes in use and/or storage of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater are prohibited:

(a)

Underground hazardous material storage facilities;

(b)

Hazardous material product pipelines used to transport the hazardous material off of the tax lot where it is produced or used;

(c)

Injection wells;

EXCEPTION: Dry wells for residential roof drainage;

(d)

Solid waste landfills and transfer stations;

(e)

Fill materials containing hazardous materials;

(f)

Land uses and new facilities that will use, store, treat, handle, and/or produce DNAPLs; and

Permeable pavements.

Stormwater infiltration facilities are prohibited within 100 feet of a wellhead.

(B)

One to Five Year TOTZ Standards.

(1)

(2)

Unless exempted, all hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater shall be stored in areas with approved secondary containment in place (Springfield Fire Code 5002.1 and 5004.2.2).

(3)

All new uses of DNAPLs are prohibited.

(4)

Any change in the type of use or an increase in maximum daily inventory quantity of any DNAPL is considered a new use and is prohibited.

(5)

The following certain types of facilities or changes in chemical use and/or storage of hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater are prohibited:

(a)

Hazardous material product pipelines used to transport the hazardous material off of the tax lot where it is produced or used;

(b)

Injection wells;

EXCEPTION: Dry wells for residential roof drainage;

(c)

Solid waste landfills and transfer stations;

(d)

Fill materials containing hazardous materials;

(e)

Land uses and new facilities that will use, store, treat, handle, and/or produce DNAPLs.

(6)

(7)

(C)

Five to Ten Year TOTZ Standards.

(1)

(2)

All hazardous or other materials that pose a risk to groundwater shall be stored in areas with approved secondary containment in place (Springfield Fire Code 5002.1 and 5004.2.2).

(3)

All new uses of DNAPLs are prohibited.

(4)

Any change in type of use or an increase in the maximum daily inventory quantity of any DNAPL is considered a new use and is prohibited.

(5)

(D)

(6238; 6443; Ord. 6464, 11/20/2023)

3.3.240 Conditions.

(Ord. 6464, 11/20/2023)

3.3.245 Appeals.

3.3.305 Purpose.

3.3.310 Applicability.

3.3.315 Review.

(A)

(B)

3.3.320 Permitted and Discretionary Uses.

(A)

EXCEPTION: Uses within the Greenway Setback Area are limited to water-dependent or water-related uses as may be permitted in SDC 3.3.325.

(B)

Any change or intensification of use, or construction that has a significant visual impact shall require Discretionary Use Approval.

3.3.325 Greenway Setback.

(A)

(B)

Adequate public access to the river shall be provided.

(C)

Significant fish and wildlife habitats shall be protected.

(D)

Identified scenic qualities and view-points shall be preserved.

(E)

The maintenance of public safety and protection of public and private property, especially from vandalism and trespass shall be provided for, to the maximum extent practicable.

(F)

The natural vegetative fringe along the river shall be enhanced and protected to the maximum extent practicable.

(G)

(H)

3.3.330 Development Standards.

In addition to Discretionary Use criteria specified in SDC 5.9.120, applications in the WG Overlay District shall also meet the standards specified in SDC 3.3.325.

3.3.405 Statutory Authority and Interpretation.

(A)

(B)

Interpretation. In the interpretation and application of this section, all provisions shall be:

(1)

Considered as minimum requirements;

(2)

Liberally construed in favor of the governing body; and

(3)

Deemed neither to limit nor repeal any other powers granted under State statutes.

(6434)

3.3.410 Purpose.

(A)

(1)

Protect human life and health.

(2)

Minimize expenditure of public money on costly flood control projects.

(3)

Minimize the need for rescue and relief efforts associated with flooding, and generally undertaken at the expense of the general public.

(4)

Minimize prolonged business interruptions.

(5)

(6)

Help maintain a stable tax base by providing for the sound use and development of flood hazard areas so as to minimize blight areas caused by flooding.

(7)

(8)

(9)

Notify those who occupy special flood hazard areas that they assume responsibility for their actions.

(10)

Participate in and maintain eligibility for flood insurance and disaster relief.

(B)

In order to accomplish the purpose, this section includes methods and provisions for:

(1)

(2)

Requiring that uses and development vulnerable to floods, including facilities which serve such uses, be protected against flood damage at the time of initial construction.

(3)

Controlling the alteration of natural floodplains, stream channels, and protective barriers, which help accommodate or channel flood waters.

(4)

Controlling filling, grading, dredging, and other development, which may increase flood damage.

(5)

Preventing or regulating the construction of flood barriers which will unnaturally divert flood waters, or which may increase special flood hazards in other areas.

(6)

Issuing a Floodplain Development Permit.

(6434)

3.3.415 Definitions.

Appeal.

A request for a review of the interpretation of any provision of this section or a request for a variance.

Area of Shallow Flooding.

Area of Special Flood Hazard.

Base Flood.

The flood having a 1 percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year.

Base Flood Elevation (BFE).

The elevation to which floodwater is anticipated to rise during the base flood.

Basement.

Any area of the building having its floor subgrade (below ground level) on all sides.

Building.

See “Structure.”

Community.

The City of Springfield and the area within Springfield’s planning and building safety jurisdiction which extends out to Springfield’s urban growth boundary.

Development.

Flood or Flooding.

(1)

A general and temporary condition of partial or complete inundation of normally dry land areas from:

(a)

The overflow of inland or tidal waters.

(b)

The unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of surface waters from any source.

(c)

(2)

Flood Elevation Study.

See “Flood Insurance Study.”

Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM).

Flood Insurance Study (FIS).

Flood Proofing.

Floodplain or Flood Prone Area.

Any land area susceptible to being inundated by water from any source. See “Flood or Flooding.”

Floodplain Administrator.

The community official designated by title to administer and enforce the floodplain management regulations.

Floodplain Management.

Floodplain Management Regulations.

Floodway.

Functionally Dependent Use.

Highest Adjacent Grade.

The highest natural elevation of the ground surface prior to construction next to the proposed walls of a structure.

Historic Structure.

Any structure that is:

(1)

(2)

(3)

Individually listed on a state inventory of historic places in states with historic preservation programs which have been approved by the Secretary of Interior; or

(4)

Individually listed on a local inventory of historic places in communities with historic preservation programs that have been certified either:

(a)

By an approved state program as determined by the Secretary of the Interior, or

(b)

Directly by the Secretary of the Interior in states without approved programs.

Letter of Map Change (LOMC).

An official FEMA determination, by letter, to amend or revise effective Flood Insurance Rate Maps and Flood Insurance Studies. The following are categories of LOMCs:

(1)

Conditional Letter of Map Amendment (CLOMA).

(2)

Conditional Letter of Map Revision (CLOMR).

(3)

Conditional Letter of Map Revision based on Fill (CLOMR-F).

(4)

Letter of Map Amendment (LOMA).

(5)

Letter of Map Revision (LOMR).

(6)

Letter of Map Revision Based on Fill (LOMR-F).

A LOMR-F is FEMA’s modification of the special flood hazard area shown on the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) based on the placement of fill outside the existing regulatory floodway.

(7)

PMR.

Lowest Floor.

Manufactured Dwelling.

Manufactured Dwelling Park or Subdivision.

A parcel (or contiguous parcels) of land divided into 2 or more manufactured dwelling lots for rent or sale.

Mean Sea Level.

New Construction.

Recreational Vehicle.

A vehicle which is:

(1)

Built on a single chassis;

(2)

Four hundred square feet or less when measured at the largest horizontal projection;

(3)

Designed to be self-propelled or permanently towable by a light duty truck; and

(4)

Designed primarily not for use as a permanent dwelling but as temporary living quarters for recreational, camping, travel, or seasonal use.

Regulatory Floodway.

See “Floodway.”

Special Flood Hazard Area.

See “area of special flood hazard” for this definition.

Start of Construction.

Structure.

For floodplain management purposes, a walled and roofed building, including a gas or liquid storage tank, that is principally above ground, as well as a manufactured dwelling.

Substantial Damage.

Substantial Improvement.

(1)

(2)

Any alteration of a “historic structure,” provided that the alteration will not preclude the structure’s continued designation as a “historic structure.”

Variance.

A grant of relief by the City of Springfield from the terms of a flood plain management regulation.

Violation.

Water Surface Elevation.

The height, in relation to the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD)of 1929, or other datum, of floods of various magnitudes and frequencies in the floodplains of coastal or riverine areas.

(6434)

3.3.420 Applicability.

(A)

The FP Overlay District applies to all areas of special flood hazard within the Springfield urban growth boundary.

(B)

The areas of special flood hazard are identified as follows:

(6434)

3.3.425 Administration.

(A)

(B)

(C)

Duties and Responsibilities of the Floodplain Administrator. Duties of the Floodplain Administrator, or their designee, shall include, but not be limited to:

(1)

Permit Review. Review all development permit applications to determine that:

(a)

The permit requirements of this section have been satisfied.

(b)

All other required local, State, and Federal permits have been obtained.

Review all development permit applications to determine if the proposed development qualifies as a substantial improvement as defined in SDC 3.3.415.

(g)

(h)

Review all development permit applications to determine if the proposed development activity includes the placement of fill or excavation.

(2)

Information to Be Obtained and Maintained. The following information shall be obtained and maintained, and shall be made available for public inspection as needed:

Maintain all Elevation Certificates (EC) submitted to the City.

(f)

(g)

Maintain all floodproofing certificates required under this section.

(h)

Record and maintain all variance actions, including justification for their issuance.

(i)

Obtain and maintain all hydrologic and hydraulic analyses performed as required under SDC 3.3.430(B).

(j)

Record and maintain all Substantial Improvement and Substantial Damage calculations and determinations as required under SDC 3.3.425(D).

(k)

Maintain for public inspection all records pertaining to the provisions of this section.

(3)

Requirement to Notify Other Entities and Submit New Technical Data.

(a)

(b)

(i)

A proposed maintenance plan to assure the flood carrying capacity within the altered or relocated portion of the watercourse is maintained; or

(ii)

Certification by a registered professional engineer that the project has been designed to retain its flood carrying capacity without periodic maintenance.

(c)

(i)

The Floodplain Administrator shall require a Conditional Letter of Map Revision prior to the issuance of a floodplain development permit for:

Proposed floodway encroachments that increase the base flood elevation; and

Proposed development which increases the base flood elevation by more than 1 foot in areas where FEMA has provided base flood elevations but no floodway.

(ii)

(iii)

The applicant shall be responsible for preparing all technical data to support CLOMR/LOMR applications and paying any processing or application fees associated with the CLOMR/LOMR.

(iv)

(D)

Substantial Improvement and Substantial Damage Assessments and Determinations.

(1)

(2)

A list of damaged structures, which are not in compliance with the provisions of this section, will be reported to FEMA.

(3)

The City will notify affected property owners when submitting the damage report to FEMA.

(6434; 6443)

3.3.430 Development Standards.

(A)

General Standards. In all special flood hazard areas within the UGB, the following standards shall be adhered to:

(1)

(2)

(3)

Construction Materials and Methods.

(a)

All new construction and substantial improvements shall be constructed with materials and utility equipment resistant to flood damage.

(b)

All new construction and substantial improvements shall be constructed using methods and practices that minimize flood damage.

(4)

Utilities and Equipment.

(a)

(b)

Water Supply, Sanitary Sewer, and On-Site Waste Disposal Systems.

(i)

All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the system.

(ii)

New and replacement sanitary sewage systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the systems and discharge from the systems into flood waters.

(iii)

On-site waste disposal systems shall be located to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during flooding consistent with the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality.

(5)

Tanks.

(a)

Underground tanks shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, and lateral movement under conditions of the base flood.

(b)

Above-ground tanks shall be installed at or above the base flood elevation or shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, and lateral movement under conditions of the base flood.

(c)

Above-ground and underground storage tanks, piping, pumps, and related equipment shall meet the requirements of the City of Springfield’s locally adopted fire code.

(6)

Streets.

(a)

Adequate provisions must be made for accessibility during a base flood to ensure ingress and egress for ordinary and emergency vehicles and services during potential future flooding.

(b)

No street or surface of any new street may be at an elevation of less than 1 foot below the base flood height.

(7)

Subdivision Proposals.

(a)

(b)

All new subdivision proposals and other proposed new developments (including proposals for manufactured dwelling parks and subdivisions) shall:

(i)

Be consistent with the need to minimize flood damage;

(ii)

Have public utilities and facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical and water systems located, constructed, and maintained to minimize or eliminate flood damage;

(iii)

Have adequate drainage provided to reduce exposure to flood hazards.

(c)

Base flood elevation data must be provided and shown on final and subdivision plats. The boundaries of the base flood and floodway must be shown on the final subdivision plat.

(d)

(8)

Use of Other Base Flood Data.

(a)

(b)

(9)

Structures Located in Multiple or Partial Flood Zones. In coordination with the State of Oregon Specialty Codes:

(a)

When a structure is located in multiple flood zones on the community’s Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRM) the provisions for the more restrictive flood zone shall apply.

(b)

When a structure is partially located in a special flood hazard area, the entire structure shall meet the requirements for new construction and substantial improvements.

(B)

(1)

(a)

Be designed to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on walls by allowing for the entry and exit of floodwaters.

(b)

(c)

Be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect or meet or exceed all of the following minimum criteria:

(i)

A minimum of 2 openings.

(ii)

The total net area of non-engineered openings shall not be less than 1 square inch for each square foot of enclosed area, where the enclosed area is measured on the exterior of the enclosure walls.

(iii)

The bottom of all openings shall be no higher than 1 foot above grade.

(iv)

(v)

All additional higher standards for flood openings in the State of Oregon Residential Specialty Codes Section R322.2.2 shall be complied with when applicable.

(2)

Garages.

(a)

Attached garages may be constructed with the garage floor slab below the base flood elevation (BFE) in flood zones, if the following requirements are met:

(i)

If located within a floodway the proposed garage must comply with the requirements of SDC 3.3.430(B)(4);

(ii)

The floors are at or above grade on not less than 1 side;

(iii)

(iv)

The garage is constructed with flood openings in compliance with SDC 3.3.430(B)(1) to equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls by allowing for the automatic entry and exit of floodwater;

(v)

The portions of the garage constructed below the BFE are constructed with materials resistant to flood damage;

(vi)

The garage is constructed in compliance with the standards in SDC 3.3.430(A); and

Nonresidential Construction.

(i)

Be floodproofed to 1 foot above the base flood elevation, so that the structure is watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water;

Have structural components capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and effects of buoyancy;

(ii)

Nonresidential structures that are elevated, not floodproofed, shall comply with the standards for enclosed areas below the lowest floor in SDC 3.3.430(B)(1).

(iii)

(d)

Manufactured Dwellings.

(i)

(ii)

The bottom of the longitudinal chassis frame beam shall be at or above Base Flood Elevation;

(iii)

(iv)

Electrical crossover connections shall be a minimum of 12 inches above base flood elevation (BFE).

(e)

Recreational Vehicles. Recreational vehicles placed on sites are required to:

(i)

Be on the site for fewer than 180 consecutive days; and

(ii)

(iii)

Meet the requirements of SDC 3.3.430(B)(3)(d), including the anchoring and elevation requirements for manufactured dwellings; and

(iv)

Obtain a Floodplain Development Permit per SDC 3.3.425.

(v)

(f)

(i)

Appurtenant structures located partially or entirely within the floodway must comply with requirements for development within a floodway found in SDC 3.3.430(B)(4).

(ii)

Appurtenant structures must only be used for parking, access, and/or storage and shall not be used for human habitation.

(iii)

(iv)

The portions of the appurtenant structure located below the base flood elevation must be built using flood resistant materials.

(v)

(vi)

The appurtenant structure must be designed and constructed to equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls and comply with the requirements for flood openings in SDC 3.3.430(B)(1).

(vii)

Appurtenant structures shall be located and constructed to have low damage potential.

Encroachments, including fill, new construction, substantial improvements, and other development is prohibited within the adopted regulatory floodway unless:

Subdivision and partitioning of land for residential purposes is prohibited if land is located entirely within the floodway.

(5)

(a)

Standards for AH Zones. Development within AH Zones must comply with the standards in SDC 3.3.430(A), SDC 3.3.430(B), and SDC 3.3.430(B)(5).

(b)

Standards for AO Zones. In AO zones, the following provisions apply in addition to the requirements in SDC 3.3.430(A) and SDC 3.3.430(B)(5):

(i)

(ii)

New construction, conversion to, and substantial improvements of nonresidential structures within AO zones shall either:

(iii)

Recreational vehicles placed on sites within AO Zones on the community’s Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRM) shall either:

Be on the site for fewer than 180 consecutive days; and

Meet the elevation requirements of SDC 3.3.430(B)(5)(b)(i), and the anchoring and other requirements for manufactured dwellings of SDC 3.3.430(B)(3)(d).

(iv)

In AO zones, new and substantially improved appurtenant structures must comply with the standards in SDC 3.3.430(B)(3)(f).

(v)

In AO zones, enclosed areas beneath elevated structures shall comply with the requirements in SDC 3.3.430(B)(1).

(6434)

3.3.435 Floodplain Development Permits.

Proposed elevation in relation to mean sea level to which any non-residential structure will be floodproofed.

(3)

(4)

Description of the extent to which any watercourse will be altered or relocated.

(5)

Base Flood Elevation data for subdivision proposals or other development when required per SDC 3.3.425(C)(1) and SDC 3.3.430(A)(7).

(6)

Substantial improvement calculation for any improvement, addition, reconstruction, renovation, or rehabilitation of an existing structure.

(7)

The amount and location of any fill or excavation activities proposed.

(6434)

3.3.440 Variances.

(A)

(B)

A variance from the provisions of this section, with respect to the provisions for special flood hazard reduction, will be reviewed under Type 3 procedure as specified in SDC 5.1.405 to 5.1.455.

(C)

Conditions for Variance.

(1)

(2)

Variances shall only be issued upon a determination that the variance is the minimum necessary, considering the flood hazard, to afford relief.

(3)

Variances shall not be issued within any floodway if any increase in flood levels during the base flood discharge would result.

(4)

Variances shall only be issued upon:

(a)

A showing of good and sufficient cause;

(b)

A determination that failure to grant the variance would result in exceptional hardship to the applicant; and

(c)

A determination that the granting of a variance will not result in:

(i)

Increased flood heights,

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

Create nuisances (based on expected heights, velocity, rate of rise, sediment, debris transported by the floodwaters and the effects of hydrodynamic forces, if applicable, expected at the site),

(v)

Cause fraud on or victimization of the public, or

(vi)

Conflict with existing laws or ordinances.

(5)

(D)

(E)

(6434; 6443)

3.3.445 Periodic Floodplain Inspections, Enforcement of Requirements and Penalties.

(A)

(B)

All development within special flood hazard areas is subject to the terms of this section and required to comply with its provisions and all other applicable regulations.

(C)

(1)

Within city limits, enforcement of the provisions of this section is through the applicable procedures for abatement and civil infractions as provided in the Springfield Municipal Code.

(2)

(a)

Require the person responsible and/or the property owner to cease the violation of the provisions of this section and bring the property into conformance with this section;

(b)

Require the person responsible and/or the property owner to take action to return the property to its original condition action before any work initiated without a Floodplain Development Permit;

(c)

(d)

(e)

Order the person responsible and/or the property owner to pay to the City its attorney fees and costs incurred in pursuing its civil legal remedies.

(6434)

3.3.505 Purpose.

3.3.510 Applicability.

3.3.515 Review.

3.3.520 Development Density and Options.

(A)

(B)

For the purposes of this section, the “average slope” is defined as follows:

S	=	0.00229 I L
		A

Where:

S = Average % of slope for the area.

I = Contour Interval (not greater than 10 feet).

L = Summation of length of the contour lines within the area.

A = Area.

(C)

(1)

(a)

Step A-l. Determine the area of the lot/parcel where the slope of the land is:

(i)

Less than 15 percent.

(ii)

From 15 percent to 35 percent.

(iii)

Greater than 35 percent.

Use the following formula to determine the % of slope:

Vertical distance between contours =	V x 100 = % slope H
Horizontal distance between contours
Indicate the portions of the development area that are less than 15 percent; from 15 percent to 35 percent; and greater than 35 percent then use a planimeter or other technology acceptable to the City Engineer to determine the land area of each category.

(b)

Step A-2. Determine the average slope of the portion of the development area where the slope of land is from 15 percent to 35 percent by using the following formula:

S	=	0.00229 I L
		A

Where:

S = Average percent of slope for the area where the slope ranges from 15 percent to 35 percent.

I = Contour interval. (Not greater than 10 feet).

L = Summation of the length of the contour lines within the area where the slope is from 15 percent to 35 percent.

A = Area in acres of the portion of the parcel where the slope is from 15 percent to 35 percent.

(c)

Step A-3. Determine the minimum lot/parcel size for the portion of the development area where the slope of the land is greater than 15 percent by using the following table:

Table 3.3-1
Average Slope	Minimum Lot/Parcel Size Per Dwelling Unit	Minimum Per Lot/Parcel Frontage(1)*
Less than 15% and below 670 feet	See the applicable residential district density standards and minimum lot size in SDC 3.2.215.
Less than 15% on wooded lots(2)**	10,000 sq. ft. per unit	60 ft.
15%—25%	10,000 sq. ft. per unit	90 ft.
25%—35%	20,000 sq. ft. per unit	150 ft.
Over 35%	40,000 sq. ft. per unit	200 ft.

(1)

(2)

A lot/parcel that is 10,000 square feet or larger, above 670 feet in elevation, which contains more than 5 trees 8 inches or greater dbh.

(2)

(a)

Step B-1. Determine the area of the parcel where the average slope of the land is:

(i)

Less than 15 percent.

(ii)

From 15 percent to 25 percent.

(iii)

From 25 percent to 35 percent.

(iv)

Greater than 35 percent.

(b)

Step B-2. Determine the average slope of the area of the parcel where the average slope of the land is greater than 15 percent by using the formula identified in Option A, Step A-2.

(c)

(d)

(6443)

3.3.525 Street Grade Standards.

(A)

Streets shall be contoured in hillside areas to minimize environmental and scenic disruption.

(B)

(1)

No new driveways or intersections shall be permitted where street grades exceed 12 percent.

EXCEPTION: Lots/parcels created prior to the adoption of the Comprehensive Zoning Code, 1982.

(2)

No street with a grade of 15 percent or greater shall be permitted for a distance of more than 200 feet.

(3)

In no case shall a street grade exceed 18 percent for any distance.

3.3.530 Reports Required.

(A)

(B)

Grading Plan Report. This plan shall include the following information:

(1)

Existing and proposed details and contours (5-foot intervals) of property;

(2)

Details of terrain and area drainage;

(3)

(4)

The direction of drainage flow and the approximate grade of all streets with the final determination to be made as specified in subsection (D), below;

(5)

Limiting dimensions, elevations, or finished contours to be achieved by the grading, including all cut and fill slopes, proposed drainage channels, and related construction;

(6)

(7)

(8)

The Grading Plan shall be prepared by a civil engineer.

(C)

Vegetation and Re-vegetation Report. This report shall be as specified in SDC 5.19.120, if tree felling is proposed.

(D)

(E)

3.3.535 Modification of Standards.

The Director may modify the standards of this code, as they apply to the entire development area, within the following prescribed limits:

(A)

(B)

(Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023)

3.3.540 Fire Protection Requirements.

Additional fire protection requirements may be required in hillside development areas which are considered vegetated areas subject to wildfires as determined by the Fire Marshal.

(A)

(B)

(C)

All buildings located in or adjacent to vegetated areas subject to wildfires shall have Class A or B roofing as specified in the Oregon State Structural Specialty Code.

3.3.805 Purpose.

3.3.810 Applicability.

(A)

The provisions of the UF-10 Overlay District apply to all land between Springfield’s city limits and the Urban Growth Boundary.

(B)

EXCEPTIONS:

(1)

(2)

The UF-10 Overlay District will cease to apply to a property upon annexation to the City.

(6463; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.3.815 Schedule of Use Categories When There Is an Underlying Residential, Commercial, or Industrial District.

“P” = PERMITTED USE subject to the standards of this code.

“S” = SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS subject to cited standards.

“D” = DISCRETIONARY USE subject to review and analysis under Type 3 procedure (SDC 5.9.100) at the Planning Commission or Hearings Official level.

“N” = NOT PERMITTED

* = SITE PLAN REVIEW REQUIRED

Use Categories/Uses	Underlying Land Use District
Use Categories/Uses	Residential	Commercial	Industrial
Agricultural uses and structures	P	P	P
Detached single-unit dwellings, manufactured homes, duplexes and accessory dwelling units (SDC 3.3.825)	P	N	N
Home business (SDC 4.7.365 )	S	S	S
Neighborhood parks that do not require urban services (SDC 4.7.330)	S*	N	N
Partitions (SDC 3.3.825(A)(2))	P	N	N
Property line adjustments	P	N	N
High impact facilities (SDC 4.7.160)	S*	S*	S*
Low impact facilities	P	P	P
Temporary sales/display of produce, the majority of which is grown on the premises (SDC 4.8.125)	P	P	P
Tree felling (SDC 5.19.100)	P	P	P
R.V. parks and campgrounds (SDC 4.7.220)	S*	N	N
RV parks and campgrounds that do not require urban services (SDC 4.7.220)	N	D*	D*
Expansion of non-conforming uses existing on the effective date of Lane County’s application (on either the /ICU or I/U District to the property) (SDC 3.3.385(F))	N	D*	D*
Expansion or replacement of lawful uses permitted in the underlying commercial or industrial district (SDC 3.3.825(C))	N	P*	P*
Expansion or replacement of lawful discretionary uses in the underlying land use district (SDC 3.3.825(C))	N	D*	D*
New permitted and specific development standards in the underlying land use district within existing structures (SDC 3.3.825(C))	N	P*	P*
Manufactured dwelling as a permanent office use in an industrial district (SDC 3.2.428) or manufactured dwelling as a night watchman's quarters (SDC 4.7.185)	N	N	S*
Certain wireless telecommunications systems facilities	See SDC § 4.3.145	See SDC § 4.3.145	See SDC § 4.3.145
Linear park	P	P	P

(6238; 6384; 6412; 6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.3.820 Review.

(A)

(B)

Partitions are reviewed under Type 2 procedure.

(C)

(D)

The Hearings Officer shall hear all Type 3 land use requests.

(6384; 6443; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.3.825 Development Standards.

(A)

Connection to the Sanitary Sewer System.

(1)

(a)

The Lane County Sanitarian must certify that the proposed individual waste water disposal system meets D.E.Q. standards prior to Development Approval.

(b)

Lane County is considered an affected party and must be notified of all development applications.

Additional development restrictions that limit the location of buildings and on-site sewage disposal facilities must be applied where necessary to reserve land for future urban development.

Public and Private Park Uses. Neighborhood parks must be shown on the Springfield Comprehensive Plan or an adopted refinement plan, or be reviewed under Type 3 Discretionary Use procedures.

(6212; 6238; 6384; 6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.3.905 Purpose.

3.3.910 Applicability.

This section applies in the following instances to all structures and sites:

(A)

Within the Washburne Historic Landmark District; and

(B)

On the adopted Historic Landmark Inventory within the City or its urbanizing areas, including the following individually designated Historic Landmarks:

Historic Site/Structure	Address
Stevens and Perkins Building	330 Main Street
I.O.O.F. Building	346 Main Street
Pacific Power and Light Building	590 Main Street
Southern Pacific Railroad Depot	101 South A Street
Brattain/Hadley House	1260 Main Street
Stewart House	214 Pioneer Pkwy. West
Douglas House	3362 Osage Street
Thurston Grange	66th Street and Thurston Rd.

(6211; 6238)

3.3.915 Review.

(A)

The Historical Commission shall make recommendations to the Planning Commission or City Council on the following issues:

(1)

The establishment or modification of a Historic Landmark District (e.g., the Washburne Historic Landmark District)—Type 4 procedure and as specified in SDC 3.3.930;

(2)

The establishment of the Historic Landmark Inventory—Type 3 procedure and as specified in SDC 3.3.920;

(3)

The removal of individual Historic Landmark Sites and Structures from the Historic Landmark Inventory—Type 3 procedure and as specified in SDC 3.3.925;

(4)

Demolition of Historic Landmark Structures—Type 3 procedure and as specified in SDC 3.3.950; or

(5)

Any Discretionary Use listed in the underlying zoning district—Type 3 procedure as specified in SDC 5.9.100.

(B)

The following major alterations of Historic Landmark Sites or Structures shall be reviewed under Type 2 procedures as specified in SDC 3.3.945:

(1)

Additions, partial demolitions, or substantial alterations to a building façade;

(2)

A change to a more intensive use category as defined in the underlying zoning district;

(3)

Installation of 4 or more parking places;

(4)

Removal or radical trimming of large established trees or vegetation, except where necessary for immediate public safety as determined by the City Engineer;

(5)

Specific Development Standards in the Washburne Historic Landmark District specified in SDC 3.3.935(B);

(6)

New construction of 1,000 square feet or more within the Washburne Historic Landmark District;

(7)

(8)

Any other alteration or use that the Director determines may detract from the historic character of a Historic Landmark Site or Structure.

(C)

The following minor alterations of Historic Landmark Sites and Structures shall be reviewed under Type 1 procedures as specified in SDC 3.3.945:

(1)

Construction, modification or demolition of accessory structures;

(2)

Additions, partial or total demolitions or substantial alterations to the building façades of non-contributing and intrusive structures within the Washburne Historic Landmark District;

(3)

Replacement of damaged exterior features with virtually identical materials;

(4)

Additions, partial demolitions or alterations to Historic Landmark Sites and Structures which fully conform to the standards of SDC 3.3.945 and which are not visible from the street;

(5)

Installation of fewer than 4 parking spaces;

(6)

Installation of signs of less than 4 square feet; or

(7)

Any similar alteration or use which does not detract from the character of a Historic Landmark Site or Structure.

(D)

The application shall include a Plot Plan and exterior elevations of sufficient detail to determine compliance, as prescribed by the Director or Historical Commission.

(6376; 6443)

3.3.920 Establishment of the Historic Landmark Inventory.

(A)

(1)

Associated with historic or famous events;

(2)

Old (usually at least 50 years old);

(3)

Representative of a period or style of architecture or method of construction;

(4)

Recognized as having architectural merit, by reason of unusual or extraordinary design, detail, use of materials or craftsmanship;

(5)

Identified as the work of an architect, designer, or master builder whose individual work has influenced development in the City, State or Nation;

(6)

Included in the National Register of Historic Places;

(7)

Related to the broad cultural history of the City, State or Nation;

(8)

Identified with a person or persons, organizations or events that have contributed significantly to the history of the City, State or Nation; or

(9)

Identified as a unique aesthetic or educational feature of the City.

(B)

(C)

Once a Historic Landmark Site or Structure is included in the Historic Landmark Inventory, it is automatically subject to the provisions of the H Overlay District.

3.3.925 Removal of Individual Historic Landmark Sites and Structures from the Historic Landmark Inventory.

In order to remove a Historic Landmark Site or Structure from the Historic Landmark Inventory, the Historical Commission shall determine that:

(A)

The original criteria used in determining historic significance as specified in SDC 3.3.920(A). were erroneously applied; or

(B)

That demolition has been approved as specified in SDC 3.3.950.

3.3.930 Establishment and Modification of Historic Landmark Districts.

(A)

Historic Landmark District Preservation Plans shall be defined as Refinement Plans of the Metro Plan.

(B)

The provisions of SDC 5.6.100 shall apply to the establishment and modification of Historic Landmark Districts.

(C)

The applicant shall demonstrate that the establishment or modification of a Historic Landmark District is in conformance with the following additional criteria:

(1)

The area can be logically bounded and is distinguishable from the surrounding areas; and

(2)

The area possesses a significant number of Historic Landmark Sites and/or Structures; or

(3)

3.3.935 Schedule of Use Categories.

The following buildings and uses are permitted in the H Overlay District as indicated subject to the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in this code.

(A)

(B)

(1)

Professional offices. Including accountants, architects, attorneys, counselors, engineers, insurance agents, medical practitioners, planners, and real estate sales.

(2)

Studios for artists, interior decorators or photographers.

(3)

(4)

Short Term Rental. .

(C)

Washburne Historic Landmark District Specific Development Standards.

(1)

Both the business and the dwelling shall be owned and operated by the resident.

(2)

Not more than 40 percent of the habitable floor area of the dwelling may be used for business purposes; i.e., at least 60 percent of the habitable floor area shall be used for residential purposes.

(3)

The business may not employ more than 2 full-time support persons, exclusive of family members who reside on the premises. All professional practitioners shall reside on premises.

(4)

No display of merchandise either from the windows of a structure or on the property itself is permitted.

(5)

No commercial vehicle repair and/or sales is permitted.

(6)

Home businesses shall not be open to the public on Sundays or holidays recognized by the City, apart from for activities sponsored by the City or the Washburne Neighborhood Association.

(7)

Hours of operation are limited as follows:

(a)

On local streets, from 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.

(b)

On collector or arterial streets, from 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.

(D)

(1)

The development meets the standards of SDC 5.17.100.

(2)

Parking areas shall have paved alley access, and shall not be located between the house and front or streetside property line.

(3)

No display of merchandise for sale that is incompatible with the residential character of the neighborhood is permitted.

(4)

No commercial vehicle repair and/or sales is permitted.

(Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023; Ord. 6466, 11/20/2023)

3.3.940 Development Standards.

(A)

(1)

Minimum fire separation as required by the Building Safety Codes is not exceeded; and

(2)

Access is taken from the alley.

(B)

(1)

Accessory dwelling units must meet the requirements in SDC 3.2.275, except where they conflict with the standards of the Historic Overlay District.

(2)

Type 2 manufactured homes shall not be used as an accessory dwelling unit.

(6376; 6443)

3.3.945 Major and Minor Alteration Standards.

(A)

The following standards apply to major and minor alterations as specified in SDC 3.3.915(B) and (C), within the H Overlay District.

(1)

Any proposed use shall minimize exterior alteration of the Historic Landmark Site or Structure and its environment; uses that require substantial exterior alteration shall not be permitted.

(2)

(3)

All Historic Landmark Sites or Structures are recognized as products of their own time. Alterations which have no historic basis and which seek to create an earlier appearance are prohibited.

(4)

(5)

Distinctive stylistic features and examples of local or period craftsmanship which characterize a Historic Landmark Site or Structure shall be retained.

(6)

(7)

(8)

New additions or alterations to Historic Landmark Structures shall not impair the essential form and integrity of the structure.

3.3.950 Demolition Standards.

Demolition of Historic Landmark Sites or Structures is an extreme measure that may be permitted only after all other reasonable alternatives for preservation have been thoroughly examined.

(A)

(1)

(a)

A MIA-certified appraisal shall be required to determine the value of the Historic Landmark Structure.

(b)

At least 2 bids from qualified contractors shall be required to determine the cost of repairs to the Historic Landmark Structure.

(2)

(a)

The fact that a greater economic return would result from demolition than preservation is insufficient to meet this criteria.

(b)

A lack of adequate funds to pursue potential uses or adaptive uses is insufficient to meet this criteria (i.e., selling the Historic Landmark Site or Structure is an option that shall be considered).

(B)

If a Historic Landmark Site or Structure is permitted to be demolished, the property owner shall provide the Historical Commission with:

(1)

Four sets of measured drawings prepared by a qualified draftsperson showing the primary floor plans and the primary exterior elevations.

(2)

A set of photographs that document the exterior and interior details, including significant architectural elements.

(C)

3.3.1005 Purpose, Applicability and Review.

(A)

Design standards for the ND Overlay District are structured to foster the essential characteristics of pedestrian-friendly, human scale development that define “nodal development.” These include:

(1)

Design elements that support pedestrian environments and encourage transit use, walking and bicycling;

(2)

Transit access within walking distance (generally 1/4 mile) of anywhere in the node;

(3)

Mixed uses and a core commercial area so that services are available within walking distance;

(4)

Public spaces, including parks, public and private open space, and public facilities that can be reached without driving; and

(5)

A mix of housing types and residential densities that achieve an overall net density of at least 12 units per acre.

(B)

(1)

New development on vacant land.

(2)

New structures on already developed sites, including the conversion of a parking area to a structure or demolition of a structure and construction of a new structure.

(3)

An expansion of 50 percent or more of the total existing building square footage on the development site.

(4)

The ND Overlay standards in this section do not apply to a building alteration.

(5)

(C)

Review Procedure. All multiple unit housing, commercial and industrial development proposals within the ND Overlay District are reviewed under Type 2 procedure.

(6412; 6443; 6463)

3.3.1010 Permitted and Prohibited Uses.

(A)

Allowed Use Categories	Base Zone
Those uses allowed within Mixed-Use Commercial MUC District in SDC 3.2.610	NC, CC, MRC, GO, MUC, MS
Those uses allowed within Mixed-Use Employment MUE District in SDC 3.2.610	LMI, SLI, HI, MUE
Those uses allowed within Mixed-Use Residential MUR District in SDC 3.2.610	R-2, R-3, MUR
Those uses allowed within the R-1 zone as described in SDC 3.2.210	R-1

Prohibited Uses.

Car washes.

Auto parts stores.

Recreational vehicle and heavy truck sales/rental/service.

(4)

Motor vehicle sales/rental/service.

(5)

Service stations, including quick servicing.

(6)

Tires, sales/service.

(7)

Transit park and ride, major or minor.

EXCEPTION: Where there is a shared parking arrangement with another permitted use.

(8)

Agricultural machinery rental/sales/service.

(9)

Boats and watercraft sales and service.

(10)

Equipment, heavy, rental/sales/service.

(11)

Manufactured dwelling sales/service/repair.

(6443)

3.3.1015 Location Standards.

When establishing the location and boundaries of an ND Overlay District, the following criteria shall be considered:

(A)

The ND Overlay District shall be applied to the mixed-use centers or “nodes” identified by the City in response to its responsibility under the Springfield Transportation System Plan.

(B)

All parcels included within an ND Overlay District shall be located within 1/4 mile of a transit stop, and shall have near its center a commercial or employment core area.

(6412)

3.3.1020 Minimum Density and General Development Standards.

(A)

(1)

(2)

Where the base zone is NC, CC, MRC, MUC, or GO, the minimum floor area ratio (FAR) is 0.40.

(3)

Where the base zone is LMI, CI or MUE, the minimum FAR is 0.25.

(B)

Building Setbacks.

(1)

Buildings occupied by commercial and industrial uses shall be set back a maximum of 20 feet from the street. There is no minimum setback from the street for commercial and industrial uses.

(2)

Residential uses shall be set back a maximum 25 feet from the street.

(3)

Where the site is adjacent to more than 1 street, a building is required to meet the above maximum setback standards on only 1 of the streets.

(C)

Parking Between Buildings and the Street.

(1)

Automobile parking, driving, and maneuvering areas shall not be located between the main building and a street.

(2)

EXCEPTION: These parking standards shall not apply where the base zone is R-1.

(6443)

3.3.1025 Specific Design Standards.

(A)

Specific Development Standards for Residential Uses.

(1)

Single-Unit Dwelling, Detached, and Middle Housing.

(a)

(b)

Garage Doors. Garage door placement and design shall meet the following conditions:

(i)

Garage door openings facing a fronting street shall not exceed 40 percent of the width of the house façade.

Roof Pitch and Design. A minimum 4 to 12 roof pitch.

(ii)

Eaves. Eaves with a minimum 18-inch overhang.

(iii)

(iv)

Trim. A minimum of 2.25-inch trim or recess around windows and doors that face the street. Although not expressly required, wider trim is strongly encouraged.

Figures 3.3-A through 3.3-E are taken from the Infill and Development Handbook, Oregon TGM Program Sept. 1999.

Figure 3.3-A

Similar Setback

Not This

(ii)

Figure 3.3-B

(iii)

Scale. Relate the size and proportions of new structures to the scale of adjacent buildings. Avoid buildings that in height, width, or massing, violate the existing scale of the area.

Figure 3.3-C

Recommended

Avoid

Massing. Break up uninteresting boxlike forms into smaller, varied masses. Avoid single monolithic forms that are not relieved by variations in massing.

Figure 3.3-D

Recommended

Avoid

(iv)

Figure 3.3-E

Recommended

Avoid

(2)

Multiple unit housing must comply with the design standards specified in SDC 4.7.380 (or alternative standards as approved under SDC 4.7.385 or 4.7.390) and with SDC 3.2.625(C).

(B)

Specific Development Standards for Commercial, Industrial, and Mixed-Uses.

Specific development standards for commercial, industrial and mixed-uses within the ND Overlay District shall conform to those standards specified in SDC 3.2.630.

(1)

Commercial and Civic Uses. Commercial uses shall comply with the special development standards specified in SDC 3.2.630(A).

(2)

Light Industrial and Campus Industrial Uses. Industrial uses shall comply with the development standards specified in SDC 3.2.630(B).

(3)

(6443)

3.3.1105 Purpose.

3.3.1110 Applicability.

The provisions of SDC 3.3.1100 apply only to the land within the boundaries of the HS Overlay District:

3.3.1115 Review.

Development proposals are reviewed under Type 2 procedure as specified in SDC 5.17.100.

3.3.1120 Permitted or Discretionary Uses.

The following uses may be allowed in the HS Overlay District as indicated, subject to the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in this code.

Use/Use Categories	HS Overlay District
Physicians services	P
Dental services	P
Hospital services, including medical heliport	P
Medical laboratory services	P
Dental laboratories	P
Group care homes	P
Medical clinic, out-patient service	P
Other medical and health services, including food service, cafeteria and laundry service	P
Certain Wireless Telecommunications Systems Facilities (See SDC 4.3.145)	D/P
Residential or skilled care facilities	P
Secondary uses including medical-related retail and service uses, restaurants, convenience stores and services, and day care facilities(1)	P
Parking garages	P

(1)	These secondary uses permitted, but may not exceed 10 percent of the gross floor area of all the buildings in a development area.

3.3.1125 Design Standards.

(A)

All yard, lot/parcel size, coverage, density, fencing, parking standards shall be subject to the same standards as professional offices in residential districts.

(B)

A minimum of 25 percent of the lot/parcel shall be of planted material.

(C)

Parking lots shall meet the planting standards applicable to commercial development.

3.4.105 Plan Districts Established.

The following Plan Districts are established:

Section	Plan District Name	Related Refinement Plan/Study
3.4.200	Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use	Glenwood Refinement Plan
3.4.300	Booth-Kelly Mixed-Use	Downtown Refinement Plan

3.4.205 Purpose.

(A)

(B)

(1)

Improve public connections to the Willamette River;

(2)

Establish inviting public spaces, including parks, plazas, and multi-use paths;

(3)

Encourage aesthetically pleasing, sustainable buildings and sites that are context sensitive and oriented to human activity;

(4)

Provide opportunities for the installation, display, and creation of public art;

(5)

Allow for a mix of uses suitable to the unique development opportunities in Glenwood;

(6)

Provide opportunities for the development of a variety of housing types to meet the needs of a range of households;

(7)

Facilitate opportunities for businesses to provide goods and services to local, regional, statewide, national, and international markets;

(8)

Restore, enhance, and protect the ecological function of natural resources, and increase public awareness of these resources;

(9)

Protect the public from potential natural and manmade hazards;

(10)

Celebrate Glenwood’s contributions to the region’s historic development;

(11)

Enhance the transportation system to improve safety, convenience, and movement for all modes of travel, including vehicles, trains, public transit, bicycles, and pedestrians;

(12)

Provide a full range of urban public facilities and services for redevelopment and new development; and

(13)

Facilitate redevelopment while addressing the consequences of change to existing residents and businesses.

(6279)

3.4.210 Applicability.

(A)

The Franklin Riverfront; and

(B)

The McVay Riverfront.

(6279)

3.4.215 Review.

(A)

Any proposed development within the Glenwood Riverfront shall require a Development Issues Meeting or a Pre-Application Meeting as specified in SDC 5.1.210(A)(1)—(2).

Other Glenwood Riverfront application review procedures include, but are not limited to:

(1)

Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District Modifications, which shall be reviewed as specified in SDC 3.4.230.

(2)

Design Standards Alternatives/Exemptions from Design Standards, which shall be reviewed as specified in SDC 3.4.235.

(3)

Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District use interpretations, which shall be reviewed as specified in SDC 3.4.260.

(4)

Willamette Greenway Overlay District standards as specified in SDC 3.4.280.

(5)

Any other applicable standard as specified elsewhere in this code.

(D)

Any other applicable agency permits/approvals/coordination, including, but not limited to:

(1)

The Army Corps of Engineers/the Department of State Lands (wetland/riparian areas, stormwater outfalls/discharges and fills/excavations);

(2)

The Department of Environmental Quality (contaminated sites);

(3)

The Oregon Department of Transportation (access to/from Franklin Boulevard and McVay Highway); and

(4)

Lane County Transportation (vacation of local access roads).

(6279; 6443)

3.4.220 Non-Conforming Uses.

(6279)

3.4.225 Conflicts.

In cases where:

(A)

(B)

These development standards conflict with Federal and/or State regulations, the Federal and/or State regulations will prevail.

(6279)

3.4.230 Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District Modifications.

Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District modifications shall be categorized as Minor and Major.

(A)

(1)

Type 1 Review Procedure.

(a)

(b)

A change in the design of a street in a manner consistent with the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Chapter policies and implementation strategies and SDC 3.4.270(A)(3).

(c)

A change of 20 percent or less to a quantified building design standard as specified in SDC 3.4.275.

(2)

Type 2 Review Procedure.

(a)

A modification of a driveway access location in a manner consistent with the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Chapter policies and implementation strategies.

(B)

(1)

A change of more than 20 percent to a quantified building design standard as specified in SDC 3.4.275.

(2)

(3)

A modification not specifically listed under the minor modification categories specified in SDC 3.4.230(A) and the major modification categories specified in this subsection.

The applicant’s findings do not demonstrate compliance with the objective of the applicable development or design standard as required in SDC 3.4.230(B)(4).

(D)

(1)

A description of the firm’s history, size and professional capabilities to undertake the project in a timely manner;

(2)

An outline of the firm’s experience with regard to the specific subject requiring peer review;

(3)

The professional expertise of the key personnel conducting the peer review;

(4)

The proposed format for the presentation of the peer review and recommendations;

(5)

The time schedule to perform the peer review; and

(6)

(E)

Major and Minor Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District Plan Modification Criteria. The proposed modification shall:

(1)

(a)

Hillsides;

(b)

Protecting significant natural features such as trees, rock outcroppings, wetlands, or similar natural features; or

(c)

Adjusting existing property lines between proposed development area boundaries.

(2)

(3)

Result in a development design that meets or exceeds the applicable purposes of SDC 3.4.205. This criterion applies to Major Modifications only.

(6279; 6380; 6443)

3.4.235 Design Standards Alternatives/Exemptions from Design Standards.

(A)

SDC 3.4.270 and 3.4.275 list development and design standards that require compliance from the developer. A developer may choose to:

(1)

Comply with the development/design standards;

(2)

Request an exemption from certain development/design standards; and/or

(3)

Propose alternative development/design standards that shall meet or exceed the standard in question.

(B)

(6279; 6443)

3.4.240 Phased Development.

(A)

(B)

(6279)

3.4.245 Plan Designations, Land Use District Descriptions and Applicable Overlay Districts.

(A)

Applicable Land Use Designations.

(1)

The Springfield Comprehensive Plan designations are as follows:

(a)

The Multimodal Mixed Use designation applies to all land within the Glenwood Riverfront.

(b)

(c)

(2)

The Glenwood Refinement Plan designations are as follows:

(a)

Residential Mixed-Use, Commercial Mixed-Use, Office Mixed-Use, and Employment Mixed-Use. The descriptions of these designations are the same as the base zoning districts described in SDC 3.4.245(B).

(b)

Multimodal Mixed-Use Area (MMA) designation applies to all land within the Glenwood Riverfront. The MMA is established where the local government determines that there is:

(i)

High-quality connectivity to and within the area by modes of transportation other than the automobile;

(ii)

A denser level of development of a variety of commercial and residential uses than in surrounding areas;

(iii)

A desire to encourage these characteristics through development standards; and

(iv)

An understanding that increased automobile congestion within and around the MMA is accepted as a potential trade-off.

EXCEPTIONS:

Groceries shall not contain more than 25,000 square feet of gross floor area.

(ii)

(2)

(a)

Primary uses are permitted either as stand-alone uses or within a mixed-use building:

(i)

Hospitality services; office employment uses; eating and drinking establishments; personal services; and professional, scientific, and technical services; and educational facilities.

(ii)

(b)

Retail sales and services are permitted as secondary uses only within mixed-use buildings to provide some of the business-related needs of the primary uses.

(c)

To minimize the potential over-supply of commercial retail sales and services near Downtown Springfield, retail sales and services are limited to:

(i)

The ground floor of a building;

(ii)

No more than 50 percent of the ground floor of a single building;

(iii)

No more than 50 percent of the total ground floor area of a development area; and

(iv)

No single retail sales and service use shall occupy more than 10,000 square feet of gross floor area.

(3)

(a)

Primary uses are permitted either as stand-alone uses or within a mixed-use building:

(i)

Office employment uses;

(ii)

Professional, scientific and technical commercial service uses; and

(iii)

Educational facilities.

(b)

(i)

(ii)

Civic uses, such as a fire station, provided they are located southwest of the intersection of Franklin and Glenwood Boulevards.

(iii)

(c)

(i)

The ground floor of a building;

(ii)

No more than 50 percent of the ground floor of a single building;

(iii)

No more than 50 percent of the total ground floor area of a development area; and

(iv)

No single commercial use shall occupy more than 10,000 square feet of gross floor area.

To minimize the potential over-supply of commercial land inventory in proximity to commercial uses in Downtown Springfield or other commercial districts in Springfield, and to preserve the employment land supply, the secondary commercial uses specified in SDC 3.4.245(B)(4)(b) are limited to:

(i)

The ground floor of a building;

(ii)

No more than 50 percent of the ground floor of a single building;

(iii)

No more than 50 percent of the total ground floor area of a development area; and

(iv)

No single commercial use shall occupy more than 10,000 square feet of gross floor area.

(d)

Secondary warehousing and distribution functions associated with a primary light manufacturing use are permitted provided they are located on the same lot/parcel or in the same development area.

(e)

No residential uses are permitted.

EXCEPTION: Assessor’s Maps and Tax Lots 18-03-03-11-01401, 17-03-34-44-03300, and 17-03-34-44-00301 permit primary and secondary uses as specified in SDC 3.4.245(B)(2).

(5)

(C)

Applicable Overlay Districts.

(1)

The Floodplain Overlay District (SDC 3.3.400);

(2)

The Hillside Overlay District (SDC 3.3.500);

(3)

The Historic Overlay District (SDC 3.3.900), as applicable; see also SDC 3.4.270(N);

(4)

The Willamette Greenway Overlay District as it applies in Glenwood (SDC 3.4.280); and

(5)

(6279; 6316; 6463)

3.4.250 Schedule of Use Categories.

In Subareas A, B, C and D, the following uses shall be permitted in the base zoning districts as indicated, subject to the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in this code.

Uses not specifically listed may be approved as specified in SDC 3.4.260. Prohibited uses are listed in SDC 3.4.255.

“N” = NOT PERMITTED

SITE PLAN REVIEW IS REQUIRED for all development proposals within Subareas A, B, C and D.

Categories/Uses	Residential Mixed-Use	Commercial Mixed-Use	Office Mixed-Use	Employment Mixed-Use
Accessory Uses
A use or uses within a primary use building that is for the residents’ or employees’ benefit and that does not generally serve the public, including, but not limited to, building maintenance facilities, central mail rooms, child care, conference rooms, employee restaurants and cafeterias, indoor recreation areas, and indoor recycling collection centers.	P	P	P	P
Commercial/Retail
Eating and drinking establishments whose principal activity involves the sale and/or service of prepared foods and beverages directly to consumers, including, but not limited to, bakeries, cafes, delicatessens, restaurants, coffee shops, brew pubs, and wine bars.	S	P	S	S
Personal services whose principal activity involves the care of a person or a person’s apparel, including, but not limited to, fitness centers, spas, hair stylists, shoe repair, dry cleaners, tailors, and daycare.	S	P	S	S
Professional, scientific, research and technical services are small-scale commercial office enterprises whose principal activity involves providing a specialized service to others. These activities can be housed in office storefronts, office buildings, or in residential or live/work units where such residential use is permitted by this code and include, but are not limited to, legal advice and representation, accounting and income tax preparation, banking, architecture, engineering, design and marketing, real estate, insurance, physicians, and counselors.	S	P	P	P
Retail sales and services are commercial enterprises whose principal activity involves the sale and/or servicing of merchandise (new or reused) directly to consumers. Examples include, but are not limited to, bookstores, grocers, pharmacies, art galleries, florists, jewelers, and apparel shops.	S	S	S	S
Educational Facilities*
Public/private educational facilities for primary and secondary education	S	N	N	N
Public/private educational facilities that include, but are not limited to, higher education aimed at adults; business, professional, technical, trade and vocational schools; job training; and vocational rehabilitation services.	N	P	P	P
Employment
Business parks	N	N	P	P
Hospitals	N	N	N	P
Light manufacturing uses engaged in the manufacture (predominantly from previously prepared materials) of finished products or parts, including processing, fabrication, assembly, treatment, testing, and packaging of these products. The uses are not potentially dangerous or environmentally incompatible with office employment uses and all manufacturing uses, and storage of materials occurs entirely indoors. These uses include, but are not limited to, manufacture of electronic instruments, preparation of food products, pharmaceutical manufacturing, and research and scientific laboratories.	N	N	N	P
Office employment uses are typically housed in buildings where there is limited interaction between the public and the proprietor. These uses are associated with the performance of a range of administrative, medical, high tech, nanotechnology, green technology, pharmaceutical and biotechnology, information technology, information management, and research and development functions. These uses include, but are not limited to, call centers, corporate or regional headquarters, physicians’ clinics, software development, media production, data processing services, and technical support centers.	N	P	P	P
Recycling facilities that occur completely within buildings and are located only on the west side of McVay Highway.	N	N	N	P
Warehousing and distribution uses for the storage and regional wholesale distribution of manufactured products and for products used in testing, design, technical training or experimental product research and development permitted in conjunction with business headquarters.	N	N	N	S
Hospitality
Conference/visitor centers include, but are not limited to, conference hotels, visitor information centers, museums, and conference/exposition centers.	N	P	N	N
Hotels include, but are not limited to, inns, bed and breakfasts, guesthouses, extended stay hotels or apartment hotels, limited service hotels, and full service hotels. Hotels may be converted to apartments where such residential use is permitted by this code and the Oregon Structural Specialty Code, related building codes, fire codes and referenced standards in effect at the time of application for a building permit.	N	P	P	N
Residential
Residential occupancy of a dwelling unit by a household that includes, but is not limited to, apartments, condominiums, live/work units, lofts, row houses, townhouses, and elderly-oriented congregate care facilities.	P	P	P	N
Income-qualified housing**	P	P	P	P
Conversion from commercial to residential***	P	P	P	N
Parking
Public or private parking lots/structures	S	S	S	S
Public Open Space
Riverfront linear park/multi-use path	P	P	P	P
Park blocks to include recreational facilities and stormwater management facilities.	P	N	N	N
Public Utilities and Other Public Uses
Low impact facilities are any public or semi-public facility that is permitted subject to the design standards of this code, including, but not limited to, wastewater; stormwater management; electricity and water to serve individual homes and businesses; other utilities that have minimal olfactory, visual or auditory impacts; street lights; and fire hydrants.	P	P	P	P
Public uses, including, but not limited to, fire and police stations.	N	N	P	N
Wireless Telecommunications Systems Facilities. Only flush mounting the entire antenna on a building shall be permitted if the connecting cables cannot be seen; they are color matched to the building; and they match the façade of the building. If conditions do not favor flush mounted antennas, a stand-alone monopole antenna not more than 15 feet high, measured from the place of attachment on the roof, shall be permitted if the antenna is set back so that it cannot be seen from street.	P	P	P	P

*	Educational facilities include, but are not limited to, classrooms, auditoriums, labs, gyms and libraries.
**	Income-qualified housing is permitted subject to either: (1) the approval standards in the district for residential uses; or (2) the approval standards in SDC 4.7.370 and 4.7.405.
***	Conversion from commercial to residential use is permitted subject to the standards in SDC 4.7.215.

(6279; 6316; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.4.255 Prohibited Uses.

The following uses shall be prohibited within the Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District:

Agricultural machinery rental/sales/service

Auto parts, tires, batteries, and accessories

Auto/truck sales/rental/service

Warehouse commercial retail sales (big box stores)(1)

Car and truck washes

Drive-through facilities (2)

All equipment rental/sales/service facilities

Exterior display and storage of merchandise (3)

Freestanding wireless communication towers

Key/card lock fuel facilities

Light manufacturing uses that cannot meet the operational performance standards specified in SDC 3.4.270

Manufactured dwelling sales/service/repair

Marijuana business

Mini-warehouse storage facilities

Motels

Motor freight terminals

Moving and storage facilities

Recreational vehicle and heavy truck sales/rental/service

Service stations and gas stations

Tires, sales/service

Transit park and ride facility

Truck and auto repair and painting facilities

Notes:
(1)	A “big-box store” (also called supercenter, superstore, or megastore) is a physically large retail establishment, usually part of a chain, and generally more than 50,000 square feet in size. The term sometimes also refers, by extension, to the company that operates the store. Examples include large department stores and specialty retailers such as Wal-Mart, Target, Best Buy and IKEA and/or home improvement centers such as Lowe’s or Home Depot.
(2)	EXCEPTION: Along McVay Highway in Subarea D south of the Union Pacific railroad trestle and outside of the nodal development area (except for Assessor’s Maps and Tax Lots 18-03-03-11-01401, 17-03-34-44-03300, and 17-03-34-44-00301), drive through facilities shall be permitted if they are in compliance with the following criteria:
	(a)	The applicant can demonstrate that the drive-through facility is not the primary method of selling or servicing;
	(b)	A maximum of one drive-through lane or window is proposed;
	(c)	The development meets all other requirements of SDC § 3.4.275;
	(d)	The drive-through lane or window and the associated access drive do not cross pedestrian walkways from the public sidewalk to the sidewalk serving the primary building entrance of any business on the site and are designed to minimize disruption of on- and off-site pedestrian and bicycle traffic.
(3)	EXCEPTION: Outdoor seating for restaurants and pedestrian-oriented accessory uses, including flower, food, or drink stands shall be permitted. Temporary public gatherings, including, but not limited to, open-air markets and festivals, shall also be permitted as specified in the Springfield Municipal Code.

(6279; 6316; 6352)

3.4.260 Use Interpretations.

(A)

(1)

A finding is made that the proposed use meets the intent of the category as defined in SDC 3.4.250;

(2)

The use has impacts to surrounding properties and City infrastructure that are similar in type and magnitude to the other permitted uses typical of the category; and

(3)

(a)

The street address or other easily understood geographic reference to the property upon which the specific use will occur,

(b)

The date of the decision, and

(c)

A description of the decision made;

(4)

Use interpretations made under this section are subject to the jurisdiction of the Land Use Board of Appeals in the same manner as a limited land use decision.

(B)

Uses that the Director determines cannot be readily interpreted as specified in SDC 3.4.260(A) will be processed as a formal interpretation as specified in SDC 5.11.100.

(6279)

3.4.265 Base Zone Development Standards.

The following base zone development standards are established for the Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District:

Development Standards	Zoning Districts
Development Standards	Residential Mixed-Use	Office Mixed-Use	Commercial Mixed-Use	Employment Mixed-Use
Minimum Development Area (1)	5 acres	5 acres	5 acres	5 acres
Minimum Lot/Parcel Size	None	None	None	None
Minimum Street Frontage (2)	None	None	None	None
Maximum Lot/Parcel Coverage	None	None	None	None
Minimum Density (3)	50 du/net acre	50 du/net acre	N/A	N/A
Setbacks
Build-to Lines/Building Setbacks	SDC § 3.4.275(H)	SDC § 3.4.275(H)	SDC § 3.4.275(H)	SDC § 3.4.275(H)
Landscape/Screening Setbacks	SDC § 3.4.270(F)	SDC § 3.4.270(F)	SDC § 3.4.270(F)	SDC § 3.4.270(F)
Minimum/Maximum Building Height	SDC § 3.4.275(D)	SDC § 3.4.275(D)	SDC § 3.4.275(D)	SDC § 3.4.275(D)
Additional Standards	(4)(5)(6)(7)	(4)(5)(6)(7)	(4)(5)(6)(7)	(4)(5)(6)(7)

Notes:
(1)	Minimum Development Area. In the Franklin Riverfront, the minimum development area is necessary due to the number of small lots/parcels and the need to establish the local street grid and park blocks. In the McVay Riverfront, the minimum development area is necessary due to the number of small lots/parcels and in order to prevent piecemeal development of a number of large lots/parcels for compliance with Springfield Commercial and Industrial Buildable Lands Inventory, Economic Opportunities Analysis, and Economic Development Objectives and Implementation Strategies findings.
	EXCEPTIONS:
	(a)	The developer may submit a letter to the Director stating that either abutting property owners are not willing to participate in the assembly of the minimum 5 acre development area; or there are smaller properties that cannot meet the 5 acre standard (for example, on the south side of Franklin Boulevard or on the west side of McVay Highway).
	(b)	Parks, when phased and public facilities shall be exempted from the minimum development area standard.
	(c)	In Subarea D where there are lots/parcels larger than 5 acres, land divisions will not be permitted until a Final Site Plan or Final Master Plan application is approved by the City.
(2)	While there is no minimum frontage standard, all lots/parcels shall have frontage on a public street unless the proposed development has been approved as part of a Master Plan, Site Plan or land division, and access has been guaranteed via a private driveway with an irrevocable joint use/access easement agreement as specified in SDC 4.2.120(A).
(3)	The density standard applies to high-density residential housing in those subareas where this type of housing is required or permitted. See SDC 3.4.245(B)(1)(a) and 3.4.245(B)(2)(b). There is no maximum density.
(4)	Where an easement is larger than the required setback standard, no building or above grade structure, except a fence, may be built upon or over that easement.
(5)	Required setbacks are measured from the special street setback in SDC 4.2.105(N), where applicable.
(6)	Architectural extensions, including, but not limited to, cornices, eave overhangs, and porches and balconies extending beyond an exterior wall of a building, may protrude into any 5-foot or larger setback area or build-to line by not more than 2 feet.

(6279; 6316; 6412)

3.4.270 Public and Private Development Standards.

The following public and private development standards are established for the Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District:

A.	Public Streets, Alleys and Sidewalks
B.	Street Trees and Curbside Planter Strips
C.	Lighting
D.	Bicycle Facilities
E.	Multi-Use Path
F.	Private Property Landscape Standards
G.	Vehicle/Bicycle Parking and Loading Standards
H.	Wastewater Facilities and Services
I.	Stormwater Facilities and Services
J.	Public Park and Open Space Facilities
K.	Location of Transit Stations
L.	Signs
M.	Light Manufacturing Operational Performance Standards
N.	Historic and Cultural Resources

(A)

Public Streets, Alleys and Sidewalks.

(1)

(2)

(a)

Franklin Riverfront Arterial Street. Franklin Boulevard shall be designed and constructed as a hybrid multi-way boulevard.

(b)

(c)

Franklin Riverfront Block Length. Block length and width shall range from 250 to 350 feet.

McVay Riverfront Local Street Network.

(i)

Primary access from McVay Highway shall be from east-west streets in the vicinity of East 19th Avenue, Nugget Way and the south end of Glenwood.

(ii)

A grid street pattern may be accomplished by incorporating north-south streets as specified in SDC 3.4.270(A)(2)(b) or by shared private driveways.

(3)

(a)

Riverfront Street.

(i)

Riverfront Street with Parallel Parking.

The street shall be 2 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk on each side of the street.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot amenity zone between the travel way and sidewalk on the north side of the street.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet out from the parking striping.

Parallel parking stall widths shall be 7 feet wide.

Parking shall be installed on the south side of the street.

Parking shall not be installed on the north side of the street.

Travel lanes shall be 10 feet wide.

Figure 3.4-A1

(ii)

Riverfront Street with Angled Parking.

The street shall be 2 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk on both sides of the street.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot amenity zone between the travel way and sidewalk on the north side of the street.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet out from the angled parking striping.

The angled parking dimensions from the Springfield Development Code shall be used.

Parking shall be installed on the south side of the street.

Parking shall not be installed on the north side of the street.

Travel lanes shall be 10 feet wide.

Figure 3.4-A2

(iii)

Riverfront Street with Reversed Angled Parking.

The street shall be 2 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk on both sides of the street.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot amenity zone between the curb and sidewalk on the south side of the street.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot amenity zone between the travel way and sidewalk on the north side of the street.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet out from the reverse angled parking striping.

The reverse angled parking dimensions from the Springfield Development Code shall be used.

Parking shall be installed on the south side of the street.

Parking shall not be installed on the north side of the street.

Travel lanes shall be 10 feet wide.

Figure 3.4-A3

(b)

Park Block Street.

(i)

Park Block Street with Angled Parking on 1 Side of the Street.

The street shall be 1 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk adjacent to the development.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

The park block from curb to curb shall be a minimum of 150 feet.

The angled parking dimensions from the Springfield Development Code shall be used.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet out from the angled parking striping.

Angled parking shall only be on 1 side of the street.

Storm water treatment shall be installed between the curb and sidewalk. It shall treat all impervious surfaces that are in the public right-of-way and shall be sized accordingly.

There shall be a minimum 8-foot sidewalk between the stormwater treatment and park block.

The travel lane shall be 10 feet wide.

Figure 3.4-B1

(ii)

Park Block Street with Parallel Parking on Both Sides of the Street.

The street shall be 1 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk adjacent to the development.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

The park block from curb to curb shall be a minimum of 150 feet.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet out from the parking striping.

Bulb-outs should be staggered to create the narrow travel way.

Parallel parking stall widths shall be 7 feet wide.

Storm water treatment shall be installed between the curb and adjacent sidewalk. It shall treat all impervious surfaces that are in the public right-of-way and shall be sized accordingly.

There shall be a minimum 8-foot sidewalk between the stormwater treatment and park block.

The travel lane shall be 10 feet wide.

A 2-foot paved pedestrian travel way shall be between the parking lane and the stormwater treatment.

Figure 3.4-B2

(iii)

Park Block Street with Parallel Parking on 1 Side of the Street.

The street shall be 1 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk adjacent to the development.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

The park block from curb to curb shall be a minimum of 150 feet.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet from the parking striping.

Parallel parking stall widths shall be 7 feet wide.

Storm water treatment shall be installed between the curb and sidewalk. It shall treat all impervious surfaces that are in the public right-of-way and shall be sized accordingly.

There shall be a minimum 2-foot paved walking width between the parking and stormwater treatment area.

There shall be a minimum 8-foot sidewalk between the stormwater treatment and park block.

The travel lane shall be 10 feet wide.

Figure 3.4-B3

(c)

Collector Street.

(i)

Collector Street with Buffered Bike Lane.

The street shall be 2 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk adjacent to the development.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Parking bulb-outs shall be a minimum of 9 feet wide.

Parallel parking stall widths shall be 7 feet wide.

Travel lane shall be 10 feet wide.

Bicycle lanes shall be 6 feet wide with a striped 2-foot buffered area between the bicycle lane and the travel lane and a striped 2-foot buffered area between the bicycle lane and parking lane.

Figure 3.4-C1

(ii)

Collector Street with Separated Bike Lane.

The street shall be 2 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk adjacent to the development.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet out from the parking striping.

Parallel parking stall widths shall be 7 feet wide.

Travel lane shall be 10 feet wide.

Figure 3.4-C2

(d)

Typical Street.

(i)

Typical Street with Parallel Parking.

The street shall be 2 way.

There shall be a minimum 7-foot setback sidewalk on each side of the street.

There shall be decorative street lighting.

All intersections shall be raised with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Decorative bollards shall be used at the curb returns of the raised intersections.

All pedestrian crosswalks shall be raised crosswalks with a distinctive stamped pattern and vibrant color.

Parking bulb-outs shall extend 2 feet out from the parking striping.

Parallel parking stall widths shall be 7 feet wide.

Travel lanes shall be 10 feet wide.

Figure 3.4-D1

(B)

(C)

Lighting.

(1)

Applicable Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Plan Policies and Implementation Strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix of this code.

(2)

Private on-site lighting shall comply with the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America recommended practices and shall:

(a)

Be the minimum illumination necessary for a given application, including parking areas, as specified in SDC 3.4.270(G)(9)(d);

(b)

(c)

Create a safe and secure environment for pedestrians and bicyclists during hours of darkness and reduce or prevent light pollution by minimizing glare; and

(d)

(D)

Bicycle Facilities. Bicycle facilities shall be required: off-street as part of the multi-use path specified in SDC 3.4.270(E); on-street; or as part of a mid-block connector.

(1)

Bicycle facilities in the Glenwood Riverfront shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation and Open Space chapters.

(2)

Applicable Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Plan Policies and Implementation Strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix of this code.

(3)

(4)

Bicycle parking shall be as specified in Table 3.4.2.

(E)

(1)

The multi-use path shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation and Open Space chapters.

(2)

Applicable Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation Plan and Open Space chapter policies and implementation strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix of this code.

(3)

(F)

Private Property Landscape Standards.

(1)

(a)

The establishment of a sense of place;

(b)

The preservation and enhancement of the Glenwood Riverfront’s urban forest on especially on hillsides;

(c)

The retention of significant clusters of riparian vegetation along watercourses;

(d)

The promotion, retention and use of existing non-invasive vegetation;

(e)

The restoration of natural plant communities and the provision of habitat through sustainable landscaping and controlling invasive species;

(f)

The mitigation for loss of natural resource values;

(g)

Erosion control;

(h)

The reduction of stormwater runoff pollution, temperature, and rate and volume of flow;

(i)

The minimization of impervious surface impacts;

(j)

The promotion of compatibility between land uses by reducing the visual, noise and lighting impacts of specific development on users of the site and abutting uses;

(k)

The promotion of safety, security, and privacy;

(l)

On-site open space, pedestrian pathway definition and residential/business entry identification;

(m)

Opportunities for energy conservation by providing shade from the sun and shelter from the wind; and

(n)

The retention and/or growth of long-term property values.

(2)

Applicability.

(a)

The landscaping standards of this subsection shall apply to all private property (property located outside of public right-of-way) in the Glenwood Riverfront as follows:

(i)

New development;

(ii)

Redevelopment including expansions of use;

(iii)

A change of use for existing buildings where the landscaping is non-conforming; and

(iv)

A change of use that results additional on-site parking or loading areas, or that modifies the driveway location.

(b)

(3)

General Landscaping Standards.

Plant Diversity.

Shrubs. If there are more than 25 required shrubs, no more than 75 percent of them shall be of 1 species.

(ii)

(e)

Specific Tree Standards.

(i)

(ii)

The categories of trees are defined as follows:

Large trees in the public right-of-way or on private property are those trees over 40 feet tall and more than 35 feet wide branching at maturity;

Medium-sized trees on private property are those trees 25 feet to 40 feet tall and 16 feet to 35 feet wide branching at maturity; and

Small or narrow-stature trees on private property are those trees less than 25 feet tall and less than 16 feet wide branching at maturity.

(f)

Specific Shrub and Ground Cover Standards.

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

Ground cover plants other than grasses or sod shall be:

At least the 4-inch pot size;

Planted in triangular spacing at distances appropriate for the plant species; and

Planted at a density that will cover the entire area within 3 years, unless otherwise specified in this section.

(iv)

Any plants listed on the Nuisance Plants List as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual shall be prohibited from being planted in the Glenwood Riverfront.

(g)

Installation.

(i)

(ii)

All required landscaping shall be in-ground or in permanent raised planters.

(iii)

All landscaping shall be installed according to accepted planting procedures:

All plant materials shall conform in size and quality grade to the American Standard for Nursery Stock, current edition; and

(iv)

Topsoil removed during construction shall be replaced with topsoil.

Maintenance.

Unless otherwise provided by the lease agreement, the owner, tenant and their agent, if any, shall be jointly and severally responsible for the maintenance of all landscaping, which shall be:

Maintained in good condition to present a healthy, neat and orderly appearance;

Replaced or repaired as necessary beyond the guarantee period specified in subsection (F)(3)(h)(i) above; and

Kept free from refuse and debris.

(iii)

The Director may require a site inspection to determine if the height and coverage of required landscaping has been established as required by the applicable 2-4 year maturity time line.

(iv)

Unless prohibited by this code, all groundcover, shrubs and trees in landscaped areas shall be controlled by pruning or trimming so that they will not:

Interfere with the maintenance or repair of any public utility;

Restrict pedestrian or vehicle access; or

Constitute a traffic hazard because of reduced visibility.

EXCEPTION: Pruning and trimming in riparian and wetland areas shall be as specified in SDC 4.3.115 and 4.3.117 and/or the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(v)

EXCEPTIONS: Tree topping shall be permitted to:

Remove dead or diseased material as determined by a certified arborist.

(i)

A permanent built-in irrigation system with an automatic controller; or

(ii)

(iii)

Irrigation by Hand. If the applicant chooses this option, the inspection required in SDC 3.4.270(F)(3)(h)(iii) shall ensure that the landscaping has become established.

(iv)

The following options will be encouraged in order to reduce the amount of potable water used for landscape irrigation by the use of:

Captured rainwater;

Recycled wastewater;

Water treated and conveyed for non-potable uses; and/or

Other non-potable water sources, including, but not limited to, stormwater, air conditioning condensate, irrigation wells, and foundation drain water.

(v)

The final irrigation plan diagram, if necessary, shall be submitted with the Final Site Plan Review application.

(4)

Landscape Standard Categories.

(a)

EXCEPTION: The L1 tree standard will not be required within setbacks of less than 5 feet at building entry ways.

Walls.

Any wall or fence shall be placed along the interior side of the landscaped area, outside of any public utility easement.

EXCEPTION: A required screen shall not be permitted within the Greenway Setback Line, as specified in SDC 3.4.280.

(ii)

Not be visible from streets and adjacent properties;

Not be located in vehicle parking stalls;

Not be located within required landscape areas; and

Not block driveways.

(iii)

(a)	The L3 standard is a landscape treatment that applies within parking lots, including interior courts, but not including any required landscape setbacks necessary for screening, as specified in subsection (F)(4)(b)(i). At least 10 percent of the interior of a parking lot shall be landscaped. The L3 standard serves 3 purposes: to eliminate stormwater runoff through infiltration swales and other measures; to provide shade; and for screening. Water quality features may be incorporated into planter islands and required setbacks. The L3 standard shall comply with the vision clearance standards specified in SDC 4.2.130.
(i)	Infiltration planter islands, infiltration planter basins between parking aisles, infiltration tree wells and required parking lot setbacks shall be used to accommodate stormwater runoff as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.
(ii)	Wheel Stops. Secured wheel stops or rubber parking blocks shall be placed to prevent vehicles from overhanging a landscaped infiltration area or setback. Wheel stops shall be designed to allow runoff to enter the landscaped infiltration area.
(iii)	L3 Standard—Trees. Trees of different sizes may be combined to meet this standard. In order to provide a canopy effect, one of the following options may be selected:
A.	At a minimum, 1 large tree per 4 parking spaces; or
B.	At a minimum, 1 medium tree per 3 parking spaces.
(iv)	L3 Standard—Shrubs and Ground Cover Plants. At a minimum, 1 medium to small shrub per space shall be required. The remainder of the area shall be planted in ground cover plants.

(5)

(6)

(a)

Credits for preserving existing trees shall accrue on a 1-to-1 basis, based on the size of the tree being preserved, as defined in SDC 3.4.270(F)(3)(e)(ii).

(b)

The Landscape Plan shall include a separate written statement and a Site Plan for preserving existing trees and vegetation. All of the following elements shall be included:

(i)

A written statement that:

States the trees and vegetation proposed to be preserved are healthy, and/or can be relocated on site as determined by a certified arborist;

Provides an explanation of the method for the protection of existing trees and vegetation to remain during the construction process; and if necessary,

Requests any credits for preserving existing trees.

(ii)

The Plan shall be drawn to scale and show all trees proposed to be preserved on the site, and their species, diameter and drip lines.

(iii)

Site construction shall not be allowed within the drip lines of trees that are to remain. Preserved vegetation shall not be disturbed.

Finish grade shall be at the original grade, or a well or planter shall be constructed that is equal to or larger in size than the drip line.

EXCEPTION: These statements shall not preclude the construction of walkways within the drip lines of trees if they are part of the proposed development.

(iv)

Upon approval of the Landscape Plan as part of the Site Plan Review process, the trees and vegetation proposed to be preserved shall be noted on the property, prior to construction.

(G)

Vehicle/Bicycle Parking and Loading Standards.

(1)

Vehicle/bicycle parking standards shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation and the Housing and Economic Development chapters.

(2)

Applicable Glenwood Refinement Plan Vehicle/Bicycle Parking Policies and Implementation Strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix of this code.

(3)

Vehicle/bicycle parking and loading standards shall be designed and constructed as specified in this subsection.

(4)

(5)

Types of Vehicle Parking Facilities Permitted.

(a)

In all subareas, the following types of parking facilities shall be permitted:

(i)

On-street parking.

(ii)

Aboveground and underground parking structures.

(iii)

Surface parking facilities located in interior courts.

(iv)

Parking facilities incorporated within or on top of a building.

(b)

(i)

Two rows of visitor parking including a travel lane that can accommodate bi-directional traffic in the front of and facing a building as specified in SDC 3.4.275(H)(2)(b); and

(ii)

Overflow visitor parking and other permitted vehicular parking on 1 side of, and in the rear of a building.

(6)

Maximum off-street vehicle parking spaces by use category shall be as specified in Table 3.4.1.

Vehicle Parking Maximums Table 3.4.1
Use Category	Use Sub-Category	Maximum Number of Parking Spaces
Commercial	Eating and Drinking Establishments (1)	1 per each 30 square feet of seating floor area plus 1 per each 500 gross square feet of non-seating floor area
	Hospitality	1 per guest bedroom plus 1 space per each full-time employee on the largest shift
	Personal Services	1 per each 350 square feet of gross floor area
	Professional, Scientific and Technical Services	1 per each 350 square feet of gross floor area
	Retail Sales and Services	1 per each 300 square feet of gross floor area
Employment	Hospital	1 per each 200 square feet of gross floor area or 1.5 per bed
	Light Manufacturing (2)	1 per each 550 square feet of gross floor area plus 1 space per company owned vehicle
	Light Manufacturing Storage (2)	1 per each 1650 square feet of gross floor area plus 1 space per company vehicle
	Office Employment	1 per each 350 square feet of gross floor area
	Educational Facilities	To be determined by a parking study that considers number of employees, students, and hours of operation
	Warehousing (2)	1 per each full-time employee on the largest shift plus 1 space per company vehicle
Recreation	Park Blocks or Riverfront Linear park Recreational Facilities (3)	0
Residential (High-Density)	Residential Occupancy of Dwelling Units	1 per bedroom with a maximum of 2.5 per dwelling unit plus 1 space for every 15 dwelling units for visitors. 1 per each 4 beds plus 1 space per each full time employee on the largest shift for nursing homes and assisted living; or 1 per every 2 beds plus 1 space per each full time employee on the largest shift for independent living
Vehicle Related Uses	Structured Parking	N/A

Notes:
(1)	When calculating the maximum parking limits for an eating or drinking establishment that has outdoor seating, up to 20 outdoor seats shall be exempt from the seating calculation.
(2)	The U.S. Department of Transportation establishes commercial truck classifications based on the vehicle’s gross vehicle weight rating. Classes 1, 2 and 3 are “light duty”; Classes 4, 5 and 6 are “medium duty”; and Classes 7 and 8 are “heavy duty.” Trucks classified as medium and heavy duty that are used as part of a commercial or light manufacturing use shall be located either:
	(a)	Within an enclosed building; or
	(b)	Outside of a building when:
		(i)	Screened by a masonry or concrete wall or other permanent fully opaque screen that extends from the building and complements the façade of the building. The wall shall have a minimum height of 8 feet. The screen shall totally conceal trucks from McVay Highway and the Willamette River and shall meet the building setback standard specified in SDC 3.4.275(H)(2)(b); or
		(ii)	Within a courtyard surrounded by buildings in a manner that medium and heavy duty truck parking cannot be seen from McVay Highway or the Willamette River.
	(c)	Medium and heavy duty truck parking shall be prohibited in front and street side yards.
(3)	Public parking for the park blocks and riverfront linear park will be provided on street.

(7)

Parking Maximum Benefits and Options.

(a)

Parking Maximum Benefits.

(i)

(ii)

Improves Walkability. By allowing more clustered development and buildings located closer to sidewalks and streets, parking management helps create more walkable communities;

(iii)

Supports Transit. Parking management supports transit oriented development and transit use;

(iv)

Provides Facility Cost Savings. Reduces development costs to governments, businesses, developers and consumers;

(v)

(vi)

Allows More Flexible Facility Location and Design. Parking management gives architects, designers and planners more ways to provide parking, creating more functional and attractive communities;

(vii)

Supports Equity Objectives. Management strategies can reduce the need for subsidies, improve travel options for non-drivers, and increase affordability for lower-income households; and

(viii)

Reduces Stormwater Management Costs, Water Pollution and Heat Island Effects. Parking management can reduce total pavement area and incorporate better design features.

(b)

Options available to help meet parking maximums include:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

Car Sharing.

Car sharing shall be permitted in public and private parking structures and parking lots.

(iv)

Carpool/Vanpool Parking.

The carpool/vanpool spaces must be located closer to the primary employee entrance or secondary entrance from a parking lot than any other employee parking, except disabled accessible spaces.

Carpool/vanpool spaces must have markings and signs that indicate the space is reserved for carpool/vanpool use.

Only vehicles that are part of a rideshare program sanctioned by the employer or a public agency may park in designated carpool/vanpool parking spaces.

(v)

Subsidized transit passes.

(vi)

Establishment of Alternative Work Schedules. This option includes alternative work schedule techniques such as staggered and flexible work hours and the shortened workweek.

(8)

(9)

Vehicle Parking Design Standards. The following standards shall apply to all permitted parking facilities:

(a)

In both public and private parking facilities, the stall width and length and aisle width standards specified in SDC 4.6.115 shall apply.

(b)

All surface parking lots shall incorporate the following elements, including, but not limited to:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

Strategies to reduce “heat island” effects, such as canopy shade trees and landscaping as specified in SDC 3.4.270(F)(4)(c).

(c)

Surface Parking Lot landscaping Standards. Parking lot landscaping shall be required as specified in SDC 3.4.270(F)(4)(b) and (c).

(d)

Surface parking lot lighting shall be provided as specified in SDC 3.4.270(C)(2) and may be a mix of bollards at ground level and pedestrian-level lighting.

(e)

Vehicle parking shall not be allowed within any required or optional building setback specified in SDC 3.4.275(H).

(10)

Vehicle Parking Structure Design Standards. Aboveground and underground parking structures shall be designed as specified in SDC 3.4.275(K).

(11)

Vehicle Parking Access and Driveways.

(a)

(b)

(c)

Curb cuts for all parking lots or parking structures shall be constructed to maintain the elevation, appearance and continuity of sidewalks crossed by the curb cuts.

(12)

In all subareas and in all types of parking facilities, electric vehicle (EV) parking stations and structures supporting photovoltaic panels shall be encouraged and permitted, where appropriate.

(13)

Bicycle Parking Standards Table 3.4.2
Use Category	Use Sub-Category	Number of Required Spaces	Long- and Short-Term Bicycle Parking Percentages
Commercial	Eating and Drinking Establishments	1 per 600 sq. ft. of floor area	25% long-term	75% short-term
	Hospitality	1 per 20 rentable rooms	75% long-term	25% short-term
	Personal Services	1 per 2,000 sq. ft. of floor area	25% long-term	75% short-term
	Professional, Scientific and	1 per 3,000 sq. ft. of floor area	75% long-term	25% short-term
	Technical Services
	Retail Sales and Services	1 per 3,000 sq. ft. of floor area	25% long-term	75% short-term
Employment	Office Employment	1 per 3,000 sq. ft. of floor area	75% long-term	25% short-term
	Light Manufacturing	1 per 10,000 sq. ft. of floor area	75% long-term	25% short-term
	Light Manufacturing Storage	1 per 10,000 sq. ft. of floor area	75% long-term	25% short-term
	Warehousing	1 per 40,000 sq. ft. of floor area	75% long-term	25% short-term
Recreation	Park Blocks or Riverfront Linear Park Recreational Facilities	8 per each park block and 4 per each mile of riverfront linear park	100% short-term
Residential	Senior and Congregate Care	1 per 4 rooms	75% long-term	25% short-term
	Dormitories	1 per every 3 beds	75% long-term	25% short-term
	High-Density Residential Housing	1 per 2 dwelling units	75% long-term	25% short-term
Vehicle Related Uses	Structured Parking Public or Private	5% of the number of vehicle spaces provided or 105% of the demand	75% long-term	25% short-term

(14)

Bicycle Parking Location and Security.

(a)

(b)

Long-term bicycle parking provided in outdoor locations shall not be farther away than the closest on-site automobile parking space, excluding designated accessible parking spaces.

(c)

(d)

(15)

Loading Areas. Loading areas shall:

(a)

Be concealed from public view;

(b)

Be located at the rear or side of the development area, with access taken from a public service street or alley;

(c)

Be equipped with closable overhead doors that blend in to the design of the building;

(d)

Not be located where pedestrian or bicycle circulation through or between development areas can be impeded;

(e)

Not encroach upon required landscaping; and

(f)

Not encroach upon public and/or private driveways and sidewalks.

(H)

Wastewater Facilities and Services.

(1)

Public Wastewater Facilities. Public wastewater facilities shall comply with SDC 4.3.105.

(a)

Public wastewater facilities shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Public Facilities and Services chapter.

(b)

Public wastewater policies and implementation strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix.

(c)

Public wastewater facilities shall be designed and constructed as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(2)

(I)

(1)

Public Stormwater Facilities. Public stormwater facilities shall comply with SDC 4.3.115.

(a)

Public stormwater facilities shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Open Space and Public Facilities and Services chapters.

(b)

Public stormwater policies and implementation strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix.

(c)

Public stormwater facilities shall be designed and constructed as specified in the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual.

(2)

Private Stormwater Facilities.

(a)

Private stormwater facilities shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Open Space and Public Facilities and Services chapters.

(b)

Private stormwater policies and implementation strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix.

(c)

(J)

Public Parks and Open Space.

(1)

Public park and open space facilities shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Open Space and Public Facilities and Services chapters.

(2)

Public park and open space policies and implementation strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix.

(3)

(4)

The Glenwood Refinement Plan establishes 2 public open space areas in the Glenwood Riverfront, a riverfront linear park and multi-use path and the park blocks:

(a)

(i)

No development shall restrict public access to the riverfront linear park.

(ii)

(b)

(K)

Location of Transit Stops.

(1)

The proposed location of transit stops shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Transportation chapter.

All light manufacturing operations shall be entirely enclosed within a building.

(2)

All applicable building design standards specified in SDC 3.4.275 shall be met.

(3)

The storage of raw materials and/or finished products shall occur entirely within enclosed buildings. The parking of medium duty and heavy duty trucks shall be as specified in Table 3.4.1, Note (2).

(4)

The routine movement of heavy equipment on or off the development area shall not be permitted.

EXCEPTION: Trucks and necessary heavy equipment shall be allowed during construction.

(5)

Uses on the prohibited use list specified in SDC 3.4.275 shall not be permitted.

(6)

(7)

(8)

Fire and Explosive Hazards. All activities involving the use, storage and/or disposal of flammable or explosive materials shall comply with the Uniform Fire Code as most recently adopted by the City.

(9)

Glare. Glare resulting from a light manufacturing operation, including, but not limited to, welding or laser cutting, shall not be visible from the outside of the building.

Historic and Cultural Resources.

(1)

Historic and cultural resources in the Glenwood Riverfront shall be as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Historic and Cultural Resources chapter.

(2)

Applicable Glenwood Refinement Plan historic and cultural resources policies and implementation strategies shall be as specified in the Appendix.

(3)

SDC 3.3.915 states that the Historic Commission makes recommendations to the Planning Commission or City Council on the following issues:

(a)

The establishment or modification of a Historic Landmark District;

(b)

The establishment of the Historic Landmark Inventory;

(c)

The removal of individual Historic Landmark Sites and Structures from the Historic Landmark Inventory; and

(d)

Demolition of a Historic Landmark Structure.

(4)

(a)

Residential structures that warrant further examination for individual listing:

(i)

295 North Brooklyn Street.

(ii)

3007 Franklin Boulevard.

(iii)

1780 Mississippi Avenue.

(b)

Commercial or industrial structures that warrant further examination for individual listing:

(i)

3600 Franklin Boulevard (Myrmo & Sons).

(ii)

3698 Franklin Boulevard (Intercity Engineering).

(iii)

4206 Franklin Boulevard (Blue Cross Animal Hospital).

(c)

Other resources that warrant further examination for individual listing:

(i)

3787 Franklin Boulevard.

(ii)

3998 Franklin Boulevard (Ponderosa Village).

(5)

(a)

If the building will remain as part of the new development, the developer shall explain any proposed modifications to the building and how the historic context will be protected.

(b)

If the building is proposed to be moved, the developer shall state the new location and identify any building modifications.

(c)

If demolition is proposed, the developer shall document the building by submitting the following:

(i)

A written statement of its historical significance, including a description of the architectural and historical context in which the structure was built and subsequently evolved;

(ii)

Drawings, including, but not limited to, floor plans, elevations, architectural details, and construction elements; and

(iii)

Photographs recording the environmental setting, elevations, and significant details, both inside and outside of the building.

(6279; 6316; 6380; 6412; 6443; Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023)

3.4.275 Building Design Standards.

The following building design standards are established for the Glenwood Riverfront Mixed-Use Plan District:

A.	General
B.	Design Team
C.	Building Façades
D.	Height
E.	Massing/Building Articulation
F.	Windows and Doors
G.	Orientation/Entrances
H.	Build-to Lines and Maximum Building Setbacks
I.	Pedestrian Amenities
J.	Screening Mechanical Equipment
K.	Parking Structure Design Standards

(A)

(1)

The building design standards as described in the Glenwood Refinement Plan Land Use and Built Form chapter.

(2)

The building design standards shall be as specified in the Appendix.

(3)

The building design standards shall be designed and constructed as specified in this section.

(B)

(1)

(2)

Employ the concept of “adaptive reuse” with the recognition that buildings frequently undergo alterations to conform with different uses or uses not taken into account in the original design.

(C)

(1)

The ground floor of a building shall utilize all of the following:

(a)

Incorporate awnings, canopies, porticos, or arcades;

(b)

(c)

Utilize ground floor windows and entrances that provide a high level of transparency by allowing views both inward and outward; and

(d)

Utilize signs or other features, including public art.

(2)

The upper stories shall utilize all of the following, as applicable:

(a)

Include architectural detailing utilizing some of the same design elements specified in SDC 3.4.275(C)(1);

(b)

Incorporate a change in the window style;

(c)

Integrate a change in floor height; building step backs, as specified in SDC 3.4.275(D)(4); or a combination of these elements; and/or

(d)

(3)

More than one type of building material may be used for building identity.

(4)

Building façades that do not front a street, alley or mid-block connector shall be constructed with design elements similar to those façades fronting streets.

(D)

(1)

In all subareas, the minimum building height shall be 2 stories above grade.

(2)

In all subareas, there shall be no maximum building height.

All sides of a building that are open to public view shall receive articulation design consideration. Flat blank walls shall not be permitted along these areas.

(2)

(a)

(b)

Repeating window patterns and window trim.

(c)

Providing design elements specified in SDC 3.4.275(C)(1).

(d)

(e)

Changing building materials or colors.

(f)

Providing art, including, but not limited to, mosaics, murals, decorative masonry patterns, sculpture, or reliefs.

(F)

(1)

Ground Floor Windows and Doors That Face a Public Street, Alley or Mid-Block Connector. The following standards apply to primary entrances to buildings:

In Subarea A:

In Subarea B and Assessor’s Maps and Tax Lots 18-03-03-11-01401, 17-03-34-44-03300, and 17-03-34-44-00301:

In Subarea D:

In all subareas, the use of low-reflective glass shall be encouraged as an energy conservation method.

In all subareas:

At least 9 feet above the sidewalk or grade;

(ii)

Suspended from the building (i.e., not supported by posts or columns that may interfere with pedestrian traffic); and

(iii)

Allowed to extend over the sidewalk portion of the right-of-way.

(b)

(i)

Enhanced building corners may include characteristics as specified in SDC 3.4.275(G)(1)(a).

(ii)

(c)

Primary pedestrian ingress and egress for parking structures shall be as specified in SDC 3.4.275(K)(2).

(2)

(3)

In Subarea D, entries to light manufacturing buildings shall portray an office-like appearance while being architecturally related to the overall building composition.

(4)

In all subareas, secondary entrances shall face the side or rear of all new buildings to allow access to available parking, where necessary.

(H)

Build-to Lines and Building Setbacks.

Building Setbacks.

In Subarea D, south of the Union Pacific railroad trestle and outside of the nodal development area, the applicant shall comply with the building setback standard specified in SDC 3.4.275(H)(2)(a).

EXCEPTION:

(i)

(ii)

Where transit stops occur in the public right-of-way, pedestrian walkways shall provide a clear and direct connection from the main building entrances to the transit stop.

Pedestrian walkways within parking areas shall be a minimum of 5 feet in width to provide a clear, unobstructed passage.

(c)

In all subareas, public park structures including, but not limited to, kiosks and restroom facilities, shall be exempt from all building setback standards.

(d)

In all subareas, no parking shall be permitted within any building setback.

(I)

Pedestrian Amenities.

(1)

(2)

Pedestrian Amenities Standards. The pedestrian standards are minimums. The developer is encouraged to provide additional pedestrian amenities.

(a)

Where there is no building setback, the following coordinated pedestrian amenities shall be provided on each block or development area, as applicable, located between the curb and the build-to-line:

(i)

At least 1 bench for every 80 feet of street frontage;

(ii)

At least 1 trash receptacle for every 80 feet of street frontage; and

(iii)

At least 1 pedestrian-scale wall mounted light meeting the standards specified in SDC 3.4.270(C)(2) for every 50 feet of street frontage.

(b)

(c)

Additional pedestrian amenities include, but are not limited to:

(i)

Sitting space (e.g., outdoor seating areas for restaurants, benches, garden wall or ledges between the building entrances and sidewalk);

(ii)

Building canopy, awning, pergola, or similar weather protection (minimum projection of 4 feet over a sidewalk or other pedestrian space);

Transit shelters;

Information kiosks;

Sidewalk displays;

Drinking fountains;

Wayfinding signage for pedestrians consisting of a distinctive logo and directional guidance to neighborhood destinations;

(viii)

Planting beds, hanging flower baskets, large semi-permanent potted plants, and/or ornamental planters;

(ix)

Pedestrian-scale lighting either freestanding or attached to the face of the building as specified in SDC 3.4.270(C)(2) for every 50 feet of street frontage;

(x)

Decorative pavement patterns and tree grates;

(xi)

Decorative clocks;

(xii)

Public art sculpture, statues, murals, or fountains;

(xiii)

Bicycle racks;

(xiv)

Stands selling flowers, food or drink, as may be permitted by the Springfield Municipal Code; and

(xv)

Entry steps, porches and front gardens for residential mixed-use buildings.

(3)

(J)

(K)

Parking Structure Design Standards. In all subareas, aboveground and underground parking structures shall be designed to meet the following standards:

(1)

(a)

EXCEPTION: Commercial uses along service streets and alleys is optional.

(b)

(c)

(d)

Garage entrances and exits shall utilize lights, sound or other similar warning devices to warn pedestrians of approaching vehicles and shall be located as specified in Table 4.2.4.

(e)

Parking structures shall have level floors at street frontages.

(2)

Pedestrian Access. All parking structures shall provide direct pedestrian access to local, collector, or arterial streets where possible; and to service streets or alleys, when necessary.

(3)

Parking Structure Setbacks.

(a)

The setbacks for the exterior walls of any aboveground parking structure shall be the same as the permitted use.

(b)

The setbacks for the exterior walls of any underground parking structure shall not encroach into the minimum above-grade building setbacks, or across any public or private easement line.

(c)

(6279; 6316)

3.4.280 Willamette Greenway Development Standards.

The following standards are established for the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the Willamette Greenway (WG) Overlay District:

A.	Purpose
B.	Applicability
C.	Definitions
D.	Establishment of the Greenway Setback Line and Permitted Uses
E.	Non-Conforming Uses and Development
F.	Development Standards
G.	Review
H.	Exemptions
I.	Variances
J.	Application Submittal
K.	Additional Notice
L.	Criteria
M.	Conditions
N.	Notice of Decision
O.	Modifications to Approved Plans

(A)

Purpose. The Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District is established to:

(1)

Protect, conserve, enhance, and maintain the natural, scenic, historical, economic, and recreational qualities of lands along the Willamette River;

(2)

Implement Oregon’s Willamette River Greenway Program goals and policies, and Metro Plan Willamette Greenway policies;

(3)

Establish criteria, standards, and procedures for the development of land, change of use, and the intensification of uses within Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District;

(4)

Provide for the review of any intensification of use, change of use, or development within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District;

(5)

Allow for use and development consistent with the underlying land use designation and zoning while preserving, protecting, and enhancing the qualities of the river and the riparian area;

Maintain public safety and protect public and private property, especially from vandalism and trespass, to the maximum extent practicable.

(B)

Applicability.

(1)

(2)

The Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District shall be combined with at least 1 base zoning district and/or any other applicable overlay districts identified in this code.

(C)

Definitions. As used within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms are defined:

Boardwalk.

A floating or non-floating platform that either provides pedestrian access along a shoreline or within a riparian area; it may also act as a bridge between 2 bodies of land.

Change of Use.

Development.

Dock.

An individual secured and stationary or floating structure designed for uses, including, but not limited to, mooring boats and fishing.

Enhancement.

Greenway Setback Line.

Intensification.

Ordinary High Water Line.

The line on the bank or shore to which the high water ordinarily rises annually in a season.

Ordinary Low Water Line.

The line on the bank or shore to which the low water ordinarily recedes annually in a season.

Maximum Extent Practicable.

See SDC 6.1.110.

Establishment of the Greenway Setback Line and Permitted Uses.

(1)

(2)

The Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District is divided into 2 distinct areas by the Greenway Setback Line:

(a)

From the Greenway Setback Line to the river, only water-dependent or water-related uses shall be permitted. These uses include, but are not limited to:

(i)

Public multi-use paths;

(ii)

Accessways;

(iii)

Pedestrian trails and walkways;

(iv)

Boardwalks;

(v)

Picnic areas;

(vi)

Interpretive and educational displays;

(vii)

Overlooks and viewpoints, including benches and outdoor furniture;

Docks;

Boat shelters;

Piers;

Boat ramps;

Bridges and related appurtenances for pedestrians, bicycles and motor vehicles; and

(xiii)

Stormwater facilities.

(b)

(E)

(F)

Development Standards. In addition to addressing the criteria of approval specified in SDC 3.4.280(M), the applicant shall address the following development standards:

(1)

Development within the area defined by the Glenwood Greenway Setback Line.

(a)

Existing native vegetation and trees upon the site shall be preserved, conserved, and maintained to the maximum extent practicable as specified in SDC 4.3.115, 4.3.117 and 3.4.270.

Buildings and Structures. All buildings and structures shall comply with the design standards specified applicable in the base zone, additional overlay zone or this Plan District.

(4)

Off-Street Parking. Off-street motor vehicle parking lots and spaces are not required, however provided off-street parking must meet the following criteria:

(a)

(b)

(c)

Parking lots shall be screened from the Willamette River and from all abutting properties as specified in the base zone, additional overlay zone or this Plan District.

Lighting.

Flash, if visible from the river;

(ii)

Be focused on or oriented to the river surface.

Other Development Standards. Any additional development standards as specified in the base zone, additional overlay zone or this Plan District.

(G)

(1)

All applicable concurrent applications, regardless of their typical level of review, shall be elevated to a Type 3 review procedure.

(2)

No development shall occur within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District until the Approval Authority approves all applications required in this section.

(H)

Exemptions. Within the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District, the following uses are exempt from Type 3 Discretionary Use procedure:

(1)

Scenic easements acquired under ORS 390.332 and the maintenance of scenic easements acquired under ORS 390.368.

(2)

(3)

Reasonable emergency procedures necessary for the safety or protection of property, including flood emergency procedures and maintenance and repair of existing flood control facilities.

(4)

Placement of signs, markers and other directional or wayfinding aids to serve the public by a public agency.

(5)

Landscaping with native or existing non-invasive vegetative materials only.

(6)

Alterations to the interior of a building where there are no exterior alterations that do not increase the size or alter the configuration of the building footprint.

(7)

Alterations to buildings or accessory structures that do not alter the configuration of the existing building’s or structure’s footprint.

(8)

(9)

Normal maintenance and repair necessary for the continuance of an existing use.

(10)

(11)

Erosion control operations not requiring a permit from the Department of State Lands.

(12)

Activities to protect, conserve, enhance and maintain public recreation, scenic, historical and natural uses on public lands, or land within public easements.

(13)

Customary dredging and channel maintenance conducted under a permit from the State of Oregon.

(14)

Minor repairs or alterations to an existing structure for which no building permit is required.

(15)

Other activities similar to those listed in SDC 3.4.280(H)(1) through (14) as specified in SDC 5.11.100.

(I)

(J)

Application Submittal.

Written Materials.

A narrative that explains the proposed development and addresses the development standards in SDC 3.4.280(J) and the criteria in SDC 3.4.280(L).

(b)

A narrative stating the applicant has applied for any applicable State and/or Federal permits.

(c)

A narrative with drawings and/or photos of the proposed development, as it will appear when completed, and as viewed from the river.

(4)

(5)

Any additional information required by this code or the Springfield Engineering Design Standards and Procedures Manual that may be necessary to demonstrate compliance with this section.

(K)

(L)

Criteria. In the Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District, the applicant shall demonstrate compliance with the following criteria of approval:

(1)

EXCEPTION: Proposed water-dependent and water-related uses listed in SDC 3.4.280(D)(2) shall be permitted within the Greenway Setback Line.

(2)

(3)

(4)

The maintenance of public safety and protection of public and private property, especially from vandalism and trespass, shall be provided to the maximum extent practicable.

(5)

(6)

(7)

Recreational needs shall be satisfied as specified in the Glenwood Refinement Plan and/or this Plan District.

(8)

Adequate public access shall be provided to and along the river by appropriate legal means for all development as specified in the applicable base zone, overlay district, or this Plan District.

(9)

Areas of ecological, scientific, historical or archeological significance shall be protected, preserved, restored or enhanced to the maximum extent practicable.

(10)

Significant fish and wildlife habitats shall be protected to the maximum extent practicable.

(11)

Significant natural and scenic areas, viewpoints and vistas shall be protected to the maximum extent practicable.

(12)

(M)

Conditions. The Approval Authority may impose reasonable conditions of approval necessary to achieve compliance with the criteria specified in SDC 3.4.280(L).

(N)

(O)

Modifications to Approved Plans.

(1)

(a)

The modification shall be consistent with the conditions of the original approval; and

(b)

The modification shall not result in significant changes to the physical appearance of the development, the use of the site, and impact on the surrounding properties.

(2)

If determined to be consistent with the above criteria, the Director shall approve the request.

(3)

The applicant retains the ability to submit the requested modification as a new Glenwood Riverfront portion of the WG Overlay District application based on the Type 3 review procedures.

(6279; 6316; 6443; Ord. 6465, 11/20/2023)

3.4.305 Establishment of the Booth-Kelly Mixed-Use Plan District.

3.4.310 Development Area Plan and Design Standards.

(A)

The minimum development area for major redevelopment or new construction shall be 10 acres.

EXCEPTIONS:

(1)

The 10-acre minimum development area does not apply to lots/parcels fronting South “A” Street or the minor expansion of existing structures on existing lots.

(2)

(B)

(C)

The Development Area Plan shall comply with the following criteria:

(1)

The proposed development will create an attractive, safe, efficient, and stable environment within the Development Area.

(2)

(D)

If the Development Area Plan complies with all Site Plan Review standards of this code subsequent permitted uses shall not require additional Site Plan Review.

3.4.315 Conceptual Development Plan.

Major redevelopment and new construction shall be consistent with a Conceptual Development Plan approved by the Planning Commission, unless specified in SDC 3.4.310.

(A)

(B)

(C)

3.4.320 Schedule of Use Categories.

(A)

(B)

The following buildings and uses are permitted in this Plan District as indicated subject to the provisions, additional restrictions and exceptions specified in this code.

“P” = PERMITTED USE subject to the standards of this code.

“S” = SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS subject to cited standards.

“D” = DISCRETIONARY USE subject to review and analysis under Type 3 procedure (SDC 5.9.100) at the Planning Commission or Hearings Official level.

“N” = NOT PERMITTED

SITE PLAN REVIEW IS REQUIRED, unless exempted elsewhere in this code.

Use Categories/Uses	BKMU District
Residential Uses
Multiple-unit housing (SDC 4.7.375—4.7.390)	S
Single room occupancy	P
Income-qualified housing (SDC 4.7.370 and 4.7.405)	S
Conversion from commercial to residential use (SDC 4.7.215)	S
Business and Professional Offices and Personal Services
Accountants, bookkeepers and auditors	P
Advertising/marketing agencies	P
Architects, landscape architects and designers	P
Art studios, fine and performing	P
Art restoration	P
Attorneys	P
Audio/video production studio	P
Authors/composers	P
Bank, credit unions and savings and loans	P
Barber and beauty shops	P
Business schools	P
Catering services	P
Clinics and research/processing laboratories	P
Collection agencies	P
Commodity contract brokers and dealers	P
Computer and information services	P
Child care facilities (See SDC 4.7.340)	S
Dentist	P
Detective and protective agencies	P
Diaper service	P
Doctors	P
Grafting, graphics and copy services	P
Employment agencies	P
Engineers and surveyors	P
Financial planning, investment services	P
Funeral services	P
Graphic art services	P
Gymnastics instruction	P
House cleaning services	P
Insurance carriers, agents, brokers and services	P
Interior decorator and designers	P
Laundry, dry cleaning, including self service, and ironing services	P
Loan companies, other than banks	P
Locksmiths	P
Lumber brokers	P
Mailing services/mail order sales	P
Management and planning consultants	P
Manufactured unit as a temporary construction or general office or sales office	P
Motion picture studio/distribution	P
Newspaper office and production	P
Non-profit organizations	P
Opticians	P
Performing arts instruction	P
Photocopying	P
Photography studios	P
Planners, land use	P
Printing/publishing	P
Private investigator	P
Psychologists and counselors	P
Real estate sales and management	P
Scientific and educational research	P
Security systems services	P
Self-defense studio	P
Shoe repair	P
Stenographers and secretarial services	P
Stockbrokers	P
Swimming pool cleaning	P
Tailors	P
Tanning salons	P
Telephone answering services	P
Title companies	P
Travel agencies	P
TV and radio broadcasting studios	P
Typing services	P
Window cleaning	P
Certain Wireless Telecommunications Systems Facilities	See SDC 4.3.145
Eating and Drinking Establishments
Cocktail lounges	P
Delicatessens	P
Sit down restaurants	P
Taverns	P
Recreational Facilities (SDC 4.7.205)
Amusement park	P
Arcades	P
Art studios, fine and performing	P
Athletic field	P
Auditoriums	S
Batting cages	S
Bingo parlors	P
Bowling alleys	P
Dance halls	S
Exercise studios	P
Exhibition hall	P
Golf driving range	P
Gyms and athletic clubs	P
Hot tub establishments	P
Hydrotubes	S
Miniature auto race track	P
Miniature golf	P
Movie theaters, indoor	P
Movie theaters, drive-in	S
Non-alcoholic nightclubs	P
Off-track betting facility	P
Parks, private and public	P
Play/tot lot	P
Playground	P
Pool halls	P
Recreation center	P
Riding stable	P
Shooting range	S
Skating rinks	S
Stadiums	S
Swimming pools	P
Tennis. Racquetball and handball courts	P
Theater, legitimate	P
Velodromes	S
Water skiing facilities	P
Retail Sales
Antiques	P
Apparel	P
Art galleries and museums	P
Art supplies	P
Auction/flea markets	P
Automobiles (SDC 4.7.115)	S
Bakeries	P
Bicycles	P
Boats (SDC 4.7.115)	S
Books	P
Camera and photographic supplies	P
Campers	N
Candy, nuts and confectionery	P
China, glassware and metal ware stores	P
Cigars and cigarettes	P
Computers, calculators and other office machines	P
Convenience stores	P
Dairy products	P
Department stores	P
Drapery, curtains and upholstery	P
Dry goods, and general merchandise	P
Electrical supplies	P
Equipment rental and leasing	P
Fabrics and accessories	P
Factory Outlet stores	P
Farm equipment	P
Feed, grain and hay stores	P
Film drop-off and pick-up	P
Fish	P
Floor coverings	P
Florists	P
Fruits and vegetables	P
Furniture	P
Furriers	P
Groceries	P
Hardware	P
Hobby supplies	P
Household appliances	P
Jewelry	P
Liquidation Outlets	P
Luggage and leather	P
Magazines and newspapers	P
Mail order houses	P
Manufactured (mobile) / modular homes	P
Meats	P
Medical and dental supplies	P
Musical instruments and supplies	P
Novelties and gifts	P
Office equipment	P
Paint, glass and wallpaper	P
Pharmacies	P
Pottery	P
Radios, televisions and stereos	P
RVs, fifth wheelers and trailers (SDC 4.7.115)	P
Sewing machines	P
Shoes	P
Small electrical appliances	P
Sporting goods	P
Stationary stores	P
Supermarkets	P
Toys	P
Transient merchants	P
Weapons dealers	P
Social and Public Institutions
Charitable services	P
Community and senior centers	P
Educational branch facilities	P
Fraternal and civic organizations	P
Labor unions	P
Public offices	P
Transient Accommodations
Emergency shelter / facilities	P
Hotels	P
Motels	P
RV parks	P
Youth hostels	P
Transportation Facilities (SDC 4.7.240)
Docks and marinas	D
Heliports	S
Helistops	S
Linear park	P
Train stations	S
Transit stations	D
Warehouse Commercial Retail and Wholesale Sales
Cold storage lockers	D
Electrical supplies	P
Floor covering sales	P
Large electrical appliance sales	P
Lumber yards and building materials	D
Merchandise vending machine operators	P
Mini warehouses, other inside storage	P
Outdoor storage areas/yards	P
Plumbing and heating supplies and contractors	P
Unfinished furniture	P
Warehouse/commercial uses engaged primarily in the wholesaling of materials to the construction industry (SDC 3.4.330)	P
Wholesale trade, warehousing, distribution and storage	P
Manufacture and/or Assembly of:
Appliance	P
Apparel and other finished products made from canvas, cloth, fabrics, feathers, felt, leather, textiles, wool, yarn and similar materials	P
Chemical and chemical products	P
Communication equipment, including radio and television equipment	P
Compounding, or treatment of the following previously prepared materials: bone, cellophane, clay, cork, Fiberglas, glass, hair, horns, metal, paper, plastics, shells, stones, synthetic resins, textiles, tobacco, wool and yarns.	P
Concrete blocks. Cinder blocks and septic tanks	P
Costume jewelry, novelties, buttons and misc. notions	P
Cutlery, hand tools and hardware	P
Dairy products, including butter, cream, cheese, milk, yogurt	P
Electronic components and accessories	P
Electronic transmissions and distribution equipment	P
Engineering, laboratory, scientific and research instruments	P
Finished wood manufacturing and assembly, including cabinets, door frames and picture frames	P
Food processing and packaging to include candy and other confectionary products, vegetables, meat, poultry and seafood	P
Furniture, including restoration	P
Greeting cards, business forms and other business related printing	P
Industrial machinery	P
Lumber, wood and paper products	P
Manufactured/modular housing and allied components	P
Measuring, analyzing and controlling instruments	P
Medical, dental and surgical equipment and supplies	P
Medicinal chemicals and pharmaceutical products	P
Metal and metal alloy products	P
Metal fabrication machine shops	P
Musical instruments	P
Office computing and accounting equipment	P
Optical instruments, including lenses	P
Paints, varnishes, lacquers, enamels and allied products	P
Prosthetic and orthopedic devices	P
Perfumes and toiletries	P
Photographic equipment and supplies	P
Signs and advertising display	P
Toys, sporting and athletic goods	P
Transportation equipment including airplanes, auto, boats, buses, helicopters, motorcycles, railroad cars, RVs, trailers and trucks	P
Watches, clocks and related components	P
Other Primary Industrial Uses
Business, labor, scientific and professional organizations	P
Cleaning and dyeing plants	P
Ice and cold storage plants	P
Lubricating oils and greases	P
Media productions, including TV and radio broadcasting, motion picture production and newspaper/books/periodical publishing	P
Plating, and coating works	P
Regional distribution headquarters	P
Research development and testing laboratories and facilities	P
Recycling facilities	P
Warehouse/commercial uses engage primarily in the wholesaling of materials to the construction industry (SDC 3.4.330)	P
Transportation Related, Non-Manufacturing
Automotive and heavy equipment repair and service including the recapping and retreading of tires	P
Maintenance facilities for passenger bus vehicles or motor freight vehicles	P
Education
College level education facilities	P
Trade schools	P
Public and Private Parks (SDC 3.4.330)
Pocket/neighborhood parks	P
Community parks	P
Public Utility Facilities
Communications towers, transmitters and relays	D
High impact facilities (SDC 4.7.160)	S
Low impact facilities	P
Fish hatcheries	P

(6412; 6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.4.325 Base Zone Development Standards.

Setbacks.

Where an easement is larger than the required setback standard, no building or above grade structure, except a fence, may be built upon or over that easement.

(C)

Height.

(1)

There are no building height standards in the BKMU Plan District unless abutting an R-2 use. In this case, the following building height limitation applies:

(2)

When abutting an R-2 use, the building height limitation must be no greater than that permitted in R-2 use for a distance of 50 feet.

(3)

Incidental equipment may exceed the height standards if no additional floor space exceeding that necessary for the equipment is provided.

(6443; Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)

3.4.330 Booth Kelly Mixed-Use Development Standards-Specific.

Residential Uses.

Commercial Uses.

Warehouse Commercial Retail and Wholesale.

(a)

Buildings must be located to minimize the visibility of outdoor storage yards or areas.

(b)

Outdoor storage yards must only be permitted as a secondary use.

(c)

Any outdoor storage yard or area must be surrounded by a sight obscuring fence.

(2)

(C)

Standards for Public and Private Parks.

(1)

(a)

Community Parks must be designated on a Park Facilities Plan adopted by the City, or be approved in accordance with Type 3 review procedure (Discretionary Use).

(b)

A Traffic Impact Study must be prepared by a Traffic Engineer and approved by the City Engineer.

(Ord. No. 6482, 7/1/2024)